Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 566

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.

com to remove the watermark

SECTION 3 Time-30 minutes . Numbers:
FiSures:

30 Questions

All numbcrs uscdarc real numbers.

Position of points, angJes, regioos,etc. c:rn be assumedto bc in the order sbown; and angle measures can be assurnedto bc positive, Lincs showDas straight can bc assumcd to b straiglt. Figures can be assumcdto lie in a plane unlcss otherwise indicatcd. Figures tbat accompany qucstions are intcnded to provide informatioa uscfut in answcring the questions- Hoscver, unlessa notc atates that a figure is drawn to scete,you should solvc thesc-problims NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using your lnowlcdge of matlrcmatics (see Examplc 2 bclow).

Directions: Each of thc QuesJignsl-15 consists of two quantities, onc-in Column A aqd oo. in Column B- you are to compare thc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: Common IIl6EIiion: if if if if thc quantity ia Column A is greater; thc quantity in Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; thc relationship cannot be derermined from the information girrcn.

Since there areonly four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to be compa.redis centered above the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represents the samc thing in Column A as it does in Column B. Column A

ColumnB

E x a m p l el : Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR"

2x6

2+6

Example 2:

NQ

@@G)(D

(sincc equal measursscannot be assumed, even though Plf ao,dNQ appcar equal) E x a m p l e3 :

Example 4:

w*z

r80

4l GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B

c
D

if the quaatityin Column A is greater; if rhequantityin Column B is greater; if the two quantities are equal; if the relationship cannotbc dercrmined from the informationgiven.

Column A

ColumnB

Columa A

Column B

: -m l-31
x

-2y+3 --)
n is an evenintegerand a multiple of 3.

-t
d : 5.\$89a and @ is rhe decimalexpression for d roundcd to the nearcstrhouvndth.
J"

8 . The remainderwben n
is divided by 12

The number of dccimal placeswbere d and @ differ

.r*2y>8
4"

2x+4y

2A

F4uilateral triangle PQR is formed by joining centers P, Q, and R of tbe circles.Each pair of circleshasexactlyone point in common. 9. The perimeter of triangle PQR The volume of a cylindncal tank &at has a radius of 2 mctcrs and a height of l0 meters The circumferenceof the circlewith cenrer Q The volume of a cylindrical rank that hasa radius of I meier and a heigbt of 20 meters

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

5. The perimeter of
pertagoD MNOPQ

30

p and g aredifferentprim numbcrs.r is theleast prime numbergreatcr than p, and s is thc least primcanmbergraterthan g. 6, r - P s - q

42

* ; |' *
if

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the rclationship cannot be determined frsm the information givcn.

f
i g

*
g

r
:,
Colqmn B

Column A

ColumnB ds+0

Column A

I t . Ttrc time rcquired to

travel d miles-at s mileswr hour
AR{f

: *--',,r- ,

12"The sum of the measures

of the two angles of AR^SI that have equal measure .

l2O"-

J;\67*g

x2+3

O is the center of rhe circle and LAOC is a riglt angle.

BD
Before Maria changedjobs, her salary was 24 percent qt61g thes Julio's salary. Aftcrlvlaria changedjobs, her new salary was 24 pcrccnt less than her old salary.
t

B
t

Julio's salary

f
f

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

t.
il

r
!

47.

i ': : i

i
l a

t
I

r
ri

Eacbof thc Qstions 1630 haslirrc iuswer choies. For cachof thescquestions, sclecttbe bestof the ryE\$ answEr clnioesgirur.

- ( 2 0 - 1 9_ t 8 _ 1 7 ) : 16. {r9- l8 -r7 - l5') .(A) - 36 (B) -6 (c) -4 (D) I (E) 2

17"if 3x - 2 : '7, thcn 4: : (A) 3 (B) 5

Weight (pounds)

(q?
(D) e
(E) 12
18. Of thc following whichis closcst to (A) 6 (B)5. (C) 4x (D) 3 (E) 2 .fO f

15 16 t7 l8 t9 20 2t 22 23 Age(years) I 9. Thedots on the graphabove indicateageand y"gbt for a sample of 25 studenrs. Wnit percent of these students arelessthan 19yearsold and weigh morethan I l0 pounds? (A) (B) (c) p) G) 36% &% 4% 48% s2%

20. Thegreatest numberof diagonals that canbe drawn fromonevertex ofa regulai6-sided polygon is ( ) 2 (B) 3

(c) 4
(D) 5 (E) 6

GO ON TO THE I.{EXT PAGE.

2l-25 rcfer to thc foUowing Questions Srephs. AVERAGE DAILY CIRCI.'I-ATION FOR NEWSPAPERX

E Hs m E\$om liru 12 zm
lm
1940

1950

1960
Year

rno

1980
iJ

Sso 6ao
o 3 0

8zo
2.

GO ON TO TI{E NEXT PAGE.

1'

21. ln how manyof the years sbownwasthe average per newspapcr numberof pages at lcastrwiceas muchas the average in 1940 ? {A) (B) (C) [D) G) Four Thrce Two One None

1t

Tbe percent decreasein averagedaily cirmlation from 1960to 1970was approximately (A) (B) (q (D) G) l0% 12% 2a% 26% 32%

22" In l95A,if theprintingcostperne*spaper was what would havebeen \$0.05, tbe total costof printing the average daily circulation? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 532,500 S26.000 s23,500 522.000 52,600

25, Which of the following sratqnents can bc inferred

from the data? I. The greatestincreasein total yearly advertising revenueoler any l&year period shown was 527 millon. II. In eachofthe l0-year periodssho*n in which yearly advertisingrevenuedecreased. average daily circulation also decreased. III. From 1970 to 1980the average numberof pages per newspaperrncreased by 10.

23. In 1980 thenurnber ofdollarsofadvertising revenue washow manytimesas greatasthe average daily cirn:lation? (A) s00 (B) 200

(c) III

only'

{E) 20
+

C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

46

26. lf 0 < s, < l, thenwhichof thc following can bc truc? (A) s < -l and r > 0 (B)s<-landr<-l (C) s > -l and r < -l (D) s > I and r < -l )s>landl>l

29. Whichof tbefollowing is equal to j of 0.01pcrcent? (A) 0.00002s (B) 0.00025 (q 0.m25 (D) 0.02s (E) 0.25

"\ 27. On scgm.:ntWZ above,rf WY :21, XZ = 26. afr yZ istwice WX, wbatisthevalrrc of Xy? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5 t0 ll t6 It cannotbc dctermined from the information gircn.

1n
\

28. To rcproducc an old photograph, a photographer charges x doltarsto makea negative, aoU"r, { for eac! of tlre first l0 prints,and doiars for { eachprint in excess of l0 prints.If \$45is the total chargeto makea negative and 20 prints from an old photograph, what is thevalueof x ? (A) 3 (B) 3.5

30. In thc figure aborrc, cachof thc four squares has sides of lcngth x. If LPQR is formedby joining thc centcrsof threcof thc squares, what is the pcrimetcrof APQR in tcrmsof x ?

E a !

G) 2'O
(B)

,rf; --T* ,

(c) 2 r + J T
@ 1x S + 2 (E) 1t + rrE
! :< ,! i.

(c) 4

(E) s

(D) 4.5

47

SECTION 7 Timc-30 minutes

30 Questions Numbers: Figures: All numbcrs used arc real numben. Position of pcints, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in tbe order shown; and angle lueasufes can be assumcd to be positiw. to be straight. Lines shown as straight can be assumed Figures can be assumedto lie in a plate unlessotherwiscindicated. Figurcs that accompany questionsarE intendedto providc information useful in answeringthc guestions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvetheseproblems but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement, 2 below). Example Directions: Each of thc Questions l-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You ire to cornpare the two qGn-iiiiEiZilEoosc A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greater; C if the two quantitiesare equal; D . if tbc relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given. Note: Common NEVER MARK (E). Sincethere arc only four choices, In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centcredabove the samc thing in Column A as it the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns represents docs in Column B. Column A E x a m p l el : Examples24 referto A PPR. Column B SampleAnswers

IffiIiion:

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

PN

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ caunot (sinceequal measures even tbough Pl{ be assumed, and NQ appcar equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

@o@@@
(since /{ is betwetn P and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :

l4r+z

t80

@@e@@
(since PQ is a straight line)

60

*!. **.

A if the quantity in Cotrmrn A is grtater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr; c if thc two qurntitics arc equal; D if the relationship canaot bc detcrminedfrom thc informatioa given"

p,
i1 F: 7 It

E
:a

l' _ I

Column A

B -,Col{mn ,-

2'l

9t

7" Theareaofthebasc of the cubc

t is a positive intcger.. 4 t
i'
k

1:j
LABC is equilateral.Line Q is parallel to side BC and line rn is parallel to side A C .

(0.82F(0.82P
Forall real numbcrs a, lel a..:

(0.82)6
J:

3.
r ) s ) 0
4.

60 10.
r.t

| - a.

((-t;';'

2'

rs r

A if tk quantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quanrityin Column B is greater;

if thc two quanritics are equal;

D if rhcrclationship cannot bc derermincd from thc informatioagiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

Team X scored p points more than ream I, and thc two teamstogetherscoreda total of l0 points. 13. Twice the number of points team I scored

1o-p

I A

(-r-l)(x)(.r+l)

(x)(x{x)

The areasof the two shaded regionsof the circle are equai" The areaof unshaded region .d of the circle The area of unshaded region I of the circle

o
t2 r
The areaof

.r*0
r. *y. ,

APpS is a5.
The length of segmen! S.R

segment PS

GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.

62

Dxrecrioar: Erch of th Qrcstions 1630 basfive :rrlrq^er fuiccs. hr eachof tbcscqucstiongsclcctthc bcsr of thc ffi&bagirrcnt

16. fq a ccrair Sop, notcbooksthat normallyscll for 59 ccaBcacbare on saleat 2 for 99cents,How mrrh canbc sarrcd UVpurclasing l0 of thescnotebookr at tb salcpricc? (B) 50.95 {c) 31.10 (D) il.t5

19. If thc alrage(arithmcticmcan) of 5 consccutive intcprs is 12,what is thc surnof thc has aod grcatcst ofthc 5 intcgcrs? (A) 24 (B) 14

(A) \$0.r5

!' i '

(D, rr

(c) 12
(E}10.

G) S2.m
17. Whichof Sc followingis a solutionto x*x2:l? (A) -l (B) 0
I

r0,/.

(c) *
L

(D)

16. In tlrc figureabove, AB is e linc scgmert.Wbat is thcvalrrcol'lfz x +y

(A)

(B)i
(c) * co);!

c)*
63

2l-25 rcferto thc followingchart. Questions IN YEAR X PROFILE OF CONGRESS (total membership: 535)
House of Represcntatives Party 292,.. 143... Democratic Republican. ........ ........ 62 38 Scnate Housc of Representatives Profession .[-awyer ....63 215... oe r B a n k e r . . .. . . . . 1 5 8l ... .... Busines Es xecutiv 45.... .-.... 5 ......Educator.... .....6 14.... .FarmerorRancher 2 2 . . . . . . . . C a r e e rG o v e r n m eO . 0 nf tf i c i a l . . . . . . .... 4 Executive 24 . . Journalistor Communications .....Physiciaa..... ,....0 2..... 1 ..... ...Veterinarian..........I ..... ....Geologist..... ....2 0..... . .n. . . . . 0 Tradesperso 6 . . . . . . W o r k e ro r S k i l l c d ..........3 25.... Other. Sctrate

4TS ".

...Total
Sex

. . . . .m n

418... 1 7 .. . "

t00 0

27."., 77....

48".

Youngest. .Oldest .Average (arithmetic mcan) Religion

34 80 54
l7 .... 2..... 4....

5

69 l2 )
1 J

ll

GO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.

21. In thc Scnate, if 25 malc members were rcplaced by 25 fcnalc memben, tbc ratio of male membcrs to fcmslc membcrs would bc

24. If all lawfcrs and all wotrtelg in the Housc of Reprc*ntatiws votc for thc passa\$ of a bill, how many Bore votcs will bc ncsdcd fs a maFrity?

(A) 4!o I {B) 3tol (C) 3to2 {D) 2tol (E) ltol Approximarclywhat pcrctot of thc members of Congress arc lawyers?

(D) 0 (E) It cannotbc detsmincd from tlecinformation

grcn. Waichof thc following cao be infcrred from the informationgirtn in thc chart? I. More than 80 pcrccntof themcn #b"ogro cre mcmbers of th Hoosc of Reore*ntaliras. n. The percentdmesrbcrs who ara-etcgizcd as farmcn or raqchcrsis grcater for,il*=Feus of -han Representativcs for the Sod-, m. Tbc mcdianagein thc Scnare is S};.l i' (A) (B) (C) (D) (D I only II otrty III only I and II I and III

{c)

@) s8% tct s6% (D) s2% {E' 4e%

23. lf 5 senators are CatholicDcrrocrats, how many scnators are neithcr Catholic nor Dcmocratic?

(A) 63%

65

26. lf xy* O,+

(^) * -*

29. lf x > 0 and .y > 0, which of the followingis equivaleutto (A) I (B)

[It /v x'

c'i --r G) l,-,

( I ' D y) 1 x-y F ' * - |,
2't. The number0.01is how manytimesasgreatas the
(0.0001)2 number ? (A) ld (B) lo{ (c) 106 (D) td G) t0r0 28" A certaincakc recipcstatesthat the cakc should be bakd in a pan 8 inches in diameter. If Jlrleswans to usethe recipe to makea cakcof the samedepth but'12incbes in diameter, by what factor shouldhe multiply the recipe ingrcdieoa?

6
f: Jx

vx

(c)

(D)+
I ) ---=

JU,

The cos! in dollars, of manufacturing x refrigerators is 9,000 * 400x. The amount receivedwhen sclling these x refrigerators is 500.r dollan Whar is the least atrmLrerof refrigerators that must be manufactured and sold so that the amount receivedis ar leastequal to the manufacturing cost?

(E) roo

(A) r0

(^)2i
@) z!1

(c)'i
(:D) l;

rerrj

66

"1
v-.

FOR GENERAL TEST I ONLY

Ansrcr l(cy mO Fercoatager.d Eranrlrpor Arrrrcrlng EechQrcotf,onCorncdy
4tfnlArm^lt'rt
l*!rl L.bt
l

v L3l|r
C A C B A B B D A c D D C D S 8 E B 4

F &

:,
Pr 94 gt &5 76 84 gl 72
@

Har I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B 8 E D C C D 90 82 81 T7 70 62 I 96 il8

kffi

A E B
A

8a 6 87 g) 71 71 68 \$ 78

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E 9 1

A C B D C D B D B 4 A D c' B A E E D A B B C B E D 6 7 C D E A E

P+ tL) 84 79 76 CT

xrsr
1 2 3 r 5 8 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 2 3 I 5 6 7 8 I t0 tl 12 t3 11 15 1C 77

c c
A A I B E

E E

EI &t
45 8S

&r rt a s

2 3 a 3 6 T 8 '

a 0 c D E A 8 A

91 E1 72 xl 79 E 7t 76 7! 5S 50 rl8 3tf g7 'E

s
D B A I B

rc
6S P

0 r 2
3 4 5

c c
A E E

&t

50 12 6 57 I

0 l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3E

6e 52 81 6S E8 *7 A EI ,f5 50 gl 6t} a \$ 5l 51 3n

1 1 1

t 1

A D

,15 46 39 36 35 6 63 EI ott 75 el .16 5t 62 50 52 68 8S 86 78 78 1t 36 35 18 21 18 77 t8 19 20

6l 60 4E
rl8

1 1 1 'r9

6 7 8

n
21 2 a 21 6 6 z A A \$ 31 3 3 31 3 3 3 3 'Efud 7

A C 8 A

A D B B A

o o

26 35 58 97 & 5l

11 1 2 13 11 1 5 1 1 1 1 A 21 2 A 21 A 2 2 N A S 6 7 8 9

s
s

a2 a &
88 80 TI 71 7l 84 5E 5rl 63 3t 51
Q,

t9

D D A A B A B

,11

r r 1

t E 2 8 9 c
j,i.lrr.

ts

E.

75

81 83 63 g2 90 71 58 71 47 3 11 19 17

l9

r8

D D E B
E

E D o B A E B E A E B C E D C A 4 D

z1 2.
B 21 5

c
A E B E

e6 33

71 70 51 il8 89 87 69 58 30 4 6 31 36 6 19

21 2 , A 21 6 %
2 N S

B D D E A

21 2. 21 6

za

z a

16 8..: s 7 7 4 a 1 8 D E t 0 B a a tl " a 21 a6 c

21 6

I C

c o

,f0 3 5C 60

a z7 n a 30
3l 32

8 E D

p, 49 57

2 5 6 7 8

35 36 3V 38

c' ,.

E ts A
E

D D E

P+ br |he \$qp oadamios rfio look the GF Gr|oral Ted in a rcsnl hr-!,ar prid

67

SCORE COHVEBSIO}IS FOR GE}IERAL TEST 1 OXLY AND THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
Trtd
Rtt tcn tcdla Srort * Lh 99 &llffirr Ecdrd I s.ar l*r

fr!ryH
*dd S.|t * lltoil

JI

o!.rfirtrt A'|ttllcd 3.dd ta Set8d % Sco.r Edsr *an Belor

610 600 580 570
il

7+76 EM

n n
71 70 6' 68 67 66 65 61 dl 62 61 60 50 56 57 56 56 5a 53 52 5l 50

7S 7m 760 750 74 7g) Tfr 710 700 680 6-/0 050 650 640 600

s9 99
99 98 \$ 97

rrx) 1m
tf10 48 390 380 380 370 360 350 340 3m 330 320 310 310 300 290 2W 2m ?70 260 260 250 24 n8

31 31
n 25 n m 20 17 15 13 1l 11 9 6 6 6 5 1 3 3

36 35 34 33

s
\$ 95 93 9? 90 &l 87 E6
8il 81 79 76 71
a1

n
30

550 510 530

60 58 53 5t 48 16 /A 41 39 34

s20 s00
,r90 \$0 470 4s0 140 420 110 390 380 370 3fl) 340 320 300 290 270 260 240

660 640 630 610 5S0 5e) 560 550 530 520

81

OY

63 60

((

\a

46 43
?7

n
2E 6 25 24

32 3t
21

str
190 1g) /\$n 150 {30 4A)

Z3 17
1q

800 8m 8m E00 790 7W n0

760 74{t 730 7m

97
J'

32 28 25 19

u0
600 590 5S 570 s60 550 540 5tl0

n
4

97 97 95 ci 92

21

m
19 18 17 16 15

12 11 I

I 8
D

fit 86 66

c) s u
82

a j

8m
8S

s s
98
Y/

t t
I ,I t I 1
I I 1 I 1 1

11
il9

1E 17
il6

15

u
,B 12 11 1t)
'Pmt

5S 520 510 490 180 170 il60 460 150 110

61 51 58 53 50 17 43

,m
37

80 79
7t /J

m 68 66 61
M

8m I& 760 750 n0 710 7m 680 670

1 r I 210 1 0 I m0

t 'r : 1 210 I
e l -&
E l 200 7 lN e l m ; l m0
200

no

m
200

7 360 6 350 4 330 3 320 2 310 l 300 1 2 9 0 1 279 l 260 1 240

1
I ?

2
1 ,!

96 aq 93 90 8!) 85
e2

m
200 200 200 200

; l

1 2 3 0 1 1 m l 1 2 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 t 2 0 0 I l m o 1

sdiD8 below tlp rcaled sqe is based on the perfomane of 1,135,982 examins who tmk the Cesal Test bctwen Oaober l, 1989, and September 30, 1992. This percenr belry information h used tor rorc rcports dsrint th 1993-9,t t\$tint year.

68

Numbcn: Figurcs:

SECTION 2 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions AII numbcn usedarc rcal numbers. Position of points,anglcs,regions, etc. cen bc assumcd ro bc in the ordcrrhown;and arylc rnca3unet, can bc assumcd to bc positiw. Lines shownas straightcanbe assumed to bc strsight. Figurescan bc assumed to lie in a planc unlessothcrwisc irdicated. Figuresthat accompany questiomare intendedto providcinformatioauscfulin answering thc qucstionr' Ho*sver, unless a note. states that a figure is aranq t" r*rl, i", shouldsolvethesc"probl"., sizes by sight or by mcasirrement, bur by usinj iour tnoylcdgc of matbcmatics lor uy estimating (scc Example2 bclow).

f,
t.:

\$' +
* *
3_

i.' f.
\$.

* #, .: :;
il 'i

Dircctions: Eachof thc Qrrcsli-ons l-J5,consisr of two quanriric, ooc in CotumnA and onc in'(loilum; B- you rrc to comparcthe two quantiTcs aniGhoorc in ColumnA is greater; { thc quanrity in CotumnB is ireatec { thc q'uantit} :{ rhe two quantiticsare egual; if thc relarionship cannotf,c dctcrmiocdfrom thc inforrnationgiwn. Sine thereare ontyfour choices, NEVER MARK (E). : l\ ! I D columns.A symboltlar appean in both c.otu-* i.pre*il-tn" docsin Colurnnf,.
Column A Example l: 2X6

Notc: Common

iiGlililtion: Ia a qucstion'informatioaconccrning on or botb of tb qrnntitiesto becompelpdis ccnrcrcd abow the two

o* ColumnB
Samol,e Alsrcn

thias in ColumnA ar it

2+6

o(D@@(D'

lti

Examplcs 24 referto A p@R.

* *. t:
3 g;

F
i,

'; x ;
a

Examplc 2:

@@@(D(D
(rincc equal rDcesurqi crnoot bc rssumed, even &ough Pil nd NQ apparcqual)

Examph 3:

Eramolc4:

w*z

180

75

c
Column A

C-ohuan B
Qslpmn A

Column B

Pat is older t.han [.ce, and l.ee is youngcr than Maria.

x + y
3x

2.

Maria's age

Pat's age

A farmer has two large plots of land that are equal in area. Tbc hrst is divided into 16 parcelswith n acres in cach and the sccond is divided into 20 parccls with zr asres in each.

3. x > l 4. x -4 P

^s
v
Thesumof all tbe integers from 22 to 60.inclusive

-2
x

PORS is a parallclogram.

Rectangular region R has width 8 aad perimeter 40" 5. The area of rt 4nz

256 (2n+t)(?;t-t)
The sum of all the integersfrom 19 to 59, inclusive

6.

s * b

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

76

a:

E;

ts
*
:i

I , if the two guantitica arc equal; L D if thc rrlationship cannot bc dctcrmirrcd fron tbc idorbrrion

c
Colrmn A

l;

given.

r ; *.
1

Column B

Cohlnn A

Coltrmn B

,'

The equationof the tmegraphcd on tb rctangular coordinatcsysfsmabovcis:

r:\$+:

2
{ 2Gfoot bddcr lcaning against a vcrtical erll wirh tbc bascof th laddcr l0 fcct from thc yall is rulbd 2 fect fartbcr out from th wall, caucing - tn" top - -- "f thc ladder to drop r foct.

# F

lle

7'l

m"R\$ff.a*oo*
l6

to* has fiveanswer choices' Foreach of these quesrions, setect rhebesr of

pried ar \$300is If th" olT rax on aDappliancc between 5 pcrccntand 8 percent,thenth cost (price plus salestax) of thc appliance could be (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) \$3t0 \$312 \$314. S3tE 1325

If an integer l, is subtractd f.;1" the result is (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) equal ro x Iessthan 0 lessrhan x greater than 0 greater rhan x

inteser .r and

17.

points R and T. The maximum possib,le disiance betweenRandlis

G) nx
It. of the following is rheprdrcr of rwo posi_ lt{fi u\c mtcgcfi whoscstm is 3 ?

(A) I (B)
a

0 I 2 3
&

(E)4

78

I.-i

r , l -.;

INCOMEAND EXPENDITURES OF AN INTERNATIONAL SEIVICE AGET{CY..-,i5.,191

Incomc : Expenditurcs .r;i- ;, "r-

Individuals Governments Other than the United States

0.9.h
United Statcs Government 26.6%

Special Fund-raising Projects 28.0%

Contriburcd Commoditics lg.50h Corporations ExPenditures' 1.9% Transmitted to Otlrcr Ageocies 4.3% Note: Drawn to scale.

E B :

I
a i

79

21"Approximately how much of the agencT'sin@me

was providod by contributed commodities? (A) {B) {C} (D) (E) Sl2 millisa \$14 million \$15 million \$17million \$19 mrUi,on

(39Io

of thc ascrrcy's refugee bousing expen{, i ditures, worters expenairures, ' ) I of its cmergcncy I
1

yeal

of its posti disaster assistance expenditures werc directly related to one earthquake. The total ofthese expenditures was approximately how many miilions of dollan?

22 Of the foIowing; the category that had expenditurcs

most nearly equal to tk average(arithmctic mean) expenditures pcr category was (A) (B) (C) (D) @) refugee housing emergencyworkers postdisaster assistance new investments commodities

(A) s
(B) 1
(D) ll (E) l3 25. Of the follo*ing, which is the closcstapproximation to the percent of freight expendituresNOT covered by freight reimbursemcnt income?

(c) e

23. Incomc from which of the following souroeswas

most nearly equal to \$2.9 million? (A) (B) (C) (D) fE) Unitd Stalcs government Freigbt rcimbursernert Investment Individuals Corporations

(c) 350h

GO ON TO THE }IEXT PAGE.

80

t + r

* 28. A wid* rcivcd of hct htisband,sestrtc, and { each of ba rh*r; rceilld ** brhoe. If I thc widow sd onc of br sm rcceiwd a t6l of \$60,000 frm thc 6tatc, what *as th amouatof the cstatc? (A) Seq000 (B) S96,000 , l
, t . -

(D) Sl35;m,,'.

(g \$16,m0

(E")ru

l0 40 50 60

G) stag6s
29. If tl4:

0, which of the foflowingmuc.|'&Lf

( A )- r : 2 a n d y : 3 ( B )r : 2 e d y * 3 (C)_r:0ady:Q @)x: -2 ad !:3 ( E ) x : - 2 a n dy * 3 t0 30. If x =0.88E,/:.r,638t, and z:(O.gggf, then which of thc following is true? (A)r<y<z ( B )x < z < y (O y < x <z @)y<z<x (E)zcx<y

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

24 30 40 48 60

8l

SECTION3 Trme-30 minutes 25 Questions Drcctionsi Eachqucstionor group of questionsis basedon a pessagc or setof conditions.In answcring someof the questions, it rnay bc usefulto drav a rougb cEagam.For eachquestion, selcctthe bestanswerchoicegiven.
Qucstions l{ A circus Eunager urust divide eglrt circus acts-F, L, M, O, & I X, znd Z-into two groups of four acts each, onc group scheduled to paform, one act at a time, in ring I and tbe other group'scteduled to perfor4 also onc a,t at a time, in ring 2. All acts take equqlly long to perform, and every act that takes place in one of the rings must bc scheduled for exactly tbc sane time slot as an act tbat takes place in tbe other ring. fiie schedule must also conform to the follorving conditions: Act F must take place in one of the rings at the same time that act M takes place in the other ring. Act L must take place in onc of the rings at the same time that act O takes placc in the other ring. Act R must take placc in tbe samc ring as act F. Act T must take place in the same ring as act O. Act X must be the secord act that tokes place in ring 2. l. Which of the following witbout regard to the order in which thy will bc pcrformd coutd be the group of acts to be schcduted for performance in ring I ? 3. If act R must perforrn in one of tle rings at the samctirne that act T performs in tbe other ring, which of tbe following must be the second act in nngl?

(A) F (B) L (C) M

(D)o
(E) Z

4. If the order, from first to last, ofcircus acts in ring 2 is O, )i, t M, which of the following is al acceptable order ofacts in ring l, also from first to last?

(A)nR,L,Z (B) L, Z, F, R (c) L, z, R, F P)2, L, R R (E) Z, R, L, F

If act F must pcrform bcfween acl X and act R in ring 2, which of the following must be rhe first act in ring I ?

F, I" M, and T F, I. O, ard R L, M, O, and T M, O, I and Z O, R, I and Z

(c) o

F)z
If act T must take place in ring I immediately after act F and immediately before act R. which act must be the third act in ring 2 ?

If act T performs in ring l, which of the following acts must perform in ring 2 ?

(A) F (B} L

(A)r

(D) T @)z

(c) o

(B) M

82

Time-30 Numbcrs: dll urrnlsJi uscd are rcal numbcn

*inut",

30 Questions

Figurer:

Position of points" anglcs, rcgions, etc. c8n bc sssumedto bc in tbc ordcr shown; and angle measures can be assumedto bc positirc. Lincs ghowa as straigbt can be essumcd to be straigbt. Figurcr can bc assumcd to lic in a planc unless otherwisc indlntcd. Figures that accompany questions are intended to providc information useful in answering the questions. Howevcr, unlc*s a Dote statesthat a frgurc is drawn to scale,you should solve these problerns NOT by cstimating sizesby siglt or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathematics (see r Example 2 bctow).

Directions: Each of thc Qucstionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You arc to conpare tbc two {G-nriGi?hoosc A B C D Note:
--t,-

if if if if

tbe quantity in Column A is grcater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; tbe two quantities are equal; tbe rclationship cannot be determined from tbe information given.

Sincethereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitieslo be compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbot thrt appcars in both columnsrcprescnts the samething in Column A as it doesin Column B.

Conmon
Iilorlnatron:

ColumnA

Column B

Sample Answen

"r-lgegb!
Examples 24 referto A PpR.

2x5

2 +6

o @ @ @ @

Elgsils-a

NQ

Example3:

Exanple 4:

w+ z

lE0

@@(D@@ (sincePQ is a straight line)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

94

t
i fd K ry !.

c
Column A 4 4

A B

E, *

D
ColumnB Colnma A.

a
I

F
t-

s-1
2. T\e averag (arithmtic. mean)of87,95, and 130 3. Tbc time that it tatcc Jim to drive 300miles at a speedof 52 milcs pcr hour { -t6

1-5

!:

f=la"na
a >0

?..

r- 5#V + j-

i-:,iitf;l.: .,'1,-ar' .,.9t t.,

r80

t-05

Ms. Rogers bought an elqctric rangc on the instaltmcnt plan. The cash pricc of the range was \$4O0. The amount shc paid was \$120 down and l2 monthly payments of \$28 eact. 5. The amount she paid for thc electric range in cxccss ofthe casb price \$56

2x*y<3 x>2

95

c
Column A

D il the rcletionship cannot bc dctcrmioed from the information givcnColumn B

Qslumn A Cohrmn B

r f ) 0

3t+4r r + t

The perimeter of square S is equal to the perimeter oftbe rectangleabove. The length of a side of S

x * 3

0 < a < b < c 12.

a a
C is a circle with radius 3 The ratio of the circumfercnce of C to tlre.diarneter of C

z - x

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,

| -1..

95

B {:

s
b

F
*^r\$"oflic grtn. tD?enss,ttcnorcc8 lG3o hasfiw answtf,choioes. Qucstious For d of the qr*s&"c schq3 tbo 5g4 of : ;:
l

g
lo.

*-s --l-

2 =

:::-'' i "r,

':' : ,'

b
q"

l '

thcn (.r * .yt' :

. i.

(A) I t( (B)T(ct s
(D) 8 (s) 15
17- What is 0.423658 roun& ro rh nearest tbousandth? (A) A.42 (B) 0.423 {q 0.424 (D) 0.4236 1V10.4237 It- If 3(-r * 2) = x - 4, tben x : (A) -5 (B) -3

(c) {D)
{E)

I 3
5

(B) r.z (c) 3.4

(A) 3.0

GO OT{ TO TTTENEff

PACE.

2l-25 refcr to thc following Sraphs Questions NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURES FOR COUNTRY X, 1975.1986 ( I billion : 1,000,000,000)
Total National Health Expenditures (in billionsof dollars) Private vs. Public National Health Expendinrres as a Percentof Total National Health Expenditures

t40 r30 t2a

il0 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 l0 0 l0

80 7A 60 50 ,lt) 30 20 t0

S33\$\$1""\"i+i{t-"i
National Health ExpenditurePer Capita (in dollan)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

98

21. For how many of &c years shownwasthc amount of private lrealth experditures at leastdoubte tlre snount of public bcalthcxpenditures? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Nonc One 11ro Thrce Four

If -r is thenrmttr on thc numbertine betwca 5 and 15tbat b nrice asfar tioil 5 as from 15. thcn "r is

(A) s?3 (B) t0

?2. t! shich of th yearsfrom 1975thro,oh 19g6nas tk national health expenditure per caiita mosc n1'r-ry oqual to half th pcr capiia expenditurpfor t9E4?

, *ui
":'jii:i:'i

(cl

n,h\$'l
n.

"'

..

r-'ti
t".

t::. i:

r #*'i,
;

(E',' yn2

t979 (D) 1980

q&c following which is the bestapprcximation of thc perccotincrease in tbc national h;aftb expcndi_ ture per capirafrom l98l to t9g2?

(D) t0% (E) 5%

Oftb following which is closest to the amounl of publb national heatthexpenditues,in billions of doilars, in 1980? (A) (B) {c) {D) (E) 25 30 35 4s 70 Cio ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.

(c) frt/o

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

Jane'scolkrdodl {

hascmc&4Cma asmany*Canndien Jane ar:ac Canadian srdfr*b hercolhcti6,ir. Whbh of rhe betbcnuiber of etamgo in lolowing_CANf,{OT e6 80 72 6E 54
r.j

.lji&'+t."

:.

.&.q

(c) reo

(A) 120 (B) t50

99

29. A distillate flows into an mpty 64-gatlon drum at spout I and out of the drum at spout 8. If &e rate of flow through 'l is 2 gallons pcr hour, how many gallons per hour must flow out at spout .8 so that the drum is full in exactly 96 hours?

(A) i
28" In the figure above, if the area of t}le smaller square region is i ttrc area of the larger squarc region, then the diagoial of tbe larger square is how many inches longer than the diagonal of the smaller square?
I

(B)

;
J

(c)?

'.l.tJz-t

(')i
(c) 2
5

(o)1 G)3
farmer has two rectangularfields- The larger field FOle has twice the lengrh and 4 rimes the *idth of the

@[#
(E' ,/2

smaller field.If tbesmaller fieldhasarea K. rhen theareaofthe largerfieldis greater than the areaof thesmallerfi.ld !L&"t *jluniT (A) (B) (c) fD) (E't 2K 6K 7K 8X t2K

100

a a-_l

F
g

FOR GENERALTEST2 ONIY

{trnrfm nftrgury
Srcds| t lfor\$.r lE t
l+ mlai

3l !-

-7

lruYTICtttt{JTY
Srtu 3
P+ lm? lctI|'
F+ I|!S.r l!illt

\/
P+ 90 79 38 5A

t!3llor t
lilsrt.

t rddI
f 7 3 l

g F

1 8 1 9

-r 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 7 1 't1 1 1 1

0 t 2 3 5 8 7

A 0 A C E 8 0 C B E D 0 E D C 8 B

ET EE a 66 3A 35 27

a2

79 95 88 75 56 g7 42

n 72
78 52 48 I 79 73 47 32 47 59 94 8t 80 82
to

E l A

2't 2 A 2 X 26 2 z 2 3

, 4

7 A 9 0

A C B C E 'D 8 B 4 8 A

t 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 n 21 2 N 2 2 2

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

o 2 3 4 5 8 7 8 9 , 4 5 6

0 A E C E B E B c 0 D E E A 8 E c D A A O A E 8 C A 0 c E

76 70 57 72 63 55 5a 80 83 E6 7C. 52 51 *t 26 25 3{ T? ,15 36 92 a 79 59 6 73 55 96 82 a. 63 34 g7 38 37

A e, C &) B TI A s c 79 6 A B n 7 . 8 B - ,e6 a . { 0 t2 9 D J 5 0 A 8t , 1 0 A 1 . 5 6 rlo 8 , ' : t., I t c f.s :11 ,'C. 8l 12 B' [ . ' 3 8 t t 2 D 4' 13 [ } , . : l.;,Ol 1 3 A ar 11 B , . rl \ E l .71 D 3E' 1 5 C l z 2 .r5 0. 30
1 2 3 4 5 8 D A D B

r 2 1 8 2 3 I 7 8 4 l o 5 IE' 6 1 7 6 7 l n l e . 8 1 9

l s )

2 3 .
5

t:'

lC. l 1 el . . 8 :l s o1 '1. *r -' ..J* 'l'-" l, &l 1 f rt! 1 ,\$ '..-'*"'Br tt"8 l 19 :- ;oj t - 8 r l t

8 l 6 s1 E l s 21 C l 8 a1
I

l 2 3 4

o
c

B 0 E E

v,

.. . '. 7 17 6 . ,:.1E 1 9 2 0 21 2 . N 2 4 2 5 2 2 6 7

0 D C 5 0 A D B E 8 C 4

-,

| !1,1 79 78 71

1 1 1 a

n2 &, 73 52 &

8 9 8

A 8

7l 33

a. s s

21 E 2 z A 6 7

z A

21

B D
A C C E A

wl a

8l

1{ l"',aE.I 1 4 15 - ..,j -'.,\ _ irl:r L''5s lt r i l e . ' ' .B D i. 1 1 6 r7 s t77 "A t8. l::si i 1 8 ' a 1 1 9 . C f r ' c ' 4A n 21 A tl 21 rl Z B 2 A E 58 n ,t6 21 l}. 2 6 E 2A 2

7 8 e o [ir 1 1 1 [.,Ga 1 1 2 1 3 i ' E - P-6t 1 1 3 *,,;+':.

ll i*\$ i'

A A

D E B E E I

75 60 7f TI 50 52 78 35 5l 58 43 38 61 rts 60 68 41 45

st

F
a'
a

c c

A C B E

. 4 5

C 9 E 8

s8

t:

3 s
3 3

31

e c t A
0 5 0 0

2 A 2 9 3 0 31

'

n c E 320 s
E

61 52 I l4 l GI

a g

r o c

35 a

5e n

5A

F
I i

3 5 A 3 6 C 26 3 6 D 31 3 7 C 27 3 7 E 27 3 8 A m 3 8 A 26 'Eslirnated P+ fot the group ol erarniroas who loot he GFE GeneralTes| in a rceoi ttrE+year porin

42 36 73

Q 3

. 0

O 8

r
I

f
i
ti

I b

ffi
,:"t

' t-

"

IUI

R|t Scn

ao aa

orn't}Strt i farryticrt Sc|tdt * Ssrtd % Scorc lrtor Scfi g!t!r

&r
\$oit

Yarbrl 0mdifrirr t8rltlical Scehd .L S8|lrd % Sc.lqt 9l Scon Stlsr Scoc Sdsr Scnn ialr
430 420 410 400 390 380 370 360 350 350 340 330 324 3i0 310 300 290 260 ?80 27A 2ffi ?s 250 230 34 31 28 25 23 ?0 18 t5 13 13 11 9 E 7 7 5 1 3 3 2
a

72-76 & 71 7S 70 n0 69 6E 67 56 65
6il 750 740 730 7A 710 7ql

39

17

36
99
qA ?t

v
33
5t JI

6m
570 6 1 l 560 50 1 650

97 96 95 91 93
Qt

39 29 28 800
E00 800 790 780 96

590 580 570 550 550 540 5?C 5!0 500 4S 180 170 160 440 130 420 410 q00 380 370
fl

56 53 51 49 46 44 39 37 34 32

670 660 650 630 520 610 500 584 570 550

84 81 8B 75 73 70 67 62 59 53

an s 87 e& 82

l',
t :

m
96 96 c) o1 I 8E E7
t(

640 1 5 8 630 l 7 610 | s- I 600 l r " 5\$ l s 4 580 1 5 3 570 52 560 (t 550 50 5rt0

m
78 73
aa

69 66

n0 750 710 730 7'.'z9 710 700 690 680 570 560 650 E40 630 620 600

25 ?1 23 22 21

m
lo

30 n 25 ?1 19 17 16 14 11 t0
8
6

540 520 510 500 480 179 150 1rt0 1m 4r0

390 3S 3S0 310 ??n 32t) 300 290 280 ?60 250 240
?lo

50 45 12 33 33 30 26 73 19 17
14
tl

E3 EI 79 n 75 73 71 63 67 65 62 58

800 800 800 790 7m 750 710 720 710 700 590

oo

18 17 16 I4
1? ta

{9 4E 47
tl6 45 44 43 41 4B

n30 (x 510 500 4S 470 460 458

63 60

99 99
Y5

u0
?00 200 2J9 200 20r ?c0 2AC 231

97
Vf

50 47 43 40
27

11

I 1 1 1 1 1 1 'I
I

30
??n
J ' g

I 7
b f, ? J

3m 280
?40 220 210 20c ?c[ 2C0 ?00

3 1 1 1 1

u0 430

94 92 91 89
bl

10

2 1
'l

34

7 6 G5

'l
I

?10 20c

'Percenl

Kotint belou the scaled score is besed on fhe perlo.rance oi g-54,9-o5 e\?hinees sho look the cenerat Test belwteo Octobr 1, I 987, rod Seplember 30, I 990. This perceil beiow Iniorrraiion i! used ior score reporrs durrng the I 99 1-9? test, nt year.

r 08

i._

Numbers:
Figurcs:

SECTION2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbers used arc real numbcrs. Position of points, angles, regions, ctc.can bc assumed to bc in thc ordershown;and anglemcasures can beassurned to bc positive. Linesshown asstraight can bc lssumedto be straight. Figures canbeassumed to tie in a praneunress otherwisc indicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answering the questions. However,Jrnless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcse-probtims NoT by e^stimating sizesby sight or by measi.rrement, but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see Example 2 below).

K
E;

;
'.!

,t

Directions: Each of thc QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparc the two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Note: Common G6Jiillfon: if if if if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitics are cqual; the relationship ca'not bc dctcrmined from the information given.

Sincetherearc only four choices, NEVER MARI( (E). In a question'information conccrning one or both of the guantities to be compared is centeredabove tbe two columns.A symbol that appeirs in both columns ieprcscntsthe sameitring in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answers

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examplc 2:

NQ

@@@(D

Examplc 4:

w* z

It0

l15

c
Column A

A if tbe quantity in Cotumn A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is lreater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the rclarionship cannot be determined from the information given

Column B Column A

ColurnnB

+ 0.9
r:30
r * R:59
t

9(r.0+ 0.09)

Let_the"drop" ofa squarebe definedas the penmeterof the squareminus the length of one slce. The drop of a square with area 25

,2

20

R2

! _ 7 x 4 9 N x 9
J.

rn annual salary

.ry

A bonus ct\$500plus an 8.5percent increase in annualsalan'

i.i*l

s
P , Q , R , S . T , a n d U are points on the circle as shown. 8 . The length of arc peR Figure I Note: Drawn to scale. 5. The area ofthe shaded region shown in Hgure I Thc area of the shadedregion shown in Figure 2 9 . The total number of liters of water in x tanks, eachcontaining 20 liters of water. and 2r tanks, each containing 35 liters of water Figure2 0 The total nurnberof liters of'water in x tanks, eachcontaining 25 liten of water. and 2x tanks, each containing 30 liters of water The length of arc S?"L/

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

lr6

A B C D ColumnA

if if if if

the quantity in Cotumn A is greater; the quantity in Columri B is grearcr; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given"

ColumnB

ColumnA

Column B

(a+bf=49 a b: 1 2

x : l - y x2+zxy+yz
x + y

U rc*x:90 y*z:90

(6x + 4)'

10. Theperimerer of R.SIU ll. (r - 2F

l0 (x + 2)2

(8X16X32X64) : 2x*v
12. The avemge(arithmetic mean) of x and y 9

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

lr7

Dnctio:s:. Eachof the Qucstions1630 has fivt answer choices. For cachof thescqucstions,sclectthe bestof tbe :rnsscrcDorces 8lven. 16. In a ertain class,if tbcre are 35 men and 63 women thcnthc ratio of men to womenis { ) * D
I

L-----L-

{B) +
(q; i") ;
19. Thc figurcaboveis a rectangular solid with AB : 10, 8C : 10, aad CD : 3. Whatis the total surfaceareaof tbe figure?

@)l
17. StretsL, M, and nf are straight and leve! and thcy intersect to-forrn.a triangle. If streets L and iU intcrscct at a 40o angle and if street ,l/ is perpendicular to strcet M, at q-hat acurc angle do streets t and nf intersec0

(A) 320 (B) 300 (g 2n (D) 160 {E) 23

n. 6 x 2 - l S x - 2 1: (A) 3(2r + 7)(x - t) (B) 3(2x - 7)(x + l) (C) 3(2r - l)(x + 7) @) -9x2 - 2l @) -9x - 2t

{A) 30" {B) 35' {c) 40' {D} 45' (E) 50:,

,8 (' - i)1'- *)':

{A} #

p)i {qi
GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

{") i
c)*

ti8

"*
t E

&:

F
I

F
Questions 2 | -25 refer ro the following gfaphs.

L
7-

* n B F :
I

::
i

c tl

a t.t I

&
t5 20
,t

I

| 985 r986 1
I

Note: All graphs draw-nto scale.

21. Country X's farm population in t9g6 was aDDroximately how many million?

(A) 2 . 5 (B) 5.5 (c) 7.5 (D) 9.0 (E) r0.0 22. Tlaedecrease, in millions,in the numberof farms from 1950to 1970wasapproximalely (A) {B) {c) (D) {E) t.6 2,0 2.6 3.0 3.6

To.the.nearest I 0 percent,the dccfinein farn population in Country ,y betwcen1950 and t960rcorcrnted what perccnr of tbc t950 farm poputation? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) t0% 30% fi% 6% t50%

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

ll9

24" In Country X, the averagefand sizc ia 1940 was approximately what fraction of thc average farm size in 1986?

25. In Co*ql X hadapproximarely how many -1986, million acres of farmland? (A) I,100 (B) 400 (C) l,t0 ll tD) (E) 3

(")3
(q;

(A) i

t")3
(E) i
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

r20

! ? E. *,
:r

a'
(arithmetic 26. lf n. is theaverage mean)of the three numbers 6,9, and ft, whatis thc vaiucof & in termsof n ? (A) 3n - 15 (B)n-5 (On-15 29. Mary has3 dollan morc than Bi[ has,btrt Sdollan --lcssthaa Jaac has. If Mary has x dotiars,bow many dollan do Janeand Bill hare attogithrf
l

(E) 2r-+ e
30. If. f -is an integerdivisiblcby 6 but nor by 4, thn whitih of th following CA}{I{OT be al iitcgcfl

(D) 2.r + 2

(B)2x-s (C) 2x -2

(A)2x-8

(o)t+
n * 15 ,o., \-, 3 27" Whichof thefollowingCANNOT be cxpressed as the sumof tbesquares of rwo integers? (A) t3 (B) l7 (c) 2l {D) 2e (E) 34

,,'ri
(B)3

(et
(D)*

@#

( E ) r2y

t2r

SECTION 6 Trrne-30 minutes

Numbers: FiEures:

30 Questions , All numberi used are reat numbers. Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can bc assumedto bc in thc order shown; and angle measurcs can bc assumedto bt positive. Lines shown as sraight can be assumcdto bc straig}t. Figures can bc assurnedto lie in a plane unlcss otherwisc indicated. Figurcs that accompany questions are intcnded to provide inforr4ation uscful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems (scc but by using your knowledge of rnathematics NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, Exarnple2 bclow).

Directions: EachoftheQuestionst-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are to compare the two qiEiffiii'iEThoose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.

Sincctherc are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E)

Commoa Information: In a qucstion, information concerning one or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabovc the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns represcntsthe same thing in C-olumnA as it does in Column B. Column A
Example lin\$

Column B

Sample Answcn

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples?4 rcfer to A PQR.

.'' \ \"
Example_ 2:

NQ

@@ oj"o

'

6 . |jF

(since equal measuFes caanot "r be assumcd,even though PItt and ffQappcar equal) Example 3:

@(t@@(D
(sincc lf is bctwecn P and Q)

Example 4:

w*z

tE0

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE 140

A B C D

if if if if

the quantiryin Column A is greater; the quanrity in Column B is lrcater; the two quantitics are equal; the relationshipcannot be determincd from the information givcn.

ColumnA 3

ColumnB
9 49

ColumnA x >y >0

ColumnB

1
2x+3y:3x *2y

0 Ttrc areaof a circulat regionwith circumferenccl6d Thc circumfercm of a circular regionwith area16r (x (4 y : 5 r

0.7

A.discount of z() percentof the original se[ing price ot an rtem reducesthe pri to \$72. Thc original sclling price ol the ltem

\$120

ED:+
a

L- .tlf=Vz

:)

x --\$ tlg

xy *0
x : l x

x -y

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

J2l

+ Jts

r4l

A if B if c if D if

tbe quantiry in Column A'is greater; the quantiry in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equa! the relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

A rectangular textbook page measures E] inches by I I inches. The page is partitioned into reciangular
L

spaces *"h + inctr byI in"n.

14. The number of such spaces on the textbook page 17x ll x 48

X : Z

RT

R.S

Im ,X costs fwioe as much as item Z. and item msts \$3 more tban balf dtecost of itsn Z. l l. The cost of itcm X The cost of itsm Y
n2

p2+m2

x*y=-lr+yi
12.

3*(*4)

3- 4

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

t42

'i

rp

&
Dircctions: Each of the Qucstions 1630 has five answerchoices. For eachof theseqrstions, sclccttbe bestof ttrc answeich-oices Even.
16. If 2Jr * y :8 and 3x : 6, then y :

(A) 2 (B) 4 (c) 6 (D) 8 (E) r2

It. Mario boughtcqualnumbcrs of 2-centard 3-ccat stamp6. If the total costof the sr2mps was\$I .00, what wasthe totat numbcrof stamps bought?

(A) 25 (B) 34 (c) 40 (D) 46 (E) s0

Number of I-awn Mowers
Monday

752
300,
c a 6

TLesday Wednesday Thursday

Friday
/)f

-s

7y

' 19. In squarePQR.Sabove," ApfS basa pcrimcar of 30.What is the areaof quare peRS ? (A) 30 (B) 50

17. Thc table above shows the number of lawn mowers produccd by Company l, each workday last week except Friday. If Company Z produced an average (arithmctic mean) of 750 lawn mowers per day foi the workweek, how many lawn mowersdid it producc on Fridaf

m.lf
a

(A) 736

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

143

Qstions 2l-25 rcferto.tb folh'siegdata. PRODUCTIONOF PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES World Productionl9tttl96g (valucin rnillisnsof dollars) 1965 C-ountry
United Stat6 -'4Yg

Vahr

koent ofTotal Valrc

1968 1969 Pcrent ftrccnt Fercent Value of Total Vaftc ofTotal Vahp of Total

1967

2,296 350

rs, --------'

3v)
247 96 95 76 50

Other countrics Total --

9.5 2,t31 9.8 371 9.8 363 7.0 2?4 2.1 95 2.7 104 2.1 80 t.4 72

67.5 3 , 1 39 8.9 4lt E.7 370 6.5 283 2.3 106 2.5 107 t.9 89 1.7 76 100.0 4,5t0

6E.4 3,5S5 9.0 4fi 8 . 1 439 6.2 299 2.3 120 2.3 ll5 2.0 r05 t.7 82 t00.0 5 , 1 l5

68.4 3,770 8.8 550 8.6 5r0 5.8 3t0 2.4 t40 2.3 130 2.1 Ir5

67.A 9.8

9.r

r.6

95

r00.0 5,6m

tm.o

UNTTED STATES PRODUCTION r9('5 Total: Millto{t \$2"296 r97l

Total: \$3,980Miltion

Pboodpmicels

Offi Copien 25%

MctirJoPbfx? EqoiFent

Sriu-

t4

2 t . In 1969 tbe valucof photographic equipment and

outsidethe Unitcd States luppl*s produced was how manymillion dollan?

(A) 550 (B) 1,950 tci 5,620 (D) 7,470 (E) ll,2& 22. Wbat was Lhevahr, in miilions of dollars, of thc motion-picrurecquipmcntprodrcd inrlrc Unitca Statcs in l97l "l

in thUnitd Statcs was 1r,", iL, "pry:*frltAi ofphotogr;pnrc equpmcnt andsrpprics ll*3f produced in the vorld? (A) @% (B) 50%

2 , L gi i
5

(c) 4s%

/357"

(A) tE4 (B) t88 (g le3 (D) tee (E) 203

23. In llXS whict country,stotal.production of photo. gaphic equipment ,,rpptiis *" oorJt in valtre "1-o to rhc combincd productidi of *oti-on_piiur" *o microfilrncquipmentin tle Unitci St,I i" ,u sameyear? (A) (B) (C) @) (E) Iraty France United Kincdom WestGcrminv Japan

25. Fromt!)68 to 1969, thevalue ofphotocraohic prodrnj by fi;; :quiprnT!andsupplics

Inqrascd by ap,prorimatcly wbat peroenit

6) n% (B) t8%
(C) l|c/o @) 120/u (E) l0%

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

I45
i

r F
i-

; t-

For which of the following scts of numbrs is tb. prodwt of the three numbers less than'each mrber of thc set?

29.If x is au odd negative integer and y is an even

positive intcgr, then ry must bc which of the following? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Odd and positivc Odd and negative Even and positive Even and negative It cautot be determinedfrom the information gven.

/ i,?,i a
,

F. -;,

- t, 1

\'

'/u, -). , ,
(A) I only (B) II only (c) III only (D) I and III (E) II and tII

-1o

30. Which of the following expresses the area of the

shaded region in the figure above?

n.

The figure aborrc is formed by two owrtapging squancq each having sides of 6 centimetsrs in leng6. If P and Q are the midpoiots of the intcrsecring sideg what is tbe ars" in square centimctcrq of th shaded region?

(A) l:;r-

-r-,,2 ( B )- 2 .+

T2 63 60 54 4s

(c) , 2 _ y '
(D) (E) x2+xy
A

x2- xy 4

28. If x aad y arc numbers oa tb number linc abovc,

which of the following statcurcsrtsmust be true?

I. x y < 0 II. x * y < 0 IT. x - y < 0 (A) I oaty (B) Itr only

(c) I aadtr only (D) I ard Itr only (E) I, II, andIII

t46

V ATAITNCAT ABILITY
Secfon 1
1 3 4 5
b

FOR GENERAL TEST3 ONLY

D
E

91 5
< A n N

m az 56 45 42 49 86 91 75 52 44 43 32 ?8

lhlar

r 2 3 4
q

A A 8 A

A.5nt

90 90 80 80

&

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 'r0 ll 1 2 'r3 'ra 1 5 1 1 l

10

C B D A 8 A 0 C 0 0' C I C A B C C
E

74 80 71 77 66 65 57 5t

1 1

f 1

r 2
3 4

s c

8 E

7 I 10 11 12 13 ,tr r6 17 l8 19 20 ?',
<J

I n A

54 5E 90 70 49 1{t 3 31

7
Q

A
N

9
rv l 1
1 ?

E
tr l ? B E
a

o
E n

n 9 10

'

n
2

n A I
t

56 61 52 59 5. 41 IE 38 ?, 83 g) 62 50 66 79 90 76 71 45 49 47 15

1
J?

C A C
E

47 4l m

31

A B E
5

53 6 76 50
F

15 16
t l 1t lq

D S
6 i a

15 1
t t

82
ot

6 8 9 0

0 2

54 68 89 61 70 47 s
5f on

1 1 2

D A 3

6 7 E

58 7n 66 40 85 87 79 78 54
JZ 1a

A
U

24
l)

21 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 31
J ? Z ?

C A A 8 C C A C
b n

2 ? 2

n n

4 5 6 l 0

c s

8 A

?6 27 28 29 30 31
JZ s
a< JO

6 7 8 9 0

A .l =

D tr B A tr

81 8r 37 27
18

28 n 3

z.

.l:'

A 3

z j C 21 A 2 5 A 6 0 2 7 8 0 D A

M 2 r zr.

E B o

n a

a 90 8?

s l 1 4 E B l t s I r s E
1 1 7 A

I 1 1 1 I t 2

| 1 l I

l 1

' r

s 6
8 e

7 0

0 c o A
C B

E E

P 76 83 69 32 34 <t 95 52 72 60 5f 5.1 37 38 66

Saction I f&r\$ar Anrrrr I P+

3 1 5
6 7 8 9 'r0 lt 12 t3 14 ls 16 17 18 le 20 2t 22 23 24 25

1 2

o e A
C .C I C o c E D O E D e D c A B C A A E

0 A

62
85 75 57 tllt 46 64 54 62
?l

c)

l r E l r e l 2 o 1 2 1 z E ? 3 2 1 2 5

E E D S o B l 6r A l 19
21 l 5l I 60 I 4ti l 35 l 62

54

163 ler lzs lts l8t 183 141 ls3 lz4 lra lm l1l l52l l73l 168l lssl lsol l72l l64l t38l

lss 156 lss

190 IAS

37 'Esttrnated P+

24 2 2

3
3 3 3

?(

4
6 7 8

C
c A A 8

for t'.'egroup ot erarnines who rook r'e GR Genrar re=l in ,eced a thre-y"a *n*.

147

SCORE FOR COI{VERSIOT{S GEI{ERAL TEST 3 OI{LY A}ID THE PERCEI{T\$ BEIOW'
Scaled Scores and Percents Betart Yrrtd !l &r|t'hu,yt % Atr|ry{kst V. Bcat. labr 3c!.r Eclor Ealor Scor! 800 790774 760 750 79 7n 710 700 68C 67A 660 650 640 630 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 go 530 520 510 500 490 480 474 450 d50 450 99 99 9S 99 98 97 96 95 95 93 C2 90 S 87 85 82 80 78 76 74 72 69 67 64 61 59 56 t4 5r 48 44 41 41 Scaled Scores and Percents Below Yittrl % osr0tib!.lrr % Analytical n lar Scon Scora Bq}or Seqo Sctor Scon Brlm

t rS6l

72-75
'r1

39 38 37
EA J5

444

68
6l

u
32
?t

0 420 410 400

?on

38 36 30 24 ?2 22 )n
I D

66
A<

a4
bJ bz

30 29 28 27
zo ZJ 24
ZJ

380 380 370 360 340 340

22d J<V e1n

590 580 570 560 550 540 530 510 500 490 480 474 450 450 (?0 4n 410 390 38C 360
J3TJ

57 54 52 49 48 45 42 37 35 32 30 28 26 24 20 18 16 13 12 I
/

670 c60 550 630 620 610 600 580 570 560 540 530 520 5C0 490 470 460 440 420 410 390 380 360 340 330 310 2S0

85 83 81 76 71 72 69 6,4 61 58 52 49 46 40 38 32 31 24 m r8 15 13 10 7 6 4 3

61 60
(n

12
t1 1n

800 800 790 780 770 760 7fi 749 730

vt

97 96 94 93
o)

22
1 l

t+ 53 52
51 50 49 48 47 46 45
+J

7n
710 v@ 690 680 670 660 040 530 620 610 600

89 88 86 84 82 80 78 T7 74 72 68 66 63 61 59

20
10

ZJU
I

8@

99

18 17
IA

1 1 I n U

42 41 40
'Pg,'cenl

8O0 80o 79r) T7A 760 7 4 7s0 71o 700

690

ee ss e8 s7 s6 e s 94 el e0
88

l I i I | l | I |
|

244 230

t<

m
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

13 12 11 10
Y a

340 320 310 290 270 260 244 230 220 210 2 @ 200 200

6 5 4 2 2 1 1 0 g 0 0 0 0

zec
268 254 244 ?20 2"O
Z'JU

2
1 r 1 0 0
U

7 0-6

scorir betcw the scdd score b bssed on lhe pertormanc ol 94,359 examinees who took tr Geflerd Ted between fu6br and Seoternbr30- 1989.

1, 19g6,

I rt8

sEc'IroN 2/
Time-30 Numbcrs: FiSures: All numbcrs used are reat uumben. Position of points, angles,reglons, etc. can bc assumedto be in the ordcr shown; and anglc measurres can bc assumedto be positive. Lincs shown as straight can bc assumed to b straight. Figurescan bc assumcdto [e in a plane unlessothcrwisc indicatcd. Figures that accompany qucstionsare intcnded to providc information uscful in answering thc questions- Howevcr, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to r".r", yo,i rloJi sotvc thcsciroblims NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using y."iri"*1"+r of mariematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: Each of thc Qrrc+ions l-.15consists of two quantitics, one in Column A hnd onc in Cotumn B. you are to comparethe two quantities ailThoosc A B C D Note: Common IffiGilion: if if if if thc thc thc the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; quantity in Column B is greatcr; rwo qtraotiticsare cqual; relationship canaot bc dctcrmimd from the information givu:minutes 30 Questions

Sincc therc are only four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E).

t
F

In a qucstioq information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to bc compa.redisccntcred abgv" the two cglumns' A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthc samc'thing in Columo e it does ia Column B. "t Column A Column B Sample Ansqrcn

*, t; {
t: 3i -a
?

Erample l: Exampfcs 24 rcfer to A PQR-

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

,i ?

,t

Examplc2:

NQ

@@@(D@ (sirrceequal measurres cannot be assumed,even though Piy' and NQ appear equal)

Example 3:

Examplc4:

w*z

r80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 155

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatc( B if tbc quentity in Column B is greatcc c if tbc two quantitlx are cqual; from thc informationgiven. D if the relationshipcannotbc detcrmincd Column A C-olumnB ColumnA ColumnB k+4v

2%of(3+21

3%of(2+3)

x+2y

1-6
2y-x: x - 2 :
ll 5

6-1

(1.
V
PR is a diameter of tbe circle, and QR is tangent to the circle. The bogth of PR The length of QR

/1

The rcraain&r when 218 is divi6 by 7

r / = 0 a d x = 0 5.

Jn * J+s

t2

The toll for a cstain bridge is \$0.15 or I toker. Tokcns are soH in packs of 40 for \$4.00. 10. Tbe pcrcentsavedon 40 trips across the bridge if a token, rather than \$0.15,is usodto pay each toll

*1n

fr=4,t:50

q + r GO ON TO THE }.iEXTPAGE.

156

i
k

&

A B C D Column A

if the quantity in Column A is greater; if the quantity in Column n is irearcr; if the two quantitiesare equal; if the relationshipcannot be dctcrmined from the information given. Column B Column A -

7. :i : *
t'

:\$
C-olumn B
c

(n +2) ft
(n+2)fl

' " (n+l)R (*.,);:

Gardcn Plot I Thc a-rcaof rectangular plot I The average(arithmetic mean) oost per cassettc for 3 casscttescosting

is an intcgerand 0<l/<3.

Garden plot A I L The area ofrectangular ptot A 12. Thc averagc (arithmctic mean) cost per cassctt for 18 cassettes costing a total of 1r dollars

2.+j - 4

r + ! ' 8

a totatof

I aomn
x - y x + y 7

j2o -9o. 3o g T

ll.-i.'3o
7

x2+tz p2

t6

r57

For Directions: Each of the oucstions 1630 hasfive answerdloices.

arswer choices given.

PAIRS OF SHOESSOLD BY COMPANY S

of the 19. tf the arcaof a circleis 25a,tbenthe diarrrcter is circh (A) (B) (q (D) (E) 5 l0 20 25 50

16. If 8,?50 pairs of shoes are representedin the

pictograph above, bow maay pairs of shoesdoes each represent?

.n
X Y W Z R T iftbc areaofsquareregion above, 20. In tbe hgures areaof triangularregion the to equal VXYZ-rs RSI, tben RT:

(A) 3s0 (B) 700 (c) ?30 (D) 830 {E) 1,400
l r-

(A)2 (B)T (q4 (D)f (E)8

If x : 3 and Y {3+x)(3-Y)?

l8
6?-42: 2z

(A) I

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

158

2l-25 referto thc followinggraphs. Qucstiom VISITORS TO AND FROM THE UNITED STATES.I97I-I98I Numbcrof Visiton (in millions)

l97l 1972197319741975tn6 lE77 t9781919t980 t98t Numberof Visitors (in millions)

{
:ll

r8
l

i
E

i t4
l )

t97t te72te73te'r4r97st976W'-tinlilg
21. The totalnumber of visitorsfrom the UnitedStates to Europe for 1973 and l9i,4 wasmosrnearly equal to thetotal numberfor whichtwo of thefollowrng yean? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 1976 and 1977 1977 and1978 1978 and t979 1979 and 1980 1980and l98l

t9'a0 le8l

22. Thcre-were approximatcly how manymillion moreforeip visitorsto the Unitcd Statcs in l9E0than in t975? (A) 22 (B) 15 (q 8 (D) 7 (E) 0.75

r59

23.In 1960 thcrcrrcoel?-1lrtillion foreignvisiton

!o I.Ies York City. This was approximatdy what r perccntof thc total nrr"bcr of foreign visitors !o , th tJnitcd Siatcs? (B) 22% (c) 73% (D) 78o/o (E) E8% 24" How m2ny yearsaftr l97l sbow an incrrease ovcr the prcviousyear in bo.\$ the number of visiton from the United Stabs to Europc and the number of foreigrrvisitors to the Unitod States? (A) Fiw (B) SL (C) Swn (D) Eigbt (E) Nin

25. In 1975 if 60 percent of tbc foreigrr visitors to the

United States w"re not from Europ, then thc number of Europeai'isitors to Ot Unitea Srates was approximatcly bow meny times as grcat as thc nusrber of visitors from the United States to Europe that vear?

tA) 5%

(ci 5

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

160

2 6 . \ fy - 2 x of y?

t e rj - r @ lr-t tct i*\

{o)j+r c) /+;

(A)* G)* s#

co)* trr*

How many positive intcgen kss than 20 are equal to the.susr of a positive muttipt of 3 snd a positiw multiplc of 4 ?

Tpo Firc Swcn Tea I\fmcto

S. T*qrTk-e, ,Y aod f, arcfilled tocapacitywithFt fucl. Thnk X holds600galons *or. th.n't"nf f. If lO0gallonsof frrc|wre to bc pumpedfrom each tank, tank X wouldthcncontain3 timesas mrrch fuel as tank y. What is the totat nurnbcr of gallons of fuel in thc two full ranks?

region?

l6l

/ SECTION 5 ./ Time-3O minutes 30 Questims

Nurnbers:
Figuies:

All numbers usedarc real numben. Positioa of poins, angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in thc order shown; and angle rnrasures can bc assumedto be positirc. Lines rbown as straight can be assurred to be straig}t. Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthr questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, (see but by using your knowledge of mathernatics Examplc 2 bclow).

il-i6'I6-m-pare thetwo qGiililiEii?lFh oosc

A B C D Note: Common Iil6i6?iion: if if if if

Directlons: Each of tbc QucstionsI -15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be determincdfrom the information given.

Sincetbereare only four choiccs, NEVER MARX (E). In a qucstion,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above thc two columns.,A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts tbe sarnething in Column A as it docs in Colum-nB. Columo A Column B SampleAns*en

2x6

z+6

(t@o@@

Exampli?:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measurcs canDol be assumed, even though Py'Y and NQ appearequal)

Examplc3:

@rD@@@
(sincc N is betweenP and QJ

E x a m p l c4 :

w*z

t80

@ @ o @ @ (sincePQ is a straightlinc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE. 174

F:

s &
A B C D Column A if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationshipcannot be determincdfrom the information given. Column B Column A x > 0
t; i:

F
F :
I

ColumnB

&
: { n
l:

3-r + 4 : 13 ll - y : 6

:r
I

At noon today, Ann, Betty, Cathy, and Dot had exactly \$l apiece.Then during the next five minutcs, Ann gave\$l to Beny who gave 52 to Cathy who gave \$3 to Dof None of thern gave or receivedany other money.

amounrof money Qm. v'Betty hadleft at five

minutes past noon todav

The amount of money Cathy had left at five minuies past noon today

*. s

E
b

The number of odd integers greater than 5 and lessthan 15

3r(l 25)
10" The volume of a cubc *ith edgeof length 4 centimeters

31375)
Four times the volume of a cube with edge of length 2 centimeters

(1 #)i
x + 17: -8
x * 8

- l'7

The sum of 3 integen is 5l . The average(arithmetic mean)of the 3 integers The median of the 3 integers

6.

t75

c
ColumnA

A if thc quantity in Column A is greater; B if the qwntity in Column B is grcarerl

if the tryo quantities are equal;

D if thc rchdonship cannot bc determined from thc information given. Colurrn B Column A ColumnB

d > a
14. The total interest earned on d dollars investedfor 3 months at ll percentsimple annual interest

+(*)do*ars

The areaof the circular region with ctntr' O is l6n, and a, w, x, y, and z represcnt the lengths of tbe line segments.

y > o , v # l

r3.

o *i v-*x+l t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

t76

Directions: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choicss"For each of thesc questions,selectthe best of lhe answerchoicesglven.

16.

2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 (D) 8 (E) 15 l0 meters 4 meters

(A) r
l1

(B) 2

(C) 4

Which of the following is a multiple of both 7and13? (A) 52 (B) 65 (q 77 (D) 156 (E) 182

l0 meters 1 8 .Mario purchased\$600 worth of traveler's checks.

If eachcheck was worth either \$20 or S50,which of the following CANNOT be the number of \$20 checkspurchased?

1 9 .The figure above shows thc floor dimensiori-.of an

L-shaped room- AII anglesshown are right angles. If carpetingcosts \$20 per squaremeter.uhat will carpeting for the entire floor of the room cost? (A) \$800 (B) \$1,280

(c) \$1,600 (D) \$r,680 (E) 52.320

a + -T e h

aboveis to be If the value of the expression halved by doubling exactlyone of the five numben a, b, c, d, or e, which shouldbe doubled? (A) a (B) b (C) c (D) d (E) e

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

r77

Questions2l-25 refa to tbe folbwing gaphHEALTH EXPENDITURESIN THE UNTTED STATES. 1950AND1979 I

1
I I

!)

\ \ 1 \ \\

(total expendirures:\$12.7 1950 billion) =5212.2billion) (total expenditures 1979 (t billion: 1,000,000,000)

q)
rt)

o
ag

C) c) t)

cr*
^f
*-*.

Category

? t " For how many of tltc categories wastlrc pcrcent

of total heatthcxpcditurcs greaterin 1979than in 1950 ? (A) Two (B) Thre (D) Six @) Seven {C) hur

''''

Of the following catcgoricq for vhicb was the percent of otal bcalth expenditures in 1979least?

(c) Dru\$ aod dmg sun&ics (D) Gorcrumentpublb bcalthactivities (E) Research

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

178

Ltj

In ly79 for how many of thc catcgories was the amouol of health expedirurcs lessthan \$21 billion? (A) Tro (D) Ten
al

Which of thc following can bc inferrcd from the Sraph? I. II. Iil. The numberof paticots needinghospital careincreasd from 1950to 1979. The dolhr amount of health expcnditurcs for constructionwas grcater in 1979than in 1950. In 1979tb dollar amuot of health expenditus for dentist scfvips wasmore rhan half for thc dollar amount of hcalth cxpenditures physicianscNiic6-

:: ts x

(B) Thres (E) Twehe

(C) Nine

3
;i

tt

Approrimarcly what was the ratio of health expendifures fs hospital care in 1979 to health expenditures for horyital care in l95O?

(')f
(qf (D) ? (E)1

(A) ?

r79

29.
l

tben [ :

(c)
(D) (E)

0
x2-l l-x7

(A) e (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 28 {e' 32

21. If 4x is 6lss than4y, thcn y - x :

(A) -24

(')-1
(q -3
io) ;
(E) 24 28. The differ.nce betweeo two positivenumbersis 16. If the srnallerof tnese 1q,snrrmlgrs is I of the liarger, rrhat is rb valuc of tb smrller no-Uft (A) lE (B) 24 (D) 33 (E) 40 30. If a squarcis inscribedin a circle of radius r as shown above, thcnthe areaof the square regionis (\$
.2 --2

2n

@) T

(c) nr2

(D) ,2

{E) 2r2

(c) 30

I80

t T
f

FOR GENERALTEST4 ONLY

An3wer Key and Percentages' of Eramlnees Answerlng Each Ouestlon Corrcclly

'I

2 3
I 5

E
6

n E
E

1 2 3
4

'I

E4 87

1 2
e 4

88
f< AI @

B B n A

3
4

A B

u
b

&t at

44
6 7 I
q

,
E 9

n t E o E E 15

E a

47 3tt
JZ

A A

7
6 Y

7
5

a n
65 64 6l 62 53 56 35 30

ro
l1

D
A

o
11
12

87

l0

,;
n 12
IJ

E3 56 82 77
<l

10 11 12 t3 11 15
'A 1a

.t2 13 't4 15 16 17 t8 19

C
A

lzo
171

0 D B D

c o
A i41

'15 B
to

75 I 37 41
F

58
e<

tr E

18

I51

:
E

n
?2 24 75 6 28 8 30 31

o
u tr B n E D E
E

17 18 19 to 21 2.

;
I n B
E

't6

r9 m
7(t 9t 21 2.

D n

48 42
)7

D I

n
A

n n
27 68 53 60 t{

x
24 25

60 61 ,t5
lo

u
n

B D
o A
E

73 31 I lzl

28 a 30

v.
\$

B A
a

34 35 36 37 38
'E3timat6d

A
P+ tor the group ot ,umrn* who toot \$a GRE Gonsrat r3t in a racsnt threeyear gaod.

r87

SCORE CONVERSIONS FOR GENERdL TEST 4 ONLY AND TTIE PERCE\TS BELOW'
Yt'bl Ber Scorc Sdr 800 790 70
w 68 o/ 66
N

Scalcd Scoree arld Pe.ccntr Bslow' t oc|rHrfv. An.lytlsrl I lrh S.on 3.t0il Scon 99 m 99 99 98
W

a B.lot

Rrr Sro't 40 38 37 36 34

YrrLl Sctr 450 450 ffi {30 14 4.!0 {o0 40 g 380 360 3fl 350 3.8 320 310 3* 3@

Scelcd Scorcr and PGrcent! B6low' i 9f An.flicrl hat\$lrtir! 8.b SC3n Brbr Scor! 42. 12
t \$ 31 30 zf

t Brtor 91 90 89 e7
6J 6t 80

tan

JZ

n0 7A?
7S

4a 45 40 s 30

710 700 690 680

b/U ow 640 | N t l

520 5r0 490

480 470 460 450 430

ffi

96
VJ
it

64 63 62 61 60
JV

94 91 89 88
@

27 25 B ?1

a
26

75 70 68
5 3 9 / <t

o/u ry

640
M UU

57 56

u
83
o l

J#

98 95 94 93 90
ol &
6 qt

30 29 28 ?7 zo
a

n 18 to 1<
w f w (ao

4n
15
t?

?1n

2i ?1 2C 800 800 800 790 780 770 7m 750 744 730 99 99 99

\$

77

7n
710 700

10 E 7 7
3 1

10
6

7
o 4

520 500 490 47C 450 110 400 380 370 350

47 42 3-o 33 ?S 25 17 13 12 9
q

m
z&

51 50 49 48 \$ 45 44 (t. 42 41

70 67 s
oz

5n
6rn

59 57 54 51 48 45

690 0 /u 650 650 640

aan

79 75 73 71 69 66 62 60 57 55

1E 17
lo

z7c zEl
8

300

no
?80

'i5

'|
m m
21A I t u

il

h h

1? 11
1C I
6

zfi 240 ?30

1 1 'l 0 0 0 0 0 0 -iesr

l1n

m
200 M

n0
2U0 n0 200 200
trre Gnsrai

270 ?aa 220 210 2 @

? 1 0 0 0

95 94

z t r 2

7
bc

2e m m
who isr

sco.ing below the scaled score based on the pertormanc ol lhs 876.691examtn* and Seotember30. 1988

'Perceot

betweer OctoDef 1. 19gS.

r88

SECTION 3./ Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numben: FiIrures: AII numbcrsusedare realnumbers. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can bc assumedto be straight. Figuresrrn bc assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicated" Figure,s,tnat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in anstrring the questions. Hc'*ever' unlessa note.statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethcsc"proUt"rn, NoT by estimiting sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of matbematics (see Example2 below). Dirlctions: Each of the Quc+ions t-.15. consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quanrity in Column B is greater; thc two quilnritiesarc equal; the relationship cannot be detcrmincd from the information giwo.

*
B li

E.

,
a

i
I i T.

Sincethereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

Common ;-..."".......'..I n l o r m a t t o n :In a question.information concerning one or both of thc quantities to be comparedis centercd above the two columns.A symbotthat appearsin both columns represcnts thc sameitring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA Examph l: Examples 24 referto A ppR. Column B Sampli Answers

2x6

2+6

o@@@(D

Example2:

NQ

@@@(D

@(D@@@ (sincelf is between P and Q)

Example 4:

wlz

r80

@ @ o @ @ (since PQ is a straightline)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i;

20r

A B

c
Column A
t

if if if if

the q"an61y in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.

ColumnB
F

Column A

C o l u m nB

A man |eft { of his estatero his widow and designated that tie remaindcr be divided equally among his 4 sons. The fraction of the estatdesignatedfor each son

n
Ttre altitude of LPQR from Q

Q?-'

+ t--*| R
l-

I )'+
M , N , P, and p are midpoinrs of thc sidesof tbe rectangle. The slrn of the areas of the shadedregions The area of the unshaded reglon MNPQ

I t

PQRS is a square.

./fi205

200

. r > l

(r + 5)(2x + 3)
a, b" and c are neganvelntegers abc a(b + c) x l4 x > 0

{.t+3)(2r+5)

I A t {

G OO N T O T H E N E X TP A G E

202.

c
D
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot bc determined from the information cir/en. Column B

ColurnnA
x - 1'*0

Column B

Thc largestcircular tabletop that can tJgcut from a ccrtain square piecc of wood has a circumference of l05z irches.

9. The length of a side

of thc piccc of wood beforc tbc tabletop is cut from it

l05a

3x2 - 3y2 x - y 3 x 3 x n: / x l x p np * a \ p

3(x - y)

16n: lorl
l0t

w
\"\_-\

T
I

Maria's wcekly net salary of \$i85 is 65 percent of her wekly grosssalary. I l . Maria's weeklygross salary

R U RSTU is a parallelogram. x y

\ \

The number of different positive divisors of 50

*rf
Sg . i a * i a n Cc,ff :i

iettrmined
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

243

r. t:
t:

Directions: Eacb of thc Questions 1630 has five answer choices.For each of these questions. selectthe best of the answeritoiccs given.

16" If 8x - 3y = 24 and -y : 0, tbstr r :

(A) 3

(B) 4

(C) s

(D) 6

tE) 8

20. Three ln6iyi{rrals contributed \$800each toward the purchaseof a computer. If they bought the computer on salefor S1,950plus l0 percentsales tax, how much mone:)'should be refunded to each individual? (A) (B) \$65 \$85

I 7. If the sum of 3, 7, and x is I 8, then the average (arithmeticmean)of 3, 7, and r is (A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) e (E) l0

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

l 9 In the figureabove.x =

(C) 60

(D) 75

(E) r 50

2U

t t t t i l t t l Total Heairh Expenditures

80 60

S.*"sTfs"ds"\$s*
Note: Drawn to sale.

1) I

sss"\8ge 969"o96 se\$"\$-\$SI\$\$S."S

Note: Drawn to scale.

CO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

205

21. In llX9 approximately what was the amount of private health expe.nditures? (A) \$25 billion 6r>) \$50 biltion (B) \$30 billion (E) \$70 billion (O \$45 billion

24. For the year in which public health expenditures were closestto \$40 billioru total health expenditures were approximately what percent of tbc gross national product? (A) l0% (B) e% (C) EYo (D) 7% (E) 6o/o 25. Approximatety what was the amount of the gross national product in l96E?

22. For rhe years shown, what was the first year in " which the amouot of public health expenditures was at leastS3O billion? (A) 1960 (B) 1962

(c) r964
(D) 1968 (E) 1970 23. ln 1976 approximately what wasthe ratio of the amount of privatehealthexpenditurcs to the amountof public healthexpenditures? (A) 3;l (B) 2:l (C) 3:2 (D) 2:3 (E) l:3

(A) (B) (O (D) (E)

Sfin biil'ion billion \$750 S800 billion \$950billion h cannotbe dctermined from the information given.

GOON TO THE NEXT PACE.

zffi

26. lf x and y arc intcgersand x > y > 0, how many integersare there between, but not including, x and y?

(A)x-r ( B ) , r+ y (C)x-r(D)x+y{E)x-r+
27. For which of thc following expressionswould thc value be lcssif 350 were replaced by A7 ?

Note: Figurc drawn to scalc. 29. According to the numbcr linc aborrc, which of the following points has a coordinate most ncarly cqual to P x v2

- 350 r. 2.500
II" ^;
il"
l ' + I JX, I t

(A)l

(B)8

(gc

(D)D

(E)E

30. A rctangular rug covcrs half of q rectangular floor that is 9 fect widc ad 12 fcct long. If tbc dimcnsions of thc rug are in thc samc ratb as tbosc of the floor, how maay fect long is tbe rug?

350

(A) 6
(A) None (D) I and III (B) II only (O III only (E) II and IiI

G)?
(q 2.,n
tD 6.,n

ilf

q
lL

,",

28. If the circumference of circle P is 15.714and the circumference of circle Q is 6.28. then the diametcr ofcircle P minus the diamcter ofcircle e is approximalelyequal to

a- b= ?Y\7 I
/ I 1'-

{o 4,fr
c l a

n 'r'--:

9 _ r t
' L

F,

(A) r.5 (B) 3.0 (c) 5.5 (D) e.0 tE) e.4

'

-1-

t i ^ _ _

' l . \ l ' ) C = - v , 1 -

t E

E
:
i

zVI

/ SECTION 6 V Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numben: Figures: All numbers uscd are real numbers. Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumd to be positive. Lines shownas straightcan bc assumedto bc straight. Figures can bc assumed to [e in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. questions Figuresthat accompany are intendedto provide information useful in ans*ering the questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thescproblems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example2 bclow). Directions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. You are to comparethe two quantities and choosc A B C D Note: Common if if if if the quantityin Column A is greater; thc qu8Dtityin Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethercareonlv four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centercdabove the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts the samething in Column A as it does in ColumnB. Colurnn A Column B SampleAnswers

Gi6iffiiion:

2x6

2+6

(D@@@(D

Frample 2:

NQ

Example3:

Examplc4:

w+z

r80

@G)(D@@ (since Pp is a straight line)

G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A C E .

220

c
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given. Column B Column A

ColumnB

(3)'
There are two diving boards at a certain pool. Thc height of the lower board is 3 meters. The height of the higher board is I meter greater than twice the height of the lower board. 2" The height of rhe higher board minus the height of the lower board 4.5 meters

3 l 4 - j
y < z < x y < w

x : 3 y : - |
J,

y - x

xy2

The number of minutes in 3 hours l5 minutes

: , ty : 5 ,l
P 4. The perimeterof square PORS

s
z:30
The perimeter of the shaded rectangular region A number between 8 and 14 x + y

30

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

221

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the guantity in Column B is greater; t C if tbe two quantities are equal; D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informalion given.
Column A Column B Column A

ColumnB

-T-

l ,

Fa70 m---1

l--+ro m--l

I I

I t.

II
I

The remainderwhen z is divided bv y

Fields X and Y are to be enclosedwith fencins that costs\$24 per meter I L The costof the fencingneeded to enclosel' The cost of the fencing needed to enclose )' n > 0

90

t2

dl--L-lll--n l--l -k " t)t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

The crrclehas center O a n d R f : 5 .

t l The circumference of
the circle

l0,r

222

c: L

9 l:

E t
Directions: Each of the Questions1630 has five answer choices. For cach of thescquestions, sclectthe bcst of thc answeiifioices givcn. 16. A certain machinc fills a bag with 7 ouncesof potato chips in 3.5 seconds. At this rate how many seconds*dl it takc the macbine to fill a bag with l5 ouncesofpotato chips? (A) 6.5 (D) 8.0 (B) 7.0 (E) ll.5 (q 7.5

(D) 250 (E) 315

(9 ta

17. On a number linc, the disunce bctwcn thc nro points with coordinates - 5 and I is how much less than the distance betwecnthe two points with coordinates 2znLd14'! (A) 6 (B) E (C) t0 (D) t2 (E) 16

(r + l0)'
In tlrc trianglc abovg r = (A) 65 (B) 40 (C) 35

2r'

{D) 25

(E) l0

tE. In the figure abovs, if x = 4y, then y :

(A) 30 (B) 16 (g 37.5 (D) 40 (E) 50

223

FAMILY T'S EXPENDITURES AS A PERCENTOF ITS GROSSANNUAL INCOME'

JJ

30 27 24 2l ; t8

d 1 5
t/

9 6
J

0
-o*j

t"s

*"1r""'

*o':l::w

.*"'".tsx; ::.-.::""""*
Note: Drawnto scale

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

41, LLA

lt.

iI

B E
F a:
a'

2l. In 1984for how many of the seven categories listed wereerpendituresgreatcr than 9 perceni of Fam_ ily X's grossannual incorne? (A) T*'o (D) Five (B) Three (E) Six {C) Four

@pFamilX X's grossiacome is the sum of Mr. X,s rncomeand Mrs. ,y's income.In l9g3 Mr. and Mrs, X each had an income of \$25,000. If Mr. X's income increasedby l0 peicent from I983 to | 984, by whar perceni did Mrs. X's lncome decrcasefor the same period? (A) l0%
(B) 15% '

22. In 1983Family X useda rotal of 49 prcntof its grossannual income for fwo of the categorieslisted. What was the total amountof Family i's income usedfor thosesamecategories in tggi ? (A) St6.200 ( B ) Sr 7 . i 5 0 (C) Sl9.r00

./t' o

Lr

,,/^."
'(

.1 ..
-

(E) 30%

( D )2 s %

{c} 20%

_ > i . / _ z ) _ _j _ , _ . 2
;"'L s .1 5 , T--/'38

(D) S2t.0s0 (E) 521..t00

23. From i9t_t ro 1984the increase in Family ,y-s miscellaneous expenses was most nearly which of the follor^ inp? {A) 53.0t10 (B) S3. i _<0

25. By approximately whar*otL Ototheamountrhat Family X put into savings decrease from l9g3 to 1984 ? (A\ 13% {B) 23%

(D) 54.500 (E) Ss.000

(c) s3.5i){)
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

))<

26. Of thc following, which is greatest?

1 4 9 (^t ;1 (B) rs- (c) ffi

(D) # G) lffi
positive integers, 27. If x, 1', and z are consecutive with x < y <e and .r + I + z anevennumber, which of the following could be the value of z? (A) r (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5 (E) 8

29. In the figure above, arcs PR and QS are semicircles with centersat Q and R respectively. lf PQ : 5, what is the perimeterof the shaded region? (A) 5a+5 (B) 5n + 15 (C)' l0z + l0 (D) l0z + 15 (E) l00z

28. If x2 = 68, which of the fotlowing could be true?

( A ) - 9 < x < - 8 ( B )- 8 < x < ' 7 (C) -8 < x < 8 (D) 7<x<8 (E) 9<x<10

If \$4,500was investediri a bond fund u,henthe price per sharewas \$9 and \$3,000u'x invested in the fund when the price per sharewas \$10, what was the average(arithmetic mean) price per share purchased?

226

E ft

FOR GENERAL TF,ST5 ONLY

Ansrser

'nl P"tt\$g:1otjt"-in"."

A*ing

Eacheuee\$,on correctty
lJultTlclll3tttrY
Sccdoa I y' hnt r frmr lf + Ss|bo 5
F

Hnnn r

farmr lp+

93
4 t r A
/5

,l 3 4

A
b

B E

63
4
F

E b

B A

65
c o

A A A

)
o 7 8 9 10 A

91 87 78 84 88

I ? 3 4 s
o 7 8 i0 11
1?

D D A o c

'r 2 3 4
5

I c o A
I

lr3 171 ls7 l5e

176

I B

7 I t0

.
B 77 79 64

D
A

n 12
ta

165 o

B D

163 I 57 45 2a 87 80 85

't1
tf

o
a

I E n c n c e c o o
E B

6 6 e

26 83
1<

A E D B

16 17
1A

e lszlro 17
l3sl Jsli 18
l12l 20

l6oJ 5 1 5 6 17 lml a 16zl e lerl ro t l ll il lsel rz lsal 13 larl r liel rs r t r

r
r

o e c A e e e o c e '

l

lu lsr laz lssl l".l ' l

57 E
n
6

&|
qa & <7 49

19 20

c
E

a fol rs
al t8l l 3sl xl 21 n n 24 zs

c r
e

irrl
ls6l lnl
tsel

laof

c
IJ

E B

z5

36
4J

2, 73 21 x

26 2A 29
w

o a
B D
m 88 /o

e c E B o

lro 132 i61 ltr lsa

26
o <6 o

w 62

a
w

58 U 4

D E E
E

P + tor th group ol eraminee3 who look the GFIE General Test in a rrcent Freeyea,

Oraod.

2n

5 ONLY FOR GENERALTF,ST SCORECON\TERSIONS AND TEE PERCENTSBELOW'

Scalcal Sco?.t aod Pcrcgntr Ecloi' f r I f f f i i f r . t t J t tctr !.lr t ar !.5r trr Saora ta'r 7976 72 T1 70 @ 68 6f 66 65 84 63 62 6l 60 5 58 55 55 54
N

y.rtd !.If lfl sro.r S.rt

Scalsd Scorca and Parcaotr 8'low' AtdYred t A bsEdvr Scott lrhr Sott lalgr 15 43 40 37 34 31 31 2A 6 21 2 18 1E 16 14 11 12 10 9 7 540 530 s20
(1n

I l.br
94 92 E9 88 &4 i l 7E 74 71 66 w 58 48

m
?90 7t0 n0 760 750 730

99

s
99 99 99 98 97

& 3
\$

4{n 450
14 430 44 410

37 s 34 32 31 30 29 a 27 6 25 ?1 z3 2. 21 a 19 1E 17 16 14 't3 12
l l

500 490 480 40 450 44 430 4& 410 400 390 370 360 .s 3.{0
.g

{6 43 41 38 s 31
at

fl

630 610 600 580

7n
710 7m 0 5?0 e60 650. 6.0 Eto 6e0 6t0

s
96
G

25 73 ?1 19 17 16 14 11 10
6

94 92 91 89 EE 86 85 &i 82 80
ta

360
g

s
8@ 800 790 760 /w 750 730 7m
6A0 660 650 630 620 610

s
98 97 \$

340 340 330

ru 550 530 520 500 4in 470 4g 440 120 400 390
.fl

37 34

w
310 3fl

a
lv

m
g,

s
91 68

s?
<t

5m g0
560 550 540 530 520 510 5m (t {0 474 160

m
N 270 260 zfi ?4
1 2
!

75 13 71 6E 65 63 60 55 52 49 .5

u
v
18 71 12 67 65 62 5E 55 s3 51

50 4 4E :.a17 ir. 45 a5 4 43 12 41

800 & m

s s
99

310 300 I N

18 16
1:

340

I 6 5

s u
800 790 760 710

m
24

99

m m
210 2t0 200 N
ffi

1 'I 0 n

1 1 0

320

m
210

9S \$ 97
o7

m
200

270 260

'10 8 7 G5

m
0 N 200 200

m
210

,I

95

2@ 200

u n n

m
?00

0 0 0 0

.pcrcdt

sing

sr6

bsrd

th" prrtqBsrca

of thr 84,a,96O enminos

[|lo

t6k

tho Gncral

T6t

berteen

october

'l'

i984'

rnd Sspt\$5d

30, 1987

228

\ :1

5rL i lu} J T-rme-30 mrnutes 30 Questions Numbcrs: FiSures: All numbersusedare real numbers. Positionof points,angles, regions. ctc. can bc assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figures can bc assumed to lie in a plane unlessothcrwise indicated. Figure-s-that accompanv questions are intendedto prorrdcinformationuscfulin answcringthe qucstions. Howcver. unlessa note_slates that a figure is drarrn to scale,you should solve these-problems NOT by estimating sizes b1'sightor bv rneasurcment, but by'usingyour knowledgeof matirematics (see Example2 below). Dircctions, Eachof the Questions l-15 consists of trro quanriries" onc in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethc two quantities and choose A B C D Notc: Common iii6friiion, if if if if t h e a u a n l i t ! i n C o l u m nA i s g r e a t e r ; t h eq u a i : r i i 1 i n C o l u m nB r s s : e aler: t h e r w o q u a n t i t i ea s r ee q u a l ; the relarionship cannorbe der:rrnjned from rhc informationgiven.

i., l: '8,.

]'
+
:i

a-

F
r :
T it

a
ii z:

F.

* \$ F'
7 t.

t
i

g'

S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sf,i E V E R M . . 1 , R K (E). h a question,information concerningone or boih of thc quantitiesto bc compared is ccnteredebove the two columns.A symbolthat appean in born columns represents the sime iling in Column A as it d o c si n C o l u m n B . C o i u m nA ColumnB 2+6 Sample Ans*tn

Example l:

2x6

rD@@@@

Examole 2:

N8

Example 3:

Example 4:

*-*z

rt0

@@(D@@ (sinccPQ is a straight linc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

141

A if tbe guantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if thc rclationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.

Column A

ColumnB

C o l u m nA
S I

Column B

x 100 1.76

0 . 1 7x 6 r0

^v l,
22 RSTV is a square. The length of RI Twice the length of R.S

2.

x+y

y+z

One bacterial cell of a cerrain type is placed in t petri dish. Cclls of this type divide once every day. | 3. The total numbcr of bacterial cells in thc dish at the end of 4 days if no cells die

r=2 s =|
(r - 35)r (r 3s)5

An aviator in Mexico flev 300 kilometers in a straightline due easrfrom point P to point Q and then 400 kilometersin a straight line due north ro point R. 9 . T h e s h o r t e sd t istance from point P to point R I 0 . T h e n u m b e ro f p r i r n e numbersbetweenl0 and 20 550 kilometcrs

s+f=:+f
4.

t3

5.

a-3
-21r 12 -l (y( I

3 , 4

6.

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

242

i
b:

F
t 1

A if s if C if D if

the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is grcatcr; tbe two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot bc dcrcrmincdfrom thc information given.

li E

Column A

Column B

ColumnA t/fr=4

ColumnB and y2=6

i a

x)o
I L Thc number of minutesin x * 100 houn

(
The numbcr of scconds in 6O(x + l0O) minuter

t4.
15. Thc length of the diagonel of a square with cach side of lcngth 2 Thc hcigbt of a trianglc with cach side of lengtb 3

12.

+.,6

t. a

I
t-

CO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE"

t3.

(R,5)2 + 1542

(RT)2

,13

Directio{rs:. Each of thc Qucstions l6-30 has five anssfcrchoiccs.For each of thcsequestions,sclectthe bcstof thc glven. answer chorces

r c .t x | =
(A) * (B) I

t 9 . If x equals25 percent of a number, thrn

125pcrcentof the number is

(c, 3

(D) 6

(E)6*

(* - 2)180 17. lf k = 15,then - = k

(A) (B) 156 23

(A) #
(D) ax

(B)f
(E) 5x

(c) r.25x

lf the cost of a long{istance phone call is c centsfor the fint minute ana cenrs for t, eachadditional minute, whar is the cosLin ccnts, of a lO-minute call of this type?

(c) -23
(D) -204 (E) -360

(e)i.

(B) 6c I

+,

( D )7 c ( s )? .

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

18. In thc figureabove, thearcaof square PQR^Sis 64. Wharis rhearcaof AeRT? (A) 48 (B) 32 (C) 24 (D) 16
(E) 8

244

:.
t. I rt

F
t:

graphs. Question2 s l - 2 5 r e f e rt o t h e f o l l o w i n g

t
i: ?

PERCENT CONTRIBUTED T O P R O F I T SB Y E A C H O F T H E 6 DIVISIONSP , T H R U U , O F C O M P A N YY F O R t 9 ? 9 A r . i D t g E O

E F'
l-

E.
!

,
t ll

E
t
il

='?13.*.ooo ,,on,.
2 l ln 1980 whatwasrheaverage of theamounts contributed to profits by DivisionL and Division 7"? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) Sr.000,000 Sr,500,0o0 \$3.000,000 54,500.000 56,500,000

t980 Profits = t30,000,m0 ..' 24. lf the six divisions are ranked eachycar accordingto thcir dollar contributions to profits, from grcatestcontribution to lowest, how many divisions ranked lower in 1980rhan in 1979 ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) None One Two Three Four

{:
7

22. DivisionR contributed howmuch less to the profits of CompanyY in 1980 rhan in I979 ? (A) (B) {c) { D) {E) 5600,000 \$300,000 \$t80,ooo \$ 120,000 \$too,ooo

25. How many of the divisions contributed more dollarsto profits in 1980than in I979 ? . (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) One Two Three Four Five

2 3 . ln 1979 thegreatest contr-ibution to profits by

o n eo f t h e s i x d i v i s r o n s w a sw h a t p e r c e no t f the l e a s tc o n t r i b u t i o n ? (A) tjEc (B) 90c; tc) 100% (D) 900ra (E) 1.000%

245

26. In a certainspartment buildingexactly j of

the apartments have two bcdroomsand exactly f of the two-bedroom apartmentsarc front Which of the foltowingcould be the apartments. total number of apartments in the building? tA) {B} {c) (D) (E) 42 50 5l 56 57
I

2 9 .t f x ) 0 a n d 2 x - t = 2 ; i ,

then x =

(A) t
(c) |

(B) Y

r;

(D) v'7 (E) jT+ t

p0/1 lf the radiusof a circleis decreased by 30 pert i l l t h e a r e ao f t h e c e n t ,b y w h a t p e r c e nw circular region be decreased? (Aj (B) (C! (D\ (E) t1Va a97a St%o 6AVc 907c

27" \l hich of the following could be the arca of an

isasceles trianglewith pcrimeterlE and one side of length8 ? (A) 6 {B) t2

(c) t4 tD) l6 {E) rE

28. When a certain number is dividedby 7, the
remainderis 0. If the remainder is not 0 when the number is divided bv 14.then tfr-e remainder must be {A) | (ts) 2. ,,* (C) 4 (D) 6 (E) 7

244

t.

SECTION4 Tim-30 minures 30 Questions Numbers: All numbers used are realnumbcrs. FiSures: Position of points,angles, regions, etc.crn bc assumcd ro be in the ordershown; andanglcmG1,ure3 can bc assumed to bc positive. Linesshown assrraight canbc assumed to besrraight. Figurcs can bc assumed to ric in a plancunress orherwisc indicated. Figures that accomPany questions areintendcd to provideinformationuscfulin answering thequcstions' However, unlcss a notcstates thata ligureis drawri lo scalc, y6u shouldsolve thesc problems Nor by estimating sizes by sightor by mcaiuremcnt, but by usingi"urr""*r.dge of mathcmatics (sec Example 2 below). Dryctions: Eachof rht Qu.*tPnt l -ll. consists of two quantitics, onein column A and onein column B. you arc to compare rherwo qua-iiilElffihoosc I I C D
Note: Common

:
T:

*:.
r
1

: :
a

t : : :
F'

i a l

t: at

i! tle quantiryin ColumnA is greater; if the quantiryin ColumnB is treatcr; if thc two quantitics arcequel; if thc rclationship cannot bcdctermined from the inforrnation gi'en.

,. l
F

Sincethcre are only four choices, NEYER MARK (E). In a question,informationconccrning oDcor both of thc quantities to bc comparedis centercd abovc the two columns. A svmbol that appeirs in borh columns;.;;;;;;-;c same rhing in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

IffiEiliion:

F
E
a:

ts

Column B 2+6

Samole Ansrcrs

Erample l:

2x6

o@@@(D

Examples 24 rcferto A peR.

Example2:

NQ

@@@lD@ (sinceequal mcasures eennot bc assumed,even though pl{ and NQ appear equat)

Examplc3:

w+z

Example 4:

rE0

@@(D@(D (sincePp is a straighr linc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPACE.

2n

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if the two quantities are equal;

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

l.

2(t03) + 5(t02) +7 7n*x=23 n=3

257

2.

lors
0(x(l

lott
The lengthof PR is 12.

E. 4. x-y
y- x The number of bonds that were purchard for \$3.500 The volume of a spherethat has diameterE

Tbe lengrh of pS

number of bonds 6)fl. L/ tbat werepurchascd for 12,500

6. The\$olume of a sphere that has radius4

x=-lxl x*0
9. The altitude of a certain triangular sail is greaterin lengththan its base. 2 metcrs The areaof thc face of the sail is 24 squaremeters. 10. Thc lcnglhof the base of the sail 4 meters

a, D, and c are consecutive odd integers,not necessarily in that order. a- b b-c

G O O ] ' iT O T H E N E X T P A G E

248

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quntitics are equal; if the rclationship cannot bc dctcrmined from thc information given.

'* { t

i
_ c'!geg_g

Column A

Column B

lt.

(-t)7? (-2)a

Thearea ofa squere region with diagonal of lcngth r

On Juty I tbc ratio of mcn ro r'omcn in Club X was9 to AL During thc monrh,2 addirional ' men aad 2 edditioiel womenjoincd tbc club, and no members droppcdout. 15. Tbc ratio of mcn ro ' wornD in Club X at the cnd of July +

12.

RT

t3

"r=i t*
t3.
X

Y l 2
= -

x, y, end z ere positive aumbers.

Z

u9

Directions: Eacb of the Qucstioar 1630 has fivc answer choices. For each of thesequestions, sclegtthc bcst of the answer cnotcsgrven.

16..lf x = 3 is onesolutionto thc equation x 2 * r x - 2 0 = 4 , t h e n7 = (A) -8 (B) -5

19. What was the original price of an itcm if a discount of20 pcrccnt reducedthc pricc to ll00 ? (A) \$80 (B) \$120 (D) \$150 (E) \$250 20. The numbcrofconncctions C that can bc made through a s*'itchboard to which I telephones are connecledis given by tbe formula -T-. - -7IrlI r= ,., . now many morc coillestrons are possiblewith 30 telephones than yith X) telcphones? (A) 435 (D) 45 (B) 245 (E) l0 (C) t90 i

(c) -3

(D) 5 (E) 8
If the value of a ccrtain fraaion is equal to 0.4 and the dcnominator of tbe fraction is 15,then the numcrator of the fraction is (A) (B) 6 8

(c) st2s

(c) e

It" ln thc figure 8bove, the ratio of x to y i s 3 to 2. What is the value of y ?

CO ON TO THE }TEXTPAGE.

(A) r0r

(B) 72 (C) 36 (D) 3

(E) 2

250

Qusstions2 | -25 refer ro the following graph. 1917-1978 TEXTBOOKINVENTORY FOR SCHOOLSX AND BY YEAR OF PURCHASE
(as a pcrccntof thc 1977-197tinvenrorv) School X School I Total -1978Invenrory: 2,000 Invcntory: 1,500 T otal 1971

l2Vo

Notc: All books werepurchascd new on July I of each year

Whar pcrcent of School I/'s 1977-197g \21) tcxtbook inventorywas boughrin 1975 ?

e% t2% 2t% 33%

24. lf School X purchascd 300tcxtbooks in t97l and all of these textbooks eitherwere counted in the inventoryor had bcendiscarded before the inventory, what percent of thesc textbooks had beendiscarded? (A) t\$Vo (B) ZWo (C) 50Vo (D) 89%0 (E) t00Vo
(25) Which of the following staremenrs can be v inferredfrom the graph? School X has a smailerenrollmentthan School I/. ' II. If the ageof a book is the numbcr of years since purchase,thcn the average (arithmetic mean) agc of a book in the School I/ inventory is lessthan that of a book in the School X inventorv. llL According ro the invenlory, Sclobt X and School Y purchascdthe samc number of textbooks in 1976. (A) None (B) | onty (C) II only (D) I and Il (E) II and III I.

(E) It cannot be determinedfrom the information given. 22. ln School X how many of thc inventoricd textbooks werepurchasedprior to 1976? (A) 100 (B) 120 (C) 1lf0 (D) t,34O (E) 1,3E0 23. How many of the inventoricd textbooks wcrc purchased by the two rhools combincd during the years1974,1975. and 1976? (A)

495

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,

251

a 26. V t ofthcnumbcrof womcnattending dancc certain is equalto I the numberof mcn arc attending, whatfractionof thoscattending women?

How manyof the positiveintegers lcssthan 25 arc 2lcssthan an intcger multiple of 4 ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Three Four Five Six and 5x * 3y = 52, then

(A) 3
1rl ?

(q+
(D) i
(D*

(D) (E)

(c) 3
4 5

30, The floor of a company's storageroom has an

area of 20,000square feet. If thc floor is in the shapcof 8 sqriare,approximatclyhow many feet long is eachside? (A) r40 (D) r,000 (B) 450 (C) 500

(E) 5,000

2 7 . In thc figurc above, O is tbc center of the circle.

lf A,E = 10, what is thc area of the circlc? rff:. (A)-"10r (B) 20r (C) 25r (D) 50r (E) l00r

252

,,
7G

r
G

FORGENERAI,TEST6 ONLI'
OUANTITATIVE ASIIITY Slction3 i Slclionl Slclion 5

r:
r t

* *
Slsuon 6 ilumber Ans*r ip_
i l u ) . r

Nsmbrr tururr ; P+ i Numbcf Anrrtr

o

Humbor An*rr 1 2 3 5 6 7 I 9 10 11
R t r ,

Por t

82 59

'I

D
E

89 75 60 69

3
56 32 a

1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 '10

A u

, 9 . t i :

r 4

s
t F
D

s.ll
l

E E I D a

9 i

36 75 93
g

5
A 7
8 59 5; 9? 75

32 90

c
n
84 40

7 6 I 10 'I 1 12 13 14
1A

r
8

t &1 i
5
I

c
A n A a

; l
-a i

s
r^

c o ;
c

f P
, r i.

80 47
J3

i l a

I c a ,

67 7i E5

1 ) ra

a'

14 15 16 17 18 20

I 15 16 17
lo

5'1i
qt I i 4 ' i
i :i

14
1< 1 e
..

n D
-

c
E D E D
i'

16 55 35 63 67 2 ? A 54 58 59 az 55
OJ

16 17 18 19 20
a1

2e
JJ ;i;

1-o 20 21

tr A X

i. t ^ ,

? t 2 3

5 o 8 0

A u 8 A

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30
J I

C
a ,

SO'
r <

22

er

=
u
25
2 ? 5 7 A 8
z)
a J

:,.n
z

a B C

3:,
I

*,
b

.^

F
c
F.

24
a *q

I
?-

84 84 7? 49 51
J I

l:

c
3
D

; :A
i.

D D

34 35 36 38

;
'Estrma:ed F-

F r
t
F

265

SCORE CONYER^9IONS FOR GENERAL TEST 6 ONLY AND TEE PERCENTSBELOW'

Vlrid 36rr Scaled Scorer a&d percrntr Bslow t 06oHrr llrlt|bd t Lbt Saora lrbr trofl \ Bcbw Sceled Scorer rnd Pereenl! Belos t krftdn * ADstydrd 8.br Scor! BG{or Srorr
aa

t l

70 69 68 o/ 66 64 83 62 800 800 790 780

n4

n m
21 2 18 1E
17 1(

5@ 490 480 460 450 44 430 414 400 390 380 360 350 340
\$v

a1

34

6
ZJ

21 18
to '14 13 10 9 I 7

A

59
5

56 54
5

52
It

750 74 730 TN 700

1 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0

310 300 290 284 264 250

1 'I

no
214

'|

mo ?o0 200 M
M U

68
N

61 5,9 55 52 .t9 46 a4 39
'Percent scoring belcw l}le sled Sptember 30, 1986.

score, bsd m the pertormarce ot the 916,6a] examrEes sbo lOOkt,}e Genatal Test between October '1. i9E3. and

ri f; ii

!:.

?ffi

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.com to remove the watermark

SECTION 3 Time-30 minutes . Numbers:
FiSures:

30 Questions

All numbcrs uscdarc real numbers.

Position of points, angJes, regioos,etc. c:rn be assumedto bc in the order sbown; and angle measures can be assurnedto bc positive, Lincs showDas straight can bc assumcd to b straiglt. Figures can be assumcdto lie in a plane unlcss otherwise indicatcd. Figures tbat accompany qucstions are intcnded to provide informatioa uscfut in answcring the questions- Hoscver, unlessa notc atates that a figure is drawn to scete,you should solvc thesc-problims NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using your lnowlcdge of matlrcmatics (see Examplc 2 bclow).

Directions: Each of thc QuesJignsl-15 consists of two quantities, onc-in Column A aqd oo. in Column B- you are to compare thc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: Common IIl6EIiion: if if if if thc quantity ia Column A is greater; thc quantity in Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; thc relationship cannot be derermined from the information girrcn.

Since there areonly four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to be compa.redis centered above the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represents the samc thing in Column A as it does in Column B. Column A

ColumnB

E x a m p l el : Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR"

2x6

2+6

Example 2:

NQ

@@G)(D

(sincc equal measursscannot be assumed, even though Plf ao,dNQ appcar equal) E x a m p l e3 :

Example 4:

w*z

r80

4l GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B

c
D

if the quaatityin Column A is greater; if rhequantityin Column B is greater; if the two quantities are equal; if the relationship cannotbc dercrmined from the informationgiven.

Column A

ColumnB

Columa A

Column B

: -m l-31
x

-2y+3 --)
n is an evenintegerand a multiple of 3.

-t
d : 5.\$89a and @ is rhe decimalexpression for d roundcd to the nearcstrhouvndth.
J"

8 . The remainderwben n
is divided by 12

The number of dccimal placeswbere d and @ differ

.r*2y>8
4"

2x+4y

2A

F4uilateral triangle PQR is formed by joining centers P, Q, and R of tbe circles.Each pair of circleshasexactlyone point in common. 9. The perimeter of triangle PQR The volume of a cylindncal tank &at has a radius of 2 mctcrs and a height of l0 meters The circumferenceof the circlewith cenrer Q The volume of a cylindrical rank that hasa radius of I meier and a heigbt of 20 meters

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

5. The perimeter of
pertagoD MNOPQ

30

p and g aredifferentprim numbcrs.r is theleast prime numbergreatcr than p, and s is thc least primcanmbergraterthan g. 6, r - P s - q

42

* ; |' *
if

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the rclationship cannot be determined frsm the information givcn.

f
i g

*
g

r
:,
Colqmn B

Column A

ColumnB ds+0

Column A

I t . Ttrc time rcquired to

travel d miles-at s mileswr hour
AR{f

: *--',,r- ,

12"The sum of the measures

of the two angles of AR^SI that have equal measure .

l2O"-

J;\67*g

x2+3

O is the center of rhe circle and LAOC is a riglt angle.

BD
Before Maria changedjobs, her salary was 24 percent qt61g thes Julio's salary. Aftcrlvlaria changedjobs, her new salary was 24 pcrccnt less than her old salary.
t

B
t

Julio's salary

f
f

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

t.
il

r
!

47.

i ': : i

i
l a

t
I

r
ri

Eacbof thc Qstions 1630 haslirrc iuswer choies. For cachof thescquestions, sclecttbe bestof the ryE\$ answEr clnioesgirur.

- ( 2 0 - 1 9_ t 8 _ 1 7 ) : 16. {r9- l8 -r7 - l5') .(A) - 36 (B) -6 (c) -4 (D) I (E) 2

17"if 3x - 2 : '7, thcn 4: : (A) 3 (B) 5

Weight (pounds)

(q?
(D) e
(E) 12
18. Of thc following whichis closcst to (A) 6 (B)5. (C) 4x (D) 3 (E) 2 .fO f

15 16 t7 l8 t9 20 2t 22 23 Age(years) I 9. Thedots on the graphabove indicateageand y"gbt for a sample of 25 studenrs. Wnit percent of these students arelessthan 19yearsold and weigh morethan I l0 pounds? (A) (B) (c) p) G) 36% &% 4% 48% s2%

20. Thegreatest numberof diagonals that canbe drawn fromonevertex ofa regulai6-sided polygon is ( ) 2 (B) 3

(c) 4
(D) 5 (E) 6

GO ON TO THE I.{EXT PAGE.

2l-25 rcfer to thc foUowing Questions Srephs. AVERAGE DAILY CIRCI.'I-ATION FOR NEWSPAPERX

E Hs m E\$om liru 12 zm
lm
1940

1950

1960
Year

rno

1980
iJ

Sso 6ao
o 3 0

8zo
2.

GO ON TO TI{E NEXT PAGE.

1'

21. ln how manyof the years sbownwasthe average per newspapcr numberof pages at lcastrwiceas muchas the average in 1940 ? {A) (B) (C) [D) G) Four Thrce Two One None

1t

Tbe percent decreasein averagedaily cirmlation from 1960to 1970was approximately (A) (B) (q (D) G) l0% 12% 2a% 26% 32%

22" In l95A,if theprintingcostperne*spaper was what would havebeen \$0.05, tbe total costof printing the average daily circulation? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 532,500 S26.000 s23,500 522.000 52,600

25, Which of the following sratqnents can bc inferred

from the data? I. The greatestincreasein total yearly advertising revenueoler any l&year period shown was 527 millon. II. In eachofthe l0-year periodssho*n in which yearly advertisingrevenuedecreased. average daily circulation also decreased. III. From 1970 to 1980the average numberof pages per newspaperrncreased by 10.

23. In 1980 thenurnber ofdollarsofadvertising revenue washow manytimesas greatasthe average daily cirn:lation? (A) s00 (B) 200

(c) III

only'

{E) 20
+

C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

46

26. lf 0 < s, < l, thenwhichof thc following can bc truc? (A) s < -l and r > 0 (B)s<-landr<-l (C) s > -l and r < -l (D) s > I and r < -l )s>landl>l

29. Whichof tbefollowing is equal to j of 0.01pcrcent? (A) 0.00002s (B) 0.00025 (q 0.m25 (D) 0.02s (E) 0.25

"\ 27. On scgm.:ntWZ above,rf WY :21, XZ = 26. afr yZ istwice WX, wbatisthevalrrc of Xy? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5 t0 ll t6 It cannotbc dctermined from the information gircn.

1n
\

28. To rcproducc an old photograph, a photographer charges x doltarsto makea negative, aoU"r, { for eac! of tlre first l0 prints,and doiars for { eachprint in excess of l0 prints.If \$45is the total chargeto makea negative and 20 prints from an old photograph, what is thevalueof x ? (A) 3 (B) 3.5

30. In thc figure aborrc, cachof thc four squares has sides of lcngth x. If LPQR is formedby joining thc centcrsof threcof thc squares, what is the pcrimetcrof APQR in tcrmsof x ?

E a !

G) 2'O
(B)

,rf; --T* ,

(c) 2 r + J T
@ 1x S + 2 (E) 1t + rrE
! :< ,! i.

(c) 4

(E) s

(D) 4.5

47

SECTION 7 Timc-30 minutes

30 Questions Numbers: Figures: All numbcrs used arc real numben. Position of pcints, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in tbe order shown; and angle lueasufes can be assumcd to be positiw. to be straight. Lines shown as straight can be assumed Figures can be assumedto lie in a plate unlessotherwiscindicated. Figurcs that accompany questionsarE intendedto providc information useful in answeringthc guestions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvetheseproblems but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement, 2 below). Example Directions: Each of thc Questions l-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You ire to cornpare the two qGn-iiiiEiZilEoosc A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greater; C if the two quantitiesare equal; D . if tbc relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given. Note: Common NEVER MARK (E). Sincethere arc only four choices, In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centcredabove the samc thing in Column A as it the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns represents docs in Column B. Column A E x a m p l el : Examples24 referto A PPR. Column B SampleAnswers

IffiIiion:

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

PN

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ caunot (sinceequal measures even tbough Pl{ be assumed, and NQ appcar equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

@o@@@
(since /{ is betwetn P and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :

l4r+z

t80

@@e@@
(since PQ is a straight line)

60

*!. **.

A if the quantity in Cotrmrn A is grtater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr; c if thc two qurntitics arc equal; D if the relationship canaot bc detcrminedfrom thc informatioa given"

p,
i1 F: 7 It

E
:a

l' _ I

Column A

B -,Col{mn ,-

2'l

9t

7" Theareaofthebasc of the cubc

t is a positive intcger.. 4 t
i'
k

1:j
LABC is equilateral.Line Q is parallel to side BC and line rn is parallel to side A C .

(0.82F(0.82P
Forall real numbcrs a, lel a..:

(0.82)6
J:

3.
r ) s ) 0
4.

60 10.
r.t

| - a.

((-t;';'

2'

rs r

A if tk quantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quanrityin Column B is greater;

if thc two quanritics are equal;

D if rhcrclationship cannot bc derermincd from thc informatioagiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

Team X scored p points more than ream I, and thc two teamstogetherscoreda total of l0 points. 13. Twice the number of points team I scored

1o-p

I A

(-r-l)(x)(.r+l)

(x)(x{x)

The areasof the two shaded regionsof the circle are equai" The areaof unshaded region .d of the circle The area of unshaded region I of the circle

o
t2 r
The areaof

.r*0
r. *y. ,

APpS is a5.
The length of segmen! S.R

segment PS

GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.

62

Dxrecrioar: Erch of th Qrcstions 1630 basfive :rrlrq^er fuiccs. hr eachof tbcscqucstiongsclcctthc bcsr of thc ffi&bagirrcnt

16. fq a ccrair Sop, notcbooksthat normallyscll for 59 ccaBcacbare on saleat 2 for 99cents,How mrrh canbc sarrcd UVpurclasing l0 of thescnotebookr at tb salcpricc? (B) 50.95 {c) 31.10 (D) il.t5

19. If thc alrage(arithmcticmcan) of 5 consccutive intcprs is 12,what is thc surnof thc has aod grcatcst ofthc 5 intcgcrs? (A) 24 (B) 14

(A) \$0.r5

!' i '

(D, rr

(c) 12
(E}10.

G) S2.m
17. Whichof Sc followingis a solutionto x*x2:l? (A) -l (B) 0
I

r0,/.

(c) *
L

(D)

16. In tlrc figureabove, AB is e linc scgmert.Wbat is thcvalrrcol'lfz x +y

(A)

(B)i
(c) * co);!

c)*
63

2l-25 rcferto thc followingchart. Questions IN YEAR X PROFILE OF CONGRESS (total membership: 535)
House of Represcntatives Party 292,.. 143... Democratic Republican. ........ ........ 62 38 Scnate Housc of Representatives Profession .[-awyer ....63 215... oe r B a n k e r . . .. . . . . 1 5 8l ... .... Busines Es xecutiv 45.... .-.... 5 ......Educator.... .....6 14.... .FarmerorRancher 2 2 . . . . . . . . C a r e e rG o v e r n m eO . 0 nf tf i c i a l . . . . . . .... 4 Executive 24 . . Journalistor Communications .....Physiciaa..... ,....0 2..... 1 ..... ...Veterinarian..........I ..... ....Geologist..... ....2 0..... . .n. . . . . 0 Tradesperso 6 . . . . . . W o r k e ro r S k i l l c d ..........3 25.... Other. Sctrate

4TS ".

...Total
Sex

. . . . .m n

418... 1 7 .. . "

t00 0

27."., 77....

48".

Youngest. .Oldest .Average (arithmetic mcan) Religion

34 80 54
l7 .... 2..... 4....

5

69 l2 )
1 J

ll

GO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.

21. In thc Scnate, if 25 malc members were rcplaced by 25 fcnalc memben, tbc ratio of male membcrs to fcmslc membcrs would bc

24. If all lawfcrs and all wotrtelg in the Housc of Reprc*ntatiws votc for thc passa\$ of a bill, how many Bore votcs will bc ncsdcd fs a maFrity?

(A) 4!o I {B) 3tol (C) 3to2 {D) 2tol (E) ltol Approximarclywhat pcrctot of thc members of Congress arc lawyers?

(D) 0 (E) It cannotbc detsmincd from tlecinformation

grcn. Waichof thc following cao be infcrred from the informationgirtn in thc chart? I. More than 80 pcrccntof themcn #b"ogro cre mcmbers of th Hoosc of Reore*ntaliras. n. The percentdmesrbcrs who ara-etcgizcd as farmcn or raqchcrsis grcater for,il*=Feus of -han Representativcs for the Sod-, m. Tbc mcdianagein thc Scnare is S};.l i' (A) (B) (C) (D) (D I only II otrty III only I and II I and III

{c)

@) s8% tct s6% (D) s2% {E' 4e%

23. lf 5 senators are CatholicDcrrocrats, how many scnators are neithcr Catholic nor Dcmocratic?

(A) 63%

65

26. lf xy* O,+

(^) * -*

29. lf x > 0 and .y > 0, which of the followingis equivaleutto (A) I (B)

[It /v x'

c'i --r G) l,-,

( I ' D y) 1 x-y F ' * - |,
2't. The number0.01is how manytimesasgreatas the
(0.0001)2 number ? (A) ld (B) lo{ (c) 106 (D) td G) t0r0 28" A certaincakc recipcstatesthat the cakc should be bakd in a pan 8 inches in diameter. If Jlrleswans to usethe recipe to makea cakcof the samedepth but'12incbes in diameter, by what factor shouldhe multiply the recipe ingrcdieoa?

6
f: Jx

vx

(c)

(D)+
I ) ---=

JU,

The cos! in dollars, of manufacturing x refrigerators is 9,000 * 400x. The amount receivedwhen sclling these x refrigerators is 500.r dollan Whar is the least atrmLrerof refrigerators that must be manufactured and sold so that the amount receivedis ar leastequal to the manufacturing cost?

(E) roo

(A) r0

(^)2i
@) z!1

(c)'i
(:D) l;

rerrj

66

"1
v-.

FOR GENERAL TEST I ONLY

Ansrcr l(cy mO Fercoatager.d Eranrlrpor Arrrrcrlng EechQrcotf,onCorncdy
4tfnlArm^lt'rt
l*!rl L.bt
l

v L3l|r
C A C B A B B D A c D D C D S 8 E B 4

F &

:,
Pr 94 gt &5 76 84 gl 72
@

Har I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B 8 E D C C D 90 82 81 T7 70 62 I 96 il8

kffi

A E B
A

8a 6 87 g) 71 71 68 \$ 78

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E 9 1

A C B D C D B D B 4 A D c' B A E E D A B B C B E D 6 7 C D E A E

P+ tL) 84 79 76 CT

xrsr
1 2 3 r 5 8 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 2 3 I 5 6 7 8 I t0 tl 12 t3 11 15 1C 77

c c
A A I B E

E E

EI &t
45 8S

&r rt a s

2 3 a 3 6 T 8 '

a 0 c D E A 8 A

91 E1 72 xl 79 E 7t 76 7! 5S 50 rl8 3tf g7 'E

s
D B A I B

rc
6S P

0 r 2
3 4 5

c c
A E E

&t

50 12 6 57 I

0 l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3E

6e 52 81 6S E8 *7 A EI ,f5 50 gl 6t} a \$ 5l 51 3n

1 1 1

t 1

A D

,15 46 39 36 35 6 63 EI ott 75 el .16 5t 62 50 52 68 8S 86 78 78 1t 36 35 18 21 18 77 t8 19 20

6l 60 4E
rl8

1 1 1 'r9

6 7 8

n
21 2 a 21 6 6 z A A \$ 31 3 3 31 3 3 3 3 'Efud 7

A C 8 A

A D B B A

o o

26 35 58 97 & 5l

11 1 2 13 11 1 5 1 1 1 1 A 21 2 A 21 A 2 2 N A S 6 7 8 9

s
s

a2 a &
88 80 TI 71 7l 84 5E 5rl 63 3t 51
Q,

t9

D D A A B A B

,11

r r 1

t E 2 8 9 c
j,i.lrr.

ts

E.

75

81 83 63 g2 90 71 58 71 47 3 11 19 17

l9

r8

D D E B
E

E D o B A E B E A E B C E D C A 4 D

z1 2.
B 21 5

c
A E B E

e6 33

71 70 51 il8 89 87 69 58 30 4 6 31 36 6 19

21 2 , A 21 6 %
2 N S

B D D E A

21 2. 21 6

za

z a

16 8..: s 7 7 4 a 1 8 D E t 0 B a a tl " a 21 a6 c

21 6

I C

c o

,f0 3 5C 60

a z7 n a 30
3l 32

8 E D

p, 49 57

2 5 6 7 8

35 36 3V 38

c' ,.

E ts A
E

D D E

P+ br |he \$qp oadamios rfio look the GF Gr|oral Ted in a rcsnl hr-!,ar prid

67

SCORE COHVEBSIO}IS FOR GE}IERAL TEST 1 OXLY AND THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
Trtd
Rtt tcn tcdla Srort * Lh 99 &llffirr Ecdrd I s.ar l*r

fr!ryH
*dd S.|t * lltoil

JI

o!.rfirtrt A'|ttllcd 3.dd ta Set8d % Sco.r Edsr *an Belor

610 600 580 570
il

7+76 EM

n n
71 70 6' 68 67 66 65 61 dl 62 61 60 50 56 57 56 56 5a 53 52 5l 50

7S 7m 760 750 74 7g) Tfr 710 700 680 6-/0 050 650 640 600

s9 99
99 98 \$ 97

rrx) 1m
tf10 48 390 380 380 370 360 350 340 3m 330 320 310 310 300 290 2W 2m ?70 260 260 250 24 n8

31 31
n 25 n m 20 17 15 13 1l 11 9 6 6 6 5 1 3 3

36 35 34 33

s
\$ 95 93 9? 90 &l 87 E6
8il 81 79 76 71
a1

n
30

550 510 530

60 58 53 5t 48 16 /A 41 39 34

s20 s00
,r90 \$0 470 4s0 140 420 110 390 380 370 3fl) 340 320 300 290 270 260 240

660 640 630 610 5S0 5e) 560 550 530 520

81

OY

63 60

((

\a

46 43
?7

n
2E 6 25 24

32 3t
21

str
190 1g) /\$n 150 {30 4A)

Z3 17
1q

800 8m 8m E00 790 7W n0

760 74{t 730 7m

97
J'

32 28 25 19

u0
600 590 5S 570 s60 550 540 5tl0

n
4

97 97 95 ci 92

21

m
19 18 17 16 15

12 11 I

I 8
D

fit 86 66

c) s u
82

a j

8m
8S

s s
98
Y/

t t
I ,I t I 1
I I 1 I 1 1

11
il9

1E 17
il6

15

u
,B 12 11 1t)
'Pmt

5S 520 510 490 180 170 il60 460 150 110

61 51 58 53 50 17 43

,m
37

80 79
7t /J

m 68 66 61
M

8m I& 760 750 n0 710 7m 680 670

1 r I 210 1 0 I m0

t 'r : 1 210 I
e l -&
E l 200 7 lN e l m ; l m0
200

no

m
200

7 360 6 350 4 330 3 320 2 310 l 300 1 2 9 0 1 279 l 260 1 240

1
I ?

2
1 ,!

96 aq 93 90 8!) 85
e2

m
200 200 200 200

; l

1 2 3 0 1 1 m l 1 2 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 t 2 0 0 I l m o 1

sdiD8 below tlp rcaled sqe is based on the perfomane of 1,135,982 examins who tmk the Cesal Test bctwen Oaober l, 1989, and September 30, 1992. This percenr belry information h used tor rorc rcports dsrint th 1993-9,t t\$tint year.

68

Numbcn: Figurcs:

SECTION 2 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions AII numbcn usedarc rcal numbers. Position of points,anglcs,regions, etc. cen bc assumcd ro bc in the ordcrrhown;and arylc rnca3unet, can bc assumcd to bc positiw. Lines shownas straightcanbe assumed to bc strsight. Figurescan bc assumed to lie in a planc unlessothcrwisc irdicated. Figuresthat accompany questiomare intendedto providcinformatioauscfulin answering thc qucstionr' Ho*sver, unless a note. states that a figure is aranq t" r*rl, i", shouldsolvethesc"probl"., sizes by sight or by mcasirrement, bur by usinj iour tnoylcdgc of matbcmatics lor uy estimating (scc Example2 bclow).

f,
t.:

\$' +
* *
3_

i.' f.
\$.

* #, .: :;
il 'i

Dircctions: Eachof thc Qrrcsli-ons l-J5,consisr of two quanriric, ooc in CotumnA and onc in'(loilum; B- you rrc to comparcthe two quantiTcs aniGhoorc in ColumnA is greater; { thc quanrity in CotumnB is ireatec { thc q'uantit} :{ rhe two quantiticsare egual; if thc relarionship cannotf,c dctcrmiocdfrom thc inforrnationgiwn. Sine thereare ontyfour choices, NEVER MARK (E). : l\ ! I D columns.A symboltlar appean in both c.otu-* i.pre*il-tn" docsin Colurnnf,.
Column A Example l: 2X6

Notc: Common

iiGlililtion: Ia a qucstion'informatioaconccrning on or botb of tb qrnntitiesto becompelpdis ccnrcrcd abow the two

o* ColumnB
Samol,e Alsrcn

thias in ColumnA ar it

2+6

o(D@@(D'

lti

Examplcs 24 referto A p@R.

* *. t:
3 g;

F
i,

'; x ;
a

Examplc 2:

@@@(D(D
(rincc equal rDcesurqi crnoot bc rssumed, even &ough Pil nd NQ apparcqual)

Examph 3:

Eramolc4:

w*z

180

75

c
Column A

C-ohuan B
Qslpmn A

Column B

Pat is older t.han [.ce, and l.ee is youngcr than Maria.

x + y
3x

2.

Maria's age

Pat's age

A farmer has two large plots of land that are equal in area. Tbc hrst is divided into 16 parcelswith n acres in cach and the sccond is divided into 20 parccls with zr asres in each.

3. x > l 4. x -4 P

^s
v
Thesumof all tbe integers from 22 to 60.inclusive

-2
x

PORS is a parallclogram.

Rectangular region R has width 8 aad perimeter 40" 5. The area of rt 4nz

256 (2n+t)(?;t-t)
The sum of all the integersfrom 19 to 59, inclusive

6.

s * b

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

76

a:

E;

ts
*
:i

I , if the two guantitica arc equal; L D if thc rrlationship cannot bc dctcrmirrcd fron tbc idorbrrion

c
Colrmn A

l;

given.

r ; *.
1

Column B

Cohlnn A

Coltrmn B

,'

The equationof the tmegraphcd on tb rctangular coordinatcsysfsmabovcis:

r:\$+:

2
{ 2Gfoot bddcr lcaning against a vcrtical erll wirh tbc bascof th laddcr l0 fcct from thc yall is rulbd 2 fect fartbcr out from th wall, caucing - tn" top - -- "f thc ladder to drop r foct.

# F

lle

7'l

m"R\$ff.a*oo*
l6

to* has fiveanswer choices' Foreach of these quesrions, setect rhebesr of

pried ar \$300is If th" olT rax on aDappliancc between 5 pcrccntand 8 percent,thenth cost (price plus salestax) of thc appliance could be (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) \$3t0 \$312 \$314. S3tE 1325

If an integer l, is subtractd f.;1" the result is (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) equal ro x Iessthan 0 lessrhan x greater than 0 greater rhan x

inteser .r and

17.

points R and T. The maximum possib,le disiance betweenRandlis

G) nx
It. of the following is rheprdrcr of rwo posi_ lt{fi u\c mtcgcfi whoscstm is 3 ?

(A) I (B)
a

0 I 2 3
&

(E)4

78

I.-i

r , l -.;

INCOMEAND EXPENDITURES OF AN INTERNATIONAL SEIVICE AGET{CY..-,i5.,191

Incomc : Expenditurcs .r;i- ;, "r-

Individuals Governments Other than the United States

0.9.h
United Statcs Government 26.6%

Special Fund-raising Projects 28.0%

Contriburcd Commoditics lg.50h Corporations ExPenditures' 1.9% Transmitted to Otlrcr Ageocies 4.3% Note: Drawn to scale.

E B :

I
a i

79

21"Approximately how much of the agencT'sin@me

was providod by contributed commodities? (A) {B) {C} (D) (E) Sl2 millisa \$14 million \$15 million \$17million \$19 mrUi,on

(39Io

of thc ascrrcy's refugee bousing expen{, i ditures, worters expenairures, ' ) I of its cmergcncy I
1

yeal

of its posti disaster assistance expenditures werc directly related to one earthquake. The total ofthese expenditures was approximately how many miilions of dollan?

22 Of the foIowing; the category that had expenditurcs

most nearly equal to tk average(arithmctic mean) expenditures pcr category was (A) (B) (C) (D) @) refugee housing emergencyworkers postdisaster assistance new investments commodities

(A) s
(B) 1
(D) ll (E) l3 25. Of the follo*ing, which is the closcstapproximation to the percent of freight expendituresNOT covered by freight reimbursemcnt income?

(c) e

23. Incomc from which of the following souroeswas

most nearly equal to \$2.9 million? (A) (B) (C) (D) fE) Unitd Stalcs government Freigbt rcimbursernert Investment Individuals Corporations

(c) 350h

GO ON TO THE }IEXT PAGE.

80

t + r

* 28. A wid* rcivcd of hct htisband,sestrtc, and { each of ba rh*r; rceilld ** brhoe. If I thc widow sd onc of br sm rcceiwd a t6l of \$60,000 frm thc 6tatc, what *as th amouatof the cstatc? (A) Seq000 (B) S96,000 , l
, t . -

(D) Sl35;m,,'.

(g \$16,m0

(E")ru

l0 40 50 60

G) stag6s
29. If tl4:

0, which of the foflowingmuc.|'&Lf

( A )- r : 2 a n d y : 3 ( B )r : 2 e d y * 3 (C)_r:0ady:Q @)x: -2 ad !:3 ( E ) x : - 2 a n dy * 3 t0 30. If x =0.88E,/:.r,638t, and z:(O.gggf, then which of thc following is true? (A)r<y<z ( B )x < z < y (O y < x <z @)y<z<x (E)zcx<y

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

24 30 40 48 60

8l

SECTION3 Trme-30 minutes 25 Questions Drcctionsi Eachqucstionor group of questionsis basedon a pessagc or setof conditions.In answcring someof the questions, it rnay bc usefulto drav a rougb cEagam.For eachquestion, selcctthe bestanswerchoicegiven.
Qucstions l{ A circus Eunager urust divide eglrt circus acts-F, L, M, O, & I X, znd Z-into two groups of four acts each, onc group scheduled to paform, one act at a time, in ring I and tbe other group'scteduled to perfor4 also onc a,t at a time, in ring 2. All acts take equqlly long to perform, and every act that takes place in one of the rings must bc scheduled for exactly tbc sane time slot as an act tbat takes place in tbe other ring. fiie schedule must also conform to the follorving conditions: Act F must take place in one of the rings at the same time that act M takes place in the other ring. Act L must take place in onc of the rings at the same time that act O takes placc in the other ring. Act R must take placc in tbe samc ring as act F. Act T must take place in the same ring as act O. Act X must be the secord act that tokes place in ring 2. l. Which of the following witbout regard to the order in which thy will bc pcrformd coutd be the group of acts to be schcduted for performance in ring I ? 3. If act R must perforrn in one of tle rings at the samctirne that act T performs in tbe other ring, which of tbe following must be the second act in nngl?

(A) F (B) L (C) M

(D)o
(E) Z

4. If the order, from first to last, ofcircus acts in ring 2 is O, )i, t M, which of the following is al acceptable order ofacts in ring l, also from first to last?

(A)nR,L,Z (B) L, Z, F, R (c) L, z, R, F P)2, L, R R (E) Z, R, L, F

If act F must pcrform bcfween acl X and act R in ring 2, which of the following must be rhe first act in ring I ?

F, I" M, and T F, I. O, ard R L, M, O, and T M, O, I and Z O, R, I and Z

(c) o

F)z
If act T must take place in ring I immediately after act F and immediately before act R. which act must be the third act in ring 2 ?

If act T performs in ring l, which of the following acts must perform in ring 2 ?

(A) F (B} L

(A)r

(D) T @)z

(c) o

(B) M

82

Time-30 Numbcrs: dll urrnlsJi uscd are rcal numbcn

*inut",

30 Questions

Figurer:

Position of points" anglcs, rcgions, etc. c8n bc sssumedto bc in tbc ordcr shown; and angle measures can be assumedto bc positirc. Lincs ghowa as straigbt can be essumcd to be straigbt. Figurcr can bc assumcd to lic in a planc unless otherwisc indlntcd. Figures that accompany questions are intended to providc information useful in answering the questions. Howevcr, unlc*s a Dote statesthat a frgurc is drawn to scale,you should solve these problerns NOT by cstimating sizesby siglt or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathematics (see r Example 2 bctow).

Directions: Each of thc Qucstionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You arc to conpare tbc two {G-nriGi?hoosc A B C D Note:
--t,-

if if if if

tbe quantity in Column A is grcater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; tbe two quantities are equal; tbe rclationship cannot be determined from tbe information given.

Sincethereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitieslo be compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbot thrt appcars in both columnsrcprescnts the samething in Column A as it doesin Column B.

Conmon
Iilorlnatron:

ColumnA

Column B

Sample Answen

"r-lgegb!
Examples 24 referto A PpR.

2x5

2 +6

o @ @ @ @

Elgsils-a

NQ

Example3:

Exanple 4:

w+ z

lE0

@@(D@@ (sincePQ is a straight line)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

94

t
i fd K ry !.

c
Column A 4 4

A B

E, *

D
ColumnB Colnma A.

a
I

F
t-

s-1
2. T\e averag (arithmtic. mean)of87,95, and 130 3. Tbc time that it tatcc Jim to drive 300miles at a speedof 52 milcs pcr hour { -t6

1-5

!:

f=la"na
a >0

?..

r- 5#V + j-

i-:,iitf;l.: .,'1,-ar' .,.9t t.,

r80

t-05

Ms. Rogers bought an elqctric rangc on the instaltmcnt plan. The cash pricc of the range was \$4O0. The amount shc paid was \$120 down and l2 monthly payments of \$28 eact. 5. The amount she paid for thc electric range in cxccss ofthe casb price \$56

2x*y<3 x>2

95

c
Column A

D il the rcletionship cannot bc dctcrmioed from the information givcnColumn B

Qslumn A Cohrmn B

r f ) 0

3t+4r r + t

The perimeter of square S is equal to the perimeter oftbe rectangleabove. The length of a side of S

x * 3

0 < a < b < c 12.

a a
C is a circle with radius 3 The ratio of the circumfercnce of C to tlre.diarneter of C

z - x

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,

| -1..

95

B {:

s
b

F
*^r\$"oflic grtn. tD?enss,ttcnorcc8 lG3o hasfiw answtf,choioes. Qucstious For d of the qr*s&"c schq3 tbo 5g4 of : ;:
l

g
lo.

*-s --l-

2 =

:::-'' i "r,

':' : ,'

b
q"

l '

thcn (.r * .yt' :

. i.

(A) I t( (B)T(ct s
(D) 8 (s) 15
17- What is 0.423658 roun& ro rh nearest tbousandth? (A) A.42 (B) 0.423 {q 0.424 (D) 0.4236 1V10.4237 It- If 3(-r * 2) = x - 4, tben x : (A) -5 (B) -3

(c) {D)
{E)

I 3
5

(B) r.z (c) 3.4

(A) 3.0

GO OT{ TO TTTENEff

PACE.

2l-25 refcr to thc following Sraphs Questions NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURES FOR COUNTRY X, 1975.1986 ( I billion : 1,000,000,000)
Total National Health Expenditures (in billionsof dollars) Private vs. Public National Health Expendinrres as a Percentof Total National Health Expenditures

t40 r30 t2a

il0 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 l0 0 l0

80 7A 60 50 ,lt) 30 20 t0

S33\$\$1""\"i+i{t-"i
National Health ExpenditurePer Capita (in dollan)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

98

21. For how many of &c years shownwasthc amount of private lrealth experditures at leastdoubte tlre snount of public bcalthcxpenditures? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Nonc One 11ro Thrce Four

If -r is thenrmttr on thc numbertine betwca 5 and 15tbat b nrice asfar tioil 5 as from 15. thcn "r is

(A) s?3 (B) t0

?2. t! shich of th yearsfrom 1975thro,oh 19g6nas tk national health expenditure per caiita mosc n1'r-ry oqual to half th pcr capiia expenditurpfor t9E4?

, *ui
":'jii:i:'i

(cl

n,h\$'l
n.

"'

..

r-'ti
t".

t::. i:

r #*'i,
;

(E',' yn2

t979 (D) 1980

q&c following which is the bestapprcximation of thc perccotincrease in tbc national h;aftb expcndi_ ture per capirafrom l98l to t9g2?

(D) t0% (E) 5%

Oftb following which is closest to the amounl of publb national heatthexpenditues,in billions of doilars, in 1980? (A) (B) {c) {D) (E) 25 30 35 4s 70 Cio ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.

(c) frt/o

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

Jane'scolkrdodl {

hascmc&4Cma asmany*Canndien Jane ar:ac Canadian srdfr*b hercolhcti6,ir. Whbh of rhe betbcnuiber of etamgo in lolowing_CANf,{OT e6 80 72 6E 54
r.j

.lji&'+t."

:.

.&.q

(c) reo

(A) 120 (B) t50

99

29. A distillate flows into an mpty 64-gatlon drum at spout I and out of the drum at spout 8. If &e rate of flow through 'l is 2 gallons pcr hour, how many gallons per hour must flow out at spout .8 so that the drum is full in exactly 96 hours?

(A) i
28" In the figure above, if the area of t}le smaller square region is i ttrc area of the larger squarc region, then the diagoial of tbe larger square is how many inches longer than the diagonal of the smaller square?
I

(B)

;
J

(c)?

'.l.tJz-t

(')i
(c) 2
5

(o)1 G)3
farmer has two rectangularfields- The larger field FOle has twice the lengrh and 4 rimes the *idth of the

@[#
(E' ,/2

smaller field.If tbesmaller fieldhasarea K. rhen theareaofthe largerfieldis greater than the areaof thesmallerfi.ld !L&"t *jluniT (A) (B) (c) fD) (E't 2K 6K 7K 8X t2K

100

a a-_l

F
g

FOR GENERALTEST2 ONIY

{trnrfm nftrgury
Srcds| t lfor\$.r lE t
l+ mlai

3l !-

-7

lruYTICtttt{JTY
Srtu 3
P+ lm? lctI|'
F+ I|!S.r l!illt

\/
P+ 90 79 38 5A

t!3llor t
lilsrt.

t rddI
f 7 3 l

g F

1 8 1 9

-r 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 7 1 't1 1 1 1

0 t 2 3 5 8 7

A 0 A C E 8 0 C B E D 0 E D C 8 B

ET EE a 66 3A 35 27

a2

79 95 88 75 56 g7 42

n 72
78 52 48 I 79 73 47 32 47 59 94 8t 80 82
to

E l A

2't 2 A 2 X 26 2 z 2 3

, 4

7 A 9 0

A C B C E 'D 8 B 4 8 A

t 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 n 21 2 N 2 2 2

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

o 2 3 4 5 8 7 8 9 , 4 5 6

0 A E C E B E B c 0 D E E A 8 E c D A A O A E 8 C A 0 c E

76 70 57 72 63 55 5a 80 83 E6 7C. 52 51 *t 26 25 3{ T? ,15 36 92 a 79 59 6 73 55 96 82 a. 63 34 g7 38 37

A e, C &) B TI A s c 79 6 A B n 7 . 8 B - ,e6 a . { 0 t2 9 D J 5 0 A 8t , 1 0 A 1 . 5 6 rlo 8 , ' : t., I t c f.s :11 ,'C. 8l 12 B' [ . ' 3 8 t t 2 D 4' 13 [ } , . : l.;,Ol 1 3 A ar 11 B , . rl \ E l .71 D 3E' 1 5 C l z 2 .r5 0. 30
1 2 3 4 5 8 D A D B

r 2 1 8 2 3 I 7 8 4 l o 5 IE' 6 1 7 6 7 l n l e . 8 1 9

l s )

2 3 .
5

t:'

lC. l 1 el . . 8 :l s o1 '1. *r -' ..J* 'l'-" l, &l 1 f rt! 1 ,\$ '..-'*"'Br tt"8 l 19 :- ;oj t - 8 r l t

8 l 6 s1 E l s 21 C l 8 a1
I

l 2 3 4

o
c

B 0 E E

v,

.. . '. 7 17 6 . ,:.1E 1 9 2 0 21 2 . N 2 4 2 5 2 2 6 7

0 D C 5 0 A D B E 8 C 4

-,

| !1,1 79 78 71

1 1 1 a

n2 &, 73 52 &

8 9 8

A 8

7l 33

a. s s

21 E 2 z A 6 7

z A

21

B D
A C C E A

wl a

8l

1{ l"',aE.I 1 4 15 - ..,j -'.,\ _ irl:r L''5s lt r i l e . ' ' .B D i. 1 1 6 r7 s t77 "A t8. l::si i 1 8 ' a 1 1 9 . C f r ' c ' 4A n 21 A tl 21 rl Z B 2 A E 58 n ,t6 21 l}. 2 6 E 2A 2

7 8 e o [ir 1 1 1 [.,Ga 1 1 2 1 3 i ' E - P-6t 1 1 3 *,,;+':.

ll i*\$ i'

A A

D E B E E I

75 60 7f TI 50 52 78 35 5l 58 43 38 61 rts 60 68 41 45

st

F
a'
a

c c

A C B E

. 4 5

C 9 E 8

s8

t:

3 s
3 3

31

e c t A
0 5 0 0

2 A 2 9 3 0 31

'

n c E 320 s
E

61 52 I l4 l GI

a g

r o c

35 a

5e n

5A

F
I i

3 5 A 3 6 C 26 3 6 D 31 3 7 C 27 3 7 E 27 3 8 A m 3 8 A 26 'Eslirnated P+ fot the group ol erarniroas who loot he GFE GeneralTes| in a rceoi ttrE+year porin

42 36 73

Q 3

. 0

O 8

r
I

f
i
ti

I b

ffi
,:"t

' t-

"

IUI

R|t Scn

ao aa

orn't}Strt i farryticrt Sc|tdt * Ssrtd % Scorc lrtor Scfi g!t!r

&r
\$oit

Yarbrl 0mdifrirr t8rltlical Scehd .L S8|lrd % Sc.lqt 9l Scon Stlsr Scoc Sdsr Scnn ialr
430 420 410 400 390 380 370 360 350 350 340 330 324 3i0 310 300 290 260 ?80 27A 2ffi ?s 250 230 34 31 28 25 23 ?0 18 t5 13 13 11 9 E 7 7 5 1 3 3 2
a

72-76 & 71 7S 70 n0 69 6E 67 56 65
6il 750 740 730 7A 710 7ql

39

17

36
99
qA ?t

v
33
5t JI

6m
570 6 1 l 560 50 1 650

97 96 95 91 93
Qt

39 29 28 800
E00 800 790 780 96

590 580 570 550 550 540 5?C 5!0 500 4S 180 170 160 440 130 420 410 q00 380 370
fl

56 53 51 49 46 44 39 37 34 32

670 660 650 630 520 610 500 584 570 550

84 81 8B 75 73 70 67 62 59 53

an s 87 e& 82

l',
t :

m
96 96 c) o1 I 8E E7
t(

640 1 5 8 630 l 7 610 | s- I 600 l r " 5\$ l s 4 580 1 5 3 570 52 560 (t 550 50 5rt0

m
78 73
aa

69 66

n0 750 710 730 7'.'z9 710 700 690 680 570 560 650 E40 630 620 600

25 ?1 23 22 21

m
lo

30 n 25 ?1 19 17 16 14 11 t0
8
6

540 520 510 500 480 179 150 1rt0 1m 4r0

390 3S 3S0 310 ??n 32t) 300 290 280 ?60 250 240
?lo

50 45 12 33 33 30 26 73 19 17
14
tl

E3 EI 79 n 75 73 71 63 67 65 62 58

800 800 800 790 7m 750 710 720 710 700 590

oo

18 17 16 I4
1? ta

{9 4E 47
tl6 45 44 43 41 4B

n30 (x 510 500 4S 470 460 458

63 60

99 99
Y5

u0
?00 200 2J9 200 20r ?c0 2AC 231

97
Vf

50 47 43 40
27

11

I 1 1 1 1 1 1 'I
I

30
??n
J ' g

I 7
b f, ? J

3m 280
?40 220 210 20c ?c[ 2C0 ?00

3 1 1 1 1

u0 430

94 92 91 89
bl

10

2 1
'l

34

7 6 G5

'l
I

?10 20c

'Percenl

Kotint belou the scaled score is besed on fhe perlo.rance oi g-54,9-o5 e\?hinees sho look the cenerat Test belwteo Octobr 1, I 987, rod Seplember 30, I 990. This perceil beiow Iniorrraiion i! used ior score reporrs durrng the I 99 1-9? test, nt year.

r 08

i._

Numbers:
Figurcs:

SECTION2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbers used arc real numbcrs. Position of points, angles, regions, ctc.can bc assumed to bc in thc ordershown;and anglemcasures can beassurned to bc positive. Linesshown asstraight can bc lssumedto be straight. Figures canbeassumed to tie in a praneunress otherwisc indicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answering the questions. However,Jrnless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcse-probtims NoT by e^stimating sizesby sight or by measi.rrement, but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see Example 2 below).

K
E;

;
'.!

,t

Directions: Each of thc QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparc the two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Note: Common G6Jiillfon: if if if if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitics are cqual; the relationship ca'not bc dctcrmined from the information given.

Sincetherearc only four choices, NEVER MARI( (E). In a question'information conccrning one or both of the guantities to be compared is centeredabove tbe two columns.A symbol that appeirs in both columns ieprcscntsthe sameitring in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answers

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examplc 2:

NQ

@@@(D

Examplc 4:

w* z

It0

l15

c
Column A

A if tbe quantity in Cotumn A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is lreater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the rclarionship cannot be determined from the information given

Column B Column A

ColurnnB

+ 0.9
r:30
r * R:59
t

9(r.0+ 0.09)

Let_the"drop" ofa squarebe definedas the penmeterof the squareminus the length of one slce. The drop of a square with area 25

,2

20

R2

! _ 7 x 4 9 N x 9
J.

rn annual salary

.ry

A bonus ct\$500plus an 8.5percent increase in annualsalan'

i.i*l

s
P , Q , R , S . T , a n d U are points on the circle as shown. 8 . The length of arc peR Figure I Note: Drawn to scale. 5. The area ofthe shaded region shown in Hgure I Thc area of the shadedregion shown in Figure 2 9 . The total number of liters of water in x tanks, eachcontaining 20 liters of water. and 2r tanks, each containing 35 liters of water Figure2 0 The total nurnberof liters of'water in x tanks, eachcontaining 25 liten of water. and 2x tanks, each containing 30 liters of water The length of arc S?"L/

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

lr6

A B C D ColumnA

if if if if

the quantity in Cotumn A is greater; the quantity in Columri B is grearcr; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given"

ColumnB

ColumnA

Column B

(a+bf=49 a b: 1 2

x : l - y x2+zxy+yz
x + y

U rc*x:90 y*z:90

(6x + 4)'

10. Theperimerer of R.SIU ll. (r - 2F

l0 (x + 2)2

(8X16X32X64) : 2x*v
12. The avemge(arithmetic mean) of x and y 9

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

lr7

Dnctio:s:. Eachof the Qucstions1630 has fivt answer choices. For cachof thescqucstions,sclectthe bestof tbe :rnsscrcDorces 8lven. 16. In a ertain class,if tbcre are 35 men and 63 women thcnthc ratio of men to womenis { ) * D
I

L-----L-

{B) +
(q; i") ;
19. Thc figurcaboveis a rectangular solid with AB : 10, 8C : 10, aad CD : 3. Whatis the total surfaceareaof tbe figure?

@)l
17. StretsL, M, and nf are straight and leve! and thcy intersect to-forrn.a triangle. If streets L and iU intcrscct at a 40o angle and if street ,l/ is perpendicular to strcet M, at q-hat acurc angle do streets t and nf intersec0

(A) 320 (B) 300 (g 2n (D) 160 {E) 23

n. 6 x 2 - l S x - 2 1: (A) 3(2r + 7)(x - t) (B) 3(2x - 7)(x + l) (C) 3(2r - l)(x + 7) @) -9x2 - 2l @) -9x - 2t

{A) 30" {B) 35' {c) 40' {D} 45' (E) 50:,

,8 (' - i)1'- *)':

{A} #

p)i {qi
GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

{") i
c)*

ti8

"*
t E

&:

F
I

F
Questions 2 | -25 refer ro the following gfaphs.

L
7-

* n B F :
I

::
i

c tl

a t.t I

&
t5 20
,t

I

| 985 r986 1
I

Note: All graphs draw-nto scale.

21. Country X's farm population in t9g6 was aDDroximately how many million?

(A) 2 . 5 (B) 5.5 (c) 7.5 (D) 9.0 (E) r0.0 22. Tlaedecrease, in millions,in the numberof farms from 1950to 1970wasapproximalely (A) {B) {c) (D) {E) t.6 2,0 2.6 3.0 3.6

To.the.nearest I 0 percent,the dccfinein farn population in Country ,y betwcen1950 and t960rcorcrnted what perccnr of tbc t950 farm poputation? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) t0% 30% fi% 6% t50%

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

ll9

24" In Country X, the averagefand sizc ia 1940 was approximately what fraction of thc average farm size in 1986?

25. In Co*ql X hadapproximarely how many -1986, million acres of farmland? (A) I,100 (B) 400 (C) l,t0 ll tD) (E) 3

(")3
(q;

(A) i

t")3
(E) i
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

r20

! ? E. *,
:r

a'
(arithmetic 26. lf n. is theaverage mean)of the three numbers 6,9, and ft, whatis thc vaiucof & in termsof n ? (A) 3n - 15 (B)n-5 (On-15 29. Mary has3 dollan morc than Bi[ has,btrt Sdollan --lcssthaa Jaac has. If Mary has x dotiars,bow many dollan do Janeand Bill hare attogithrf
l

(E) 2r-+ e
30. If. f -is an integerdivisiblcby 6 but nor by 4, thn whitih of th following CA}{I{OT be al iitcgcfl

(D) 2.r + 2

(B)2x-s (C) 2x -2

(A)2x-8

(o)t+
n * 15 ,o., \-, 3 27" Whichof thefollowingCANNOT be cxpressed as the sumof tbesquares of rwo integers? (A) t3 (B) l7 (c) 2l {D) 2e (E) 34

,,'ri
(B)3

(et
(D)*

@#

( E ) r2y

t2r

SECTION 6 Trrne-30 minutes

Numbers: FiEures:

30 Questions , All numberi used are reat numbers. Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can bc assumedto bc in thc order shown; and angle measurcs can bc assumedto bt positive. Lines shown as sraight can be assumcdto bc straig}t. Figures can bc assurnedto lie in a plane unlcss otherwisc indicated. Figurcs that accompany questions are intcnded to provide inforr4ation uscful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems (scc but by using your knowledge of rnathematics NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, Exarnple2 bclow).

Directions: EachoftheQuestionst-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are to compare the two qiEiffiii'iEThoose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.

Sincctherc are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E)

Commoa Information: In a qucstion, information concerning one or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabovc the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns represcntsthe same thing in C-olumnA as it does in Column B. Column A
Example lin\$

Column B

Sample Answcn

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples?4 rcfer to A PQR.

.'' \ \"
Example_ 2:

NQ

@@ oj"o

'

6 . |jF

(since equal measuFes caanot "r be assumcd,even though PItt and ffQappcar equal) Example 3:

@(t@@(D
(sincc lf is bctwecn P and Q)

Example 4:

w*z

tE0

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE 140

A B C D

if if if if

the quantiryin Column A is greater; the quanrity in Column B is lrcater; the two quantitics are equal; the relationshipcannot be determincd from the information givcn.

ColumnA 3

ColumnB
9 49

ColumnA x >y >0

ColumnB

1
2x+3y:3x *2y

0 Ttrc areaof a circulat regionwith circumferenccl6d Thc circumfercm of a circular regionwith area16r (x (4 y : 5 r

0.7

A.discount of z() percentof the original se[ing price ot an rtem reducesthe pri to \$72. Thc original sclling price ol the ltem

\$120

ED:+
a

L- .tlf=Vz

:)

x --\$ tlg

xy *0
x : l x

x -y

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

J2l

+ Jts

r4l

A if B if c if D if

tbe quantiry in Column A'is greater; the quantiry in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equa! the relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

A rectangular textbook page measures E] inches by I I inches. The page is partitioned into reciangular
L

spaces *"h + inctr byI in"n.

14. The number of such spaces on the textbook page 17x ll x 48

X : Z

RT

R.S

Im ,X costs fwioe as much as item Z. and item msts \$3 more tban balf dtecost of itsn Z. l l. The cost of itcm X The cost of itsm Y
n2

p2+m2

x*y=-lr+yi
12.

3*(*4)

3- 4

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

t42

'i

rp

&
Dircctions: Each of the Qucstions 1630 has five answerchoices. For eachof theseqrstions, sclccttbe bestof ttrc answeich-oices Even.
16. If 2Jr * y :8 and 3x : 6, then y :

(A) 2 (B) 4 (c) 6 (D) 8 (E) r2

It. Mario boughtcqualnumbcrs of 2-centard 3-ccat stamp6. If the total costof the sr2mps was\$I .00, what wasthe totat numbcrof stamps bought?

(A) 25 (B) 34 (c) 40 (D) 46 (E) s0

Number of I-awn Mowers
Monday

752
300,
c a 6

TLesday Wednesday Thursday

Friday
/)f

-s

7y

' 19. In squarePQR.Sabove," ApfS basa pcrimcar of 30.What is the areaof quare peRS ? (A) 30 (B) 50

17. Thc table above shows the number of lawn mowers produccd by Company l, each workday last week except Friday. If Company Z produced an average (arithmctic mean) of 750 lawn mowers per day foi the workweek, how many lawn mowersdid it producc on Fridaf

m.lf
a

(A) 736

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

143

Qstions 2l-25 rcferto.tb folh'siegdata. PRODUCTIONOF PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES World Productionl9tttl96g (valucin rnillisnsof dollars) 1965 C-ountry
United Stat6 -'4Yg

Vahr

koent ofTotal Valrc

1968 1969 Pcrent ftrccnt Fercent Value of Total Vaftc ofTotal Vahp of Total

1967

2,296 350

rs, --------'

3v)
247 96 95 76 50

Other countrics Total --

9.5 2,t31 9.8 371 9.8 363 7.0 2?4 2.1 95 2.7 104 2.1 80 t.4 72

67.5 3 , 1 39 8.9 4lt E.7 370 6.5 283 2.3 106 2.5 107 t.9 89 1.7 76 100.0 4,5t0

6E.4 3,5S5 9.0 4fi 8 . 1 439 6.2 299 2.3 120 2.3 ll5 2.0 r05 t.7 82 t00.0 5 , 1 l5

68.4 3,770 8.8 550 8.6 5r0 5.8 3t0 2.4 t40 2.3 130 2.1 Ir5

67.A 9.8

9.r

r.6

95

r00.0 5,6m

tm.o

UNTTED STATES PRODUCTION r9('5 Total: Millto{t \$2"296 r97l

Total: \$3,980Miltion

Pboodpmicels

Offi Copien 25%

MctirJoPbfx? EqoiFent

Sriu-

t4

2 t . In 1969 tbe valucof photographic equipment and

outsidethe Unitcd States luppl*s produced was how manymillion dollan?

(A) 550 (B) 1,950 tci 5,620 (D) 7,470 (E) ll,2& 22. Wbat was Lhevahr, in miilions of dollars, of thc motion-picrurecquipmcntprodrcd inrlrc Unitca Statcs in l97l "l

in thUnitd Statcs was 1r,", iL, "pry:*frltAi ofphotogr;pnrc equpmcnt andsrpprics ll*3f produced in the vorld? (A) @% (B) 50%

2 , L gi i
5

(c) 4s%

/357"

(A) tE4 (B) t88 (g le3 (D) tee (E) 203

23. In llXS whict country,stotal.production of photo. gaphic equipment ,,rpptiis *" oorJt in valtre "1-o to rhc combincd productidi of *oti-on_piiur" *o microfilrncquipmentin tle Unitci St,I i" ,u sameyear? (A) (B) (C) @) (E) Iraty France United Kincdom WestGcrminv Japan

25. Fromt!)68 to 1969, thevalue ofphotocraohic prodrnj by fi;; :quiprnT!andsupplics

Inqrascd by ap,prorimatcly wbat peroenit

6) n% (B) t8%
(C) l|c/o @) 120/u (E) l0%

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

I45
i

r F
i-

; t-

For which of the following scts of numbrs is tb. prodwt of the three numbers less than'each mrber of thc set?

29.If x is au odd negative integer and y is an even

positive intcgr, then ry must bc which of the following? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Odd and positivc Odd and negative Even and positive Even and negative It cautot be determinedfrom the information gven.

/ i,?,i a
,

F. -;,

- t, 1

\'

'/u, -). , ,
(A) I only (B) II only (c) III only (D) I and III (E) II and tII

-1o

30. Which of the following expresses the area of the

shaded region in the figure above?

n.

The figure aborrc is formed by two owrtapging squancq each having sides of 6 centimetsrs in leng6. If P and Q are the midpoiots of the intcrsecring sideg what is tbe ars" in square centimctcrq of th shaded region?

(A) l:;r-

-r-,,2 ( B )- 2 .+

T2 63 60 54 4s

(c) , 2 _ y '
(D) (E) x2+xy
A

x2- xy 4

28. If x aad y arc numbers oa tb number linc abovc,

which of the following statcurcsrtsmust be true?

I. x y < 0 II. x * y < 0 IT. x - y < 0 (A) I oaty (B) Itr only

(c) I aadtr only (D) I ard Itr only (E) I, II, andIII

t46

V ATAITNCAT ABILITY
Secfon 1
1 3 4 5
b

FOR GENERAL TEST3 ONLY

D
E

91 5
< A n N

m az 56 45 42 49 86 91 75 52 44 43 32 ?8

lhlar

r 2 3 4
q

A A 8 A

A.5nt

90 90 80 80

&

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 'r0 ll 1 2 'r3 'ra 1 5 1 1 l

10

C B D A 8 A 0 C 0 0' C I C A B C C
E

74 80 71 77 66 65 57 5t

1 1

f 1

r 2
3 4

s c

8 E

7 I 10 11 12 13 ,tr r6 17 l8 19 20 ?',
<J

I n A

54 5E 90 70 49 1{t 3 31

7
Q

A
N

9
rv l 1
1 ?

E
tr l ? B E
a

o
E n

n 9 10

'

n
2

n A I
t

56 61 52 59 5. 41 IE 38 ?, 83 g) 62 50 66 79 90 76 71 45 49 47 15

1
J?

C A C
E

47 4l m

31

A B E
5

53 6 76 50
F

15 16
t l 1t lq

D S
6 i a

15 1
t t

82
ot

6 8 9 0

0 2

54 68 89 61 70 47 s
5f on

1 1 2

D A 3

6 7 E

58 7n 66 40 85 87 79 78 54
JZ 1a

A
U

24
l)

21 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 31
J ? Z ?

C A A 8 C C A C
b n

2 ? 2

n n

4 5 6 l 0

c s

8 A

?6 27 28 29 30 31
JZ s
a< JO

6 7 8 9 0

A .l =

D tr B A tr

81 8r 37 27
18

28 n 3

z.

.l:'

A 3

z j C 21 A 2 5 A 6 0 2 7 8 0 D A

M 2 r zr.

E B o

n a

a 90 8?

s l 1 4 E B l t s I r s E
1 1 7 A

I 1 1 1 I t 2

| 1 l I

l 1

' r

s 6
8 e

7 0

0 c o A
C B

E E

P 76 83 69 32 34 <t 95 52 72 60 5f 5.1 37 38 66

Saction I f&r\$ar Anrrrr I P+

3 1 5
6 7 8 9 'r0 lt 12 t3 14 ls 16 17 18 le 20 2t 22 23 24 25

1 2

o e A
C .C I C o c E D O E D e D c A B C A A E

0 A

62
85 75 57 tllt 46 64 54 62
?l

c)

l r E l r e l 2 o 1 2 1 z E ? 3 2 1 2 5

E E D S o B l 6r A l 19
21 l 5l I 60 I 4ti l 35 l 62

54

163 ler lzs lts l8t 183 141 ls3 lz4 lra lm l1l l52l l73l 168l lssl lsol l72l l64l t38l

lss 156 lss

190 IAS

37 'Esttrnated P+

24 2 2

3
3 3 3

?(

4
6 7 8

C
c A A 8

for t'.'egroup ot erarnines who rook r'e GR Genrar re=l in ,eced a thre-y"a *n*.

147

SCORE FOR COI{VERSIOT{S GEI{ERAL TEST 3 OI{LY A}ID THE PERCEI{T\$ BEIOW'
Scaled Scores and Percents Betart Yrrtd !l &r|t'hu,yt % Atr|ry{kst V. Bcat. labr 3c!.r Eclor Ealor Scor! 800 790774 760 750 79 7n 710 700 68C 67A 660 650 640 630 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 go 530 520 510 500 490 480 474 450 d50 450 99 99 9S 99 98 97 96 95 95 93 C2 90 S 87 85 82 80 78 76 74 72 69 67 64 61 59 56 t4 5r 48 44 41 41 Scaled Scores and Percents Below Yittrl % osr0tib!.lrr % Analytical n lar Scon Scora Bq}or Seqo Sctor Scon Brlm

t rS6l

72-75
'r1

39 38 37
EA J5

444

68
6l

u
32
?t

0 420 410 400

?on

38 36 30 24 ?2 22 )n
I D

66
A<

a4
bJ bz

30 29 28 27
zo ZJ 24
ZJ

380 380 370 360 340 340

22d J<V e1n

590 580 570 560 550 540 530 510 500 490 480 474 450 450 (?0 4n 410 390 38C 360
J3TJ

57 54 52 49 48 45 42 37 35 32 30 28 26 24 20 18 16 13 12 I
/

670 c60 550 630 620 610 600 580 570 560 540 530 520 5C0 490 470 460 440 420 410 390 380 360 340 330 310 2S0

85 83 81 76 71 72 69 6,4 61 58 52 49 46 40 38 32 31 24 m r8 15 13 10 7 6 4 3

61 60
(n

12
t1 1n

800 800 790 780 770 760 7fi 749 730

vt

97 96 94 93
o)

22
1 l

t+ 53 52
51 50 49 48 47 46 45
+J

7n
710 v@ 690 680 670 660 040 530 620 610 600

89 88 86 84 82 80 78 T7 74 72 68 66 63 61 59

20
10

ZJU
I

8@

99

18 17
IA

1 1 I n U

42 41 40
'Pg,'cenl

8O0 80o 79r) T7A 760 7 4 7s0 71o 700

690

ee ss e8 s7 s6 e s 94 el e0
88

l I i I | l | I |
|

244 230

t<

m
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

13 12 11 10
Y a

340 320 310 290 270 260 244 230 220 210 2 @ 200 200

6 5 4 2 2 1 1 0 g 0 0 0 0

zec
268 254 244 ?20 2"O
Z'JU

2
1 r 1 0 0
U

7 0-6

scorir betcw the scdd score b bssed on lhe pertormanc ol 94,359 examinees who took tr Geflerd Ted between fu6br and Seoternbr30- 1989.

1, 19g6,

I rt8

sEc'IroN 2/
Time-30 Numbcrs: FiSures: All numbcrs used are reat uumben. Position of points, angles,reglons, etc. can bc assumedto be in the ordcr shown; and anglc measurres can bc assumedto be positive. Lincs shown as straight can bc assumed to b straight. Figurescan bc assumcdto [e in a plane unlessothcrwisc indicatcd. Figures that accompany qucstionsare intcnded to providc information uscful in answering thc questions- Howevcr, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to r".r", yo,i rloJi sotvc thcsciroblims NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using y."iri"*1"+r of mariematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: Each of thc Qrrc+ions l-.15consists of two quantitics, one in Column A hnd onc in Cotumn B. you are to comparethe two quantities ailThoosc A B C D Note: Common IffiGilion: if if if if thc thc thc the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; quantity in Column B is greatcr; rwo qtraotiticsare cqual; relationship canaot bc dctcrmimd from the information givu:minutes 30 Questions

Sincc therc are only four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E).

t
F

In a qucstioq information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to bc compa.redisccntcred abgv" the two cglumns' A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthc samc'thing in Columo e it does ia Column B. "t Column A Column B Sample Ansqrcn

*, t; {
t: 3i -a
?

Erample l: Exampfcs 24 rcfer to A PQR-

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

,i ?

,t

Examplc2:

NQ

@@@(D@ (sirrceequal measurres cannot be assumed,even though Piy' and NQ appear equal)

Example 3:

Examplc4:

w*z

r80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 155

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatc( B if tbc quentity in Column B is greatcc c if tbc two quantitlx are cqual; from thc informationgiven. D if the relationshipcannotbc detcrmincd Column A C-olumnB ColumnA ColumnB k+4v

2%of(3+21

3%of(2+3)

x+2y

1-6
2y-x: x - 2 :
ll 5

6-1

(1.
V
PR is a diameter of tbe circle, and QR is tangent to the circle. The bogth of PR The length of QR

/1

The rcraain&r when 218 is divi6 by 7

r / = 0 a d x = 0 5.

Jn * J+s

t2

The toll for a cstain bridge is \$0.15 or I toker. Tokcns are soH in packs of 40 for \$4.00. 10. Tbe pcrcentsavedon 40 trips across the bridge if a token, rather than \$0.15,is usodto pay each toll

*1n

fr=4,t:50

q + r GO ON TO THE }.iEXTPAGE.

156

i
k

&

A B C D Column A

if the quantity in Column A is greater; if the quantity in Column n is irearcr; if the two quantitiesare equal; if the relationshipcannot be dctcrmined from the information given. Column B Column A -

7. :i : *
t'

:\$
C-olumn B
c

(n +2) ft
(n+2)fl

' " (n+l)R (*.,);:

Gardcn Plot I Thc a-rcaof rectangular plot I The average(arithmetic mean) oost per cassettc for 3 casscttescosting

is an intcgerand 0<l/<3.

Garden plot A I L The area ofrectangular ptot A 12. Thc averagc (arithmctic mean) cost per cassctt for 18 cassettes costing a total of 1r dollars

2.+j - 4

r + ! ' 8

a totatof

I aomn
x - y x + y 7

j2o -9o. 3o g T

ll.-i.'3o
7

x2+tz p2

t6

r57

For Directions: Each of the oucstions 1630 hasfive answerdloices.

arswer choices given.

PAIRS OF SHOESSOLD BY COMPANY S

of the 19. tf the arcaof a circleis 25a,tbenthe diarrrcter is circh (A) (B) (q (D) (E) 5 l0 20 25 50

16. If 8,?50 pairs of shoes are representedin the

pictograph above, bow maay pairs of shoesdoes each represent?

.n
X Y W Z R T iftbc areaofsquareregion above, 20. In tbe hgures areaof triangularregion the to equal VXYZ-rs RSI, tben RT:

(A) 3s0 (B) 700 (c) ?30 (D) 830 {E) 1,400
l r-

(A)2 (B)T (q4 (D)f (E)8

If x : 3 and Y {3+x)(3-Y)?

l8
6?-42: 2z

(A) I

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

158

2l-25 referto thc followinggraphs. Qucstiom VISITORS TO AND FROM THE UNITED STATES.I97I-I98I Numbcrof Visiton (in millions)

l97l 1972197319741975tn6 lE77 t9781919t980 t98t Numberof Visitors (in millions)

{
:ll

r8
l

i
E

i t4
l )

t97t te72te73te'r4r97st976W'-tinlilg
21. The totalnumber of visitorsfrom the UnitedStates to Europe for 1973 and l9i,4 wasmosrnearly equal to thetotal numberfor whichtwo of thefollowrng yean? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 1976 and 1977 1977 and1978 1978 and t979 1979 and 1980 1980and l98l

t9'a0 le8l

22. Thcre-were approximatcly how manymillion moreforeip visitorsto the Unitcd Statcs in l9E0than in t975? (A) 22 (B) 15 (q 8 (D) 7 (E) 0.75

r59

23.In 1960 thcrcrrcoel?-1lrtillion foreignvisiton

!o I.Ies York City. This was approximatdy what r perccntof thc total nrr"bcr of foreign visitors !o , th tJnitcd Siatcs? (B) 22% (c) 73% (D) 78o/o (E) E8% 24" How m2ny yearsaftr l97l sbow an incrrease ovcr the prcviousyear in bo.\$ the number of visiton from the United Stabs to Europc and the number of foreigrrvisitors to the Unitod States? (A) Fiw (B) SL (C) Swn (D) Eigbt (E) Nin

25. In 1975 if 60 percent of tbc foreigrr visitors to the

United States w"re not from Europ, then thc number of Europeai'isitors to Ot Unitea Srates was approximatcly bow meny times as grcat as thc nusrber of visitors from the United States to Europe that vear?

tA) 5%

(ci 5

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

160

2 6 . \ fy - 2 x of y?

t e rj - r @ lr-t tct i*\

{o)j+r c) /+;

(A)* G)* s#

co)* trr*

How many positive intcgen kss than 20 are equal to the.susr of a positive muttipt of 3 snd a positiw multiplc of 4 ?

Tpo Firc Swcn Tea I\fmcto

S. T*qrTk-e, ,Y aod f, arcfilled tocapacitywithFt fucl. Thnk X holds600galons *or. th.n't"nf f. If lO0gallonsof frrc|wre to bc pumpedfrom each tank, tank X wouldthcncontain3 timesas mrrch fuel as tank y. What is the totat nurnbcr of gallons of fuel in thc two full ranks?

region?

l6l

/ SECTION 5 ./ Time-3O minutes 30 Questims

Nurnbers:
Figuies:

All numbers usedarc real numben. Positioa of poins, angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in thc order shown; and angle rnrasures can bc assumedto be positirc. Lines rbown as straight can be assurred to be straig}t. Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthr questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, (see but by using your knowledge of mathernatics Examplc 2 bclow).

il-i6'I6-m-pare thetwo qGiililiEii?lFh oosc

A B C D Note: Common Iil6i6?iion: if if if if

Directlons: Each of tbc QucstionsI -15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be determincdfrom the information given.

Sincetbereare only four choiccs, NEVER MARX (E). In a qucstion,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above thc two columns.,A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts tbe sarnething in Column A as it docs in Colum-nB. Columo A Column B SampleAns*en

2x6

z+6

(t@o@@

Exampli?:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measurcs canDol be assumed, even though Py'Y and NQ appearequal)

Examplc3:

@rD@@@
(sincc N is betweenP and QJ

E x a m p l c4 :

w*z

t80

@ @ o @ @ (sincePQ is a straightlinc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE. 174

F:

s &
A B C D Column A if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationshipcannot be determincdfrom the information given. Column B Column A x > 0
t; i:

F
F :
I

ColumnB

&
: { n
l:

3-r + 4 : 13 ll - y : 6

:r
I

At noon today, Ann, Betty, Cathy, and Dot had exactly \$l apiece.Then during the next five minutcs, Ann gave\$l to Beny who gave 52 to Cathy who gave \$3 to Dof None of thern gave or receivedany other money.

amounrof money Qm. v'Betty hadleft at five

minutes past noon todav

The amount of money Cathy had left at five minuies past noon today

*. s

E
b

The number of odd integers greater than 5 and lessthan 15

3r(l 25)
10" The volume of a cubc *ith edgeof length 4 centimeters

31375)
Four times the volume of a cube with edge of length 2 centimeters

(1 #)i
x + 17: -8
x * 8

- l'7

The sum of 3 integen is 5l . The average(arithmetic mean)of the 3 integers The median of the 3 integers

6.

t75

c
ColumnA

A if thc quantity in Column A is greater; B if the qwntity in Column B is grcarerl

if the tryo quantities are equal;

D if thc rchdonship cannot bc determined from thc information given. Colurrn B Column A ColumnB

d > a
14. The total interest earned on d dollars investedfor 3 months at ll percentsimple annual interest

+(*)do*ars

The areaof the circular region with ctntr' O is l6n, and a, w, x, y, and z represcnt the lengths of tbe line segments.

y > o , v # l

r3.

o *i v-*x+l t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

t76

Directions: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choicss"For each of thesc questions,selectthe best of lhe answerchoicesglven.

16.

2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 (D) 8 (E) 15 l0 meters 4 meters

(A) r
l1

(B) 2

(C) 4

Which of the following is a multiple of both 7and13? (A) 52 (B) 65 (q 77 (D) 156 (E) 182

l0 meters 1 8 .Mario purchased\$600 worth of traveler's checks.

If eachcheck was worth either \$20 or S50,which of the following CANNOT be the number of \$20 checkspurchased?

1 9 .The figure above shows thc floor dimensiori-.of an

L-shaped room- AII anglesshown are right angles. If carpetingcosts \$20 per squaremeter.uhat will carpeting for the entire floor of the room cost? (A) \$800 (B) \$1,280

(c) \$1,600 (D) \$r,680 (E) 52.320

a + -T e h

aboveis to be If the value of the expression halved by doubling exactlyone of the five numben a, b, c, d, or e, which shouldbe doubled? (A) a (B) b (C) c (D) d (E) e

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

r77

Questions2l-25 refa to tbe folbwing gaphHEALTH EXPENDITURESIN THE UNTTED STATES. 1950AND1979 I

1
I I

!)

\ \ 1 \ \\

(total expendirures:\$12.7 1950 billion) =5212.2billion) (total expenditures 1979 (t billion: 1,000,000,000)

q)
rt)

o
ag

C) c) t)

cr*
^f
*-*.

Category

? t " For how many of tltc categories wastlrc pcrcent

of total heatthcxpcditurcs greaterin 1979than in 1950 ? (A) Two (B) Thre (D) Six @) Seven {C) hur

''''

Of the following catcgoricq for vhicb was the percent of otal bcalth expenditures in 1979least?

(c) Dru\$ aod dmg sun&ics (D) Gorcrumentpublb bcalthactivities (E) Research

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

178

Ltj

In ly79 for how many of thc catcgories was the amouol of health expedirurcs lessthan \$21 billion? (A) Tro (D) Ten
al

Which of thc following can bc inferrcd from the Sraph? I. II. Iil. The numberof paticots needinghospital careincreasd from 1950to 1979. The dolhr amount of health expcnditurcs for constructionwas grcater in 1979than in 1950. In 1979tb dollar amuot of health expenditus for dentist scfvips wasmore rhan half for thc dollar amount of hcalth cxpenditures physicianscNiic6-

:: ts x

(B) Thres (E) Twehe

(C) Nine

3
;i

tt

Approrimarcly what was the ratio of health expendifures fs hospital care in 1979 to health expenditures for horyital care in l95O?

(')f
(qf (D) ? (E)1

(A) ?

r79

29.
l

tben [ :

(c)
(D) (E)

0
x2-l l-x7

(A) e (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 28 {e' 32

21. If 4x is 6lss than4y, thcn y - x :

(A) -24

(')-1
(q -3
io) ;
(E) 24 28. The differ.nce betweeo two positivenumbersis 16. If the srnallerof tnese 1q,snrrmlgrs is I of the liarger, rrhat is rb valuc of tb smrller no-Uft (A) lE (B) 24 (D) 33 (E) 40 30. If a squarcis inscribedin a circle of radius r as shown above, thcnthe areaof the square regionis (\$
.2 --2

2n

@) T

(c) nr2

(D) ,2

{E) 2r2

(c) 30

I80

t T
f

FOR GENERALTEST4 ONLY

An3wer Key and Percentages' of Eramlnees Answerlng Each Ouestlon Corrcclly

'I

2 3
I 5

E
6

n E
E

1 2 3
4

'I

E4 87

1 2
e 4

88
f< AI @

B B n A

3
4

A B

u
b

&t at

44
6 7 I
q

,
E 9

n t E o E E 15

E a

47 3tt
JZ

A A

7
6 Y

7
5

a n
65 64 6l 62 53 56 35 30

ro
l1

D
A

o
11
12

87

l0

,;
n 12
IJ

E3 56 82 77
<l

10 11 12 t3 11 15
'A 1a

.t2 13 't4 15 16 17 t8 19

C
A

lzo
171

0 D B D

c o
A i41

'15 B
to

75 I 37 41
F

58
e<

tr E

18

I51

:
E

n
?2 24 75 6 28 8 30 31

o
u tr B n E D E
E

17 18 19 to 21 2.

;
I n B
E

't6

r9 m
7(t 9t 21 2.

D n

48 42
)7

D I

n
A

n n
27 68 53 60 t{

x
24 25

60 61 ,t5
lo

u
n

B D
o A
E

73 31 I lzl

28 a 30

v.
\$

B A
a

34 35 36 37 38
'E3timat6d

A
P+ tor the group ot ,umrn* who toot \$a GRE Gonsrat r3t in a racsnt threeyear gaod.

r87

SCORE CONVERSIONS FOR GENERdL TEST 4 ONLY AND TTIE PERCE\TS BELOW'
Yt'bl Ber Scorc Sdr 800 790 70
w 68 o/ 66
N

Scalcd Scoree arld Pe.ccntr Bslow' t oc|rHrfv. An.lytlsrl I lrh S.on 3.t0il Scon 99 m 99 99 98
W

a B.lot

Rrr Sro't 40 38 37 36 34

YrrLl Sctr 450 450 ffi {30 14 4.!0 {o0 40 g 380 360 3fl 350 3.8 320 310 3* 3@

Scelcd Scorcr and PGrcent! B6low' i 9f An.flicrl hat\$lrtir! 8.b SC3n Brbr Scor! 42. 12
t \$ 31 30 zf

t Brtor 91 90 89 e7
6J 6t 80

tan

JZ

n0 7A?
7S

4a 45 40 s 30

710 700 690 680

b/U ow 640 | N t l

520 5r0 490

480 470 460 450 430

ffi

96
VJ
it

64 63 62 61 60
JV

94 91 89 88
@

27 25 B ?1

a
26

75 70 68
5 3 9 / <t

o/u ry

640
M UU

57 56

u
83
o l

J#

98 95 94 93 90
ol &
6 qt

30 29 28 ?7 zo
a

n 18 to 1<
w f w (ao

4n
15
t?

?1n

2i ?1 2C 800 800 800 790 780 770 7m 750 744 730 99 99 99

\$

77

7n
710 700

10 E 7 7
3 1

10
6

7
o 4

520 500 490 47C 450 110 400 380 370 350

47 42 3-o 33 ?S 25 17 13 12 9
q

m
z&

51 50 49 48 \$ 45 44 (t. 42 41

70 67 s
oz

5n
6rn

59 57 54 51 48 45

690 0 /u 650 650 640

aan

79 75 73 71 69 66 62 60 57 55

1E 17
lo

z7c zEl
8

300

no
?80

'i5

'|
m m
21A I t u

il

h h

1? 11
1C I
6

zfi 240 ?30

1 1 'l 0 0 0 0 0 0 -iesr

l1n

m
200 M

n0
2U0 n0 200 200
trre Gnsrai

270 ?aa 220 210 2 @

? 1 0 0 0

95 94

z t r 2

7
bc

2e m m
who isr

sco.ing below the scaled score based on the pertormanc ol lhs 876.691examtn* and Seotember30. 1988

'Perceot

betweer OctoDef 1. 19gS.

r88

SECTION 3./ Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numben: FiIrures: AII numbcrsusedare realnumbers. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can bc assumedto be straight. Figuresrrn bc assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicated" Figure,s,tnat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in anstrring the questions. Hc'*ever' unlessa note.statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethcsc"proUt"rn, NoT by estimiting sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of matbematics (see Example2 below). Dirlctions: Each of the Quc+ions t-.15. consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quanrity in Column B is greater; thc two quilnritiesarc equal; the relationship cannot be detcrmincd from the information giwo.

*
B li

E.

,
a

i
I i T.

Sincethereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

Common ;-..."".......'..I n l o r m a t t o n :In a question.information concerning one or both of thc quantities to be comparedis centercd above the two columns.A symbotthat appearsin both columns represcnts thc sameitring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA Examph l: Examples 24 referto A ppR. Column B Sampli Answers

2x6

2+6

o@@@(D

Example2:

NQ

@@@(D

@(D@@@ (sincelf is between P and Q)

Example 4:

wlz

r80

@ @ o @ @ (since PQ is a straightline)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i;

20r

A B

c
Column A
t

if if if if

the q"an61y in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.

ColumnB
F

Column A

C o l u m nB

A man |eft { of his estatero his widow and designated that tie remaindcr be divided equally among his 4 sons. The fraction of the estatdesignatedfor each son

n
Ttre altitude of LPQR from Q

Q?-'

+ t--*| R
l-

I )'+
M , N , P, and p are midpoinrs of thc sidesof tbe rectangle. The slrn of the areas of the shadedregions The area of the unshaded reglon MNPQ

I t

PQRS is a square.

./fi205

200

. r > l

(r + 5)(2x + 3)
a, b" and c are neganvelntegers abc a(b + c) x l4 x > 0

{.t+3)(2r+5)

I A t {

G OO N T O T H E N E X TP A G E

202.

c
D
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot bc determined from the information cir/en. Column B

ColurnnA
x - 1'*0

Column B

Thc largestcircular tabletop that can tJgcut from a ccrtain square piecc of wood has a circumference of l05z irches.

9. The length of a side

of thc piccc of wood beforc tbc tabletop is cut from it

l05a

3x2 - 3y2 x - y 3 x 3 x n: / x l x p np * a \ p

3(x - y)

16n: lorl
l0t

w
\"\_-\

T
I

Maria's wcekly net salary of \$i85 is 65 percent of her wekly grosssalary. I l . Maria's weeklygross salary

R U RSTU is a parallelogram. x y

\ \

The number of different positive divisors of 50

*rf
Sg . i a * i a n Cc,ff :i

iettrmined
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

243

r. t:
t:

Directions: Eacb of thc Questions 1630 has five answer choices.For each of these questions. selectthe best of the answeritoiccs given.

16" If 8x - 3y = 24 and -y : 0, tbstr r :

(A) 3

(B) 4

(C) s

(D) 6

tE) 8

20. Three ln6iyi{rrals contributed \$800each toward the purchaseof a computer. If they bought the computer on salefor S1,950plus l0 percentsales tax, how much mone:)'should be refunded to each individual? (A) (B) \$65 \$85

I 7. If the sum of 3, 7, and x is I 8, then the average (arithmeticmean)of 3, 7, and r is (A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) e (E) l0

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

l 9 In the figureabove.x =

(C) 60

(D) 75

(E) r 50

2U

t t t t i l t t l Total Heairh Expenditures

80 60

S.*"sTfs"ds"\$s*
Note: Drawn to sale.

1) I

sss"\8ge 969"o96 se\$"\$-\$SI\$\$S."S

Note: Drawn to scale.

CO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

205

21. In llX9 approximately what was the amount of private health expe.nditures? (A) \$25 billion 6r>) \$50 biltion (B) \$30 billion (E) \$70 billion (O \$45 billion

24. For the year in which public health expenditures were closestto \$40 billioru total health expenditures were approximately what percent of tbc gross national product? (A) l0% (B) e% (C) EYo (D) 7% (E) 6o/o 25. Approximatety what was the amount of the gross national product in l96E?

22. For rhe years shown, what was the first year in " which the amouot of public health expenditures was at leastS3O billion? (A) 1960 (B) 1962

(c) r964
(D) 1968 (E) 1970 23. ln 1976 approximately what wasthe ratio of the amount of privatehealthexpenditurcs to the amountof public healthexpenditures? (A) 3;l (B) 2:l (C) 3:2 (D) 2:3 (E) l:3

(A) (B) (O (D) (E)

Sfin biil'ion billion \$750 S800 billion \$950billion h cannotbe dctermined from the information given.

GOON TO THE NEXT PACE.

zffi

26. lf x and y arc intcgersand x > y > 0, how many integersare there between, but not including, x and y?

(A)x-r ( B ) , r+ y (C)x-r(D)x+y{E)x-r+
27. For which of thc following expressionswould thc value be lcssif 350 were replaced by A7 ?

Note: Figurc drawn to scalc. 29. According to the numbcr linc aborrc, which of the following points has a coordinate most ncarly cqual to P x v2

- 350 r. 2.500
II" ^;
il"
l ' + I JX, I t

(A)l

(B)8

(gc

(D)D

(E)E

30. A rctangular rug covcrs half of q rectangular floor that is 9 fect widc ad 12 fcct long. If tbc dimcnsions of thc rug are in thc samc ratb as tbosc of the floor, how maay fect long is tbe rug?

350

(A) 6
(A) None (D) I and III (B) II only (O III only (E) II and IiI

G)?
(q 2.,n
tD 6.,n

ilf

q
lL

,",

28. If the circumference of circle P is 15.714and the circumference of circle Q is 6.28. then the diametcr ofcircle P minus the diamcter ofcircle e is approximalelyequal to

a- b= ?Y\7 I
/ I 1'-

{o 4,fr
c l a

n 'r'--:

9 _ r t
' L

F,

(A) r.5 (B) 3.0 (c) 5.5 (D) e.0 tE) e.4

'

-1-

t i ^ _ _

' l . \ l ' ) C = - v , 1 -

t E

E
:
i

zVI

/ SECTION 6 V Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numben: Figures: All numbers uscd are real numbers. Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumd to be positive. Lines shownas straightcan bc assumedto bc straight. Figures can bc assumed to [e in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. questions Figuresthat accompany are intendedto provide information useful in ans*ering the questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thescproblems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example2 bclow). Directions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. You are to comparethe two quantities and choosc A B C D Note: Common if if if if the quantityin Column A is greater; thc qu8Dtityin Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethercareonlv four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centercdabove the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts the samething in Column A as it does in ColumnB. Colurnn A Column B SampleAnswers

Gi6iffiiion:

2x6

2+6

(D@@@(D

Frample 2:

NQ

Example3:

Examplc4:

w+z

r80

@G)(D@@ (since Pp is a straight line)

G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A C E .

220

c
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given. Column B Column A

ColumnB

(3)'
There are two diving boards at a certain pool. Thc height of the lower board is 3 meters. The height of the higher board is I meter greater than twice the height of the lower board. 2" The height of rhe higher board minus the height of the lower board 4.5 meters

3 l 4 - j
y < z < x y < w

x : 3 y : - |
J,

y - x

xy2

The number of minutes in 3 hours l5 minutes

: , ty : 5 ,l
P 4. The perimeterof square PORS

s
z:30
The perimeter of the shaded rectangular region A number between 8 and 14 x + y

30

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

221

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the guantity in Column B is greater; t C if tbe two quantities are equal; D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informalion given.
Column A Column B Column A

ColumnB

-T-

l ,

Fa70 m---1

l--+ro m--l

I I

I t.

II
I

The remainderwhen z is divided bv y

Fields X and Y are to be enclosedwith fencins that costs\$24 per meter I L The costof the fencingneeded to enclosel' The cost of the fencing needed to enclose )' n > 0

90

t2

dl--L-lll--n l--l -k " t)t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

The crrclehas center O a n d R f : 5 .

t l The circumference of
the circle

l0,r

222

c: L

9 l:

E t
Directions: Each of the Questions1630 has five answer choices. For cach of thescquestions, sclectthe bcst of thc answeiifioices givcn. 16. A certain machinc fills a bag with 7 ouncesof potato chips in 3.5 seconds. At this rate how many seconds*dl it takc the macbine to fill a bag with l5 ouncesofpotato chips? (A) 6.5 (D) 8.0 (B) 7.0 (E) ll.5 (q 7.5

(D) 250 (E) 315

(9 ta

17. On a number linc, the disunce bctwcn thc nro points with coordinates - 5 and I is how much less than the distance betwecnthe two points with coordinates 2znLd14'! (A) 6 (B) E (C) t0 (D) t2 (E) 16

(r + l0)'
In tlrc trianglc abovg r = (A) 65 (B) 40 (C) 35

2r'

{D) 25

(E) l0

tE. In the figure abovs, if x = 4y, then y :

(A) 30 (B) 16 (g 37.5 (D) 40 (E) 50

223

FAMILY T'S EXPENDITURES AS A PERCENTOF ITS GROSSANNUAL INCOME'

JJ

30 27 24 2l ; t8

d 1 5
t/

9 6
J

0
-o*j

t"s

*"1r""'

*o':l::w

.*"'".tsx; ::.-.::""""*
Note: Drawnto scale

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

41, LLA

lt.

iI

B E
F a:
a'

2l. In 1984for how many of the seven categories listed wereerpendituresgreatcr than 9 perceni of Fam_ ily X's grossannual incorne? (A) T*'o (D) Five (B) Three (E) Six {C) Four

@pFamilX X's grossiacome is the sum of Mr. X,s rncomeand Mrs. ,y's income.In l9g3 Mr. and Mrs, X each had an income of \$25,000. If Mr. X's income increasedby l0 peicent from I983 to | 984, by whar perceni did Mrs. X's lncome decrcasefor the same period? (A) l0%
(B) 15% '

22. In 1983Family X useda rotal of 49 prcntof its grossannual income for fwo of the categorieslisted. What was the total amountof Family i's income usedfor thosesamecategories in tggi ? (A) St6.200 ( B ) Sr 7 . i 5 0 (C) Sl9.r00

./t' o

Lr

,,/^."
'(

.1 ..
-

(E) 30%

( D )2 s %

{c} 20%

_ > i . / _ z ) _ _j _ , _ . 2
;"'L s .1 5 , T--/'38

(D) S2t.0s0 (E) 521..t00

23. From i9t_t ro 1984the increase in Family ,y-s miscellaneous expenses was most nearly which of the follor^ inp? {A) 53.0t10 (B) S3. i _<0

25. By approximately whar*otL Ototheamountrhat Family X put into savings decrease from l9g3 to 1984 ? (A\ 13% {B) 23%

(D) 54.500 (E) Ss.000

(c) s3.5i){)
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

))<

26. Of thc following, which is greatest?

1 4 9 (^t ;1 (B) rs- (c) ffi

(D) # G) lffi
positive integers, 27. If x, 1', and z are consecutive with x < y <e and .r + I + z anevennumber, which of the following could be the value of z? (A) r (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5 (E) 8

29. In the figure above, arcs PR and QS are semicircles with centersat Q and R respectively. lf PQ : 5, what is the perimeterof the shaded region? (A) 5a+5 (B) 5n + 15 (C)' l0z + l0 (D) l0z + 15 (E) l00z

28. If x2 = 68, which of the fotlowing could be true?

( A ) - 9 < x < - 8 ( B )- 8 < x < ' 7 (C) -8 < x < 8 (D) 7<x<8 (E) 9<x<10

If \$4,500was investediri a bond fund u,henthe price per sharewas \$9 and \$3,000u'x invested in the fund when the price per sharewas \$10, what was the average(arithmetic mean) price per share purchased?

226

E ft

FOR GENERAL TF,ST5 ONLY

Ansrser

'nl P"tt\$g:1otjt"-in"."

A*ing

Eacheuee\$,on correctty
lJultTlclll3tttrY
Sccdoa I y' hnt r frmr lf + Ss|bo 5
F

Hnnn r

farmr lp+

93
4 t r A
/5

,l 3 4

A
b

B E

63
4
F

E b

B A

65
c o

A A A

)
o 7 8 9 10 A

91 87 78 84 88

I ? 3 4 s
o 7 8 i0 11
1?

D D A o c

'r 2 3 4
5

I c o A
I

lr3 171 ls7 l5e

176

I B

7 I t0

.
B 77 79 64

D
A

n 12
ta

165 o

B D

163 I 57 45 2a 87 80 85

't1
tf

o
a

I E n c n c e c o o
E B

6 6 e

26 83
1<

A E D B

16 17
1A

e lszlro 17
l3sl Jsli 18
l12l 20

l6oJ 5 1 5 6 17 lml a 16zl e lerl ro t l ll il lsel rz lsal 13 larl r liel rs r t r

r
r

o e c A e e e o c e '

l

lu lsr laz lssl l".l ' l

57 E
n
6

&|
qa & <7 49

19 20

c
E

a fol rs
al t8l l 3sl xl 21 n n 24 zs

c r
e

irrl
ls6l lnl
tsel

laof

c
IJ

E B

z5

36
4J

2, 73 21 x

26 2A 29
w

o a
B D
m 88 /o

e c E B o

lro 132 i61 ltr lsa

26
o <6 o

w 62

a
w

58 U 4

D E E
E

P + tor th group ol eraminee3 who look the GFIE General Test in a rrcent Freeyea,

Oraod.

2n

5 ONLY FOR GENERALTF,ST SCORECON\TERSIONS AND TEE PERCENTSBELOW'

Scalcal Sco?.t aod Pcrcgntr Ecloi' f r I f f f i i f r . t t J t tctr !.lr t ar !.5r trr Saora ta'r 7976 72 T1 70 @ 68 6f 66 65 84 63 62 6l 60 5 58 55 55 54
N

y.rtd !.If lfl sro.r S.rt

Scalsd Scorca and Parcaotr 8'low' AtdYred t A bsEdvr Scott lrhr Sott lalgr 15 43 40 37 34 31 31 2A 6 21 2 18 1E 16 14 11 12 10 9 7 540 530 s20
(1n

I l.br
94 92 E9 88 &4 i l 7E 74 71 66 w 58 48

m
?90 7t0 n0 760 750 730

99

s
99 99 99 98 97

& 3
\$

4{n 450
14 430 44 410

37 s 34 32 31 30 29 a 27 6 25 ?1 z3 2. 21 a 19 1E 17 16 14 't3 12
l l

500 490 480 40 450 44 430 4& 410 400 390 370 360 .s 3.{0
.g

{6 43 41 38 s 31
at

fl

630 610 600 580

7n
710 7m 0 5?0 e60 650. 6.0 Eto 6e0 6t0

s
96
G

25 73 ?1 19 17 16 14 11 10
6

94 92 91 89 EE 86 85 &i 82 80
ta

360
g

s
8@ 800 790 760 /w 750 730 7m
6A0 660 650 630 620 610

s
98 97 \$

340 340 330

ru 550 530 520 500 4in 470 4g 440 120 400 390
.fl

37 34

w
310 3fl

a
lv

m
g,

s
91 68

s?
<t

5m g0
560 550 540 530 520 510 5m (t {0 474 160

m
N 270 260 zfi ?4
1 2
!

75 13 71 6E 65 63 60 55 52 49 .5

u
v
18 71 12 67 65 62 5E 55 s3 51

50 4 4E :.a17 ir. 45 a5 4 43 12 41

800 & m

s s
99

310 300 I N

18 16
1:

340

I 6 5

s u
800 790 760 710

m
24

99

m m
210 2t0 200 N
ffi

1 'I 0 n

1 1 0

320

m
210

9S \$ 97
o7

m
200

270 260

'10 8 7 G5

m
0 N 200 200

m
210

,I

95

2@ 200

u n n

m
?00

0 0 0 0

.pcrcdt

sing

sr6

bsrd

th" prrtqBsrca

of thr 84,a,96O enminos

[|lo

t6k

tho Gncral

T6t

berteen

october

'l'

i984'

rnd Sspt\$5d

30, 1987

228

\ :1

5rL i lu} J T-rme-30 mrnutes 30 Questions Numbcrs: FiSures: All numbersusedare real numbers. Positionof points,angles, regions. ctc. can bc assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figures can bc assumed to lie in a plane unlessothcrwise indicated. Figure-s-that accompanv questions are intendedto prorrdcinformationuscfulin answcringthe qucstions. Howcver. unlessa note_slates that a figure is drarrn to scale,you should solve these-problems NOT by estimating sizes b1'sightor bv rneasurcment, but by'usingyour knowledgeof matirematics (see Example2 below). Dircctions, Eachof the Questions l-15 consists of trro quanriries" onc in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethc two quantities and choose A B C D Notc: Common iii6friiion, if if if if t h e a u a n l i t ! i n C o l u m nA i s g r e a t e r ; t h eq u a i : r i i 1 i n C o l u m nB r s s : e aler: t h e r w o q u a n t i t i ea s r ee q u a l ; the relarionship cannorbe der:rrnjned from rhc informationgiven.

i., l: '8,.

]'
+
:i

a-

F
r :
T it

a
ii z:

F.

* \$ F'
7 t.

t
i

g'

S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sf,i E V E R M . . 1 , R K (E). h a question,information concerningone or boih of thc quantitiesto bc compared is ccnteredebove the two columns.A symbolthat appean in born columns represents the sime iling in Column A as it d o c si n C o l u m n B . C o i u m nA ColumnB 2+6 Sample Ans*tn

Example l:

2x6

rD@@@@

Examole 2:

N8

Example 3:

Example 4:

*-*z

rt0

@@(D@@ (sinccPQ is a straight linc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

141

A if tbe guantity in Column A is greater; B if thc quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if thc rclationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.

Column A

ColumnB

C o l u m nA
S I

Column B

x 100 1.76

0 . 1 7x 6 r0

^v l,
22 RSTV is a square. The length of RI Twice the length of R.S

2.

x+y

y+z

One bacterial cell of a cerrain type is placed in t petri dish. Cclls of this type divide once every day. | 3. The total numbcr of bacterial cells in thc dish at the end of 4 days if no cells die

r=2 s =|
(r - 35)r (r 3s)5

An aviator in Mexico flev 300 kilometers in a straightline due easrfrom point P to point Q and then 400 kilometersin a straight line due north ro point R. 9 . T h e s h o r t e sd t istance from point P to point R I 0 . T h e n u m b e ro f p r i r n e numbersbetweenl0 and 20 550 kilometcrs

s+f=:+f
4.

t3

5.

a-3
-21r 12 -l (y( I

3 , 4

6.

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

242

i
b:

F
t 1

A if s if C if D if

the quantity in Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Column B is grcatcr; tbe two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot bc dcrcrmincdfrom thc information given.

li E

Column A

Column B

ColumnA t/fr=4

ColumnB and y2=6

i a

x)o
I L Thc number of minutesin x * 100 houn

(
The numbcr of scconds in 6O(x + l0O) minuter

t4.
15. Thc length of the diagonel of a square with cach side of lcngth 2 Thc hcigbt of a trianglc with cach side of lengtb 3

12.

+.,6

t. a

I
t-

CO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE"

t3.

(R,5)2 + 1542

(RT)2

,13

Directio{rs:. Each of thc Qucstions l6-30 has five anssfcrchoiccs.For each of thcsequestions,sclectthe bcstof thc glven. answer chorces

r c .t x | =
(A) * (B) I

t 9 . If x equals25 percent of a number, thrn

125pcrcentof the number is

(c, 3

(D) 6

(E)6*

(* - 2)180 17. lf k = 15,then - = k

(A) (B) 156 23

(A) #
(D) ax

(B)f
(E) 5x

(c) r.25x

lf the cost of a long{istance phone call is c centsfor the fint minute ana cenrs for t, eachadditional minute, whar is the cosLin ccnts, of a lO-minute call of this type?

(c) -23
(D) -204 (E) -360

(e)i.

(B) 6c I

+,

( D )7 c ( s )? .

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

18. In thc figureabove, thearcaof square PQR^Sis 64. Wharis rhearcaof AeRT? (A) 48 (B) 32 (C) 24 (D) 16
(E) 8

244

:.
t. I rt

F
t:

graphs. Question2 s l - 2 5 r e f e rt o t h e f o l l o w i n g

t
i: ?

PERCENT CONTRIBUTED T O P R O F I T SB Y E A C H O F T H E 6 DIVISIONSP , T H R U U , O F C O M P A N YY F O R t 9 ? 9 A r . i D t g E O

E F'
l-

E.
!

,
t ll

E
t
il

='?13.*.ooo ,,on,.
2 l ln 1980 whatwasrheaverage of theamounts contributed to profits by DivisionL and Division 7"? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) Sr.000,000 Sr,500,0o0 \$3.000,000 54,500.000 56,500,000

t980 Profits = t30,000,m0 ..' 24. lf the six divisions are ranked eachycar accordingto thcir dollar contributions to profits, from grcatestcontribution to lowest, how many divisions ranked lower in 1980rhan in 1979 ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) None One Two Three Four

{:
7

22. DivisionR contributed howmuch less to the profits of CompanyY in 1980 rhan in I979 ? (A) (B) {c) { D) {E) 5600,000 \$300,000 \$t80,ooo \$ 120,000 \$too,ooo

25. How many of the divisions contributed more dollarsto profits in 1980than in I979 ? . (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) One Two Three Four Five

2 3 . ln 1979 thegreatest contr-ibution to profits by

o n eo f t h e s i x d i v i s r o n s w a sw h a t p e r c e no t f the l e a s tc o n t r i b u t i o n ? (A) tjEc (B) 90c; tc) 100% (D) 900ra (E) 1.000%

245

26. In a certainspartment buildingexactly j of

the apartments have two bcdroomsand exactly f of the two-bedroom apartmentsarc front Which of the foltowingcould be the apartments. total number of apartments in the building? tA) {B} {c) (D) (E) 42 50 5l 56 57
I

2 9 .t f x ) 0 a n d 2 x - t = 2 ; i ,

then x =

(A) t
(c) |

(B) Y

r;

(D) v'7 (E) jT+ t

p0/1 lf the radiusof a circleis decreased by 30 pert i l l t h e a r e ao f t h e c e n t ,b y w h a t p e r c e nw circular region be decreased? (Aj (B) (C! (D\ (E) t1Va a97a St%o 6AVc 907c

27" \l hich of the following could be the arca of an

isasceles trianglewith pcrimeterlE and one side of length8 ? (A) 6 {B) t2

(c) t4 tD) l6 {E) rE

28. When a certain number is dividedby 7, the
remainderis 0. If the remainder is not 0 when the number is divided bv 14.then tfr-e remainder must be {A) | (ts) 2. ,,* (C) 4 (D) 6 (E) 7

244

t.

SECTION4 Tim-30 minures 30 Questions Numbers: All numbers used are realnumbcrs. FiSures: Position of points,angles, regions, etc.crn bc assumcd ro be in the ordershown; andanglcmG1,ure3 can bc assumed to bc positive. Linesshown assrraight canbc assumed to besrraight. Figurcs can bc assumed to ric in a plancunress orherwisc indicated. Figures that accomPany questions areintendcd to provideinformationuscfulin answering thequcstions' However, unlcss a notcstates thata ligureis drawri lo scalc, y6u shouldsolve thesc problems Nor by estimating sizes by sightor by mcaiuremcnt, but by usingi"urr""*r.dge of mathcmatics (sec Example 2 below). Dryctions: Eachof rht Qu.*tPnt l -ll. consists of two quantitics, onein column A and onein column B. you arc to compare rherwo qua-iiilElffihoosc I I C D
Note: Common

:
T:

*:.
r
1

: :
a

t : : :
F'

i a l

t: at

i! tle quantiryin ColumnA is greater; if the quantiryin ColumnB is treatcr; if thc two quantitics arcequel; if thc rclationship cannot bcdctermined from the inforrnation gi'en.

,. l
F

Sincethcre are only four choices, NEYER MARK (E). In a question,informationconccrning oDcor both of thc quantities to bc comparedis centercd abovc the two columns. A svmbol that appeirs in borh columns;.;;;;;;-;c same rhing in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

IffiEiliion:

F
E
a:

ts

Column B 2+6

Samole Ansrcrs

Erample l:

2x6

o@@@(D

Examples 24 rcferto A peR.

Example2:

NQ

@@@lD@ (sinceequal mcasures eennot bc assumed,even though pl{ and NQ appear equat)

Examplc3:

w+z

Example 4:

rE0

@@(D@(D (sincePp is a straighr linc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPACE.

2n

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if the two quantities are equal;

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

l.

2(t03) + 5(t02) +7 7n*x=23 n=3

257

2.

lors
0(x(l

lott
The lengthof PR is 12.

E. 4. x-y
y- x The number of bonds that were purchard for \$3.500 The volume of a spherethat has diameterE

Tbe lengrh of pS

number of bonds 6)fl. L/ tbat werepurchascd for 12,500

6. The\$olume of a sphere that has radius4

x=-lxl x*0
9. The altitude of a certain triangular sail is greaterin lengththan its base. 2 metcrs The areaof thc face of the sail is 24 squaremeters. 10. Thc lcnglhof the base of the sail 4 meters

a, D, and c are consecutive odd integers,not necessarily in that order. a- b b-c

G O O ] ' iT O T H E N E X T P A G E

248

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quntitics are equal; if the rclationship cannot bc dctcrmined from thc information given.

'* { t

i
_ c'!geg_g

Column A

Column B

lt.

(-t)7? (-2)a

Thearea ofa squere region with diagonal of lcngth r

On Juty I tbc ratio of mcn ro r'omcn in Club X was9 to AL During thc monrh,2 addirional ' men aad 2 edditioiel womenjoincd tbc club, and no members droppcdout. 15. Tbc ratio of mcn ro ' wornD in Club X at the cnd of July +

12.

RT

t3

"r=i t*
t3.
X

Y l 2
= -

x, y, end z ere positive aumbers.

Z

u9

Directions: Eacb of the Qucstioar 1630 has fivc answer choices. For each of thesequestions, sclegtthc bcst of the answer cnotcsgrven.

16..lf x = 3 is onesolutionto thc equation x 2 * r x - 2 0 = 4 , t h e n7 = (A) -8 (B) -5

19. What was the original price of an itcm if a discount of20 pcrccnt reducedthc pricc to ll00 ? (A) \$80 (B) \$120 (D) \$150 (E) \$250 20. The numbcrofconncctions C that can bc made through a s*'itchboard to which I telephones are connecledis given by tbe formula -T-. - -7IrlI r= ,., . now many morc coillestrons are possiblewith 30 telephones than yith X) telcphones? (A) 435 (D) 45 (B) 245 (E) l0 (C) t90 i

(c) -3

(D) 5 (E) 8
If the value of a ccrtain fraaion is equal to 0.4 and the dcnominator of tbe fraction is 15,then the numcrator of the fraction is (A) (B) 6 8

(c) st2s

(c) e

It" ln thc figure 8bove, the ratio of x to y i s 3 to 2. What is the value of y ?

CO ON TO THE }TEXTPAGE.

(A) r0r

(B) 72 (C) 36 (D) 3

(E) 2

250

Qusstions2 | -25 refer ro the following graph. 1917-1978 TEXTBOOKINVENTORY FOR SCHOOLSX AND BY YEAR OF PURCHASE
(as a pcrccntof thc 1977-197tinvenrorv) School X School I Total -1978Invenrory: 2,000 Invcntory: 1,500 T otal 1971

l2Vo

Notc: All books werepurchascd new on July I of each year

Whar pcrcent of School I/'s 1977-197g \21) tcxtbook inventorywas boughrin 1975 ?

e% t2% 2t% 33%

24. lf School X purchascd 300tcxtbooks in t97l and all of these textbooks eitherwere counted in the inventoryor had bcendiscarded before the inventory, what percent of thesc textbooks had beendiscarded? (A) t\$Vo (B) ZWo (C) 50Vo (D) 89%0 (E) t00Vo
(25) Which of the following staremenrs can be v inferredfrom the graph? School X has a smailerenrollmentthan School I/. ' II. If the ageof a book is the numbcr of years since purchase,thcn the average (arithmetic mean) agc of a book in the School I/ inventory is lessthan that of a book in the School X inventorv. llL According ro the invenlory, Sclobt X and School Y purchascdthe samc number of textbooks in 1976. (A) None (B) | onty (C) II only (D) I and Il (E) II and III I.

(E) It cannot be determinedfrom the information given. 22. ln School X how many of thc inventoricd textbooks werepurchasedprior to 1976? (A) 100 (B) 120 (C) 1lf0 (D) t,34O (E) 1,3E0 23. How many of the inventoricd textbooks wcrc purchased by the two rhools combincd during the years1974,1975. and 1976? (A)

495

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,

251

a 26. V t ofthcnumbcrof womcnattending dancc certain is equalto I the numberof mcn arc attending, whatfractionof thoscattending women?

How manyof the positiveintegers lcssthan 25 arc 2lcssthan an intcger multiple of 4 ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Three Four Five Six and 5x * 3y = 52, then

(A) 3
1rl ?

(q+
(D) i
(D*

(D) (E)

(c) 3
4 5

30, The floor of a company's storageroom has an

area of 20,000square feet. If thc floor is in the shapcof 8 sqriare,approximatclyhow many feet long is eachside? (A) r40 (D) r,000 (B) 450 (C) 500

(E) 5,000

2 7 . In thc figurc above, O is tbc center of the circle.

lf A,E = 10, what is thc area of the circlc? rff:. (A)-"10r (B) 20r (C) 25r (D) 50r (E) l00r

252

,,
7G

r
G

FORGENERAI,TEST6 ONLI'
OUANTITATIVE ASIIITY Slction3 i Slclionl Slclion 5

r:
r t

* *
Slsuon 6 ilumber Ans*r ip_
i l u ) . r

Nsmbrr tururr ; P+ i Numbcf Anrrtr

o

Humbor An*rr 1 2 3 5 6 7 I 9 10 11
R t r ,

Por t

82 59

'I

D
E

89 75 60 69

3
56 32 a

1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 '10

A u

, 9 . t i :

r 4

s
t F
D

s.ll
l

E E I D a

9 i

36 75 93
g

5
A 7
8 59 5; 9? 75

32 90

c
n
84 40

7 6 I 10 'I 1 12 13 14
1A

r
8

t &1 i
5
I

c
A n A a

; l
-a i

s
r^

c o ;
c

f P
, r i.

80 47
J3

i l a

I c a ,

67 7i E5

1 ) ra

a'

14 15 16 17 18 20

I 15 16 17
lo

5'1i
qt I i 4 ' i
i :i

14
1< 1 e
..

n D
-

c
E D E D
i'

16 55 35 63 67 2 ? A 54 58 59 az 55
OJ

16 17 18 19 20
a1

2e
JJ ;i;

1-o 20 21

tr A X

i. t ^ ,

? t 2 3

5 o 8 0

A u 8 A

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30
J I

C
a ,

SO'
r <

22

er

=
u
25
2 ? 5 7 A 8
z)
a J

:,.n
z

a B C

3:,
I

*,
b

.^

F
c
F.

24
a *q

I
?-

84 84 7? 49 51
J I

l:

c
3
D

; :A
i.

D D

34 35 36 38

;
'Estrma:ed F-

F r
t
F

265

SCORE CONYER^9IONS FOR GENERAL TEST 6 ONLY AND TEE PERCENTSBELOW'

Vlrid 36rr Scaled Scorer a&d percrntr Bslow t 06oHrr llrlt|bd t Lbt Saora lrbr trofl \ Bcbw Sceled Scorer rnd Pereenl! Belos t krftdn * ADstydrd 8.br Scor! BG{or Srorr
aa

t l

70 69 68 o/ 66 64 83 62 800 800 790 780

n4

n m
21 2 18 1E
17 1(

5@ 490 480 460 450 44 430 414 400 390 380 360 350 340
\$v

a1

34

6
ZJ

21 18
to '14 13 10 9 I 7

A

59
5

56 54
5

52
It

750 74 730 TN 700

1 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0

310 300 290 284 264 250

1 'I

no
214

'|

mo ?o0 200 M
M U

68
N

61 5,9 55 52 .t9 46 a4 39
'Percent scoring belcw l}le sled Sptember 30, 1986.

score, bsd m the pertormarce ot the 916,6a] examrEes sbo lOOkt,}e Genatal Test between October '1. i9E3. and

ri f; ii

!:.

?ffi

t-' !:
f,:

L SECTION 3 Time-30 minures 30 Questions Numbers: Figures: All numbers usedare real numbers. Positionof points,angles, reSions, etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures c a n b e a s s u m et d o beposirive. Linesshownas straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures that accompany questions are intendedto provide information usefulin answering thc questions- However. unless a note statesthat rfigure is drawn to scale, you should solvethese'proUta6 NoT by estimating sizes by sight or by measurement, but by usingyour knowledge of matiematrcs(see Example2 below). D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h eQ u e s . t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u are to comparethe rwo quantities and choosc A B C D Note: Common G[5iilIiion, if thc quantity in Column A is greater; if the quantity in Column B is greater; if the two quantities are equal; if the relationship cannor be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
k,

H
F
rI'

t
t:

ft
t,r J:

rL

t F
F t I

\$
!. I
I

I
i-

Since t h e r ea r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN , EVER MARK (E). In a question, informationconcerning one or both of the quantiries to be comparedis centered above the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columns represents the sameitring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA ColumnB SampleAnswers

E x a m p l el : Examples24 re{erto A PQR.

2x6

2+6

rD@oP@

E x a m p l e2 :

@@@(D

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough Ply' and ,,t/Qappear equal) Example 3:

E x a m p l c4 :

w i

r80

279

Column A

C o l u m nB

The diameterof the inscribcdcircleis 2. 6. Thc perimeterof square ABCD

2.

x2

y2

x=-7
2t

x ) l
x2

4"

'/oo v15
x2*/2-81 x2-y2-0

The price of an article of clothing was reduced from \$25 to \$20" The reduced price of the article was then increased by x percentto return it to \$25.

5"

xr-ya

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

280

3'

*: *

li
A B C D i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ; if the quantityin Column B is greater: if the two quantities are equal; if the relationship cannot be determinedf r o m t h e i n f o r m a t i o n given.
I

s
*.
E* r

E
E ?
l-.

C o l u m nA

C o l u m nB

C o l u m nA

C o l u m nB

? :
'{ :
I

8.. tn I!

s ::i t-6 F E
J:

s+/

r+k

tl

Q rl l Q z l4

ro.
il

++ 4.r
v*5 {5-r)0-5)

< l - 3

)
J

8 ' 3 '7 ' m I l. The grearest of the The sumof 0.325 ard four fractions given the least of thefour above fractions givenabove
14. x is an integer, and the remainderwhen 2x is divided by 4 is 0. The remainderwhen x i s d i v i d e db y 4 0

l l

t
I

r
!: I

t: E

* ,
tt t

I I

r, s, and t are the radii of three circular regions that have areas R, S, and 7", respectively. R=25 andS:2I |5. 2t

1.

r I
t.

a\$ 3 t

281
GO ON TO T H E N E X T P A G E .

Directions: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For eacb of these guestions, selectthe best of the iiFir:r-E-oiccsgiven.

1 7 .If a smalljuice can contains 200 milliliters of

juice, how many liters of juice are there in a casccontaining 48 small cans?( I liter = 1,000 milliliters)

{A) 0.e6 (B) e.6 (C) e6 (D) 960 (E) 9,600

lE.lf ;6=2, then x= (A) -E (B) -4 (C) 4
1t

20. In thc figureabove,x = (A) 35 (B) 55 (C) 125 (D) r45 (E) r50

(D) 6

(E) E

t9 {3x 100)+(4x l ) + ( 5 x 1 , 0 0 0 ) + ( 6lx 0)= (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 3,456 3,564 4,635 5,346 5"364
:5*

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

282

t,
X:.

E E
ii

F
t ;

2 l - 2 5r e f e rt o t h ef o l l o w i n gd a t a Questions

SPEEDOF WII,IDSIN THE UNITED STATES (miles perhour)

Up to and Including 1967 Aveage High A t l a n t a ,G a . Boston, Mass. Buffalo,N.Y. Chicago, Ill. Cincinnati, Ohio Denver,Colo. Helena,Mont. M i a m i ,F l a . Montgomery, Ala. Mt. Washington ,.tL N NewYork,N.Y. Omaha, Nebr. Pittsburgh, Pa. Salt Lake City, Utah San Diego,Calif. Washington, D.C. Up to and Including 1979 Avera

H G
t.
?l

tl

," :.
XI f I

9.2 | 3.0 t2.6 10.2 7.1 9.3 7.9 9.0 6.9 15.6 9.6 il.1 9.4 8.7 6.5 9.5

t0 65 9t 60 49 56 73 132 60 231 70 73 58 7l 5l 7E

9.t t2.6 12.3 t0.4 7.1 9.0 7.9 9.2 6.7 35.0 9.4 t0.8 9.3 8.8 6.7 9.3

i.,

Designation

Miles per Hour

Calm Lessthan I Moderatebrccze. . 13 to 18 Near gale 32 to 38 S t o r m .. " 55to 63 Lightair ... tro3 F r e s h b r e e z e . " . . . . 1 9 t o 2 4 Gale.. . . . 3 9 t o 4 6 V i o f e ns t torm.,.. 64 to73 L i g h tb r e e z .e ...... 4 to7 Gentle b r e e z. e. . . . 8 t o 1 2 S t r o n gb r e e z c . . . . 2 5 t o 3 l S t r o n g g a l e .. . . . . 4 7 t o 5 4 Hurricanc .. . 74 and above

283

2 l Through t967 what was the ratio of the highcst

to the awrage wind specdfor Boston, Massachusctts? (A) 5:l (D) 8:l (B) 6:l (E) 9:l (O 7:l

24. For which of the placesshown was the absolute value of tbe differencebetweenthe average wind speedthrough 1967and the averagewind specd through 1979greatest? (A) (B) (C) {D) (E) Boston Chicago Mt.Washington Omaha San Diego

22. For the three placeswhosc avcrage wind speeds

through 19?9werethe three highest,approximately what was the avcragc (arithmctic mean) in miles pcr hour? of those wind speeds

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

zJ.

r57 r5l 60 2A t2

31, 1967 December 25. The data infers that, between which of the following was and January l, 1980, true? 'I. There was a hurricanewind recordedin ' IIL II. Omaha. ry wind speedin Montgome The average w a s 6 . 8 m i l e sp e r h o u r . The *'ind speedin Chicagowas neveras high as 60 milesper hour. (B) II only (C) | and lll only

For how many of the placesshown did the highest*'ind speed changefrom 1967to 19792 (A) One (D) Six (B) Two (C) Three

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

2U

26. Ricardo lives4 kilometers due westof Pat's house.Ann lives6 kilometers due north of pat's houseand 4 kilometers due westof David's house.What is thc straight-line distance, in kilometers, from Ricardo'shouseto David's house? (A) (B) 4 5

(D) l0 (E) t2

(c) 8

27. Of the following,whichis mostncarlyequal

29. ln the figure abovi, thc circte is inscribedin the square.If the square hassideof lengfh 100,then the perimeter of the square is approximarely how much greater than the circumference of the circle? (A) 9,686 (B) 2,150 (D) t00 (E) 86 (C) 243

n.
b

la E

f 3 r

*
i-

toi?

(A)i1 (B)i

(c) i1

tr (D)ii

15 (E)2T

If a certain objeA has beenmoving at the constsnt rate of r metersper minute, how many metershas the object moved in the last y seconds?

n l (30) One month Mary used of her monthly f, ' salary for a car payment and more than the i car payment for rent. What fraction of her monthly salarydid Mary usethat month for the car paymentand rent combined?

(A) t
(B) i

r (c) 6-0t 60 (D) xy

(E) 60xy

(qt

(D) +
G)#

285

SECTION 4 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers; Figures: All numbers usedarc real numbers. to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures etc.can be assumed regions, Position of points,angles, can be assumedto be positive. Lines shown as straigbt can be assumedto bc straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated. questions are intendedto provide information usefulin answering thc quesFiguresthat accompany problems that a figure is drawn to scale,-vou tions. However,unless a note states shouldsolvethese (see of mathematics NOT by estimating by sight or by measurement. but by using'yourknowledge sizes Example 2 below). of two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You Directions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists a?-o c66-pare the two qGiliiiEiiiffioose A B C D Itiote: Common In a question,informationconcerning to be comparedis centered above iiF6Tin?Iion: one or both of the quantiries the two columns.A synbol that appean in both columns represents the samething in Column A as it does in Column B. if if if if thc quantity in Column A is greater; the quantityin Column B is grcater: are equal; the two quantities cannotbe determined from the i*formation given. the relationship

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).

A Column
E x a m p l el : Examplcs 24 refer to A PQR.

ColumnB

2x6

2+6

Example 2:

NQ

@ @ @ o

(sinceequalmeasures cannot be assurned, eventhough P,\ and NQ appearequal) Example3:

@{D@@@
(since ,N is bctq'een P and Q)

4: Example

w* z

t80

GO O\- TO THE NEXT PAGE.

286

A B C D

if if if if

t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ; t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; the two quantities a r ee q u a l ; the relationshipcannot be determined from the inforynation given.

C o l u m nA

Column B

Column A Jx2=21 6.

Column B

Maria is 50 inches tall. Her coatweighs 2 pounds l . T h e t o t a ln u m b e ro f poundsthat Maria and her coat weigh

t00

-r*4= l0

2.

-_,'

x percent of 24 is 12.

50
D, E, and .F are midpoints of the sidesof LABC asshown 7. The sum of the areas of the shadedregions The area of the region enclosed by quadrilateral DBEF

b=2o*l 8. 4. m-{.x*-;')
n-(r+t') n=7.193

2b

4a*l

5.

(- l;to

( - l 1 tt

9. The number of distinct positive factors of n

l0

GO ON TO T H E N E X T P A G E

?47

A if tbc quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

if thc two quantities are equal;

D if the rclationship cannot be determinedfrom the inforrrration given

ColurnnA

Column B

C o l u m nA
Let lrl=J.

C o l u m nB
l I f i is an odd integer;

let @=6,

i f x is an eveninteger.

3r is odd, and 5 + s r a n d s a r ei n t e g e r s , is odd.

lJ.

r ^t
{J

t0.

QR
72-x2-l andr*0f+l

It.

y4

The length of an edgeof cube R is 2 and the lengrhofan edgeofcube I is 3. .. The ratio of the 12. Thciatio of the v o l u m eo f c u b e R surfacearcaof to that of cube ?" cubc R to that of cube I

I A

l_5

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,

288

Directiols Eachof the Questions lG30 hasfive answer choices. For eachof thesequestions, select the bestof the . answerchoices given.

| 6. If the sum of two numbcrsis l4 and their diffcrenceis 2, what is the product of the two numbcrs? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 24 28 40 45 48

t e .I f i + * = } ,
(A)

tnenx=

(B) e
(c) ll (D) t3 (E) r5 4 , 4 , 4 4 4 9 ' 9 ' , 9 ' 9 9 - = 4 9

17. A secretary typcd 6 letters,each of which had either I or 2 pages.If the sccrctarytypd l0 pagesin all, how many of the lettershad 2 pages?. {A) | (B) 2

) a ' 9 (^)f i (B ); ( c)ir (D) i (E)

(D) 4 (E) 5

(c) 3

t\ t \
(C) 8

ii

;
1

t X
t 8 . lf the areaof L PQR aboveis 32. what is the
lengnh of PR ? (B) 7 (A) 2 (D) t6 (E) 32

{ E ;
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

289

2l-25 refcrto thc followingtablc. Questior,s CO}.ISUMERCOMPLAINTS RECEIVED BY THE CIVIL AERONAUTICSBOARD Category
,., F l i g h tp r o b l e m s Baggage Customcr scrvice Oversalesof seats Refund problems Fares ... Reservationsand ticketing Tours . Smoking Advertising Credit Special passengers Other . ...; '..

t980 (Pcrccnt) 20.aEo l8.3 r.3.I r0.5 t0.I 6.4 5.E 3.3 3.2 t.2 1.0 0.9 6.2
lffi.0Va Total Number of Complaints 22,988

l98l (Pcrccnt) 22.t% 21.8

rr . 3

I 1.8 E.l 6.0 5.6 2.3 2.9 l.l 0.8 0.9 5.3 100.0% 13,27E

con2 1 . Approximately how many complaints cerning Credit were receivedby the Civil AcronauticsBoard in 1980? (B) 220 (C) 230 {A) n3 (D) r,330 (E) 2,300

did thetotal whatperccnt 22. By approximatcly to from 1980 decrcasc numberof complaints r 9 E l? (A) 4A9o (B) 60Va (C) 'tSVo (D) 10070 (E) t7SVo

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

2m

23. lf thc categories, cxcept*Other,-are ranked by of complainc from grcatestto tcast, for l:Icent now many of the catcgories would thc rank change f r o m l 9 g 0t o t g g t ? (A) Three (D) Seven (B) Four (E) Eight (C) Six

W h i c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n gs r a t e m e n r s canbe Inrerred lrom thetable? Flighr problems.Baggage. and Cus_ tomer servicetogether accounted for more than 50 percentof all consumer complainrsreceived by the Civil AeronauticsBoard. I t . The number of Specialpassenger com_ pralnts wasunchangef dr o m l 9 g 0 t o l 9 8r ill F r o m t 9 8 0 r o l 9 g I t h e n u m b e ro f F l i g h t problem complaintsincreased by moi than 2 percent. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) I only ll onty I and ll onlv t and llt oniy l, ll. andttl

t . In 1980 andin 198 1 .c o m p l a i n ra sb o u r

24. lf the circle graphsbelow (drawn to scale) represe nt total consumercomptaintsfor f 9gO, " whichgraph showsa shaded secrorrh;; corresponds to Flight problemsand Refund proDtems combined?

291

jv

29. The volume of a cylindrical tank is directly

proportional to the height and the squareof the radius of the tank. If a certain tank with a radius of t0 ccntimeters has a volume of 20,000cubic centimeters,what is the volume, in cubic centimeters.of a tank of the same heightwith a radius of l5 centimeters?

o
26. ln the figure above, LMNO and GHJK are rect-

andP:

(c) 30,000 (D) 15,000 (E) 4,500

30.If y= of x? (A) -* (B) | *x
a a * b

luN.
and x : f;, what is y in terms

What fraction of the rcgion bounded by L*{NO

( A ) l r n r I r o | { D ) 3( D i
2 7 . At 9:00a.m. train 7 left tb train station and
two hours later train S lcfi the same statioo 60 kiloon a parallel track. Iftrain I averaged meters per hour and train .S averaged75 kile' meters per hour until S pasred I, at what time did S pass I? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 2:00p.m. 5:00p.m. 6:00p.m. 7:00p.m. 9:00p.m.

( c )r * *

(D) #;
(E) j-f;

2 8 Bv weight,liquid ,{ makesup 7.0 percentof

solutionI and 14.5percent of solutionII. If grams of solution I is mixed with 2 grams of solutionll. then liquid ,{ accounts for what percentof the weight of the resultingsolution? (A') 6.WEo (B\ lUTa C\ {D\ 2t.57o (EJ 507o rc.75%

292

ir

I
:

FT FOR GENERALTEST 7 ONLY

Answer Kcy and Percentager' of Eramlnecg Anrwerlng Each Qucr{on Co,rccdy
YSUU,IilUTY
8Gth. ftEt. l'3||t t i
.i

qNl.'TIfiIVE AI',ITY t rd.|2

ltsllcl 3

lMr.mcrltmJTl
t c\$aa I

b3

3.3U|| a

B
t.ilrI
||tf,t P+

P + l{|'r!at
03 66 6l 62 58 5l 1 5t 9t 1 2 4

^Errt
A

P+ 87 75 59 60

fr|ttr 1 2 4

&sr!t

P + iurnar
90 e5 86 81
?r I

htf,t

P+

1l!0i.
t

Affi A

?+

|Ha
t

1 3 1

E
A I A

o
A

ct
I 6E &) 8.t

B A
o

n B D

7 8

o
10 11 12
IJ

l z s I' E
l
1
J1 12 13 15 lo 17 18 19

c
0
E

,t0 21 94 86 <t

3 4
J

A B A B D B A B

2 3 1 5 6

c
E I D
B

186 172 lnl

2 3
4 5

c
B

D 8 v 10

A A

u
71 73 g)

68 56

a, l
B
o U E

c
c
U

u
Rt

s
t 4 3 ,to a 86 79 76
64 73 80 l 68 3) ll 7 1 I 17
i
I

8 9 10 11 12 13 lrt
1t

c B
A

lsl la4 lsr

i'

l a

o
E A

65 52 87 58 86 91 81 75 5.t

c
7 E 9 10 ll 12 13 14 15 16 17 16 19

45 3C 45 36 .to 2' 54 52
V

50 45 30
JI

B
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
c

s
36 42 28 12 13 14 15
to

lso ltt

o o
E

o
A I

l*
t 4

14 1t t6 18 19 20

o o
D

112 167 l5r

12 36 32 16 16 35 17 32

E a
A

n e,
EO 57 6l 24 51 G}

A n

t<
tr

83 4a st 63 s 23 v

u
87 96 w 87 62 89 66 48

17 18 19

16 17 j8
1q

A D
E

D E A

u
52 18
Q,

7a

n n
21 25 6
E

20 21 2.
ZJ

n
21 2. 73 24 25

o
A

&
21 2.

2.

tr B
n A c

?1 A 23 24
ZJ

n
21 25 26

72 49 30

o
B

o
A I

A E

6a

24
)1

st
44 35

58 52 59 90 81 79 78 53 17 3Kl 41 32
1t &

o A

n
24

E A B A

a
12

c2

26 a a 30

o
50
A c
6

E
a l

2A 29 30
al

o
I D
E

u n
&l 82 5a 45 36

lv &l

26

27

n
30 3l x
\$

n E

28 a
w

B
o l

l 34
l tt1

3|

w
3|3 3
AR

A B E

u
a<

B
t A

36 37 38

n
a2

a,

o
q a

38

'Estimatcd P + tor lhc group ot axaminoas who took t}!r GRE Goneral Test in a rsc6nt tttre!-yoar tloriod.

305

SCORE CONVERSIONSFOR GENERAL TEST 7 ONLY AND TIIE PERCBNTSBELOW'

ulrld Scrhd Scorq: .dd Perccotr Eolor I hdrh rr|'ocd t
9e 99 I 99 96 98 97 96 95 94 93 c2 91 86

Ylrtl

Scglad Scorer and porccntr Brlon l hnndtrthr f &\$*r 510 500 490 470 460 6.{} 630 610 600 580 '/0 550 548 89 81 78 76 70 58 62 60

rc-ie'
72 71 70 69 s 67 66

8fi' 7\$ rdo 760 79 7& 730 7m 7m g) 880 670 660 650 610

30

n n
27 a 25 24
330 330 320 310 300 290 280 270

u
63 62
6l @ 59 53 57 58 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 15 44 13 42 41 40 39 38
a7

450 430 420 410 390 380

J/U

5
5r0 490 470 1& 444 430 410 400 380 370 350
I

s
51 46 39 37 30 n n 21 17 15 t1
7 1

n
E&
ECX) 800 790 7X' g) gl

2.

360 348 .s 320 300

s30 6An
600 590 580
9n

s
99 99 c! 97 94

r9
18 17 15 15 14 13 800 {p S 9 800 800 m 9 7W TtO 750 7s0 99 99 9 99 99 9 9E 98 97 96 94 93 91 8Il 86
ta

m
zfr 7& z 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

m
zfi
ZQ

n0
750 740 73) 710

560 550 540 540 aio 520 510 sff) 490 4(} 474 460 450 4A 448 430 4m

c2
91 87 E5 8 3 79 n 7 70 67 65 61 58 55 51 45 4

zfi 240 210 200 200 200 200 M

1 'I 1

7m
0 670 680 650 6g) 620 6r0 590 580 570 550 540 s30

7 G5

ru m m

1 -1

7m 7r0 '-.F O 670 660

36

"Porcant scoring betow tha grven scaled icore, 5ased on ths portormance ol \$e 7gs.276 examinees wno look the Genarsl Test betleer 1981, and Scptembr 30. ,t984.

Ociober 1

306

3:.,

&.:

F
SECTION 2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers:
Figures: All numben usedare real numbers. Position of points, angles,regions, etc. c;rn bc assumed to bc in the order shom; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straight. Figurescan be asiumed to lie in a plane unlessorhcrwisc indicated. Figurcsthat accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information uscful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawnto scale,you should solve theseproblems Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example 2 bclow). Each qf the Ques-tions l-.15. consistsof two quandties,one in column A and one in column 3T!!tf ""st B. you are to compare rhe two quantiriEilEFhoose A B C D Note: Common if the quantity in Column A is greareq if the quantiry in Column B is lrearer; if the two quantitiesare equal; if the rerationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
3'.

F
f
f I:

ji 3'

s'r *

F '{
F

Sinccthereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, informationconcerningone or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centered above the two columns'A symbol thar appe-ars in both columns represents the samething in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A ColumnB Sample Answen

IiEiEiIion:

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples 24 referrc A,peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measurcs cannot be assumed,even though Pil and NQ appear equal) Example 3:

Examole 4:

w*z

t80

313

c
Column A

if rhe two quantities are equal;

D if the rclationship cannot bc determinedfrom thc information given. Column B Column A ColumnB'

,F * Jss
2x+5y=24 l5.xS3

2A

the teamwon 2. (4)(t05)

rt = Q

400,000 .r>0
. t * l

* 0
.r1

4.

8 - (-12) - 5

5+(-8)+12
G

Sevencars were usedto transport the members of a chessteam to their match. and each car contained either 4 team memben or 3 team members.

5. The total numberof merd&n on rhe chess team;r

25

45"
ACEF is a square. Thc area of triangular regon BCD is L

3.5

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

3r4

A B C D Column A

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannotbe determined from the informationsiven. Column B
r

ColumnA

ColumnB

The area of a circular region with radius 5

I I - The ratio of the lesserof rwo consecutive positivein tegers to the greater

) ;

In the rectangular coordinatesystem. segment Op is rotatedcounterclockwise rhrough an angleof 90'to posirion OQ (not shown). The -r+oordinate of point p - I

RS is a diameterof the circle. 12- The measure of L RIS The measure of l_ R,fS

*:-:2 : - 3 -r_t'
(-t - -r,):

t6

Tiiangular garden ABC is redesigned by increasing the length of AC by 20 pcrcent to point C' and decreasing rhe lenEh of AB by 20 percent to point 8'. | 5- The area of rhe ongrnal gardet ABC The area of the redesigned garden AB'C'

C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

Drections: InFE6ices l l
l

Each of the Questbns l&30 has five answerchoices.For each of these questions,selectthe bestof the gven.

16.

? ' d
l

1-4
(A) 0 (B)
I

I I

.t-\-tlhas above of thecubeshown 19. Eachedge a{ t-BDE? length s. What is theperirneter (A) 3s (B) 6s

;
I

(c)i
(D) I (E) 7

t 7 A train travels60 milesperhour for 3 hoursand

(c)-1c / t

/:

per hour for I hours.What is the then45 rniles in milesper hour duringthe speed tr3in'saverage 5-hou period?

p) 3sy? (E)2r +'JT

20. If the perimeterof a triangleis 18.then the length of one of the sidesCANNOT be

(A) 55 tB) 54

(E) 50
It

.:,

(A) r

(B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e

thanthesumof .t and 3.v,then If 4-t ls 9 grcater greater than y ? x is how much (A) 3 (B) 6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(c) e

(D) 12 (E) l5

316

+
4 v;

9qesti,ons 2l-25 refer to the following graphs. Alt referencesto "dollars" in thcsc qr:estionsarc the l9g5 dollan referrcd to in the graphs.

f i
i

TOTAL EXPENDITURESFOR MEDICAL CARE IN THE UNTTED STATES 1975 AND 1985
Sourcesof Expenditures (in billions of 1985dollars) Paid By r

1985 total: 5425

m"ffiL
;alFederat H government

Slnai"iauar

a
Distributioir of Expenditures (in billions of 1985 dollan) 1975 rotal: 5240 1985toral: 5425

State and local ffi government Other private sourcss.such as on-siteindustrial scrvices and philanthropies

t Paid For

care ffi Hospiral

Other personal health care expenditures.such as drugs, eyeglasses, and orthopedic appliances

ElPhysician scrvices
Other national health expenditures. suchas constnrction offacilities and rescarch QNoninghome Note: Drawn to scale. carc
& e a

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

317

21. The category that accounted for \$27 billion of the distributionof medical expendirures in l9?5 accounted for how many billion dollarsof the distributionof medical expenditures in 1985 ?

23. In 1985approximarelywhat percenrof all medical , expenditureswas paid for physician services? (A) (B) (g (D) G) 20% 2s% 30% 35% q%

(c) 30 (D) 35 (E) 53

(A) re tB) 22

22" In 1985the amount of medicalexoenditures oaid bv the federal government was how many times'the amount paid by state and local government? (A)

24. The prcentof total medicalexpenditures paid by private insurancein 1975was most nearlyequal to the percentof total medicalexpenditures paid by which of the following in 1985? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Private insurance Federalgovernment Individuals Stateand local government Other private sources

'a
I

(B) t a

(c) t 4I
l (D) '. 1

25. What was the approximateprcrnt increax in total medicalexpenditures from 1975to 1985 ? (A) 44% (g\ 1't%

.7 3 (E) L

,i].:

i1
iJ:;

3r8

28. lf -x -andI F on tbe numberline shownabove, which of tbc following statemcntsutu"tU" tn eZ

(A)
26. In tbefigureabove,nllp. lf x : 30 and -y = 80, what is the valu of z 2(A) 70 (B) 6s (g 60 (D) 55 (E) 50

yl t z-

ral{<z

t *'i
(D).r+7<l

27. Of the following; which is thc closcst approximation to (A) (B) I 5

(9 *y <t
29. If thc prodrrt of fivc-integers is an odd inqrr, exacttyhow many of the fir,emust be odd? (A) One [B) T"o (C) ThEe (D) Four (E) Five
30. One-&th of a circular pie has beenservd- If the rcst of-the pie is divided into n equal sewinp, tben each of thesc servingsis what fraction of tbc whole pic?

(E) t00

(c) lo tD) 20

(A)

,ft

(B)?
(c)
I

n -T

b - r (D)=#

L# (E)

319

SECTION6 Time-30 minures 30Questions Numbers:

Figures:

All numbersusedare rial riumbcrs Positionof points,angles, regions, etc.canbeassumed to be in theordershown; andangle measures can be assumed to bc positive. Linesshownas straight canbeassumed to be straight. Figures'can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwisc indicated. Figures that accomPany questions areintended to provideinformation useful in answering the questions.However, unless a notestates thata figureis drawnto scale, you should solvetheselroblems NoT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement, but by using yourknowledg. of *"r[r.*atics (see Example 2 below).

D i r e c t i o n sE : achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,ooeinColumnAandoneinColumnB.you are to comparethe two quantitiesand choose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the retationship cannotbe determined from rhe informarionsiven.

Sincethereare onl.vfour choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Common ;-;.,..._ I nlorEratlon: ln a question,informationconccrning one or both of the quantities to b compared is centered above the two'columns.A symbolthat appclrs in both columnsi.pr.r.nt, rhe same itring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m n B . Column A E x a m p l el : Column B
) + A

2x6

o @ @ @ @

Examole2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measurcs cannot bc assumed, eventhough Pff and NQ appearequal) Example 3:

v
w+z t80

@ o @ @ @
(since .ff is betweenP and Q)

Examole 4;

332

c
Colunn A

cannot bc dctermincdfrom the information givenD if rhe relationship

ColumnB
(-t)7

Column A
(arithThe arneragc rnetic mcan) of 5 numbcrs, each less than 7 and geater than 6

ColumnB
The averagc (arithmetic nrcan) of 7 nurrbers, cach less than 6 and greater than 5

x>2an4z>2 ) 3.
"l

1
2.500

li: E

(
i !:

s a n d t are positirc nunben

+ 2q1s) 2s(26)

"i

4.

N
5, 60
Point O is the csnter of the circle in the rectangular coordinate systema * b
m * n

333

c
ColumnA

A if the guantity in Column A is grearer; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

Column B

n and. r are positive integers such that 4 n_ 2 r + l

Last year retail salesin Country M totzld x dollars, and the retail salesofthe 5 largest retz;lersin Countr.v M accounted for 75 percentof this total.

12. The average (ari thmetic

mean)retail sales for the 5 largestretailersin Country M last year

fi ootlu",

Lines I and m are parallel.

t0.

AB

BC

F-}-|
xl* 4

6 11-nrrmbr is a positiveiategerwirh the special property that 3 times its unis' digit is equai ro 2 timesits tens'digit.

14.The number of K-numben

Il. x + z

X)+y

betweenl0 and 99 In an election eachvoter voted for one of two candidates, X and I. The numberof votcs that CanciiI

date X receivedwas j more than the number of votes that Candidate ), re.ceived.

4 .

GO ON TO THE N'EXT PACE.

334

ii.-

'!,.

ts
E<

Drections Eachof the Qucstions1630 hasfive answerchoices. For ach of thcscqrslbas, schctthe bestof thc answcrdroicrs gitrcn.
16" If iatcger r w,erc dividcd by 7, the quotient would be 12 with a rcmainder of t. Ttrcrcfore, r equet-c

{. a
i
t:

(A) el

(B) go (c) 88 (D) 85 (E) 83

19. If 4x * 3y : 8 d of y?

:'},

whatis tbcvatuc

F
t
f i

::

17.lf y * 0 and 2x + y: 12,thcnwhbbofthe following is NOT a p6ssible valuc of x ? (A) t2 (B) l0 ( g t (D) 6 (E) 4

(A)I

t
!l

(.,3
(D) 3

(B) 2

(E,+
20. Two people werchired!o mowa lawn for a total of ry:.Tbey completed thcjob with oneperson workingfor I hour and20mioutes and theother working 40 minutes. If r.hey split the S45in proportion to theamountof timeeathspcntworkingon thejob, how mrrch did thepcrson who worked longerreceive?

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE-

335

Qucstions 3l-25 refer to rhefollowingablc. NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLESIN FI!'IE COUNTRTES 1983 AND l9E5
Number of Moror Vehicles

r983
Countr,v
A

r985
Per1.000 Population ?46 752
lo/

tz)

109 60

49
l3

B
C

v
r09
./-J

29
49

D ,

r90

220 453

447 9 t l square = mile 2.6 squarekilometers

21. If in 1983the toral areaof Counrry g was 95,000squaremiles. how many million motor vehicles did ir have?

24. If rhe populationof Country D in l9g3 was 80 million, thenthe numberof motor vehicles in thar country was how many million?

(A) r,6 (B) 2.2 {c) 4.r (D) 5.7 (E) 6.3
22" In 1985 Country D hadapproximarely howmany motor vehicles per square mile? (A) 190 (B).125 (c) I l0 (D) 50 (E) 35 23" In 1983 the numberof motor vehicles persquarc mile for Country .E wasapproximately what percentof rhe numberof motor vehicles pcrsquarc mile for Country I ? (A) l8% (B) 2t% (c) 27% p) 33% (E) 47%

(A) ls.2 (B) 16.5 (c) l7.o {D) 17.6 (E) r8.l
25. In 1985 thenumber of square kilometers per 100 motor vehicles in Country C wasapproxrmately (A) (B) (c) tD) (E) 0.29 0.34 1.34 2.90 3.45

C'OON TO THE NEXT PACE.

336

26. If 5 pcrccnr ofa recrangular lot is covered by a rectargular shedthatis 25 feetlongand 24 feet widc,whatis thc areaof the lot in square feet? (A) 3,000 (B) 5,700 (q t2,000

29. ln a certain country, a pcrsoa is born every 3 secondsand a person-dies every fO scconOs. I herclorc, the birth and death rat6 account for a population grovth rate of onc person svcry

(D) 2a500 (E) 30,000

2 7 . F o rx * 2 (A) I a n dx * 3 , *+;{l

(A)'1*
', (B) 4i sx (g 7 sec
1

@) tl j sec @ l3sec 30- If r and s are positiveintegers, eacficraterthan I, and if ll(s - l) : l3(r - l), whai is the least possiblevalueof r * s?
-L..

r');,^ X -2 (L/ t:---= s - J

/h\ u4 G.-zt6=5

(A) 2 (B) ll

'r: - 4:r + 6 ,o, '-' (-r 2)(.r - 3) A cirnrlarregionhascircumference c inches and areak square inches.Ifc = 3ft, whatis the radius of thecirclein inches?

(D) 24 (E) 26

(c) 22

.')f
(q3
(D) f
(E) ?
1-

(A)f

337

FOR GENERAL TEST 8 ONLY

Amsgr Key urd PerDernegerof Exernlnees Anmrlng
E!
t (!0|t

Eaehajedlon corrGcty
fi/U.YIEAAUUfi b.6ri t

trtttTt SrE L*-2

|ltarTrTfimAl|uTY
\$.td 6

s.toe t P+ 9'l 80 90 77 79 68 59 8l 57 78 61 64 70 62 53 35 49 9 63 46 3l 44 59 41

hniar

lrrltf

1 2
r3 4 5 6 9 1

B A
A C E D

P+ 94 9{ 71 &l 55 tl3 53

lrnlcr 1 2 3 , 1 ' 5 E 7 8 9

lrrilt t ) A B C D D E 0 B

?+

Xonbr
1 2 3 4
R

lErrr

c, c)
56 78 4 t5

9{

c c
A D A B D D B D A

P+ 93 &l 83 CI 89 78 TI 74 55 e0 68 38 47 z7

llus|la
2 3 4 5
o

Anrmr
A
6

A B
h

P 91 p a2 74 68 T7 7A 61 45 17 49 35 6 c7 6 93 8l 80 75 70 'rn
JO

*
2 3 4 5 6 I I t0 1t 12 13 l1 t5 t6 17 t8 19

lnrrw
E B D E U A D A I A E B A A E n B B
E

llumbrr Armr
1

?+

2
J

1
3 D

E A D B B A

7 6
0 t 2 3 5 8 7 8 9

A D

e A

79 @ 59 44 4l 31

cl &+ c)
61 58 53 38 I t9 86 tt{' 88 5a zl 17 71 81 /t0 58 3C

6 7 8 I 't0 11 12 t3 1,1 t5 t 6 1 7 'r8 1 9 N 21 2 N 21 6 6 2 .

7 I 9 10 11 12 13 't1 15 16 18 13 20 21 2. 23 24 25 26

A D A

7
6

I i51

i80 l n 172 162 i61

l7e

10 1I 13 14 t< 16 17 18 19 20

c
E B B E

I 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1

B D 8 D D E A C C

11 "c .E r2 1 3 4 11 B 1 5 C 1 1 1 r N 6 7 8 9 t E C B A B D C

| 6-/ lel 181 I 1p 86

.16 50 49 44 52 55 28 25 't8 63 73 59

c
A E 8 A D E E 0 A C B A C

27 92 53 34

81 80 63
o

n A
o

o
B

c
h

49 92 71 71 55 37 62 44 41 9. 27

n n

A D B
E E
v

21 2 . 2 3 21 25. 2 2 6 7 0 r } 4 5 6 7 8

B A 8 C E A E

58 68 81 59 /tg 34

a
a

2 2

21 A

D E

B B A E
E

21 2

66 56 3/t
t

24 6

n n

21

24 25

A 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 3 3

E E D C E 8 8 E D A

8rt 60 75 76 58 37 45 37 26

a s7

6 N 3 *Sl -32 ,is3

.i3l -36 3 3

r
0

A B E C A c
A E

a, st e

N 3

7 0

E D

28 29 30

B E

d5 40 32 15

68 64 57 3 rl0 37 6 E
period

6 8

'Estimalsd

who t@k fle GR Gneal Tesl in a recn! three-)ar

3M

SCORE COIIVERSIONS FOR GEIIERAI TEST 8 OI{LY ANO THE PERCE}ITS EELOW'
% B:lor S..lra Scoil % Brlor 3.\$d % Esan Srlor

a'
S.d Sr'| 650 6/q) a0 610 t ldgr

Sco'r

s.rha A Ec!il ldil 0 1m 420 {10 1{n 390 380 370 3q) 360 29 28 27 3.| 31 31 I 6 2 20 17 15 15

S.d.a * Sco.. Ltor 610 6m 590 5g} 560 550 540 5A) 510 5q) 1g) 170 160 450 {t{) 4A) t10 390 380 370 350 340 KX} 310 290 zffi 260 ?44 230 210 200 200 2m 200 m0 60 5E 55 53 16 45 (l 3S 37 31

H
t I
i

7r.76 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65

F.

m
5dl 5il0 560 5{t 5C'

u
ff,

a.
51 60 59 58 tl s 55 54

c)
27 25

s2e 5m
4C)

m
frn
P0 610 590 580 570 560 550 540 530

n
19 17 l5 12 1l I 7 6

m
84 82 79 76 74 7'i 69 66 64

800
600 790 7m 780 n0 760 lfi 740 730

25 21 t3 2. 21 20 19 18 16
l4

4m 4dt
1\$ (X,

+m
ill0

3!n

s3 52
51 5i) 49 48 47 45 45

2
I 1 I 1 1 I I I 1
I

u
43 42

14 13 12 11 10 I 8 7 6 5 &4

xm

'Percent sorinS below lhe scaled score is based on the perfomance of 1,04o.3-16eramin who tmk the Ceneral T6t betwen Ocrober l, 1988, and September30, 1991. This tErcent below information is ued for rore repons during the I 992-91 testing yeat

345

SECTION 3 Trme-3O minutes

Numbcrs:
Figures:

3OQrmtions All numbers used arc real numbers Position of points, angles,rcgions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight. Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plaoe unlessotherwiseindicated. Figuresthat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information usefut in ans*ering the questions' Howevel, unlessa notc.statesthal a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethese"problems NOT by estimaiing sizesby sight or by meas-urement, but by using your knowledgeof mat|ematics (see Example 2 bclow).

Directions: Each of the Questionsl - 15 consists of two quantities, one in Cotumn A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two guantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: Common I-il66iiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannor bc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). Il a question, information concerningorc or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centered above the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameining in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B SampleAnswers (D@@@@

E{ample l;

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, cven though P/V and NQ appearequat)

Example 3:

@rD@@@
(since ff is between P and Q)

.Example 4:

w*z

tE0

358

c
Column A

A if tbe quantity in Column A is grcatcr; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if the two quartities arc equaf

D if tbe relarionship cannot bc detcrmiaed froo the information girCn Cotumn B Column A t|,e Carolb c Centimctcrst d catimss shorlcr then C 7. Tbcm

A hardcrarc storepurchased ltcrtical saos shords at a cst of \$9 apie ad soH eachof them fior 20 pcrccotabora cogt. t. Thsficeatwhichth hanlwarestoresold each shoral

\$loto

hrigfu

higtrdK,i

n*?- t * 3
2. x < 0 x - l l - r r * y * z n : 105373 6;

GO ON TO THE NEM PAGE.

x * t : 8 x-ft:4 6.

359

c
Column A

if thc two quantities are equal;

D if thc rclationship cannot bc detcrmined from the information given. ColurnnB ColumnA x2-3x * 2 : O 12. Twicethe sum of the roots of the equation
Colurnn B

ScgmentCS tisects LPQR and segment RS bisectsLPRQ.

Point S (not shown) lies above the x-aris such that ARST has area equal to 6.

105 5r

The y-coordinate of point S

2 5. 5 2 rs tLO

(r + s)2
The figure represcnts the floor of a certain room. I I. Thc area of the floor 350 square feet

12+s2

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

360

ffiEffiies

Directions: Each of tlrc Questiops lG30 has five ansnrcr choiccs. For cach of thesc qucstirons, eclcct tbc bcst of tp

givcn.

'

19.

(A)

: {B) 3 (c)5 (D) 6 {E} 45 17.Ifth sum of 12,15,rnd x is 45,tbcnthcproduct of5and(r + 2) is

(A) g
rD\

t-t

TJ

t2

12 ?o

(c) -T1

(D) r (E) e
20. What is the arca of a circulai rqioir:ttatta" circumfercnce 8zr? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 4n Er 16z 32n 6an

{D) 4l

(B) e2 {c) 80 (E) 2s

(A) 100

18. If thc average{arithmaic mean) of two 1"m!ers is 20 and one of the numbers is x, what is thc otlrcr numbcr in tcrms of r ?

GO ON TO THE NE'CT FT(;E"

361

Questiors2l-25 referto the following graphs. HOUSING PRICE AND FAMILY INCOME* 70 60

-E 50 (.. zm
7.4 '1.2 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.8 0

RATIO OF HOUSING PRICE TO PER CAPITA INCOME*+

F : o F 2 0
t0
r950 19551960 1965 1970t975 t980
'median saleprice and'median family income

1950 t955 r960 1965t970 1975t980 **Rario _ Hou.ingP.!ol*\$je!

rer Laplia lncome

Elq png)

Note: Graphs drawn to scale. 21. Approximatety what was the median sateprice of an ex\$tng home in 1975? 24. lf in 1985the per capita income*as \$7,200and the ratio of the median saleprice of an existinghome to per capita income was the sameas in lgg0, what was the median saleprice of an existinghome in l9g5 ? (A) \$s0.040 (B) \$44.640

(A) \$1s,000 (B) \$35,000 (c) 936,000 fD) \$38,m0 tE) s40,0m
22" tn l9m, what was the approximate difference between the median s"le i;"e of an exiJng bome and the median family income?

(c) sl1,600 (D) \$5.040

(E) \$l,l60 25. By approximatelywhat percntdid the mediansale price of a new home increase lrom 1955to 1975? (A) 26%

(A) \$42,000

\$45,m0 s44000 t4{r,500 t47,500

(B) nlw
(c) 62:% (D) 167% (E') 267%

23. For which of tbe following years was the ratio of the mcdian sale price oi a new bome minus the mcdran sal'eprice of an existing home to per capita incomc least?

(c) 1970
{D) t975 fE) 1980

GO ON TO THE }iEXT PAGE. 362

E'
l;.

e E
a: a

i:

.r-l

tr-: 5a &

l0 miles

8 miles

28. The rectaogular solid aboveis-ry{e up of eight cubes of the samesizc,ech yhich ti* painrcdblue.What9f gge.facc i, rh" er"tc;i"o,roo "#try of th roratsurfaccarcaof thc *tii*oituB * blrrc? (A) (')* *

F
t'
l:

t :

26. Accordingto the ligure above, traveling direcrly trom potnt ;{ to point B, ratherthan from point 4 to point C and then from point C to point 8, wouldsaveaprproxinately Lo*,n"oy rniles? (A) l @)2

{c) 3
{D) 4 (E) 5 27.

(D) +
(E)i
29. lf a > 0,, > 0, and c > 0, a

(c)i

0.50%:

(A) ,h

l : t + l
c

or#
(c)
(D)

(A)q-#
Gr qi*!

*
*

rct@j#!

(E)+

r'D*!# pte#*#
30. Jhe buyer of a certain mechanical toy must choose 2 of 4 optional motions and 4 of 5 optional aaessories.How many different combinations of motions and accessorics are availabh to the buyer? (A) 8 (B) il

(c) t5 [D) 20 (E) 30

363

NumbErs: Figurcs:

ECTION 5 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbcrs uscd arc real numben. Position of points, angles,reSrons, etc. can bc assumedto be in thc order sbown; and angle measures can bc assumedto bc positive. Lines shova as straight can bc rssumed to be straight Figurescan be assumedto lic ia a plane unlcssorherwise indicatcd. Figurcsthat accompanyquestions are intended to provide information useful in answering the questions' Howerar, unlessa note statesthat a figure ir'ar"*" ro tlrr, fJu ,noura solve theseproblems Nor by estimatingsizesby sighror by meas-urement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example2 bclow).

Directions: Each of the ETllons.l-=qconsists are to comparethe rwo quanti-iEi andThoosc 1 I I D Note: Common iffiE?iiou

of two quantities,one in column A and one in Column B. you

rlr quantiry in Cotumn A is greater; i{ quantity in Cotumn B is jrearer;' i{ t1,. the rwo quantitics are equal; i{ if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethcre are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a questioo,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centered above the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts rhe samething in column A as it does in Column B.

ColumnA
Exemplel:

C o l u m nB

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examnlc 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough py'y and NQ appear equal)

Example 3:.

@o@@@
(sincc H is betweenpand Q)

Example4:

wlz

lE0

@@o@@ (since Pp is I straighr IiDc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

370

A B C D Column A

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given" Column B

t:
,i

B F

:' ColurnnA
x + 5 =

ColumnB 2 l

v - -r: -8

0.1 25
The price of a pen is (l0x + ),) cents,the price of a notebook is (l0y * x) cents,and the sum of the two pricesis \$ I .43.

2. .).

a * c * e
t '6 .0 t t . j ' -

b+d'rf 255 2

Inrectangle ABCD, sides lD and BC havebeen divided into segmelts of equal length as shown. 4. The length of f,F Thc length of GC

x + y I 4+---

AREAS OF THE FIVE LARGESTSTATES

Alaska Texas California Montana New lV{exico

3*i

r00 200 300 400

Area (thousands of squaremiles) Note: Dra*-n to scale. 5. Sum of the areasof Texas.California. Montana. and New Mexico Area of Alaska

A if B if C if D if

thc quantity in Column A is greatcri thc quantity in Column B is grcareq thc two quantitiesarc equal; the relationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

ColumnB

x a n d y are positiveintegers.

x > l y < 2

Among the 900 spectatorsat a football game, there was a total of x students from College C and a total of 7 students who were not from College C. l . Thgnumberof spectators at the game who were not students 900 - x - 7

1
r
t

_1
t2
L ,

5
!
f

O is the centerof the circle,and l_ ROS a right angle.

t3"

area of a square regie'n wrth a perimeter equal tC)the perimeter of rectangular region WXYZ

'The

36

l9

n.t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

3T2

Directiots; Each of the Qucstions lG30 has five answer choices. For eachof rhcsequcstions,selccrthe bestof rhc answerchoices given.

16r .f;+ r: (A) 5 (B) 7 (c) l3 (D) 28 (E) 2e

t 5 ,t h e n r:

19. If the average (arithmetic mean) of 16,20.and n is berween lE and21,inclusive, whatis thgrearest possibhvalueof n ? (A) l8 (B) 2l (c) 27 (D) 54 (E) 63

17.If l5 pies costa totalof Sl 1.50, thenat thisrate, whatis rhecosrof 9 pies? (A) 36.75 (B) \$6.e0 (c) s7.50 (D) 58.50 (E) 59.45 18"If 2(-r + .r) : 5, then, in rerms of r, y =
(A) ; (B) ;
I

(C) 5 - 2-r

@) 2oJt

(q 2sJt
(D) 50

!.

,L

G) soJt

C,OON TO THE NEXT PAGE. -*

z

373

2t-25 referto the foltowinggraphs. Questions DISTRIBUTION OF WORK FORCEBY OCCUPATIONAL CATEGORY FOR COUNTRY X IN I98I AND PROJECTED FOR 1995 TotalWork Force: 150Million
Total Work Force: l?i Million

Farm 2 Blue Collar

anagerial Sales I 9 8|

Clerica Sales

Managerial

1995 (Projected)

2 l In 1981, therewere how many million Service

workers in the work force?

(A) l-s.o (B) 20.J (c) 22-5 (D) 28.0 (E) r75.0
22 I.n l9ll, how many categories eachcomprisedmore
than25 million workers? One T*'o Three Four Five (A) (8) (C) (D) (E)

24. From l98l to 1995.thereis a projectedincrease in the nurnberof workersin which of the following categories? L Sales IL Service IIL Clerical (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) None III only I and II only Il and III only I, II, andIII

25" Approximately whar is the projectedprcent decrease in the numter of Elue'-Collai*orkers in the work forceifeountry X from l9gl to 1995?

What is ttn ratio of the number of workersin the Professional categoryin lggl to the prdjected numberof suchworken in 1995 ?

(A) i
(B) *

(B) 3s% (c) 20% (D) t7%

(E) 7oh

(A) 42%

(o#
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. (D) ;

(E) f
374

#:

tr
F
5

::
\$

'?

F
i,

tI

26. P-oints (_r, -3) and (-2. .r.)"not shownin the figurc above, are in quadrants IV and II, respectiwly.lf xy * 0, in which quadranr is point {,r. y) ?

28. If the figureaboveis a rectargularsolid composd of cubes, eachwirh edeeof leigttr + cenli;ciers, what is the volumeof the rectaigur", *iiJ in cubic centimeters? (A) (B) 100 2s6

i
a:

(c) 4oo
(D) 5.120 (E) 6.400 2 9 .I f L : ( a - b ) * c t h e n L - R = (A) (B) 2b 2(
E.

(c) ril (D) rv

(E) It cannotbe determinedlrom the information given"

(B) rr

(A) I

andR

&_4,

?i.

(.t-."2),=

(A) I - 2V6

( B )l - v e tc) 5- 2v'e
(D) 5 - 2JT (E) I

(E) - 2c
t

(c) 0 ( D )- u

At the rateof 1,000 revolutions pel minute, how many revolutions will a wheelmakein fr smnds? (A) 3.000k (B) 50* .^. ( L ' 50 F 3,000 (D) \-t
k

: F ;
i

: ,}
E tr

{
t

t
F

(E) t80:000
k

?
I

\$ f

t
I

tr
I

375

FOR GENERALTEST 9 ONLY I Answef Key and Percensesr of FxemineesAnswering Each Question Correctly
YERSII|8IUTY

8.e2
W
' 2 3 4 5 t

Srafin

AMt YilC\$ rSuTY

?+ ls5 l-79 Sedlol t
,fomtlr 2 3 1 5 o 7 8 9 t t1 1 1 1 1 1 7 l 1 o 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

lnr
A A 8 E E E g E B 8 E 8 D 0 D 8 C A D E A

P+

hrd.?
2

l|.r.f

Seclon 6
P+ lbr\$ry I 2
J

|'71| 1 7 11 1 5 91

l s l
I

8 7 .8 9 ! 0 'tl 1 2 1 3 't1 1 5 1 1 1 1 X 21 6 7 8 9

| 1{' 1 6 1 3 71 7 l E I t l s 7 l e

lrtl

3 4

C I

l r l I t o l s 8l f l

c
A

E A A E

168 lso l m

l7e | 6.r l+5

8 8 A A A 8 A A o

et

88

81 a7 71 71 78 77 a9 52 44 50 3 29 88 78 64 6it

. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 r

B C B 8 A A C D A B 0 A C C I 0 8 A C D

l't'|t

tegri

Pr 8l 74 86 69 78 87 65 T7 79 17 68 66 64 37 62 \$ 48 13 5l 6l 35 51 44 3B 31

81 6 8t 8t

s,
68 72 65

cl s7

1 4 2I t z 1 3 51 1 3

l u lr4
1 2 8 I

I rr

i 6 { 1 8 . 79 90 71 38 53 47 57 ,19 6l TI

1 '16 1 r 1 N

5 7 8 9

I E c
0 B C 0 E A 0 .B A 8

lss 183 lso lrf

157 | 'lE l3t lfit
6l

l3E
.rlt
1i] 61 65 1

D C D C 0 C 4 A E

11 1 2 1 3 l/t 'r5 1 1 l 1 N 8 7 E 9

57 63 5{) 49 3) 85 Tf 71 71 57 79 73

2 3 1 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1r 1 2 1 3
1 4

S D C D A D D A 4 E E 0
0

76 78 60 51

o
t E

I
R

gl 62 45 91

6
6

9 t0
ta ' J

E D A
E o A

c 8 E A B D B 8 E 0 E

6,r
87 &! 63 59 38 52 4A ,K! 3

1 6 1 7 1 8 '19 N 21 2 . 2 3 2 4 2 5

2A 5.t 54 41 62 56 4!) 56 31 50 40 42

65 t1 l5 -t6 17 18 l9 20

'r9

A E
E

? . 3 8 2 a E E A

3 31 3 E 4 3 3{t 3 3

n E

6 N

A B

) 2 5 7 8

A B 0 E C 0 E A A

A C

79 73 5{t 3A 33 35 34 2 29

2 f 2 N N 3

21 2, A ? 4

A t o 7 E D A 0 c

4Cl

.ol

e{l s l ?ul l7 e l

17 1

4 l n 1

21 2 . z J 21 2 5 6 N 8 2 ' t \$

D A c I 0 E B D E E

n n
2 2 2 A 3

21

21 2 5 6 7 8 )

c c

E 0 A C E E B

3 2 C l 3 3 o i 3 4 o l ++l 3 s A i3 e l
3 3 3 6 7 8 D E S
I

12 35 53 3t' 52 e. 49

a n

21

21 25

HI

l 26 I l l

'Estimeted P+

nl

382

::
t *

r
F

&

i *

sconE cor{vERsr0ils FoR GEtfERAt TEST I0tfty

TIIDTHE PERCE}ITS BILOI,V'
l.*d \$fi 39 3E 37 36
1(

n
I

3..H S.rt

lt tdr

,)t Sc.La i Scrt.d Sd. Bclor Sco.t ldo|

n-76 71

m
69 6E
ol

66 65 61 63 52 51 60
(o 58 7t 55 55

31 gt

n
2t

30 29

_1 ltc 1gt 10 1.r0 37 (x' 31 1m 31 110 A 4fl1 25 {S E 3qt B 3{n m 370 lE 15 15 13 lt lr I E 7 5 4

Sclha % Scn !.|570 5l 560 49 550 46 51{l 14 5\$ 41 520 39 510 37 500 34 490 32 470 28 460 150 U0 430 110 400 390 380 370 360 25 8 21 tg .t6 14 12 11 10 E

Scd.a Z S.lt ldfi nO m m 6m 610 Str fig 6tn 590 Sm 560 54{, sg] 5t0 5q) {n 1m 450 w 1m 55 5{, 47 12 3S \$ il) 26 ?3 t9

:: s

a
640 630 620 610 6 0 s90 580 570 550 550 87 s00 E5 800 s] 790 32 789 0 m n o ;8 7s0 i5 740 n 738 71 710 69 7N 690 6E0 660 650 640 69, 6m 600 590 sEO 96 96 95 93 n 88 87 85 81 79 800 800 E00 E00 791 n0 760 7s0 730 7m 27 ?6 25 24 7J

n
21

54
(1

m
t9 1E
1a

360 360 350 34{l 340 330 3m 310 300 290

I r
s r
t f
if

32 51 50 49 4E 47 46 45 44 4il 42

i: i a f,

t5

n 73 71 69 67 55 62 58 56 53

ta

: |.
?
1

14
IJ

12 It 10
0 E

s6
.ftrH erd bdov

osrobqr,Igfl-idscpmr*io.

6c qtcd

k b!.d

1990. Thispca urtr rl..i

m rhc FfrrnG

of 9jaJg,

trilE

f,i'",***gorBdrirrrh"

wno trlof th

GsEd

Tcrr brtrq

r9gr-9zsurrcr-

383

SECTION3 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Nurnbers: All numben usedarc real numbers.
Figr'lres: Positionof points,angles, regions,etc.can be assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shownas straightcan be assnmedto be straight. Figurescan be assumed to rie in a plane unress otherwiscindicated. Figurestbat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering the questions' However,unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems NoT by estimating sizcsby sight or by measirrement, - -- by -J using --.''o J your knowledgeof mathemarics(see ' but ExamPle 2 bctow). Directions: Each of the Que.s.tions I -.15. consists of two quantities, one in ColumnA and one in column B. you are to comparethe two quantiiieiandihoose I B C D Note: Common ffiffiEiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationshipca'nor be determinedfrom tbe information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be comparedis centerbdabove the two colunns' A slnbol that appearsin both cotumnsrepresents the samething in column A as it doesin ColumnB. Column A ColumnB
)+A

Example l:

2x6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 refer to L peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(since equalmeasures cannot be assumed, even though piy' a,ndNQ appearequal) Example3:

Examnle 4:

w*z

tE0

396

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i q; a

: A B C D
if if if if the quantity in Columa A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitia are equal; the relarionship cannot be detcrrnind from tbc inforrration given.
t

F I

Column A

Column B

Column A 7t9

Column B

On map X cz,chcentimeter represcnts 20 hlomctcrs l. The actual distance, in kilometers, between two locations that are l7 ccnrimetersapart oo map X
qo

3m

a.

Thc ratio of thc kngth of a si,Cc of square S to tbc length of a sidcof cquilatcral trianglc I is 4 to j. 7. Thcpcrimetcrof S
r-

Thc perimetcrof I

^* r : t
?o

J-

p + q * r * s 54
t)

w * x * y * z 4

J.

(.'6'Jf

1
t7 t
4 r * t : 1 0

0.5

4.

--=J

12ft

"a :
i e

l2

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal: the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

ColumnB

(x-3[x*2):g

Pencils have the sameunit cost regardless of the number sold. x pencilscost a total of \$0.50, and n pencils cost a total of y dollars.

Lry

LABC and LDEF havethe samearea. AD>CF

) 2 Thealtitudeof AABC
from .8 ta AC x > l

Thealtitudeof LDEF from ,E to DF A F ACEF is a squareregionald B, D, and G are midpoints of AC, CE, aad 8D, respectively.

l3

-;J

.r'--

1 5 .The fraction of

t6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

398

pirections: Eachof the Questions choices. For eachof thcscquesrions, lG30 hasflve nnswer selecr the b51 of thc. -. ans*'ercnorces E!'en.

19. Which of the followingis the graphof thecquarion y : lxl for all realralues of x ? eiolg All gaphs drawa to scalc.) (A)
16. if tbe length of the longest sidc of the triaaglc sbown above is 36, what ii the perimeter of thc riangle?

(B)

(A) (B) {c) (D) (E)

5l 63 8l 108 162
what is the value of x + 6y ?

l ? . I f : : l and y :
6 r

|,

1nr #
(B) 2

(qf
(D) 6

(E)#
18. The daiiy ratefor a hotel room that sleeps 4 people is \$39for oneperson and x dollars for eachadditional person. lf3 peopletakethe room for oneday and eachpa,'-s S2l for the room. what is the value of r? (A) 6 {B) 8 (D) 13 {E) 24

20. The average(arithmeric mean) of a set of 12 numbers, which includes 34. is N. If 34 is removcd from the set and 38 is added to the set, what is tbe average of the new sct of numberr in terms of t{ ?

(c) rl

(A) ls , t J
1 -9 (B) N -, C

399

2l-25 refer to rhe following graph. Questions

PERCENT RETURNON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY MANIIFACTURER X VERSUS ALL LNTTED STATES MANUFACTURERS

[-l u*orr"tuerX
20%

etr United Sures Manufacurrers

20Vo

r
q)

159o

l5Vo

e e)

t0%
I

10Vo

5%

5%

r984

1985

r986
Year

1987

r988

Note: Graphdrawnto scale. 21. If shareholders in Manufacturer X had Sl00 million in equityin 198?, thenthe dollar amount of tbe shareholden'return on this equity was (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 582.0mittion S18.0 million S15.5 million S12.5 miltion S1.85 million ' 24. For tbe yearshowa,other than 19g7,in which the percentreturn on shareholders'equity for Manufac_ turer l( wasmosr nearlyequal to tirit for 19g7, what was the percentreturn for all United States manufacturen? (A) 8%

(B)t2i%
(q ts:%
L

22. In 1986 Manufacturer X's returnperdollar of shareholders' equitywasapproximarely how much greater thanthatof all UnjtedStates manufacnrers? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) S0.0t S0.02 s0.025 50.035 S0.045

(D) t7% (q n:%

25. Which of the following statements can be supported by the darain the graph? - I. Th9 prcent return on shareholders. equiry for all United Statesmanufacturs decreased from 1984to 1988by lessthan l0 percenuge points. II. A rcnrrnon shareholders'equity of more than 7 pcrcentwas achievedby each United States maaufacrurerin 1988. IIL The shareholden'equity for Manufacrurer X was grearrrin 1987than in l9gg. (A) (B) (C) @) (E) I only III only Iandtronly II aod III only I, Ii' and III

23. The decrease in percentreturn on shareholden' equify for all United Statesmanufacturers from 1.987 to I988wasapproximately how many times the decrease in percent retrun on shareholders' equiry for all Unired Statcsmanufacturersfrom 1985 ro 1986 ?

(B) (q (D) (E)

(A) e
6 4.5 3 1.5

400
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

26. \Yhich of &e foliowing inequqlitiesis truc?

29. A positirc inagcr with cxaaly mo difacnt divisors grcatcr than I must be (A) (B) (9 (D) (E) a priru an eveointcger amultipb of 3 thc squarc of a prim thc aguareof an odd iatcgcr

(A)0<*<0.01 ( B )0 . 1 2 < B < 0 . t 3

I

(q0i0.A.0.50 (D)0.30<i<033
(D 1.35 .;
A I

30. Thc qprcssion

,-'6

. 1.56

-| {L tbfollowing?
' l -

b cquiveknt to whhh of
! . :

6) | +1J2
27- lI apcrsotr c:rnsaw \$380in 5 weeks,in how many naeks, at this sameratc, cas tk pcrsonsave 26 timsthis amount? (A) 13 (B) l2.s (c) ll (D) 10.6 (E) 8
7 (B) -r - iJ2

(c) -l @)3+2{

(E) -3 - ?-.6

28. Ir the figure above, if the measure of 4R is 30', then y : (A) (B) 60 80

i
I

4r

SECTION 7 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions

Nurnbers:
Figures:

All numbers usedare real numbers. etc.can be assumed rcgions, Position of poinu, angles, to be in the order shown;and anglcmeasures to be positive. can be assumed Lines shown as straightcan be assumed to be straight. to lie in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated. Figures can be assumed questions Figures that accompany arc intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However.unless a notestatcs tbat a figureis drawn to scale,you should solvethcseproblems NOT by estimating by sightor by measurement, sizes but by using your knowledgeof mathematics (see Example 2 below).

D i r e c t i o n sE : achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are to comparethe two quandries and choose A B C D Note: if if if if tlre quantity in Column A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities arc cqual; tbe rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information given.

Since therc are only four cboices, NEVER MARK (E). Common Inlq!:mation: In a guestion,informationconcerning one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centered above the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns represents the samething in Column A as it does in Column B.
t\$] ,Sl

ColumnA

C o l u m nB

2x6

2+6

Example 2:.

NQ

@ @ @ o

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough Piy' and NQ appearequal) Example 3:

@ o @ @ @ (since .V is between P nd Q)

Examole4:

w+ Z

180

414

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE"

g,

\$
A B C if the quantily in Column A is grearer; if the quantity in Colurnn B is grcatq; if the wo quantities arc cquat if the relationship cannot bc determined from &e information given.

r :,
t-

f;

D
Column A

F
Column"B

Column B

C-ohmrn A

{ _ I -

r 2

4t+5=5r-30

lo+*

IU

R.S:s|
L

= IR = uY : YII/ : wx : x(J
The area of regsoa UVWX

The area of region RSI

|.'.

(0.3F
l nl : 5 1 lz-ll:62 n 6

A\'/rE-.,
l ,r , l <r \J,

A-car traveling at a constant speed of 50 miles pcr Dour uses t gallons offirel each hour. 3. Tbc number of galt6nsef fuel this car usesto travel 200 milcs at a constanr spced of 50 milc per hour 4k

* ' " = t

\$*n=r
4" N

Of tbe 7 msrnbers of the city cound 4 are Democrats and 3 are Republicans. i i, O" tot"t number.of different 3-personcorrminees ttrat L oe apporntcd from tbe counsil mernbership srrch that each corrmittce consists of Z Oem#ts anO l Republican

l5

)-

RT

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

415

A B

if if if if

tbe quantity in Column A is greaterl the quantiry in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

The average(arithmetic mean) of k numbcrs is 27, and k is greater than 10. ll. The sum ofthe t numbers 300

xy:6 x 2: 9

It

n
with of thetwo squares Q and .i? are the centers sides of length2.
t 1 t L.

1 5 .The areaofrecr"nguiar
region RS?'U

(rrxsu)

The length of line scgmentPS

32 percentof x is 75. x is ,t percentof 75.

3JT

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 300

13.

4t6

mffi,offit".oj.thtQgtioo:.ler

hasIirc 2nswcr choiccs. Foreach of thcsc qucstions, sctect &e best of tbc

16. A bu.ar sounds every15minutcs. If thc buzzcr at 12:4\$, whicbof thc followingcorH Sundcd be a timeat wbich the buzzer soundcd?(A) (B) (C) @) @ 4f5 S::O 6:a5 7:t5 8:t0

t

rrz *A, whatisthe

valw of { ? r9z

(A)3

t 7 .+ . * * * * * * i * l :
(A) ;

(.) 3
(D) 4
(E) 6 2 A . I f x> 8 a n d y < 3 , ther it must be truc that (A).r +y > 5 (B).r+y<ll ( 9 r - y > 5 (D):-y<5 (E)x-.y<tl

(B) I

G)i; (q#
(D) I (E) :

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

18. Of the follo.*ing pairs of coordioates,which represeots a point ia the shadedregiou on thc graph sbown abow?

(A) (3, -t (B) (-3, _5) (c) (-3" 5) (D)(-5,3) (E) t-5, -3)

417

Questions2l-25 refer ro the following chart.

ENROLLMEM EACULIY SLZE FACI.ILTYSALARY. AND TUITION AT COLLEGE R FOR SELECTEDYEARS l960
Number of Srudents Enrolled Number of Faculty Membcrs Ratio of Students to Faculfy Averager Faculty S"l.ty Tuirion per Student Total Faculty Salaries Income from Tuition tArithmetic mean 2l " What was the -total amount of faculty salariesat 22. T1tenumber of studentsenrolled in I 960 was approxrmately what fraction of the rumber enrolled in 1980?

1970

1980

1,490 166

I,600 r60 l0

1,790

ll I

\$28,400 \$3,700 \$4,529200

College R in 1970 ?

(A) \$143.600 (B) \$200,600 (c) s255,000 (D) \$2,04s,000 (E) \$2,2e7,600

(A) 3
G);

(q3

(") i.
c)i

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

418

If rhc incrcasc in thc number of students enrolled funn t950 to 1960rvas half thc increasc from 19@ to 1970,what was th studentgatellmg!{ itr 1950?

7<

{A) 14s {B) 1,340 (c) 1,380 Gr) r.435 (E) r,545 from 1970 in tuirionpcrsrudeot Tk incrcasc to
1980wasapproximatdyhow many timesas great as from 1960lo1970? tlr increasc (A) 2 (B) ^ l

If thc total anouat of faculty salaries in t9g0 was paid from tuition incorc, ajproxinarcty bow mucb of eachstudent's.ruition wai uscO t" p.i fr"dt salarics? (A) sl60 (B) \$1,100

"1

GO ON TO THE NE)(T PAGE.

(c) 3
"1 I (D) )

(E) 4

4t9

a.

3a+3r*3m:

(c) 3eo
26. In the figureabove,rectangle PQR.Sis inscriH in the circle and PQ : 6. If theareaof rectangular regSonPQRS is 48,what is theareaof the sircular region? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) l0z 25r. 36n 48r l00r (D) 3n (E) 3 - '
rll

f tB) P
(A)

27. The expression i , , wheren is not equalto I | -0 or l, is equivalent tJ whichof the following?
(A) ' ----i-n - l

30. In the figure above, a student whose eyesare 6 feet above the ground and 8 feet from a vertical flagpole views the top of the flagpole at a 30{egree angle of elevation What is the height, in feet, of rhe flagpole?

\ !,1

( B )r _ ;
{C)n-l

(E) =-I- n
|

16 vr
r:-

28 A cyclist travels x miles in w hours and

a minutes" What is the cyclist'sspeedin miles per hour? (4,

;T

602

60rv * z ,*., \-t

x 60x tA (.-, ;-+;

420

h E. B

t.-

FOR GENERAL TEST TOONLY

Ansr. Kcy end trccnbgc.'st
BIIL'I||ITY

i:
cfinccily |||rlTI.r|'rlrrl
ia f:

Erunlnoa Anslrlng

Elctr alqdon

hmlcr

t drt Lilat

!..ilr

4 5 6

2 3

E o c c
B A

&, l
71

P + fralrr 9{ l r 88 l 2 82 l 3

lgrrr
A A I

8 9 10 l1 12 13 l4 t5 1 6 1 7 '18 1 9

o
B E E A E E

50 l 6 38 l 7 88 l s l 8 9 al 1 1 0
77 .E I

l I

c E c
D D A D D
6 7 8 9 0 . 3 E 8 8 0 A B 8 E

a E

Pr sl 88 86 95 6at 75 5l &) cl 71 dt 73 ils

E'

ffia IEI

IEI|I

1 2 3 1 5 6 7 '8 9 1 l 1 1 lil 1 1 1 1 1 A 0 t 2 3 5 6 7 8 9

A C A g D C A B I A o 8 D C C C D c B A

P+
g]

6t; 88 71 72 v8 7(' 73 78 66 56 38 6 39 88

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

C A D A C C B A

h*r

lffi

7S 79 78 75 53 67 ,|9 5E a0 tKr

c7 &2

7R

1 t l
I

2 3 r
E

u C a D

l r

l lt m .5S
a7 60

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

P l 3 I r B
l { l r r
I t 2 1 1 3 l r {

.(t
3ri O 71 71 66 71
l

11 12 13 ,1 15
1 1 1 1 2 X 2 ?

s a

e.

11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D C A D c E D C A

3El

0 E 0 E

21 56 76 p 51 65 35 l 51

66 50 5{) 87 75 54 50

rc

c
E 8 D C D

E8 la dt s3
75 g7 71 5E 43 ils f,tl 20 1

I to l r a
l f l l r 8 l r 9

c A E

I A

e6 j 79 l c6 l
71 70 9, 81 ,16 50

56 l

l I

z 3 1
8 7 8

o A o E a c
I D A

7+ 7t TI 3it 88 59

. ;
I i

A D A A
o E B B

2 1 4 . ? 3 2 1 ? 5 2 n ? 2 f 9 , c

E i 10 B l T) c l 31 D l 5E c l g, B E 8
I

la

3 0 3 t
Q 3 3

3
3 3 3

. C l 51 | D l 41 z l A l 38 s o l 31

n l 72 c l 4

I 84 l e.

rl5

2 6 2 7 ? a ? 9 3 r 3 1 3 , 3 s 3 / 3 s 3 6 3 7 3 s

B l 60 D l 91 D l T7 A l 90 E l 53 E l rl0 B l 42 D l 42 D l *t C l 35 A l 3l c l n
I I

^ l 50 A l u

l m

? | t B 2 . E N D 21 D 6 A 2 2 A 6 7 0 8 A B E

21 2 . N 21 A 2 2 N A 3 6 7 0

l o t z l
A A

x
E

68 dt 51

a c. &

I lt' l r 2 1 1 3 l 1 4 I 1 5 4l 16 17 17 30 . r 8 g. t9

e l r o t

ib ,^
' G

s .a

6e 70 o
!

o o c
E E a

E6 72 5r 56 \$ a 5a

F:

B E E A A

e ct
5a

. 2 1 2

21 6

3l 30 {5 18 56

; : 1 . I F ,-

6/r
61 4 26 26

a
3

8 A E E D

&

sal

6 7 8

B E A

l 3t l5 l 19

'Eslimard P+ br the gpoupo{ sumins urho tool the GRE cjclerat T6t in a rocgnt thr6e.}ar prbd.

421

SCOHE CONVERSIOI{S FOR GENERAL TEST1(l OI{LY AND THE PERCENTS BELOW'
Yr*sl R.r Scalod 'L Scorl Scqr l!l'I 74-76 800 73 790 ta 780 n0
ai TW

0urrttrthr Itrlytlcrl Yerbrl 0!!nfltrUyt Anrtydc8l Scrlcd % Scslod % Rtr sf:]sd % \$rlsd % scrloa % Scors Bclor Scon Betot Scon Scorr Ealor Scorr Bclor \$on tlor 39 38 37 36 35 420 420 410 400 390 380 370 360 360 350 340 340 g]0 320 310 300 300 290 280 270 260 ?8 2n 230 220 210 200 200 31 31 28 25 n 20 18 15 15 13 11 11 9 I 7 5 5 4 3 2 620 610 600 580 570 560 550 540 5m 510
500 490 480 460 450

99 99 99 99 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 91 90 88 87 U 82 80 78 76 73 71 69 66 63 DU 55 52
il

62 60 58 50 48 tt6 43
JY JD

u
69 68
ol D

65 61
DJ v 61

60
J9

710 7g n0 710 7n 6E0 670 660 650 6,10 620 610 600 590 5s0 570 560 550 540 530

^:
31 30 a 28
,a

680 670 650 640 630 620 600 590 580 cbu 550 540 520 510 490 480 460 450 4& 429

85 U
TV

n
74
7'

66 64 61 56
JZ

34
JI

to

800 800 790 780 780 n0 7fi 750 75{1 740 730

96 96 95 al

25 24
ZJ

30 25 23
a l

49 41 41
JO s

u0
430 420 400 390

19 14 12

28
ZD ,2

58 <7 s 55 54
(2

22 21

cl 90 88 88 87 84
82 80 78 75 73 70 68
bb

m
't9 18 17 16

t9 0 1 7 11 12 11 8 0 6 0 5 0 3 0 3 l 2
,l 1 I 'I 1 1

52 51 50
49 48 46 45 44

800 800 800 790 780 760 750 730 720 710 690

98 98 98 98
!l

ll

14

5m
Etn

42 4l 40

500 490 480 470 460 450 4rl0 430

7m 710 7m
690 680 o/u bou
N

t2

12 l0
V

2m
200 2m 200
200 200 200 M

2 3 f i J 1 1 4 1 1 370 9 390 1 350 7 380 1 340 6 370 l 3i]0 5 350 1 3 1 0 3 3 3 r 3 0 0 3 3 2 1 2 8 0 2 3 0 1 2 7 0 1 2 9 r 2 5 0 1 2 8 f 1 2 4 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 1 4 1 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 r 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 260 250 230 n0 210 200

96
9J

47 43 40
J/

s40 630

93 92 90
6I

7
D

64

(F4

'Percent rorint below the scaled score is based on the performance o{ r,04o,136 examinftg who t@l the General Test betwen October'1, 1988, and septembe.3O, 1991. Fhis prcent below information is used fgr {ore reports during the 1992-93 testingyear.

Aaa

TEST11
Numberr: FiSures: SECTION I Tkn_30 minutes 30 Qrestions All numbersusedarc real numbers. Position of points, angles,regons, etc. can be assumed ro be in thc order shown; and angle qlsasurcs cau be assumcd to bc positive Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc srraight. Figures can bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures that accompany questions8re intended ro provide information rxcfut in answcring thc qlrcations. However' unlessa note statesthat a tigure is drawn to scale, you shoutd solrre tlrcse problcmr Nor bv estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurcmenr,bur by using your knowteJ;;J;:d.r";Htr.. Examplc 2 below). Pi-rections: Eechof thc QucLti.ons l-.15. consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. you arc to comparethc two quantitiesan<lchoosc A if ! if C if D if Note: Common Iffifiion: thc quanrity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is grearer; th+two quantiticsare equal; thc rclationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). ln a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantities ro be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appein in both columnsrepresenrs thc same thing in Column A as it doesin Column B. C o l u m nA Column B Sample Answers (D@@@@

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2 +6

Examples 24 nfer to L peR.

7 fi 4

.
Example2:
R

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sincc equal measures cannot bc assumed, even though Pl{ rnd NQ appcar equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

Example4:

w*z

It0

t
i

423

B i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; sr ee q u a l ; C i f t h e t u o q u a n t i t i ea D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informationgiven.

C o l u m nA Column B C o l u m nA C o l u m nB

n ) l
+ nl n * l -

Maria purchased 3 poundsof candy X for 57.98 and 5 pounds ofcandy I lor S10.95.
1

greater r is an integer than I l. 4.

x <-}'<0

2.x*5 -t(2s)

5,r+2
ln LABC, AB : BC.
)t 1-l

I f . The measure of L B

O is the centerof the two circles andOX:XY:1. Half'thecircumference of the largercircle Iq=a rq:l The circumlerence of the smaller circle

@'

l2-l] referto the following numberline. Questions P r

-p

p + r

r - n

0.9 x 0.9

0,9x0.9x0-9
The areaof the triangularregion

A studentcan purchase a research report for 55.00, or reproducethe -r pages of the report at a cost of per page. S0.15 8. The greatestpossible valueof .r if the cosr of reproducingthe .r pagesis lessthan the cost of purchasing the report

25

gardenif p : 19

The area of the new gardenif p : 29 @ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

Drctions: Each of the Questions1630 hasfive answer choices.For each of thesequestions, sekctthc bestof the answerchoicesgrven.

| 6. Whichof the followingis NOT a divisor of 2& ? (A) 4 (B) 8

(D) ll (E) t2

(c) e

19.C isa circle. p isaooint I isa line,and on line L. lf C. L, and p arein thesam. plane and p is insidc C, howr*ip"inir O" C and Z havein common? (A),0 (B) I

(E) 4

(c) 2 (D) 3

r
a

G); (c) 2
(D) 3 (E) 4

(A) t3 (B) 26 (c) 3l (D) 39 (E) 65

18. If 55percent of the people who purchase a certain product arefemale, what is theratioof thenumber of females who purchase theproduct to thenumber ol males who purchase theproduct?

C,OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(A) t
(B) f
(q*

(o)#
(E) ;

425

2l-25referto the following Questions graph. COUNTRYX'S TOTAL WHEAT IMPORTS COMPARED TO ITS WHEAT IMPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES, I9?3.1983

22. For how many of the yearsshown did Country X import more than 2ffi million metric tons of wheat? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Five Six Seven Eighr

23. The amount of wheatCountry X importedfrom countriesother than the United States wasgrearest in which of the followingyears?
F

{)

1 l L+

t974 1976 t978 r98l le83

=
2

For the year in which total wheatimportsand wheat imports from the United States weremost nearly e q u a l .h o * , m a n y m i l l i o nm e t r i ct o n so f w h e a td i d Country X imporr? (A) 150 (B) 125 75

(c) eo
(D)

(E) s0
2 5 For the year in which the amount of Country X.s
to-talwheat imports was greatest, approximaiely what percentol that total was importedfrom the U n i r e dS t a t e s ? 35o.,; 40% 50% 65e6 7s%

2 l From 1973 ra 19'7'7, inclusive, howmany million metnclonsof wheatdid Country X importfrom rhe[Jnited Srates? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 450 400 350 320 250

426

t
I i I l

r r.

: oi : . i ) ' - ( ' - i ) ' :

( . {,) = 6

28. If thedegrec measures of theangles ofa triangtcare in theratio3:4:5, whatis thedegrec.rneasure of the smallest ansle? (A) 15" (B) 30.

r B ):

(c) 4s'
(D) 60' (E) 75'

(c) 3
(D) I (E) * I
I

29. A board of lenglh Z feet is cut into two piaes such that the lenglh of one piece is I foot more than fwice the lcngth of t-beorher-piece.Which of thc foltowing is the length, in fect, of thc longer piee?

@+
4# (B)

(c)?
.)t

(D):

-L

et2L-ll
27 tf each cun,ed w sr vvu i side lu! r in r r the rrrr r figure rButs d above L Jvs l is s d as semicircte cml(;lfctg
wrth w t l h radius rarlirrs ? O and end r h. r \L,^ ^ ..-ll-l . ;J-^^L L^..^ 20, parallel the two sides each have length 100.whar is rheareaof rhe shadedregion?

,
integers are both multiplesof 4
&?

r & F
! i

and

a d
t

Two Three Four Five Six

Aa1 lLI

E t !
:

Numbers: FiSures:

SECTION 5 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbers used arerealnumbers.

Position of points,angles, regions, etc.can be assumed to be in the ordershown;and anglemeasures can bc assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan bc assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lic in a planeunless otherwise indicated. Figuresthat accompany questions are intendedto provide informationusefulin answering the questions. However,unless a note states that a figure is drawn to scale, you shouldsolvetbese problims NOT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement. but by usingyour knowledge (see of mat-hematics E x a m p l e2 b e l o w ) .

D i r e c t i o n s : E a c ho f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - 1 5 c o n s i s to sf two guanriries , n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n ei n C o l u m nB . y o u o are to compare the two quantities and choose A B C D Note: Common GTo-iili]on: if if if if the quantiryin Column A is greater; the quantityin Column B is greate r; the two quanriries are equal; the relationship cannorbe determined from rhe informationgiven.

S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN , EVER MARK (E). In a quesrion. informationconc-erning one or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above t h e t w o c o l u m n sA . symbol thatappears i n b o t h c o l u m n sr e p r e s e n t s h es a m e t h i n gi n C o l u m nA a s i t d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA C o l u m nB SamDle Answers

ere.glg_!-'
E x a m p l e s2 4 r e f e rt o L P Q R .

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ o @ (since equalmeasures cannot be assumed, cven though P.iy' and NQ appear equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

@(D@@@ (since ,\ is between P and Q)

Example 4:

w*z

tE0

@ @ O @ @ (sincePQ is a straightline)

446

A B C D ColumnA The numberof seconds in an hour

if if if if

the quantity in ColumnA is greater; the quanrityin Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be dctermincdfrom the information givenColumn B

ColumnA

Column B -

The numbcr of days in l0 yean The average(arithmetic m e a n )o f 1 3 , 3 0 ,a n d 8 l

A rectangular box is feel widc aod 3 feet tong -2 and has a volume of l5 cubic feet. 9. The hcight ofthe box 24 percentof75 3 feer 75 perccnt of24

')

The average (arithmeticmean)of 13, 3 1 .a n d8 l r : 4

_1,Y

lu

The height of righr circular cylinder C is 3 times the diameter of its base. I l " The circumference of the baseof C 12. The areaofa square region with perimeler 24 Ttre heighr of C

The areaofa rectangular region with perimeter 28

88
(5 9 8 . 9 5 ) l

360.000
x + y

L \ + 3.y: lo x +2y:E

a t

3.4(5.5)
The cost of -r apples atacostof y + 2 cents aptece.

l(5.5) + 0.4{5.5)
The cost of y oranges alacostofx*2ccnts apicce In the rectangular coordinate plane, points p. Q, and R havc coordinarcs (2, 3), (-S,6),and (5,3), respcctivety.

:
r

PQ

)v)

- / :

QR

x is an integergreaterthan |. 3r* I 4x

GO ON TOTHE NEXT PAGE

47

Directio{rs: Each of t}rc Questions lG30 has five answerchoices.For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the answerchoicesgven.

1 6 ,l f n * n : k + k + k a n d n * k : 5 ,

19. If 2x : 7 and 3.v : 2, then 9_r1':

(A) r4
(B) l8

(ct s
(D) 6

(E) e
1 1

(c) 2l (D) 28 (E) 63 20.lf trQ : 16, then x : (A) 4 (B) 8 (c) 16 (D) 32 (E) 2s6

What is the length,of a rectanglethat has width l0 and perimeter 60 ? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) l5 20 25 l0 40

t 8 . A watchgains 7 minutes and 6 seconds every6 days

If the rate of gain is constant.how much doesthe watch gain in one day? (A) lminlsec (B) lmin6sec (C) Lmin ll sec (D) I"min l6 sec (E) frnin 2l sec {:'

448

F a

PERCENT oF trHb#*t #frKt#-tr!9it[!,tffi

(Total male faculty is 250.) @flMales N\\\lRnraies {Total femalefaculty is 200.) Field Bioloeical Scierices Business Education Engirlqering Fin furs Hed*r Sciences Hurrunities Physical Sciences Socid Sciences Other (including loumalisir, taw,etc.) Percent Note:Drawnto scale.

rorar-

B I

:
a a t: F t

449

2 l For how many of the fields is the percentof

total male faculty at University X greaterthan I I pcrcent? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Three Four Five Six

24. Ifthere are275 studcntsin engineering at Univcrsity X, wbat is the approximate ratio of the number of cngineeringstudents to the number of engineeringfaculty? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 8 to 12 to 14 to l8 to 20 to

are therein fine 22 How many femalefaculty members arts?

whatprcent 2 5 Approximately of thehumanities is male? faculty (A) 35% (B) 38% (c) 4t% (D) 4s% (E) 5r%

(A) r4
(B) l6

(c) r7 ( D )r 8
(E) 20
t3

If the number of femalefaculty members in social were to increase sciences by 75 percent, how many female faculty memberswould thercbe in social sciences?

(A) t 2 (B) l 4 (c) 2 l (D) 28 (E) 3

.F*

0 Y ?;

450

2 6 .l f 2 r - s : 3 . r

29. lilbat is thc lcastinbgs valu of n srrh

tuta<o.ot?
(A) (B) ; ;

(C) '
(D) 2r (E) lr 27. lf n * 0, which of the following must be greaar than n ? l. 2n II. n3 lIl.4-n {A) (B) {C) {D) (E) None I only II only I and II I and III

(B) rr (g so

(A)

30. What is tlrc arca of tbc hcragonalregionshowain thc figure above?

(A) s4JT
(B) 108

28. The distanccfrom point X to point I is 20 miles, and the distancefrom point X to point Z is 12 miles. If d is the distance,in miles, between points Y and Z , then the range of possiblevalues for d is indicated bv

(c) to8f,
(D) 216 (E) It qurnot bc dctcrsrincdfrom thc inforrration given.

{A) {8)

8sd<20 8<d<32

451

FOR GENERAL TEST 11 ONLY

llrurnctlAS|UTY
] 2 3 4
<

A C c C
n

6 7 6 9 1

E A g 0 c D E E E E C A D D B B D A E B C
E

96 74 71 55 59 4:t 2A 94 &3 75 63 49 39 37 32 27
aa

' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 21 2 2 2 2

A 0 C E C E E B A c D C c D A E 8 8 C A E C 8 0 C A 8 4 B A C D 0 E 8 A A 8

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L . 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

89 7S 59 50 57 3{t 24 81 86

' 2 3 . .5 6 7 8 9 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
tQ

t l

0 t 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0

A A B A C C A B D 8 D A 8 C A c E A
a

90 83 88 83

1 2
?

8 A
a

4 5
A R

A 8
A

88 85 85 81 80 T7

Sec{ion 2 lbobrr Arrrr 1 c l 2 0 1 3 D l 1 A l

Srsffooif
P+
B8rflba, lffrrr I 3 4
5 o

I P+

58 83 71 7g
to v

9 t 'tl 1 11 1 1 1 1 1
a v

0 2 5 6 7 8 9
E

B c A D A D 8 8 C C C D D A E c A 8 A A

l t 1 ? 1 3 't4 1 5 1 't7 1 1 N 6 8 9

67 64 18 41 46 60 20

5 6 7 I '9 ro

<a <l

c B o c E ^

z 5 s a

s 4 s e

e.
30 14 54 74 52 57 8t! s 54 65 83 rts 3il 98 81 83 76 64 39 41 31 26 28 21

64 74
N

32
86
IO

71 80 68
t^

2 21 2 21 2

78 63 62
to 68

?1 2 2 N 2 4 2 5 2
1I

72 74 80 90 E3 65 68 44 64

TI

69 47 38 41 31 41 e9 a2 72 74

3 5 6 7 0

8 D 0 8 8

59 64 64 53 45 37 19

E 8 a 0 l 2 3

21 2 2 2 ? 2 ? 2 2 3

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

2 8 3 3 7 3

D 8 A A D

3 s 3 6 3 7 3 8 'Estiaated

E D A E

2 2 2 4 3 31 ? 3 42 3 3 3 l 2sl 3 ?9 1 3 17 1 3

22 E 23 B 2 4 B 25 B

m 2't

11 1 2 '1t 4 3 1s 1 6 1z 18 19

E la6 o l i o C l e z E leo E 1.8 A l s t e lez A 127 D ls3

l n l z s l t s l 8 o l s l ltz

10 12
I J

I I c e E A c A B

ls6 178 178 lae 111 I79 178 lea 176 166 117 142 137 167 189 les 151 173

14 t5

16 17 18 20

c 1 6 2 E ln

D o o A E I B E C

lrt

A 3

2 2

121 n l s s <J l s r 24 l a o 25

o E D c
A

lzs 110 169 l7s

166

l *

E D

21

P+ tor the group of xamines who took tho GRE Gnrarres{ in roceflt a three-y";;

458

SCORE CONVERSIOIIS FOR GEIIIRAL TEST 11 O}ILY ANO THT PEBCENTS BELOW'
Yrrtrl Brr
Sc!fl

ourilltelin
Ssl?d % 3coo Brlor

s..hd Scorr

fualtlbl Ssrht * \$rr hlor

rdd
nfi S.2hd * tdr Ecoar \$rr

llnstitrtivr
llcrlrl Ecan ll 8dil

A!.lytiEl

S..ld S.Dn

I ldt

a
f

59 56 57
30

3) 3E c7 36

750 744 73tt

7m
710 700 690 6&, 670 660 650 640 630 6A) 610 6{X} 590 580 570 550

98 !n 97 96 95 95 94 93 92 90
AO

3a 3 32 3l 30 E

ro

3Xt 3C'

s0
37{) \$o 3flt 350

{1 38 36 3 ct 25 2a 2a t2 20 t6 16 t,l 12 t0 I 7 6
t

45 12 4 37 35 32

680 670 650

m
6a0 510 5!0 5q) 50

E7 85 EI 76 7a

i: e

:
F

a
26 21 t2

n
I 61 58 55 19 \$ 10 38 35 31 I t3
k 4

m
130 4A) if10 100 3Ct 370 360 350 340 3X) 3m 310 300 N

s{t
530 5m 5m
{ql 4&t rm /150

F a
t:

m
1E 16 l4 13 10 9 6

a n
8(x,
8m 800 8{Xt 7ffi 760 7fi 730 7m 7fi 690 670 650 540 630 610 600 5\$ 570 560 550
ta

\)
5{ 53 52 5t 50 49 lE 47 46 15

87 85 E4 E2 80 78 76 71 72 69 67 61 59 56 54 51 48 u ill

97 97 97 94

6 6 21 7J 2. 21

:xo cn
340 310 3t0 n0 N 270 260

a:n
{20

m
19 18 16 t5 Itl '13 12 1t 10 9 8 0{

{n sn
4 3 2 2
I

m
17 t5 12 10
t

n
89 86

3 2
I

u
EO 78 71 72 68 66 6r 59 57 s1 49 4E 800 8m 8m e!0 7E0 n0 760 710 74 710 690

n
N

sl
9{t 99
ql

tn 2(n
N

'|
I

n0
N 26 N 210 200 N 2q)

u
(l 12 11

55{' 5.10 520 510 50O 490 48o 474 16{, 45O

\$ 97 96 95

m ?m 2m 2m 2m 200 2m

I 'l I
i I

3m 360 340 331 310 29

m
260 26

a 3 2
t

I
1

n
91 8E

m0
200

'|
1

m n0 2m 2(n

x n
I

I
I

'P@tt (w

ffint belo* oE sL{ rm b bscd o tbc perfm o4 923J59 c'eiG l. 19t6. {td Scpi.tnbd3o. 19t9. This FtHbdd iJsraion i! Bcd fsse

rho mt GtoGdrin!

thc Cml Tsr bctrc dE l99().9l Briq ta-

459

TEST 12
SECTION 1 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

N_umbers: All numbers uscd are real numbcn Egurc!

Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order showa; and angle measures can be assumedto be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumcdto be straight. Figures can bc as.sumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwisc indicated. Figurcs_that accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statcsthat a figure is drawn ro scale,you should solve theselroblcms NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example 2 bclow). D i r c c t i o n sE : achofthcQucs.tioosl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneincolumnB.you are to compare tbe two quantities and cboose A B C D Nste; Common Iii66iTon; if if if if thc quantity in Colnmn A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcatrnotbc dcterminedfrom thc information given.

Since there are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information conccroingone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is cenreredabove the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsreprescnts the samething in Column A as ir doesin Column B. Column A C o l u m nB SampleAnswers 3 @ @ @ @

Examplel:

2x6

2+6

Examplcs 24 referto A peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, even though pil and NQ appear equal)

Exampls 3:

@{D@@@ p and e) (since./t/is bctween

w* z

Example4:

180

@@o@@
(since PQ is a straight line)

4&

i i
L

A if thc qr:antityin Col.'mnA is grcatcq B if thc qr.antiry in Column B is grcatct;

caaoot bc dctermin d from the information giveoD if tbc rcLationship ColumaA l 2 15-15 Column B
6plrrmn A

:,

fr
F

C-olumnB

n-n

2. Thc numbcrofhoun requiredfor thc machincto packagc quaru of milk 5,000 C

a

x + y

P x + y D

x > z y > z

P is thc interscction of thc two diagonals of rectanglc ABCD. The shortcst distance from P to sidc l8 Thc lcngth of sidc ,{8

r<o<y
4.

x - y
Tlrc average(arithmetic mean) of the 4 numbcn On thc cirarlar targct, C is tbe ccntcr of both circlcs. CIY : 8 inchcs and CT :30 inch. 9. Thc arca ofthe shadcd prt of thc target tl&4r sq in

p, q, r, and s is 7. 5. p * q * r * s
1 I

x 10.000 23.752

23,752

x: x

-10 5

,:1 v
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

461

if thequantiryin ColumnA is grcater; if thequ"ntity in ColumnB is grcater; c if the rwo quantitics arecqual; D if therelationship cannotbc dercrmined from tbeinformationgiven. Column A ColumnB ColumnA Column B

A B

The length of PQ

3o
The point (not shown)with rectangutar coordinates (m , n) is aboveline ,t .
I J.

In 1982 the priccof oneshare of CompanyX stock increascd 25 perccnt from JanuaryI to FebruaryI and decreased 20 percent from February I to March L
t 1 tz,

irl e

2(Jso + s)

sQ+ ?Jt)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

462

lG30 hasfiveanswr choiccs. For cachof thescquestions, sclect ?uections: Eachof the Questions tbc bcstof the answer choiccs civeo_

19. In tbc figure abovc, the trianglcis cquitatcral,and the arca of thc dqriarcrcgion is 100.Wbat is rlE pcrimctcr of the uianglc?
16. If C is the center of thc circle above. thcnx]-y:

(A) 4s (B) 6s (q e0 (D) 100 tE) 130

17. If 0.768: +x. then x is closcst to whichof the tw' following?

(c) s0

Tom ate of a wholepi.za, andJaneate of the I I remaining portion. Whar fractionof the piz-'^ wasnot eaten?

(A) 0.n (B) 0.80 ( q 8 (D) 76 (E) 77

18" If tbc remainder is I whcntbe intcger n is dividedby t5, what is thc rcmainder when r is dividcdby 5 ? (A) I (B) 2

(A) #
(B) *

s*

(")3
(E)?

(c)3
{D) 4 (E) It cannotbe dctcrmincd from theinformation gven.

GO ON TO T}IE NE)ff PAGE"

463

2t-25 rcfcr to thc foltowinggfaphs. Questjons EXISTINGAND NEW ONE.FAMILYHOMES*SOLDIN THE UNITEDSTATES FROMI97O TO 1982 AND THEMEDIANSALEPRICE FORSELECTED YEARS
Numberof HomesSold Millions of Horres Thousandsof DoUars MedianPriceof HomesSold

\$. \$P \$" \$" \$F s s+
'All rcferenccs to homesin tlre dataand restquestions should be inarprcad as one-family homes. Note: Graphs drawnto scale.
)l

{ogrdiog to the information in the grap[ which of the following could bc the actual n".U". of new homessold in l9E0 ?

(A) 49,900 (B) 2r0,300 (c) 503,400 (D) 750,000 (E) 805,SOO

22- For which of the following years wursthere an increaseover the previous year in the number of existing homes sold, but a decreasc in the number of ncw homes sold?

GO ON TO TT{E NEXT PAGE. 464,

*'

23. In th )ar sbownin wbichthc medianpricc of cxistingboracs sold wascloscstto thc mcdian priceof ncwbomessol4 approximatclyhow manymilliea existinghomes weresold? (A) 1.2 (B) 1.6 (c) 2-0

25. From 1970 to l9?5, thc percent incrcasc in thc mcdianprice of ncw homcssotdwascJoscst ro

t g:

(E) 2.8

@r 2.4

(A) 15% (B) 2s% (c) 40% (D) 50% @) 7A%

,4

24. In 1977 homcs soldwas thc n"gnbcr of cxisting approximately how manytimesthc s"mbcr of newbomes sold? (A) (B) (g (D) (E) 3 3.5 4.5 5.5 6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

:. , ? *:

3l

465

26. If x =2 andy :

-z,then 2x - 2y :

R l8 cm 'P # s 30 crn

(D) (E)

(B) o (c) 4
6 8

(A) -8

29. What is the area"in square meters, of rectangular regsonPQRS abovc? (l metcr = 100ccntimcten)

A t
I -

B t
I 3

N l

C t

l
0

D t
i

E l
I 3

(A) 0.054square meter (B) 0.54square mercr (g 5.4squarcmetcrs (D) 54 squarcmeters (E) 5,400square meters 30. Theintegers berwecn I and 100, inclusive, are put in list ,{ if they aredivisibleby 2 and in tist f if theyaredivisibleby 3. How manyintegers in tist A arenot in list I ? (A) il (B) l6

to scale. Note:Dravm
)1

On the numberline above, whicharrow could be pointing to A ? (A) A (B) I

G)r
This year a ciry has altorted 60 percent of is budget for school expenditures,and its budget is 15 percenthigher than last year's budget of n dollars.In terms of n, how many dollars of this year'sbudget has the city allotted for school expenditures? (A) (0.6)(0.85n) iB) (0"5)(l.l5n) ,^' 0.6n tu., T .r . 5

(D) D

(c) c

(D) 33 (E) 34

(c) 2s

(D) 0.85n

d^e-

(E)

1ft + o.on

466

SECTION 4 Trme-30 minslgs 30 Qucstions

Numbers: Figures:

All numbcrs used are rcal numbers. Posir"ionof points, aoglcs, regioos, ctc. can bc assumedto bc in the order sbowq and aagle mcasures can be assurDed to bc positiw. Lincs shown as straight can be assumedto be straigbt Figures can be assumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated. Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvethesc-problems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof matiremarics (sce Example2 bclow).

D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t b c Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o o s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o t u m n A a n d o n c i n C o l u m n B . y o u are to conrparethe two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Note: Common iiffiGZlion: if if if if thc quanrity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is grcater; thc two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcantrotbc determincdfrom rhe information given.

Since there are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitiesto bc comparedis ccnteredabove the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrcpresents the samething in Column A as it docs in Column B.

Column A
E x a m p l eI :

Column B

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 referto A PQR.

ry
Example 3: Examplc 4: w* z

NQ

@6t@(D@ (since equal tncesurcscantrot be assumed,evtn though Pd and NQ appcar cqual)

@o@@@
(sincc ff is bctwecn P aad Q

t80

@@a@@ (since PQ is a straiglriinc)

478

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

t'

n
F

& e

c
ColumaA

A if thc quantity ia ColumnA is grcatcq B if tbc qrranligyin Colurrn B is greater;

if thc nro qu"'tilics arecqual; if tbe relatiooship cannorbedearmiaedfrom the iaformation given.
6glrrmn B

Coh'mn A

Column B

4 5

s - - !3
\$500,000

2- The ycarly rcnt for a rcctangular ofljcc with dimcnsions 100 feet by 200feet ar the *rng3l rate of \$20 per squarefoot

lRS : RU and IS = T(J. f, and F are two points on circlc OPoint G is inside circle O. Point ff is outsidecircle O. 3, The degreemeasure of LEGF The degreemeasure of LEHF a * b ll0

The cost of 48 cans of soda is SZ0. At the same rate, the cost. in dollars. of n of these cans of soda
J

(0.24)n

'l \
t L

P \

R N \ \

6l \

t\

+t:7and2l>3.

?0
4" Tbe hngrh of pp r > 0 - x : x

h \.
2 '

The lengthof RS

a <0 - lal
10. The area ofthe shadcd triangular region in rectangle PQRS

'a
:l

479

c
Qglrrrnn A

D if thc rclationship cinnot bc dcarmined from tbe information givcn

ColumnB Column A (x - lXx +2)(2x !4. Tbe numbcrof possible valucsof x that areintegers Column B

x 2 + kx + 7 : ( x - 7)(x - l) for all x .

k
-t

+ l):o 4

(0.777T2

Ju?rn

n ls a posluve tntcgpr.

Z. o

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

480

Directionr: Eachof the Qucstions1630 has five answ"rcboiccs.For eachof thescqucstionq selccttbc bcst of th:ffiifrEchoiccs given.

16- Wbat.ralucof x satisfies theequation x - I : | - x? (A) (B) 2 I

19. Karl's nct incomeis alwaysg0 pcrccotof his gross incomc.What will bc thc i*rcise in Karl's rrct incomcwhcn his gro6sircomc increascs from \$20,000 to \$25,000 ? (A) 35,000 (B) \$4,000

);
t: ?:

(D) -2 @) No valuc 17. Which of the following pairs of distinct lincs or line scgments CANNOT be parallcp Tpo chords of a circle Tro rangenrsto a circle Two diametersof a circle A chord of a circle and 1 rengcnt to the same circle (E) A diameter of a circle and a tangcnt to the same circlc (A) (B) (O (D)

(c)

(c) s3,000 (D) S2,000 (E) S1,000

20- Ifa circrrlar region has radius r and area k, then k . ; ls equal to

fi

(A) z

(B) 2n G) f

(D) *

(E) rn

1 8 I. f n - l - i . ' J r c n n * l = )'

( A ) l r o ) ; ( q 3r o ) ir o +

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

481

2l-25referto the followinggraphand table. Questions RATESAS A PERCENTOF WORK FORCE STATESJLINETINEMPLOYMENT I.JNITED l9?9-1989 l0

o t ) -

6 )

UNEMPTOYMENT DATA FOR THE ELEVEN SIATES WTTH THE LARGEST POPULATIONS IN 1989 Sua
UnemploymentRate May (as a percentof sute work force) UnemploymentRate June (as a percentof statework force) Numberof Urrcmployed June (in rhousands)

Califmir Ncw Yort Texas Illinois Pennqylvrnia Florida Ohio Michigaa New Jersey Nortb C:rolina M4psrchscns
" ' l

).) 5.3 5.9 5.7 4.6 6.4 5.4 6.7 3.0 3.7 3.6

5.6 5.0 6.1 5.5 4.0 6.1 5.6 4.2 3.6 4.0

7n
439 542 ??s ?39 3U 307 339 r65 124 r26

2t. In June1989, how manyof the eleven states [sted

had an gployment rate greaterthan that for tbe natioaasa whole?

22. Of thc followingsrates, which had the grearest increasc in theunemplolmentrate from May to Jure of 1989 ? (A) (B) (C) @) @) Ncw York Texas Penasylvania Michigan NewJerscy

(E) Scven

&2

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

n..

*
t

\$ E
T 6 E

Of the following, which was tbe longestpcriod of consccutirrcdercascs in tbc Unitcd Sutes June uacmploymeat rales?

(A) 1985 to 1989 (B) 1984 to 1989 (g 1984 to 1987 ro 1989 {D) 1983 (E) 1983 to 1984

25. In Junc 1989, if s total of dJ million pcoplcwere ulonploycd in thc Unitcd StatcCOcn Oc sunbcr of pcoplc uncurploycd in Ohio wasapproximarcly what pcrccnt of the 6.5millioa? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5.5% 4.7% 3.7% 0.5% 0.4%

6 Et:

F n
F.
!

i:
g

a.

24. Thc chaogein thc uncmplo)@cnt ratc in thc Unitcd Statcsfrom Junc 1986 to Junc 1987was how many rimesthc shangcin thc unemptoymcnt ratc from Junc 1988to June 1989?

t'

i c
F

(A) (B)

GO ON TO'THE NEXT PAGE.

483

26. Multiplying which of the following by tbe nonzero number will gve a productof -t ? +

b) T+*
(B)zr-s ta1'-5
')-_<
I

29. A manufacturer packagessoap powder io *atainerS of threc differeDt sizcs. The amouat of soap powdcr in a full large container could fill exactly 3 of tbe medium containers or exactly 5 of the surall cootainers. If an equal nnmbcr of mall aud large conrriners are to be filed witb the amount of soap powder that would fill 90 medium containers,how many slall containers will bc filld? (A) 25 (B) 27

(c) 30
(D) 45 (E) 54 30. Each of the following numbers has two digits blotted out. Which of the numbers could bc the number of hours in x days,where x is an integer?

(D)=(E) 7(2jr - 5)
27. lf x is the smallest prime number greaterthan 3l and y is the largesr prime number lessLhan58, then x * y :

(A) e4

(B) e0

(c) 8e

(D) 88

(E) 86

8 inches

8 inches

28. The figure above shows a large squarc formed by

fitting three L-shaped tiles arrd one small squaie tiie together.Ifa rectangularfloor l0 feet by 12feet is to be tiled in large squaresof this design,how many L-shaped tiles will be needed?

(D) 1 3 5 (E) 45

(c) 2't0

(A) 8 r 0 (B) q5

484

FOR GENERAL TEST 12 ONLY

Ans*rr Key and Percantages'ol vaurrd.JIY
t c0.. I trst{ | l|rnirr lailr
t a o o

(IIAIIIIATIUI|lN.lI' AI,|IYTE|LANI'Y

klar
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

lrrs
C 0 D A 8 D E D 8 8 c C E B A D 8

?+

c7 81 &{ 63 e 66 {a 79

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

A C C E E B A c A 0 D A A D 8 A E D B D A E 8 8 C C C 8 B E A D E E S 4

P+ 86 67 71 72 68 64 N 87 64 58 58 5t 46 46 39 26 75 34 49 70 6S' 54 58 56 38 s 41 93 87 84 79 48 4 38 41

L.'orl Pr 94 89 73 70 60 85 59 64 71 49 36 35 52 21 83 81 a3 75 3!) 86 68 62 52 .fO 78 45 al 36

lart A B 0 B B ?+ 78 91

l*lrl

trnlrr
' 2 3 4 5

lr;rrr

|hrer
I

lE||r
6 E

?+

72 79 73
68 64 57

2 3 4 5 6 7 I

E D A

85 77 81 fi) 58 40 6a 81 72 60 73 ,18 3t] 17 19 67 52 41 e. 31 35 51 38 44

hdr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E 9 l l 1 o l 2

lFrt O B C C a g A D A E D Q

P+ Itt

58 50 (5 4 70

eE'
I'

e 6e
55 54

6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 21 2 N 2 2 2 2 2 A 3

0 t 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 0 , 4 5 6 7 8 0

C A A D c B 8 8 C C 8 C D 8 E 0 8 A D 8 C 8 4 A E

c
A A D l I B D

:l

es
56 53 ,15 3E 17 g7 73 77 79 61 88 g7

t 10
1t t2 t3 l1 15
t6 l7 1E t9

ct a E'

:.

11 1 2 1 3 lit 1 5 1 7 8 7

41 4il 50 4a 54 40 68 51 51 27 56 40

11 1 2 1 3 ! 4 't5 1 1 1 1 N 21 2 N 2 2 2 2 2 A 3 31 a 3 Y 3 3 3 3 6 7 8 9

11 1 2 1 3 't1 1 5 1 6 1 7 't8 l 9 N 21 2 N 2 2 % 2 2 N 3 . 4 5 7 8 0

7A
58

I
g

11 1 1 1 1 1 N 21 2 A 2 %

3
5 6 7 8 9

s
sat 35 a
itl

A A 0 E A C E D A D C D

1 N 2't 2 N 2 2 2
at

8 E D A A A 8 D
E

E B A D A

50
Q 3}

. 4 5 6

, 4 5 6 7 8 0 . 3 5 6 7 8

73 &
.18 37 25 19

21 2 a 21 6

E c
E B

v
6 6l 70 37

A A

s
31

A E

78

o
E

8f) 85 83
IY

e
3 3 3

,
4 5 7 8

A A 8 D D C

79 rt6 51 35
F

S 3 3

u n

k I

:
t I

'Eglnaled P+ br fhe gror.p ol exarnineesydro took th GRE Gneral Test in a rec8ot threeyeaf prbd.

t';

497

SCORE CONVERSIOIIS FOR GENERAT TEST 12 ONLY AI{OTHE PERGEIITS BELOII''

YltLl Rr 3.rba 7, Scon Edr &la 0mdrffivr Sc'lca * S6n lrlor ldl|k.l Sc.ba % Scrr &lol V.rtd Rrr Sctl.d A Scon Scarr Llfi 39 3t 37 36 35 4r+8
0otDlllalh!

Scrlal % Scoru Brl0I 580 570 560 550 540 530 520 510 500 490 480 470 460 450 430 120 410 400 380
27n

Anrfllcal Scstsd % Scors B.lor 710 690 680 670 650 540 620 610 590 580 )bu 550 (2n 520 500 490 470 450 90 87 85 83 79 n 72 70 64 61 55
JZ

n-76 E{n n 7C)

71 70 69 6E
D/ DO

7W 7G0
750 73)

9S 9{l 99 99 98 97 96 91 9,1 91

u0
430 420 410 410 400 \$n 3{t0 380 370 370 360 350 3{0 340
.s

37 37 3{
?t

u
33

7m 7m
6S) 670 660 650 640

n
31 30

28 28 25 2. 2.

u) 64
DJ

m
18 18 '15 13 t1 11 9 E 7
(

53 50 48 46 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 27 25 23 19 17 15

c)
88 87 85 81 80 g) 78 76 73
t l

n
8m
800 800 8m 790 7ffi
96

62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 51 53 52 51 50
49

frio
620 ffi 6m 5C) 59, t8 560 550 54{l 5C, 520

na
7gt 740 7{

69 06 dt 60 60 58 55 52 50 17 17

96 96 96 95 93 92 88 E7

2E 27 26 25 21

47 44 38
Jb JU to IJ

n n
21

m
t9 .|E 800
8\$ 98 98 98 98 98 97 96 94
w

t20 310 300 29 2W n0 260

u0
I I 7 4 424

19

1
?

JbU

rm
710 690 6E0 670 660 640 630 620 610 600

u v.
80 75
I5

350
SU JZV

18 1 520

160 : - : ll{50

14 1 4&t 13 1 4m 12 1 lm

46 15q, 45 1.lg)

17 1 510

40

70 66 64 62 60 58

8m 8m 800 7S) na 760

718 7fl)

17 16 15 11 13
la

2 2
I

m
250 210 r20 m0 200 200 M 200 M M

1 1
I I

l1 10 I E 6 &5

310 290 270 260 240 230 210 2N 200 200 200

1 1 1 1

410 390 370 360 340 330 310 290 280 278 260 240 230 210 200

17 14 11 I 7 6 4 3 2 2

1
1

'|
1 1 1 I

7m

cz

1 1 I

rl

'Percent Kdint below the-scaled score is based on the perfumame of 1,o4o,336 examines who took rhe General Tes| betwen October l, 1988, and Septembs 30, l99l. This prcmt below information is used for sqe report5 durint th 1992-93 testint year.

498

* * SECTION2 Time-30 missts 30 Questions Numbers:

Figures: All numbers used are real numbers. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumcdto be in the order shown; and angle mslsur?l cen bc assumedto bc positive. to bc straigit. Lines shown as straight can be assumed plane to lie in a unlessotherwiscindicatcd. Figurescan be assumed thc qu6Figurcs that accompany questionsare intended to provide information uscful in "nr*ring thesc probbns tions. However, unlessa nstc atetesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you should solve NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowhdge of mattrcmatics(sce Example 2 below). of two qurtrtitcs, one in Column A and one in Columrr B. You Di4gtions: Eachof rhc Questions l -t 5 consists are ro comparc rle rwo qGnrrrGEA-aoosc A if thc quantity io Column A is greatcr; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr; C if the two quantiticsare equal; D if thc relationshipcannot be detcrmincdfrom the information given. -Nt!n " Sincc thcrc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). above In a quesrion, information concerningonc or both of the quantities to be compared is centcred the samething in Column A as it thc two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columns repre\$cnts docsin Column B. Column A Example l: Exemplcs 24 rcfcr to L, PQR. Column B SamDleAns*crs

ffi f
'qj
ii 7 t:

Y
:
+

t )
N

Common iilGlffiiiion:

2x6

2+6

(D@@@(D

Example2:

NQ

@ @ @ o

(sinceequal measures cannot evcn though PN be assumed, and NQ appcar equal)

Examole 3:

@ o @ @ @
(since l{ is betweenP nd Q)

Examole4:

w*z

r80

@@

(D@ @

(sincePQ is a straigit line)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

505

c
ColumnA 3.960+ 65

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if tlle quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the relationship cannot be determined from the information given

Column B Column A Column B

60

Ti:am ,Y scored l0 points in the first half of a cerrain game. In the secondhalf of the game, team l' scored 15 pointsmore than team X. Thc numberof poins scoredby team X in the lirst half of the game The number of poinrs rored by team I in the first half of the game The perimeterof tnangle PpR x > ) ' > x ' > 0

e'
yt+ x

) 8

r)'
w

4+2Jt

2 + 4!/t

,.tM,

M N i l P g and PRll sr
4.

y - x

t5
-t +) p + q

5.

t5
90 percent of 30
13.5percentof 200

506

c
ColurnnA

A if thc quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quantiticsare equal

D if thc relationshipcannot bc determined from rhe information given.

Column B ColumnA Colrrnn B

On a turntable,a recordof radius6 inchcsis rotating at theratc of 45 rcvolutions per minule. I l. Thc numbcrof inchcs lrarchd pcr minutc by a po,inton tlrc circumfcrenccof the record The numbcrof inclcs travclcdpcr minurc by a point on thc rcord 5 inchcsfrom the ccntcr ofthe record
Thc greatcst odd factor of 180

In a history dassthat consistcd of 3Oshdcnts, the numbcrof scoiorswrs 3 morc thao tcdocthc numbcrof juniorq and of the srudcnts werr t ncithcr junbrs nor scniors. 14.The numbcrof junion in thc class 4xt + 4yz 6

t2" Thc grcatcst even

factor of t80 that is bss than 90

(2t + 2y)'?

In circles Cs and C2 , thc lorglh of rgment PR equals thc lcngth of scgmcnt QX.

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

1 3 "The circumference of
cide Cs

Thc circumference of circle C2

507

ffi66;ccs

Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions,sclect the best of the given.

16. lf ZSpcroentof a certainnumberis 1,600, what is l0 percentof the number? (A) & (B) 400 (c) ffi (D) 1,44t) (E) 4,000 17. The ratio of 1.8to 2 is cqualto theratioof (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 9to I 9 ro t0 9 ro 20 18to 100 t8 to 2@

l5 cm

l2 cm

20. What is the maximum number of cubes, each

3 centimeters on an edge,that can be packed lnto a rectangularbox with insidediminsions as shown above? (B) t20 (q e0 (D) 40

'

(A) 360

(E) 20

18. If 2x + 7 : 12, then 4x - 7 : (A) 2 (B) 2.5 (C) 3 (D) l0 (E) t3 @ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(B) n2

-r2+Zxy*y2=

.::;
.1

(C) z(x -r')

(D) n2 + 2y(n - y) (E) n2+an-*2

s08

Qucstions2l-25 refer to thc following Fdphs.

PERWEEK SPENT AVERAGE IN MAJOR NUMBEROF HOURS TYPES OF ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS 56 52 48 -*, 44
q)

* 4 0

I 3' 6 * 1

3zs
I2 4
t t

1 6

3 zo u
t')

8 4 0
Married Men

M Single Womcrr

Activities Other Leisure Recreation Social Life Media Organizations

f x

b 3 2 " 2 7 zE t = 2 0 b 1 6

u z
L
J Married Men

7l

u
M Single Women

2 8
4 0 K L Single Married Men Women Group Note: Graphs drawnto scale. GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

21. In whir\$ m4ior typc of activity is the average

numberof houn spcnt pcr weck most ncarly thc samcfiorall four groupc? (A) Slcep (B) Work for pay (c) kisurc time (D) Fcrsonalcarc (E) Family care

26. If x is an integer and y : 9x * 13, what is thc

greatcst valucof .x for which y is lessthan 100? (c) l0 (D) e (E) 8 (A) 12 (B) ll

22. Approximarly what is thc averagc numbcr of

houn per weck that ernploycd single women spcnd in leisure-timc activities? 27. What is the value of y in the figure abovc?

(A) 4? (B) 3e (C) 37 (D) 30 (E) 17

23. Approximately what is the avcrage numbcr of hours
per weck that employed married mcn spend on media activitics? (A) t2 (B) l6

(A) 70 (B) 80 (q e0 (D) r00 (E) I l0 28.What is thc perimeter,in meters,of a rectangular
playground 24 meters wide that has the samc area as a rectangularplayground 64 meters long and 48 meten wide?

(c) 19 (D) 22 (E) 25 24. Whichof thefollowingliststhe four groupsfrom lcastto grealest with respectto thc avcragenu'nbcr ofhoun pcr weekthat cachspends working for pay?

(A) rr2 (B)r52

(c) 224 (D) 256 (E) 304

a. Saplings areto be planted30 feetapartalongone

(A)9, K, M, L
(c) z, J, M, K (D) r, K, M" J G)r,M"K,J
25" Approximately what percent of thc average number
of hours per week spcnt in lcisure-time activitics by cmployed singlc men is spcnt on social-lifc activities?

(B) "I, L, M, K

sideof a straightlane455feetlong. If the first sapling is to be plantcdat oneend of thelane,how manysaplings arc needed?

col rr (E) 14

30. The average(arithmetic mcan) of five numbers is 25.

After one of the numbcrs is removcd, the averagc (arithmctic rnean) of the rernaining numbcrs is 31. What number has bccn removed? (A) (B) I 6

(c) lt

510

SECTION 5 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

Numbcn: FiBurcs:

All numbcrs uscd arc rcal numbers. Position of points, angles,regons, etc. een bc assumedto bc in the ordcr shown; and angle measures cen bc assumedto be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight. Figurcs can be assumedto lic in a planc unlessotherwise indicated. Figures-thataccompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering the questlons. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scate,you should solve theselroblems NOT by estimatingsizcsby sightor by measurement, but by using your knowledge of mat'hematics (see Example 2 below).

Directions; Each of the QuesJions l- | 5 consists of two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparcthe two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Notc: Common InfGiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannotbc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethere are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information conccrningone or both of the quantities to bc comparedis centered above thc two e-olumns. A symbol that appears in both columns iepresents the same itring in Column A as it does in Column B. Column A Column B SamDle Answers (D@@@@

E x a m p l el ;

2x6

2+6

E x a m o l e2 :

NQ

Example3:

ExamDlc4:

w+z

lE0

@@(D@@ (since PQ is a sraightline)

C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E , 522

i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;

B i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; C i f t h et w o q u a n t i t i e s a r ee q u a l ; D if the relationship cannorbe determined from the informationgiven.

Column A Column B Column A Column B

'
2.

1(,-l)
"
l - n
h : +

2 9 l 4 t E l t6
I to
r5

l 2

5t

-)-

R and S aredistinctDoinison a circleof radrusI 4. The lengthof line segmentRS r<5 a n d v>1 2 . u - x 7 -lx : 4-r' r_t, I 0 9. The ratio of -t to )' The raiio of l

:)
F I
F

1
7

l E O- r 6.

I
i.'i

;.
20

,n r;

t
I tl

)
I

F x t

r
t

523

) I
I

: : )

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quanrity in Column B is greater;

if thc tryo quantitiesare equal;

Column A

ColumnB

The area of a circular rcgion having a radius of I metcr rs x square mcters. J I

Average (arithmeticmean) of TestScoresin Class R Averagescorefor the boys Averagescorefor the girls Averagescorefor the class

1
The cost of x pounds of meat at y dollan pcr pound (a + 5)(a The cost of y yards of material at :r dollan psr yard

90 8l 84

-r>l ),>l

The numberof girls in theclass who took thetest

9:o
b + 5
f

(D + 5)(D 5 ) : o
13.
o + 5 I
-

- t -

t
-l)

5U

fi

F
?:

r ,

*.*. ;.

\$
E
i

is 4, thcn I of thc 16.If + of a certain number

number is

19. Todayis Jack'sl2th birthdayrd his fatbcr's rlOthbirthday. How manyycan frm today will Jack'sfattrcr bc rwiccasold asJac* is at thet timc? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) l2 14 16 18 20

, *
!: t'. \$ t.

(A)

(B) 2

(qf
(D) 7 (E) 28
17. At Collegc C there arc from ? to 4 introductory philosophy classcs each semcster,and each of these itasseshas from 20 to 30 students enrolled. Ifone sernGiterl0 percent of the students enrolled in introductory philosophy failed, what is the greatest possiblenumbcr who failcd?

2 0 .\ f a + D = l 0 , t h c n (A) 5

(".t*(u*!)=

5.

*
i

(D) (E) 6 3

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

18. The lengths of the sides of triangle ln are x * | ' ofthc Zt, and 3x. The sum ofthe degrecmeasures threc interior aaglcs of I is

(A) 6x (B) 60x (c) 90 {D) 180 (E) not dctcrminable from the inforrnationgiven

525

2l-25 referro the followinggraphs. Questions PLiBI-IC AND PRIVATESCHOOLEXPENDITURES (l billion= 1,000,000.000) \$r60 SCHOOL ENROLLMENT BY LEVELOF INSTRUCTION 1965-1979 (in millions of studenrs I iU 70
Total

(t" biJtR::?lnr,"*,
\$r60
lq

50 120 g 100 r00

50
r.Elementarv School

i
tr

4i)
.^

4A 30

lr.,l

E R o /_ t0

20 l0

ollege

0 Year

r965 1967 1969 t97t 1973 t975 1917 lg7g

21" Of the following yean, which *owed the least d i fferencebetwcen public school expendi t uTESand private school expenditurts? (A) r965

24. Whichof the followingperiods showed a conrinual increase in the total school enrollment? (A) (B) (c) {D) (E)
?{

t967-1969 t969-1971 I97r-r973 r973-1975 t9is-t977

22. Foreach yearfrom 1965 to 1979, thetotalenrollmentin college. sccondary school, andelementary school wasin whichof the followingranges? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 50to 60 million 55to 60million 55 ro 65million 60 to 65million 60 to 70million

ln 19'12, publicschool expenditures were approxrmately whatpercent of thetoralschool expendirures for that year? (A) 20% (B) ffi% (c) 7A% (D) 80% (E) 9A%

ln 1970, approximarely how manybilliondollars \$'ere slxnt on publicelementary-schools? tAr 3l (B) Y) (c) 60 {D) 87 1E) It cannot bedetermined l'romtheinformation given. GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

526

t
r g'
2

F u
26. If thc sumof thc first n positiveintcgen is equalto n(a + l) ---T-, tbenthe sumof thc first 25 positive integen is (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5l s2 313 325 325 29. lf x is positivearrd y is I lcssthan the sourc of x, whichof tbcfollowingexpresscs x in tCrmS Of y ? (A)x-y2-l (B)r:y2+l

(9x=rfr*l ( D l x =J T - , (E)r-.5.1

J l-.i':l'

n t- ., n "T 2x z - t- 'l , t h lc2n x : .

30. If thctoal surface arcaof a cubcis 2{ rftat is tbc volumc of thccube? (A) E (B) 24 (c) 64

(A) i

c);
(c) 4 (D)
tl

(D) 4sJi
(E) 216

(E) 7

What is thc perineterof the pentagonabove? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 2l 26 2E 3l 4t

527

FOR GENERAL TEST 13 ONLY Answer Key and Percentagesfof ExamineesAnswring Each Question Correctly
YERITIABIUTY \$rguon'! Srctlon I
iarlt
1 a I 5 I - 7 I I 10

0ulrfrTAnvE AB|LITY
P+ 9t 71 80 61 55 50 41 98 92

A}|ATYTICAIA8[.lrY
P+ 87 80 90 78 77 76 71 4 56 4a 45
aa tt

l6r.t D

P+ 97 62 63 60 17 17 45 qt 85 76 71 58 65 /t8

tlDmtrr 1 2 3 1 5 I 7 E 9 t0 1t 12 13 14 16 17 18 19

Art|'t

lccdon 2 furr|' Hc

P+

Xumbrr lgmr
1 2 3 4 5 A C B D A B C A A D B C D 8 0 D AD C

Scsdon 5

Srclion 3 lbmlrr Ansrlf I P+

Soction 6
l|tlmbrr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Jlnselt E A B E A C 0 A C D B 8 I E C 8 A E
n

P+ 81 87 82 73 58 72 90 53 80 53 62 36 56 47 49 30 50 46 49 26 45 52 40

I 1
1 l l
I

r 2
r s

o c
D A D
E

c
v

E D

m
21 E E 27

12 13 t/t r5 tc 17 t8 19

E B A E B B
E

v
1E 53 73 59 5t 63 C2 37 50 63 35 69 95 8a 86 68
(1

r5

A B A

79 73 37 17 36 67 I 79 65 7A 59 55 64 /3 40

t 8 1 7 I r l s I t o I r l A l 1 2 A
l 1 l i l
1

B l s ) B 1 7 6 A l 1 1 c 1 7 2 6 B 1 7 6 7 A 1 7 1 E 9 B I 6 0 c l 1 I

A l82, 0 1 8 2

2 3

<

0 2 3 4 5

6 7 E 9 10 11 12
t ?

E E B c c B c D D E A D E E B D A

D l s s A l 8 s D 1 8 3 c l s t
1 4 3 1 6 4 i 8 o 1 7 3

n n n

B D
E

o B o

l t s

1 6 3 1 7 0 3 D 39 /t3 c D 28 8g 79 85 68 63 89 88 7n 61

't1 1 1 1 1

E l *

38 21 90 a7 76
nl

t4 15 16 '17 18 19

t 8 3 11 1 6 0 '1 13 2 l 6 r 'r4 1 6 6
1 5 6 7 8 0
n

1 6 C 1 7 B 'lt c 1 9 8 8 0 .

1 8 17 'r8 1 9

l.t " A l s s

65
a7

n n

21 2

c c c
z

21 2.

A
E A

21 25 27 28

n a s
3l

a :El 3a
\$

E B A B A A
n

B B I A
o

2sl
91 l 88 1
I

30 31 3A 3(l 34 35 36 37 38

erl
11 | u ' ll -

A 6 8 7 A E 3

N 2

E D 0 t o E B p A

A C

2't 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 N 3

. 3 4 5 6 7 8 0

A C E 8 D D 8 8 E A

85 57 80
N

2'l 22 21 25

1 2 1 l o 8 1 3 4 1 1 9 1 3 7 l 3 s 1 1 2

1 1 7 1 1 1 3 8 1 2
n

10

c A 4 8 C

21 7 2 2 2 4 5

7'l 48 3{t 33 29

69 n 63 51 17

\$ 38 38 3} 21 13

A E D
E

80 1 s3 l 63 1

3f 3E

o
ts

,;l
2sl

'Esfnalsd P+ for thc group cd oxarnine lyho took thr GRE GrEr8l Test in a recsnt three-yrar priod.

534

7 *

i#"
:
al

colrvEssrofls FoR GfiltRAL TEST 13o]tLy sc08E

IIIO THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
R.f ScGr

t'

k.

a
*

llrn

V.r!d

Frr q6hd ^1 Scorc Srdr hld 39 38 37 36 35 130 1m 120 410 36 3t 33 30 6 21 zl

0urdilrtin % Fl.a Scorr Brlr 550 540 530 520 5to 50 gt 170 460 150 1E 45 12 4{t 3? .* c, A 26 21

ferldcll

Sc{.{ tf Scorr artir 666 8t 670 gg 660 E3 65S, 3r s30 ,F,' -74:l; * 810 72 590 6l 5&l 61 5?0 61 550 540 520 500 490 470 450 &0 4a) 410 55 5? 46 40 38 32 27 21 20 .!E

7+76
'J

72 71 70 59 5E
o/

790 780

na
7ff)

99 99 99 39
96

v
74{'
{JU

{n
3!L 380 370 370 360
ts

66
b5

64

\,
na 51

720 710 690 680 o /u

Dil

98 97 96 95 94 ql 92 90 89 87 85 84 8? 78 76 74 72 69 67 64 51 61 s9 55 y 51 48 U 41 38

33

n
31 30 29 2A
al

m m
ID

14

o3u 540

60 59
(t

800
790 790 i60 7S0 740 730 720 7jO 590 680 670 650 650 640 620 610 500 590 580 570 96 94 92 89 88 86 U 82 78 77

26 25 23 22 21 20 19 l8
to

630 520 510 590 580 s 4 i 570 -^ I 560 " rl 52 1 550 a ,' II 540 , 50 1 530

340 340 330 320 310 300 290 2E0 270 260 250 240 230 n0 210 200 200 200 200 20 200 M 200

t2 12 10 9 7
b

440 2. 430 2A 410 16 400 14 3-od 13 380 12 370 10 350 I 340 6 gl0 5 320 310 3{n 29) 274 260 250 240

* I
i

i
7
I

1 1 1 1

1 I

8qt

4 1 | 450 40 1 440
'Pacat

4 e l 520 4 E l520 47 1 510 45 1 500 ,5 1 490 44 1 ,180 43 1 470 42 1 460

I I

99

15 14

'|

74 72 7s 6E 63 61 se 3V s4 sr

1 't I I

'|
I 'I I 1

m 2m
200

390 15 370 12 360 l0 340 7 3 3 0 6 310 4 290 3 270 2 260 1 240 1

-:

& 7;

{
!-

m
200 2fi

n8 n
210 N

'r
1 I 1 t

i
i 7'
t

rffint b.lo* dE sLd Fm b bc.d e tb frfwmn of 923J59 cxrmirc wno mf rhc Csat Ta bct Oclobq I . | 9EC &d Scpdnbq lO. I 969. Th! F6 beic infmrim ir uscd fc sm rcFs dqrnt dG | 99G9 I teht yw.
I

535 : .: ! tr
R

SECTION 2 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

Numbers:
Figures:

All numbers usedarc real numbers Position of points, angles, regions,etc. can be assumedto be in rhc order shown;and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan be assumedto be straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a phne unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures that accompany questjonsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However,unless a note'states that a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these"prolt.-, NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mat'tre*atics (see Example 2 below).

Diryctions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantityin Column A is grearer; tbe quanriryin Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). Common ;:...I n l o r m a t r o n : In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbolthat appears in both columnsieprese nrsthe samettringin Column A as it doesin ColurnnB. C o l u m nA Exsmplel: Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR. Column B SampleAnswers

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@@@(D

Example 4:

w*z

t80

7:
,i.

\$
?i

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is grcarcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is grearer;

if thc two quantitiesare equal;

E.

D if thc relationshipcannot be dctcrmincd from thc informatioo giwn.

ColumnB
The average(arithmetic mean) of 57, 58. and 60

ColumnA | : :

ColumnB

\:
The arrerage (arithmetic mean)of 15, 16, and 180
ai

t '1

E.

fr

"r+3:23 24-y:3
2. t20

nistofn
t6 4.il+(-12)+13+(-t4) 5" Thecostprgramof carrots if 3 cansof carrots cost\$0.90 2(- t)

A certain car gets24 miles per gallon of gasoline for city driving, which is 6Opercent of the number of miles per gallon of gasoline the car gets for highway driving. The number of gallons of gasolineused to drive this car 30 miles in the city The number of gallons of gasolineu*dto drive this car 45 miles on the highway

6.

'.

('' *)
6
1

6 + ;

) 6
r > 0

x + y

543

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantities are egrFl

D if the relationship cannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Column B Column A

Column B

.L----l--__
{ !s a point in the rectangutar coordinate sysrcm and OR = 5. 13. The x-coordinate of point R x > 0 n > 0 xn xn+| 5 The volume of the cube is .r cubic metersand the surfacearea is r squaremeters.

6 meters

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

v4

Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choies. For each of thesequestions, selectthe bestof the inswe-f,6ices Even.

t6.

(12)(27') ----------;:---(27){s) =
ll )

(A) 0

(B) I

(qT ro) 27
8 9 l0
ll

(E) 189

t 9. The selling price of a cerrain book is \$ 12.00.For each copy of the book sold, the author receives \$2.zl0.What pernt of the selling price does the author receive?

(A) 20% (B) s% (q 2% (D) 0.s% (E,0.2%

1

l 6 )5. l 4 1 3 t2

t7 l 8
26 25

)q
.A

20 2 l

23 22
JI

28 29 30

l5 cm 25 cm The rectangularbox shown abovehas beenwrapped with two tapes,eachgoing once around the box without overlap and running parallelto the edgesof the box. How many centimetersof tape were used on the box? (A) 70 (B) 80 (c) 120 (D) 140 (E) 150

17. The figure above consistsof 25 squares. lf the fieure were folded along the dotted diagonalro form a-flat triangle, then 26 minus the number in the square that would coincide with the squarecontaining26 would be (A) l3 (B) 14 (C) 15 (D) t6 (E) 17

r 8 . r f r : ( ^ r -W)T 6)w-; 6 1| + w ( c )D T - w
(D) DT + ty (E)D+WT

and D + 0. then S :

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

545

2l-25 refer to the followinggraph. Questions MEDIAN INCOME OF COLLEGEGRADUATES'/S. NONGRADUATES IN REGIONS X AND Y

Rigion r i*;:L:""' ffi Region , ffi in'J:[:,,*

\$r6,000 14,000 r 2,000
U

iiiiil
::iiil iiit
:;:1i;f-iiit

r0,000 8,000
cft

()
E t)

z,

--J
= = =

iiifiiil
.t1:-

iii+_ ii:l
iii.
iiil

v.
X 1965

iirf

v
X

r980

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

56

, .: T.
i..
0r

s F
2 l Th_c median income of graduatesin Region X in in RegionX in 1975 {A) graduates (B) graduatcs in Region y in 1975 (c) graduates in Region I/ in 1980 {D) nongraduates in Region X h 1980 {E) nongraduates in Region y in 1980 22. For nongraduatesin Region X, the median income

1'
l.

1980was most nearty equal to the mediin income of

From 1965 to 1975 in RegionX, theincrease in rhe median income of graduates washow muchmore thanthat of nongraduates? (A) \$5,000 (B) \$3,000

: n

\$ r

(c) s2,500 (D) s2.mo (E) \$t,ooo

25. For.how many of the four categoriesgiven did the
median income increaseby at least :O-pe.ceni trorn 1975to t980 ? None One Two Three Four

in 1980was approximaGlyhow many timesas grear as it was in 1965? (B) 2.5 (C) 3 (D) 3.5 (E) 5

(A) 2

547

{A) ' - l < x < 0 {B} - - l < r < |

(q

{D) (E)

0 < . r < l x < 0 " r>l 29. If t = 40, what is the degreemeasure of LIIISR?

(D) 100 (E) 80

30. What is the distancebetweentwo points on a number line if the coordinatesof the points are

4+r/E and2-JTt

6)2-zJi {B) 2 + 2jT

27 In the rectangular coordinatesystemabove,the area

( A ) tl i ( B ) 2 ( c ) 2l i ( D ) 3 ( E ) 4
Which of the following equals r "r' 11' + Q + xy)y? {A} r(l + "y)2 {B) .x(2 + ,}' + }'2) tC) 2"t(l -t- l) * ,y

(D) 2rr'(l + r') (E) .r:(l + r,:)_r.

548

SECTION 5 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions f\$umbers; Figures: All numbers usedare real numben. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown;and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shbwn as straight can be assumcdto b straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicatcd. Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in ansrrcringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to scalc,you should solrc thcsc problcms NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowlcdgpof mathematics(sec Example2 bclow). Directions: Esch of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and onc in Colu6n B. you ere to comparethc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D biotc: if if if if thc quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitics arc equal; the rclationshipcanBot be determincd from thc information giwn.

fi. i,:.

Since there are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis ccntcredabove the two columns. A symbol that appcars in both columns represents the samething in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answen

IffifGiion:

Common

Examole l: Examples 24 rcfet to L, PQR.

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Example 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sirrce equal measures cannot be assumed, even though PIY and lfp appear equal)

Example 3:

Example 4:

rr+ z"

t80

561

c
Column A

A if the quanrity in Column A is greater; B if thc quaatity in Column B is greaterj

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the relarionship cannot be determinedfrom thc information given.

Column B Column A n > 0 Column B

20)+(7x4) n2+2
4 _ n 0.9
J.l

J
J.

) 5

(3)(t
x : y y = z
t-_4 ____+l

4.

x + l

z - l The perimeterof triangleI equalsthe perimeter of triangle II.

Ifchecks of\$455 ard x dollan are deductedfrom a@ount that has a balanceof \$g00,then 1^c,h,ec\ing \$305 of the balanoewill be left.

5"

45

The number ofhours in 60y weeks

s
PQRS is a parallelogram.

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

6,

562

il
& 9+

f i.
A if the quantity in Column A is greatcq B if the qusntity in Column B is greater; C il thc two qusnritiesare equel; D if thc reletionship cannot bc detcrmincd from thc information givea,

ColumnA

ColumnB

ColumnA

AB\DC

,n ' u ' Arca @ of triangularr@._4lL

1
The ratio of the circumfercnceto the diameter of a circle that has radius 6.5

I L The ratio of the circumference to the diamter of a circle that has radius 6

xfi

r3

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

563

Dir*tions: Each of the Questions t G30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the answr choices girm.

16. A certainwritcr notedthat, on the average, 3 pages of a-m-anuscript wereequivalent to I pagi of the published book.If theivriter hasa 30)_fage manu_ seript,abouthow manypages wiil the pubished book have? , (A) t00 (B) tsO (c) 300 (D) 600 (E) 900 1 7 . l t x - . 1 , : 0 , then xy must equal which of the following? (A) 0 (B) |
(O x (D) x? (E) x2y

/-rl+-._-x*4---.{.
Y i------V7777777r---,\

r8. If t 3_ 1 : n, then n is 4 7 (A) greater than 3 (B) between2and3

20. In the figure above,squre pgR.S has side of length r + 4 and each of thJ four smallersquares has side of length 2. If the area of the shadedrlsion is 48, what is the valueof x ?

(A) I

(D) 8 (E) 12

(g betweenI and 2 (D) between 0 and I (E) lessthan 0

19. In therepeatirydccimal0.0157901579. . , the 29th digit ro theright of thedecimal point is (A)0 (B)t (q5 (D)7 (E)e
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

5&

i..

^.

k
Questions2l-?5 refer to the following table"
t,

E ,.
*'. ,:
i

F
?^ ?
ar

Population (in millions) 62.9 76.0 92.0 105.7 122.8

Year

(in millions)

Population ttffi
131.7 150.7 l't9.3 m3.2 223.9

(in milioos)

8.9 19.0 28.6 23.9 n;l

2 t . By how many million did the United Statespopulation increase from 1920to l95O?

24. In which of thc following years will th Unitcd Statcs population first reach 260 million?

(A) s.3 (B) le.o (c) 45.0 (D) 74.7 (E) 87.8
22. During which of the fotl;wing lGyear intervalswas
the United Statespopulation irrcrease the least in actualnumber?

(A) leeo (B) t995 (c) 2000 (D) 2m5

(E) It cannot bc dctermined from thc information gven. 25. If the percent increasc in population from l9l0 to 1920had beenapproximately thc sarneas rhe prcent incrcascfrom 1900to 1910,the lsyear increase,in millions, from l9l0 to 1920,would have been approximatcly

(A) r89Gr900 (B) r9OOl9t0 (c) r920-1930 (D) r93Gr94o (E) r94+t950
t3 By approximately what percent did thepopulation of the UniredStates increase from 1900 to 1980 ? (A) 1.6%
(B) 2.560/o (c) t1a/o (D) I16",'6 (E) 195%

565

26.The AcrneRent-a4ar agency charges per \$10.00

day andl0.lO per mile to rnta car.Thc Super Rent-a{ar agpncycharges per day aird S20.00 S).05pcr mile to rent a car. If a car is rcntedfor I day,at how manymileswouldthe rentalcharees of the two agencies be equat?

2 8 . rrf: 1 , ' *
of R? (A) (B)

R), thenwhat is r

in terms

1n
J

(A) s0 (B) r00 (c) r50

)n

(c)R+2 (D) 2R (E) 3R 29. If theaverage (arithmetic mean) of 5, 9, k, and m is | 2, whatis theaverage of k + 7 a n dm - 3 ?

tq

(c) te
27" If O is the centerof thecircleabove, whatis the circumferencc of the circle? (A) ar (B) 8r .,*, .# (O l&r @) 32n (E) 6{r
(D) 2t (E) 38

(A) r4 (B) r7

30.The length of rectangularfietd X is 2 kilometers

grcaterthan the sideof squarefield )., and the width of field X is 2 kilometerslessthan the side of field Y. lf ;.'2is the trea of field y in square kilometers,which of the following givesthe area, in squarekilometers,of field X ?

(A)y2-4 ( B )y 2 - z (c) y? (D)y2+2 (E)y2+4

566

FOR GENERAL TEST 14ONLY Answer Key and Percentagest of ExamineesAnswering Eacheuestion Correctly
VEB8ftA'IL'TY
Seclion1
l t l t t l tlsmlr 1 2 3 4 5 6 lnsrrt A A
c

Srcdert
P+

\$dai2
tbt|!at

OUIXTITAIIYE|IUTY Srclioo 5
I P+ baD.r t|srrt ' t B l 9 O 2 B l g t 1 7 9 3 A . A 1 8 5
5 6 7 8 9 8 8 A A C P+ \$ n3

UTY SSrt
ldr 7r ffi

h F,'
:
f+

lGsrlar fugmrIfi

l 7 l 8 l s 1 1 0
t . ' l.
I

A B
I

97 I 83 | v1 I 5l I .|i' 4l 26 92 80 50

l 1 2 I 13 1 1 4

A A
E

o o

I I | | I

s o 7 8 e

2 o r

I I

ls

o
D
E

56 I 1 1 3Kt 12 {t 13 1tt 11 28 ls 20 83 65 81 64 to s 68 39
bb

Iro

E D o A B

E E B

lE8

ls8 lB7 l s l s lEg

l6a 155 l l l3n l2l 168 ln l3g

s 6 T 8

1 2 3 1

Arrrr A B A C

Srrdoo 4
lrilrr

at
6l

l t 6 18 t9 ?o

16 17 18 19

O E A A E E O B A B o A A

la

ro

o l t o c l a o A l s B l e o

1 1 1 5 1 2 0 1 5 1 3 B 1 5 1 4 0 1

^ l.u A

1 7 9 7 9 { 5

0
l 2 3 a 5 6 7 6 9

1 5 c 1 1 16 D 179

i 1 1 t 61 1 1 1 1

c C B o c A 0 8 D

a, 3 E 6I 66 70 a9 at 6 95 a 80 a7 60 9t 71 6a
7l

z E 3 c . r E 5 c' c E. 7 o
r 11 1 1 til 1 r 1 1 1 2 N A A 21 6 E 9 0 2 3 5 0 7 8 9 0 B 8 A 0 8 A c E A E C c 0 E E A C C

87 a ' E1 o

7+
29 87

? 2 3 4 : '5 c

E E D 8 C c C F l I E A A 0, 0 C A c A E E 8 0 D

88 83 5l TT p

5C

ut'

- 7
8 . 9 r o i l t 2 1 3 1.3 t5 t 6 1 7 1 6 l 9 2 0 21 A n 2 4 2 5

a a
\$

24 8 26 27 2g 29 30
11

21 22

B A o I E
A

21 & 73 21 27 n 2e

E ls]

2 0
2 1 2 2 n 21 25 26 27 n a 30

1 7 1 8 1 9

O l A

. l z

1 7 9 7 , r l & {

&

6S 65 73 58 34 61 4t gt 3'l 2A 65 53

& 91

6l

7a 57 5a

s
a
u D A
E

74 60 8t| 84 57 50 12 34 39 32
1,7

a x

t c

30
31 32 33 3,4 3s

0 D o

l * 144

32 33 34
a4 TA JI

A
6

C B C c

l*l

l g r 0 1 6 5 c 1 7 1 E 161 A l44 C ls3 A Is6 A l s 2 D l s 2 B I49

a
3

21 C 2 0 N E 21 E 2 3 O 2 6 E 2 7 8 a 8
0

45

3 60 60 52

al .(t 34 6a 45 45

a &t

33 t5 3t 76

*,

:
,t i
a

t E

E
j

i
,
!

38 'Estimatod

B
n

36
37 38

n
E E

lssl

2A

P+ tor the group c/ eraminees who bot 're GBE Gen.al Tsl in a rcnl threo.yar prbd.

573

SCORE COIIVERSIOHS FOR GEIIERAL TEST 14OIILY AIIO THE PERGEI{TS BELOW'
3celad Scores end Perccnts Bclow Vrrtl * krtydc.l Qnu\$bth| I hr Scon \$r.! klor \$cgl hh Scd| * hltf Scaled ScorGsand Percnts Below Ylrbrl * ouiotltrtivs L An.lyiical % Scorr 8rhr Scsn hlow Scoru hlor 440 4il0 420 410 400 390 390 380
J/U

B:y Scon

73-76 72
TU

800 790 77A 760 750 730 720 71A 700 680 670 660 650

99 99 99 99 98 97 96 95
qq

t:;
1 3 5

l 3 e

69 68 67 66 65 6,1 53 62 61 60 59 58 57 56
<R

l 3 s

1 3 4

1 3 3 J 3 2 I ?r

38 36 33 30 26 24 24

ru

93 92 90, E9 87
85 84 80 7E 76 74 72 69 67 A1

t ; I
800
800 800 784 760 7* 730 7?O 7ffi 690 670
o7

n m

360

'rA

550 540 530 520 510 500 490 470 460 450 440 430 420 410 400 380 370 360 350 340 320 310 300 290
zlv

48 45 42 40 37 35 32 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 l0 I 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 1 0 0

640 630 610 600 590 570 550 540 530 510 500 480 470 450 440 420 410 390 380 360 350 340 320 310 300 290 280 270 250

79 76 72 69 67 61 58 52 49 40 35 32 27 24 20 18 15 13 10
I 7 4 4

l 2 s
1 2 8 26 25 24

350 3s0
340
'len

14
t<

i z z
n
2. 21 2A
10

10 7
b

g 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 45 45 44

630 620 600 590 580 570 560 550 540 530

97 97 94 92 89 85 U 80 78 74

320 310 310 300 290 280 270 260 250 240 230 220 210 200 200

4 2
t

18 800 99 16 15 14 13 12 11

42 4A

n30 s20 510 50o 490 480 474 450 4s0 440

64 61 59 56 t+ 51 48 44 41 38

550 6s0 640 620 610 600 590 s80 570 550

72 70 68 63 61 s9 57 54 sl 49

800 8O0 770 750 730 7n 700 690 670 660

99 99 97 96 94 92 90 88 85 83

1 1

l I | I | 9 | I | 7 | | 0-5

: I
. 1 1 1 l
I

200 200 200 no 200

0 0 0 0 0

o 0
v v

240 230
alv l lu

l l l

200

:l ;l

'Porcenl

scoring bt}. th scaled scorc is based m thg prlorfita rcr of 923,359 examinees who took ths General Tesi betwen fuober .l, 19g6, Nrd Sptornbr 30, 1989.

574

SECTION 3 Time-3O minutes Numbers: Figures: 30 Quesrions All numbers usedare real numbers Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Linesshownas straight can bc assurhed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unressotherwiseindicated. Fligures that accompany questions are intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions' However,unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn t*li, i"" should torui ih.o'pr'Jt.,n, 1" Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meas-urement, but by using your lnowledge of mathematics(see Example 2 below). Directions: Eachof the Que!.tions I -.15. consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantitiei-nd-hoose A B C D Note: Common IiJ6Jill'iJ.n: if if if if the quantityin Column A is greater; the quantityin Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; tlie rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare onty four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centeredabove the two columns'A symbolthat appears in both columnsrepresents the samething in cotumn A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answers

Examples24 referto L peR.

2x6

2 +6

(t@@@(D

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

ExamDle4:

w*z

r80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 586

A B C D
Column A

if if if if

thc quantityin ColumnA is greater; thc quantityin ColumnB is greater; the two quantitics areequal; cannotbe determined the rclationship from thc informationgiwn.
Column B

Column A 4

CotumnB
-7 K v_ f-

J2
x(x*l)*l:x*l . .
'

r
.l

ti!

r00
25

&

r
Whcn Carl and Linda startcd to diet, Carl's starting weight was 8 pounds more than Linde's starting weight. At the end of thc dict, eachhad lost 15 pounds. Percent of Carl's starting weight lost on the diet hrcent of Linda's starting wcight lost on tlr diet Six times the ara of a circular region that has radius 2 ccntimetcrs

z :
i i

5r
x : 3

3.

4x2
f J

144 + 5 : 7 - 5 : 8

r + J

t5
The average(arithmetic mean)of 66,78, and 89

10.The area of a circular

region that has radius 5 centimeters

5.. The average (arithmeticmeau)of 67,78, and 89

Whea Fred drives from his home to the nearest mountain rgsort, it takes 4 houn at an average spcedof 5Omiles per hour. When Fred drives from his home to his beach housc, it takes 3.5 hours at an averagespeedof 55 miles per hour. 6. Fred's driving distance from his home to the nearestmountain resort Fred's driving distance from his home to his beach housc The lengtb of arc ABC Thc length of arc ADC

587

c
Column A

A if the quantity in ColumnA is gpeater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

j if the two quantitiesareequal; i if the relationshipcannotbedetermined from the information given. Column B ColumnA Column B

n+0
n - 4

x : l - y

x?+y2

z'

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A crrculartabletop is to be cut from a squarepiece of wood as shown above. Percentof the:frood surfaceshown above that is not to be used for the 25%

uSiEiop

588

questions,selct the besr of the Directionc: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of the.se given. answer cf,-oices

= (D) 66 (E) 128

(C) 64

17. If 6 * 5x = 30 - x, thsn x = (A)4 (B)5 (c)5 (D)7 (E)t P , S 20. In the figureabove, if Pcn^S is a paralklogram, then / : (A) 20 (B) 40 (c) 60 (D) Eo (E).100

l8- Which of th followisg is equalto + 28{456}? 4s6472) {A) {B) (c) (D) (E) (72)(456 + 28) (4s6)('t2 + ?3) ({56 + 28)(72 + 455) (456 + 72)(28 + 456) (4s6 + 456)(72 + 2E)

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

thc ratio of 19" Which of the followingequals 2) ta 3i? {A) 2ts 3 {B) 5to7 (C) 3 ro2 (D) 7to5 (E) 35 to 4
t l

589

fi\$luut"
TFemales

(Numbers indicate percenrs. )

7.9

8.0

*Ratesare based on male and femalelabor forces, respectrvelv. 2l. For how many of the yearsshownwas the unem_ ploynent rate for femaleslessrhan the unemolov_ menl rate for males? (A) One @) Four (B) Two (E) Five (C) Three 24. What was the unemployment rate (includingboth malesand females) in State Z dunng i,9771 (A) 7.8% (B) 8.3% (c) t5.6% (D) t6.6% (E) It cannotbe determined from the information given.

22" For how many of the yearsfrom 1977 throueh 1982,inclusive, did the unemployment rate f6r malesrncrease over the rate lor malesthe previous year? (A) One [D) Four (B) Two (E) Five (C) Three

25. Which of the followingsratements about unem_ ployment in State Z canbe inferred from the graph? I. II. The samenumberof femaleswere unem_ ployedin l98l as in t980. The unemployment rate for malesin I9g2 \ilasmore than l] timesthe rate for males IIL in 1976. From 1978 to 1979, the numberof unemployed malesincreased. (B) I onty (C) II onty

23" la State Z in 1982,the totat labor force was I million, of which 55 percentweremales.If the unem_ ployment rate for malesis definedas the ratio of the number of unemployedmalesto the number of males in the labor force, what was the approximate number of unemployedmalesin State 2' ii lSgZI (A) 70,000 (B) 55,000

(c) 50,000 tD) 4O,0m (E) 1s,000

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 590

at

*,

E:

26. In a classof 120 students. 60 percentcan speak Fremb and the rest can speak only English. If 25 pcrcent of those in the classwho can speak French can also speak English, how many of the students in thc class can speak English?

F
I f.
* t * ;
7:

i
F

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

s4 60 66 84 c0
(v

i i ii
4

s k+0,tuo#:
)v

2 7 l. t k : ? * d

(A)l te)# sl

to)j

@+

29. In the rectangular coordinate system aborrc, if the equation of [; is y : x and 11 ll t2, whatis the shortest distance between QI and l 2 ?

I
t
E

28" The dimensions,in centineters, of rectangular

R are 6 by 8 by 10. Which of the following F CANNOT be the totd surface area, in square centimeten, of two facesof R ?

@ J - c g ) rs , *

(D)l c)l

(A) e6- (B) t20 (q t2s (D) 160 (E) t80

30. The positive quantities x, y, and z vary over time. )and alwayssquals l6yz. If y istripledand z J is halved, then x is (A) decreased by 5O% (B) decreasedUy ll{X (C) unchanged (D) increased Vy n\n (E) increasedby 50%

591

Numbers: Figures:

SECTION6 Time-30 minutes 30 Qrestions All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.

Position of points, anglcs,regoilr, ctc. cra bc assumcdto bc in thc order rhown; and angle o,easun s can bc assumed to bc positivc. Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc straigbt, Figures can be assumcdto lie in a phrc ualessotherwisc irdicatcd. Figures that accompany qucstionsarc iotcrdcd to provide information uscful in answering the qucstions. However, unlcssa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to rcalc, you should soh'c tbesc-p;;til; NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,bur by using your knowledg" of ."th.*;til:1..c Example 2 bclow).
1 :

'

t l: 7

Dirgctions: Each of thc QucElions t-.15. consistsof tso quntities, onc in Column A ad oae in Column B. you are to compare thc two quantities and cboosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity ia Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Col"na E ir grcatcr; the two quantitiesare cquet thc rclatiooship cirtrnot bc dctcrmincd from thc information gircn.

: f
.

*
I i 7,
:l

n F
a-

Siocethere are ooly four cboices, NEVER MARK (E). Ia a question, information concerning onc or botb of thc quantities to be comparcd is centcrcd above thc two columns. A symbot that appean ia both columns rGprescntsthc samcihing in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

):

Common -.-

lilormatlon:

: \$ r
& 3
f
l

ColumnB

Sa|,rpleAnswcn

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples 2{ referto A peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D(D
(sincccqual Elcesuresc8nnot bc assumcd,even thougb P/V and NQ appcar cqual)

Example 3:

v
w* z

@o@@(D
(sincc i/ is bctvctn P end Q)

Example 4:

r80

CO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

603

c
ColumnA

A if the quantityin ColumnA is greater; B if thc quantityin Column B is greater; D if the relationship cannotbe dctermined from thc informationgiven.
CotumnIi x2-3 y = 2 Column A Column B if thc two quantitiesare equal;

At a grocery storcRay paid \$1.S5 for 5 poundsof pohtocsand \$1.29 for 3 pounds of apptes. 2. Thc amountRay pardpcr pound for thepotatoes The amountRay pardper pound for the apples

The three lines above intersect at a single point. z - Y x

a b+ 0
a + !
a

a i b

I 5

t 5

l 6

l 7

t t 8 ' , 9

4.

0.54 Triangle,{ hasverticcs (0,0),(0,4),and (3,0),and triangk I hasvertices (0,0), (-3,0), and (0,-4).

5. Thc area of 'l

The area of I

x * 2 = 3 - x

A precinct is divided into four wards as shown. The two northern wards have exactly 30 Democrats each and the two easternwards have an average (arithmetic mean) of 35 Democrats per ward. Tbe average(arithmetic mean) number of Dcmocrats in the fivo southern wards

25

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

;;rl l

;:; ffi
l.':l

c
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determincd from thc information given.

ColumnB

Column A

Column B

t is a digit in thc dccimal 1.3t5,srd 1.3t5 is lcss than 1.32.

t4.e{ + ref
O is the centerof the circle" Thc areaof &e shaded region is 3a.

- 3)

l9

1 0 .Thc degreemeasure
of LAOB
t l

t20

Johnfras a flat square garden with a perimcrcr of ;r fect. David has a llat rectangular grdcn with a perimeter of x feet and thelenglh I foot tongcr than thc width. The area ofJohn's garden The area of David's garden

!; c ,4i E

(0.4)6

(t - 0.o4

s t
I
f
k

&
?

* e
;i

CrOON TOTI{E NEXT PAGE"

3' ri

7: 'e
i

'.;,
12. The lengthof Xy The length of YZ

605

Directions: Each of the QuestionslG30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the aisw,er ctroices given. 16"If 2r *.y : (A) 2 t ' t 4: j
J

l0 and 2x :4, (C) 7

theny : (E) 14

(B) 6

(D) 8

(A) ;

(B) 3

(C) 4

(D) 12

(E) 36

18. The illumination E, in footcandles, provided by a light sourceof intensity ^1,in candles, at a distance D, in feet,is given bv E = 4. po, an illumination of 50 footcanat.rlt u dir,?;"" of 4 feet from a source, the intensity of the sourcemust be (A) 50 cdndles (B) 200 candles (C) 800 candles (D) 1,600candles (E) 2,500candles

20. In therectangular coordiaate system above, if the areaof rectangular region ppRS is 35,what are thecoordinates of point p ? (A) (-2, -2) (B) (-2,5)

(c)(-3,5)

(D)(-4,5) (E) It cannot bedetermined from the information given.

896r3,59n
1,58A 6 19. If thesolutionof thedivision problem above is cor_ rect,whatdigit does I represent? (A) 6 (B) 4 (c) 2 (D) I (E) 0 GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

606

6 B: E
l

Questions2t-25 refer to the following graphs.

t :;

POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATESAGE 55 AND OVER, 1984 AND PROJECTIONS FOR 1995
(in millions)

E s
I i

m
t5 t0 5
Age 55-64 Age 65-74 Age 75_84

Ase 85 +

ffi
"

\$14,999

ffi80?"

ffi
\$re,eee 7-

H 6 o % ro*
:;

',

1\x1i:::l:i,

ri!;

Age55-64

Aee65+
Drawn to scale

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

ffi1

from to decrease 2t. The agecategorythat is projected to haveapproximarcly is projected to 1995 1984 ? how many rnillion peoplein 1995 (A) 17 (B) 18 (C) 2l (D) 23 (E) 24

24. In 1984approximatelyhow many more people age

55-64had incomeslessthan \$10,000than had or more? incomesof \$50,000 (A) 2.2 rnillion (B) 3.3 million (C) 4.4 million (D) 5.5 million (E) I 1.0million

in the 22" In 1984the medianincoqe for a person wasin which of the following 55-64agecategory intervals? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) Lessthan \$10,000 \$10,000-\$19,999 \$20,00G-s24,999 \$25,m-\$34,999 \$35,000-s49,e9e

25. For the agecategorythat is projectedto have the

from 1984to 1995,approxilargestpercentincrease mately what is the projectedprcentincreasein population? (A) r0% (B) 15% (c) 20%

age55and that thepopulation 23. Ifit is projected

over will comprise . of the total population in 1995,then the total-populationis projectedto be approximately how many million in 1995?
I

(D\ 2s% (E) 3s%

(A\ 27s (B) 260 (C) 250 (D) 24s (E) 220

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i4.

608

q e { i : i t .

{ i ,

4 f a

^ . 3 3 - 3 2/o. -----;J

:
.

i i"

{A) 0

(B) I

(c) 3

(D) 6

(E) e

]
27. A certain rectangJe has perimeter54. If thc ratjo of the length of the rectangtcto tbc width is 5 to 4, what is the length of the rectangh?

a ii

(A) 30

{B) 27

(g 24 (D) 18 (E) ts
29. In thc figure above, what is thc area of the square
inscribcd in the circlc ofradius a ?

: I :
i
i:

The expression (x + 4){2x - 3) is equivalent to which of the following? L 2x(x + 4) - 3(x 4) II. (x - 4)(2x + 3) III. 2x2- l2 (A) I only (B) II onty (C) III only (D) II and III onty (E) I, II, andIII

t.

(A) 2a

{C) o2

30. A certain form letter is to be sent to prospective

customers.If 4 model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 4 of the letters in 4 minutes,then 100model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 100 of the letters in exactlyhow many minutes?

(c)

25 min

ffi9

FOR GENERALTEST 15ONLY

Answer Key and Percentagee' ol Examlneer Answering Each Oseslion Correctly YERErt TSIUTY
Slsiloa 2
Itq\$cr t n 1 &\$rt Sr3llcr I

ASITTTY OUAHTNANVE
S.cdo. 3

ITALYTTCAL AEtLtrY
S!c0o6 1 \$sllil 5

f
f

t*ller I

P+ 88 79 73 58 75

tlurllf

lffEr
U A o

P+

Xrnlcr
1

trsrrt

P + lt8aber
89 93 86 g2 s ru 79
N

Ansurt P +

nunbrr
J

Atsrlt

P + llunb!|
w
,l

lnsrcr

P+
Yf,

'|

Aq t3 4Sl g

A 1 A
A

1 tr

76 68

2
J

o
A

a.
8il

4
5

5
o 7 8

v.
B

5
b

64 71 oz

74 81 73
E n

E c

30 32
q1

8
c

n
aa OY

tr

17 90
71

7 I
E

7
o

7
d

B 10

72
(a

't0
o/

59 64 54 69
N

10 11 12

61
il FI

10 '11 12
IJ

E E B E
6

o/ 88

10
54 81 44 N U

81 72 68 59 54

11

1t

n n

u
4043 w 70 87 52 38 4 z) u 46
JY IJ

t? 11 l<

A
c A

59 50 35
#
I

12 13
l(

A A

12
JY

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

? 3 { 5 6 7 8 9

C D 8 S D A 8 8

40 28 83 83 T7 79 69 93
IJ

45 15
to

14
16

14
{<

16 17
IA

46 68

16 17 't6 19

o
D A
6

25 51
s 63

17 18
t5

94 s 82 80 73
G

16 17 18

E
E

64 az

19

n
2. 23 24 25 6
)7 zo

n
A
A ts

tr

16 17 18 19

6 E

61 35 62

n
21

n
21 23 21 25 6 27

o
E

n
21 A B E

30

n
21

y2
a l

n
23 24 25
B

s 45

)/
50 38

o
A
E

o
58
v 10
ZJ

n n

D B
U

o
A

33 s 67

24 23 6 27 ?E

24 25

23 22

38 90 89 80

n
27 2A n 30
tt

o
E

s 38

o
E

a
fl at

u
81 62
AI

n a

14 33 ?8

o
A

3?
\$

u
2(

B 8 c

; "

l l

n
74
<l

l l 50 ln

32 33 3.1
tC

33 31
A B

36 37 38
'Estimated

E I 34 1
l2 1 |
14 1

35 37 38

25 29

P + for the group ot xaminees who took tha GRE Gaf,gral Test in a rccsnt thrge.yaat period

610

E L

sc0f,E c0ltvEf,stoils FoR GEltERtL T8I15oilty AilDTHE PERCEXTS BELO}Y'

Ystul Scorr /+/o 71 70
OY

:
?

Scalcd Scorer and Pcrcantr Brlow. t &an&rthr % Aodydc.t &br Sam Brtoy Scor!

9a Brtor
4(l
1lq

vlrhl Scor
450 44

Scelcd Scscr lnd Percenlr 8clow. r osr.a\$t !. r8|tytcl &br l\$a lrbr Slon

i &br
8S 87 84 82 n 75

a
3tt 35 34 34 30 27 6

no
760 710 730 7m 710 700 680 670 660 650 640 \$o 620 610 600 590 580 570 5,c0 540 540 530 520 5't0 500 490 480 470 460

s9
99 s 97 96 96 95 s y2 91 89 86 86 u 83 81 79 T7 73 70 67 67 65 62 59 57 54 5t 4a 45 800 80 8C0 790 780
/N

3{t 37r 38 35

4(r,
18 1n 4to
4@ 390 380 370 370 360 350 350 340

50 4tt 4q. 38 33

680 6g) 660 650 630 620

6 67 w

u
3:! 32 3t 3] E

n
21

33 ss s':;'.i:So
6. :.,.t,Ilg " 24 5o 2' 20 18 ls 13 E4q, ' 53O' 510 509 4&

70 6E
62 s9 se 5r 4 a, 36

a{
AA

0z 61 w 59 5 57
30

n
17
lc

a
98 gtl 98 97 27 6
a

{a
ifao 4q) 390 380 370 360 350 340 320 310 300 290 770 260 ?40

t5
tl

/w 730

90
at

24 73 2. 21

34 310 300 290 280 270 260 250 240 230 20 210 210 200 200 200 200

8 7

52
5l 50 49

7n
710 690 680 660 640 620 610 600 5O 570
ta

4
1

2 1 I I

47 46 45 4 43 42
41

5 4 3 3 z 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 g 0 0

390 380 360 a 5 3 / ' 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 n 2 2 2 1 9 8 6 5 3 o 0 0

0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 13 10 9 8 6 5 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0
1985.

5 t

F !

m
210 200 200 ?00 200 M 200

m
2W

/ , ?;
t

a
t

0 0

*'* "nHlfJ*td"lg.1"

scor' based on tt'"p'no'-"^

';
1i i Y

E
F

; r ;:
I !

6n

SECTION 2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers: AII numben usedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions, etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shownab straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwise indicated. Figures_that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thesc-problems NoT by estinlatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledge of matiematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: EachoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note: Common iiF6?iiliion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; thc quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.

Figures:

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerning one or both of the quantiriesto be compared is ccntered above the two columns'A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents the samettring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A Column B SamoleAnswen (D@@@@

Example l:

2x6

2+6

Examples 24 referto A peR.

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ ( D @ (since equal measurcs cannot be assumed, cven tbough P.iy' and NQ appearequal)

Example3:

@(D@@@ (sincely' is between P and Q)

Example4:

w*2

r80

@ @ o @ @ (sincePQ is a straightline)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

619

t.

A if B if c if D if

thc quantity in Colunnn A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantiticsare :qual; thc rctationship cannot be determincd from the iaformation givcn.

n
i{ l-

7 F

*
I

\$
ColumnA
l.

B Column

ColumnA
6.

Co'lumn B

f:
t'

0.0230102301

0.023023

',//l1537

5:

*
+
t; A

requircs A purchase plan for a stcreoreceivcr 20 perccntof thc total costas a down payment and monthlyp8,"mnts of \$30.
2. Thc total cost of the stcreo rcceiver

T
6

s450

I I
I
30
l l

F
?

\$,
+

7. The area of the shaded region

r
*
F t

3 E 1-1
I

8.
LPQR is inscribedin a circle. PQ QR

a'3

l , l

m*2=8 t-2:7 4. 4@+2)+(r-2)J (m+2\r-2)

On a 5Gquestion multiplc-choicetcst,3 points were given for each question answeredcolTectly and I point was deducted for each qucstion answered iocorrcctly.A student who answered all of the questions on the test receiveda totsl of98 points. 9. Thc number of questions on the test that thc student answered incorrecrly l4

t0.
5.

(0.4)3

(0.2)8

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

619

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesarc equal; the relationship cannot bc determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

35xs5 65y5l0
(arithI l. The avemge metic mean)of r and y 12" The lengthof a diagonal of a square with sideof lengrh s The lengthof a diameter of a circle with radius s

P Q i lS r n U V
14. The areaof triangular region RUY plus the area of triangular region RST The area of triangular region RPp

2 15.

Zx*l_x-l-x-l 4 t 4

_2x*l 8 x- I

5
The sum of \$a three numbersin the horizontal row equalstbe sum of the three numbe rs in the vertical colurnn.

2x* |

t3.

GO OI\iTO THE NEXT PAGE.

:-ril

620

:: ,::

F
'i

Direaiole:. Each of thc Qucstions l&30 has fivc ansser choie. answer choiccsgiven.

t
;1.

-. t6. If of a ertaia numberis 2, thcn j of t* i numbcris

F
t9. Thc chargefor a telcphorrc cal rnadeat

(A)* pt*
1 7 .2 . v -

(qr

1o)4 (E)8

2*=

10:00 a.m. from City f to Ciry X is t0J0 for the first minurc ad S.34 for cachadditional minute.At thesc rates, what b thc diffcrcnce bet*len the tobt cos of threc S-minute callsand thecostof one l!.minute calP \$0.00 \$0.r6 f0.32 \$0.4E S1.00

a-

(A) 0.09 (B)0.t4 (c) 0.re

(D) 0.2e (E) 0.32

t8 If n-t=t,thcn

n=

m. The lengthsof the sidcsof a rrianglcare in the

ratio of 3 to 5 to 6. lf thc perimerer of thc rriangleis 70,whatis thc lengh of the longest side? (A) .5 (B) 6 (C) 15 (D) 2s (E) 30
t V
F

I
I

* * a
. L F

t a
I

E t fi t

t '*

F i t

:. n ::.
ll il

T .: t \ :.
i +
v e t

F ] E
5

i ;

621

Questions2l-25 refer to the following data.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYMENTAND SALARY, BY OCCUPATION AND SEX, 1977
By Occupation 5. I Vc OfficiaU Adm i nisrrative 17.67o Professional 17 ,99cSemicr-,/ Maintenance 9.9VoTechnical 8.77o Skilled Crafr | 3.9Vc Pr otectiveService lE.7lp Officr-iClerical 8.2/s P arapr ofess i o naI

IAO16=4,4t5,000
Median Annual Salary M a l e Female

Females As a Percent o f t h eT o t a l , B y O c c u p a t i o n
All Occupations

\$12,390 \$ 9,093 15,74{) r2,650 12,885 9,445 13,622 9,827 9.054 7,761 9,723 8,456
I I,657 '

3E.0 20.7

Professional Technical Protective Service Paraprofessional Office/Clerical SkilledCraft Service/ Maintenance

34.2

67.7

8,E92

9,54"7 7,30'1

l'7.4

40

50 60 Percent

622

2 1 . Approximately what percnt of statc and local

Sovcrnment employeeswcre male?

. l

(A) 3t% (B) s2% (C) s8% (D) 62Eo (E) Wo

22. Statc and local governmnts cmployed approximately how many more office/clerical employees than skillcd craft employecs? (A) (B) 384,000 441,500

aad local governmcnt cmployecs can bs iifcrFd from thc data?

I. II.

Fewerthen i of thoscin paraprofc+ sional oeuptions werc Elhs. Therc neremorethan 5 timcstbc ntrmbcr of females in thc tccbdcat occupations s! in thc skilcd cfaft occupations. Thcre rtre morethar 6 timcsthe number of fcmrhs in thc profcssional oocupatione\$ in the ofiiciall adminb' trative occupations"

III.

(c) 650,500 (D) t25,6@ (E) 1,209,'tW

I 23. For state and local government employees,the median annual salary for maleswas approximately what percentgreaterthan that for females? (A) tOVc (B) 2Wo (C') 25Vo

(A) (B) (O (D) (E)

I only II only I and II only II and III only I, II, and III

(D\ 35Va (E) 75Vo 24. For stateand local governmcntemployees, approximately what was the differencebetween the number o[ femalesemployedas professionals and the number of fcmalesemployed in servicef maintenanceoccupations? (A) (B) 75,000 185,000

(c) 765,000 (D) 1,070,000 (E) r,840,000

623

l_10

t5 10 2.s 30 35 q

4s 50

26. On thc number line above,what numbcr correspondsro a poinr that is of the distancefrom { l0to40? (A) 6 (B) 8 (C) t2 (D) 15 (E) 22

28. Which of the following cxpressionshas (have) thesamevalucfor n=5 asfor n= *?

L
II.

n +n !
n-L n

III.

-?
n (B) II only (C) III only (E) II and III

(A) I only (D) I and II

27. lt polygon ABCDE abovehasperimerer 26 and equilateral triangteBCD hasperimeter lt, what is rheareaof rectangular regibnABDE? {A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 6 t2 24 32 48 _-.

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

624

30.If e =t

a n ar = 4 , t h e nt p r / l l , - ( r * * ) =

(A)-t

-; (B)

(c);

(D)|

(D +
'.+

t +..
f:

ft:.

* 29. The figure aboveshowsthe path tracedby the end of a pendulum from point X asit movcs to poini Y. How manycentimeten dixs the end of the pendulum travelalongthc arc from X to f? (A) 4r (B) 5r (C) l0r (D) 20zr (E) 36zr

va
f

*
I

i'

|:
1

625

Numbcrs: Figurgs:

SECTION5 Trme-3O minutes 30 Questions used are real numbers. All numbers

to be in the order shown; and angls measures Position of poiats, angles, rcgons, etc. can bc assumed can be assumedto bc positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straight. Figures can be assumedto lic in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. Figuresthat accompany qucstions are intendedto provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcseproblems but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see NOT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement, Example 2 below).

onc in Column A and one in Column B. You Directions: Each of ihe QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics, arc to compare the two qGiiiiliEi6hoosc A B C D Note: Common if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; from the iirformation given. thc relationship cannot be determirrcd

Sincethercare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantitiesto be compared is ccnteredabovc the samething in Column A as it the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents docs in Column B. Column A

Gliffiiiion:

ColumnB

Example l:.

2x6

2+6

o@@@@

Example2:

NQ

@ @ @ o @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough Ply' and NQ appear equal)

Exsmple3:

@o@@@
(since l{ is betweenP and Q)

Examplc 4:

w*z

IEO

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

638

a
tr'
4

Y & * i 4 {t A B C D
if if if if thc quantity in Column A is grearcr; the quantity in Column B'is greatcr; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be deterrnined frorn the informatirongiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

r=5 s=2

r- 2s*2

T
5.
x2

IJ

f
x-*0

6.

Figure II The area of the shadedregion shownin Figure lI

Lila purchascd a hat and a scarf for a total of 940. She received a 25 percentdiscount on the price of the scarf and a l5.perccntdiscounl on the pricc of the har. 3. The amount Lila saved on the scarf 4. The amount Lila savedon the hat

7. Thc pcrimcterof tnangle PQR

is a positive integer"

(25Vo of 12)+ 8

25% ot (12+ E)

8.

(- r;z'

(-1;2rt I

GOON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

T

i
I

l!

639

A B C D

if if if if

thc quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is grearer; the two quantitiesare equal; thc relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.

Column B The averagc(arithmeticmean)of 5,2, 8, 6, and 4

Column A

Column B

A rectangularfloor with an area of l2 square metersis drawn to scalewith 2 centimeters representingI meter. 13. The areaof the scale drawing of the floor 24 souare centimeters

A deck of n cards contains exactlv & marked cards. (ft * 0) 14. The ratio of the number of unmarked cards in the deck to the numberof marked cards in the deck 4 - I K

,{^8 is parallel to CD. II.

x +y

r e +y

15.

25'56

5(loF)

12.

JT+6

,fr+ tF

G OO N T O T H E N E X T P A C E .

&a

Pireaionr:,. Each of thc Qucstions 163o has five answer choiccs. For each of thesc questions,sclect the best of the answer cboicesgiven,

1 6 .I f 3 x * 5 = 2 r * 1 0 .r h e n r= (A) r
t l

tB) 2

(c) 3

(D) 5

{E) 15

17. i + f equals howmany twetfrhs? (A) 2 tB) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e

( A ) 96 ) B ( q ; p ) 3 G ) &

18. Of the 4O0cadets in a graduating class, 30 per. cent were women and, of ,f,"r., became I instructors. If the number of nren who bccamc instructors was twicO the number of womcn who becamcinstructors, how many of the men becarneinstructors? (A) 120 (B) 48 m" V APQR and APRS abovearcequilateral, what fraclion of PQRS is shaded?

( A ) +1 r ) i ( q * t o ) + ( E ) *

! t:
i
&l
!

: : :
i I L

i'

: :

Questions2l-25 refer to thc following Sraph.

AVERAGE' DAILY TOTAL AMOUNT OF SALESAND NUMBER OF SALESFORSTORE X \$1,000 900 t00 tr , 7ffi o 600 500 q 400 0 F 300 {) bo 2N !! o 100
a ()

t/)

Averap Total Amount of Sales \ r 0eft-hand scale) I

'l I I

\ \ \ \
.t)

/i /i A.
\ Avenge"T--fNumbcrof Salcs -(right-handscale)-

50 45 N E

3sT 3 0 3
2 5 3
15 I,

/ t

| / l

20r
s F '

r 0 g

Mon. Tucs. Wed. Thur. Fri. Sat. rAverage' means'arithmeticmean. " Note: Drawn to scale.

2 l What is the average total amount of salesmadc on a Fridayfor Store X ? (A) \$200 (B) \$300 (c) \$400

24. On which of the following days is the average

amount of a sale greatest for Store X ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Monday Tucsday Wednesday Thursday Saturday

(D) Ss00 (E) s6oo

22" On the averagc,what is the total amount of
salesper week (Mondsy through Saturday) for Store X? (A) \$2,700 (D) \$3,600 (B) S2,800 (E) \$4,lm0 (C) \$3,300

25. During the first week of a ccrtain month, how

rnany more salcswerc made in Store X on Saturdaythan on Monday? (A) 15 (B) 25 (C) 30 (D) 35 (E) It cannot bc determined from the information given.

23. What is the averageamount of a sale made on a

Wedncsdayfor Store X ?

(A) S0.s0 (B) \$2.00 (c) \$10.00 (D) \$20.00 (E) s40.00

&2

26. A trrin travclsfrom City X to Cily y in

3 iours ad 30 minutcsat an avcragespcedof 60 milesper hour. lf thc train rEturnsat an syeraSc spccd of 50 milcspcr hour, bow long doesthc return trip tatc? 2 hr 55 min 3 hr 40 mtut 4 hr 12min 4 hr 32 nin ,t hr 40 rnin

4- nfl6 4- nEJS

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

substituted for E to makeboth of thc ctate. mcntsabovetruc for all intcgersn suchrhat -2(nS3?

(A) s
29. \-:j-l

(B)< a\' =

(C)=

(D) >

{E) >

(tg-

: ; :

- rcrn (B) 36 (c) 8

2'7. In the figureabove,il point T is 6 cenrimercrs lrom ertry point oruarc PQ andfrom every point on arc R.S,what is thc sum of thc areas, in sguarcentimctcrs, of regions peT ud

(A) e- 4\/2

rR^s?
6 4r 6r 24 l2r

30. In thcfigure above, ffu=

( A ) +t s ) * ( q 3 ( D ) l E ) *

I t t

&3

FOR GEI{ERAL TEST 16ONLY

YTBIT III1ITY
3!t|h f tGllo. I

guilIlrmwrl|uTY
\$mt P+
illrnl|| lffi

xratTtcfi.rt[''rl
t firt P+ E5 93 E5 66 61 qt 71 6a 64 5l 4! I 41
I
tC

8.rlhr !

tGilt|l

H&tr

lsu A D E
F

P + llsD.r

ll.r|f

P+ 90 86 ct 86 76

lltFnllr
I

An3an

tHr t 2 3 r 5 a 7 E
o

tt|rru 8 0 E c A

P + hr
q)
I

fH.r I E A A

?+
179

l a
I

2 3
4 5 6 6 9 10

l @

60 6a 5.t 50 36 9, 78 6l 63 52 45 46

1 2 3 4 5
o

C S A E 0 B
E

l8s 171 161 ls4

tef
I

o c
U A

I lsr
v
9{ 75 7f 57 62

I 2 3 a 5 E 7 E
a

a o c
A A

A D A B

2 3 4
t

n
66 8t q,

2 3 4 5 E 7 6
O

91,.
O B E
B

t:
t;
l3
ls
180
150 t36
11 63 36

lo

u
76 65 36 63 49 52 51

c
B B A

a
ts

8 I 10 '11 12 13 14
IR

A B

10 12 13
I

6 7 E I 't0 't1 12 13 14
1(

o
B A I

a c c
D E B B D a
E

E1 79 66 6E

to 1t t2 t3 l4 t5 16 17 1E 19 20 21 2. a 21 5

E 0 4 C D 8 B I A E
U

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

c o
B B
FT E

D A

o
B A
14 15 16 17 18 19

o
B A

Ie

v
I tr 40 45

n
16 tn 78 41 47 55 38 52 67 56 3l 52 9{

o c
D a B
E

36

zl

70 17 55 55

11 1 2 1 3 11 1 5 16 17 18 19

l * ls2

fea

'16 17 18
lo

n
8E) 88 70 2E

e3
88 &l 71

16
1A

D
n B

n
2,

n
21 2.

A A n E B
E

18. 19

m
21 a 24 25 a n 2A 29
g)

75 w
a(

n
21 2, ti 21 25 6 27 a 29 30
E

9,, 85 85 70 68 78 75 iKt 4!) 61 73 51 45 3E 37

o
A

30 36 26

c
A E E

41 19 23 3'

a
54 31

0 B
E

u
42 2. 53 51 54 47 90

o
B

n 2 1
2 2 1 ,

c l
E

n
24
ZJ lo E

n
24
ZJ

o
B
t

l 1t
38

n
t

7 3
2 s

o l
c

D l 24

l4 t

27 2A 8 30 31 9. 33 34 35 3tt

D B A B

c)
66 76 5l 54 .18 a

a n e'
31 3 2 3at 3 4 3 5
36
at te

o c
B D

c
A D o

e.
81 75 s 5t 3

58 *l 37 35 32

A A
A

s
D
A A

B E c 8 0
A A

441

s7
38
'E3timstsd

30i 24 1

36 1 I

35I 241
18 1
in a rec.nt thrs6.y"8r pariod.

P + tor tha grxJpof examinee3 who took tha GRE Genoral T6t

u9

FOR GENERALTEST 16 ONLY SCORECONYERSIONS AND Tffi PERCENTS BELOWI

I-U Rrr Scorl \$.f|
73.78 72 71 70

Scdled Scorer and Percantr Bclor' I fr|'*d osrffi|r * lrbv Salrr Erlor Sa!.! 99 99 99
99 98 98 96 s 94

t tdfi

Rrr Scon 40 3 38 37 35 35. 34 3 32 31 30 E

Vlrtd Scorf
450 /t40 /}30 420 410 400 400 390 380 370 360
Jw

ScsladScorar.nd Parconb Below' q,r'om AmttH * i tabf scd| lclos Sco'r

4!t 40 37 34 31 560 570 560 550 530 520
<ld

f trlor
94 E? 91 88 86 83 78 76 71 69 63 60 55 52 45 4iI 37 34 n 6 2 n 16 14 11 8 7 5 4 3 2 t 1

e0 7s0 780 n0 750 7&

til

58
N (l

49

e)
68
b/

41

730 710 700 580 670 650 530 620 600 590 570 s60 540 530 510 500 480 170 450 440 120 410 390 380 360 340 330 310 300 2 8 270 250 240

n
L

s 65 64 63 61 60 59 58
JT

7n
7t0 690

6 ?4 2. 18 18 16 14
la

490 480 470 450 4A 430 4t0 400 390 370 360 350 330 320 310

.u
?1

n
25

m
610 660 650 610 530 610 600 seo 580 570 560 560 540 530 520 510 91 89 88 86
N

n
'16

56 54 53 52 <t 50 49 4 17 16 45 44 43 4?

800 800 800 800 800 790 7& 760 ' 750 7& 7n 710 690 680 670 650 610 630 610 600

98 98 98 s 98 97 96
w ol

27 6 25 24

350 340

J4

80 78 75 73 71 68 65 63 60 57 55 52 49 46 46

2. 2',1

310 300 290 2W 270 260 250 240 230 20 210

r0 ,9
o 5
4 ?

10 I o

m
8m 8m
800 800 8e 99 99 99 99 99 99 98
YI

on
&

u
80 78 76

19 13 17 15 15 14 13 12 t1 . 10 o 8 6
tuq

2
a

m m
274

z 2 1 1 I

2n
24 230

5m
a. 4\$ : 180 470 il60 460

72 70
b/

m
7\$ 770 760 78

no
200 200

m0
0 0 0 200 200 200 200
0 0

62 61

m
200 200 200

95

m
0 0

1
0

?w

n0 m

210

'Permnt scoring blow the scaled score basad on the pertomance and Septembr 30, 1987.

ot the 844,960 examinees who took the General Te\$ between Oclobr 1,

650

Numbcn:

FiSures:

SECTION3 Time-30minutss 30 Questions All numbcrs uscdare rcal numbcrs. Positionof points,angles, regions, etc.can be assumcd to bc in thc ordcrshown;and angle measurcs canbc assumed to bc positirc. Lincsshowqasstraightcanbc assumcd to be straight Figures to lie in a planc unlcssotherwisc canbeassumed indicarcd.
Figures that accompany qucstions arc intgndcd to providc information useful in answering the questions. However, unless a notc states that i figure is drarrn to scale,you should sgtvc thcsc problirns NOT by estimating siics by sight or by measuremcnt,but by using your knowtedge of mat-hematics(sec Example 2 bclorv).
7

1' 3

Dircctions: Each of thc Qucrtions I - t 5 consistsof two quantitics, onc in Column A and onc in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantiticsand choosc
j

A B C D

if if if if

thc quantity in Column A is grcater; th? qudntity in Column B is greater; thc two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

1: e z

Ii?ffiiliion:

Notc: Common

Sincethereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). Il a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columnsrcpreScnts the same ttr;ng in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

Column B

Examole l:

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 refer to L peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (t@ (since equal mcesurescannot bc assumed, even though PiI znd NQ appear equal)

Examole3:

Exaarple 4:

t9i

r80

63

A if rhequantityin Column A is greater; B if tbc quantityin Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quantitics arc cqual; D if tbe rclationship cannotbc detcrmincd from thc informationgiven.

ColumnA l. The costof3 pounds of pcachcs at S0.34 pcr pound

Column B \$l.00

ColumnA

Column B

2.

t _z 4 3
lE km Coaltown

I t2

The circles above, with centers O and P, cach have radius r. 6. Twicc thc area of the shadedregion Woodland The area of the circular region with ccnter P

The map showsthc only roadsthst connectthe four towns and showsthe distance along each road.

y=-3 7. f-3y-2
y2*3y*lO

The road distance betweenCoaltown and Woodland

103

x y = I t a n dx + y = 9 5. x

8. 0(x(y( 9. xy I

x+y

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

64

i & : F
E
a
F.

A if thc quantityin Column A is grcatcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is greaar; c if thc two quaatiti* are equal; cannotbc dctcrmincdfrom thc informationgircn" D if thc relationship

A:l

E
:
i

F
Column E :: ';
i 't

ColumnA
10. Thc area ofa rcctangular region with sides of lcngths a and 5

Column B

ColumnA

The area ofa rectangular region with sidcs of lcngrhs (a+ l) and4

13. The remainder whcn n is dividedby 3

A ccrtain store sclls cach pcncil at tbc san price regardlessof the nunbcr of pcncils sold. & of these pcncils beve a total pricc of g cents, and r of thcsc pencils have a toral price of s cents.

2,
It.

6+
ei
t4.

3i

t5.

a2*bz

(a+bY

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

665

iiffif6iccs

Directions: Each of tbe Questions t630 bas fivc answer choicss. For each of these qucstions, selectthc best of the

given.

16" On a number line, what is the distancebet\Yeen -i andT ?

1 9 . Eachof the followingis thesquare of an integer EXCEPT (A) 8r (B) r00 (c) r2l r

(A) r0

(B) 8

(c) 7

(D) 5

(E) 4

(D) re6 (E)2r5

,obof, S b-a ,9 sf -f & -{
(arithmctic mean) of two numbers 24. Thc average is 2x * l. If one of the numbcrs is x. then the other numberis

t 7 " In the figurc above,eachofthe bcadsabove thc

5 timcs thc placevalue horizontal bar represcnts indicatcdand eachofthe beadsbelow the.bar I times the placevalue indicated. represents What number is reprcscntedby the ligure above? (A) 512,651 (B) 512,615

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

rr* 2x 3x + 3x+2

' G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .

a
7

t 8 " In thefigureabove,rt PQRU and URSI are

what is the arcaof reaangularregion squares, PQST? (A) 2E (B) 42 (C) 4e (D) e8 (E) It csnnot bc'dctermined from thc information given.

ffi

Qucstions 2l-15 refer to rhc following graph.

22. Whst fraction of thc totel numbcr of votcscasr did thc two winncn reccivc?

k t

(A)j* G)it (cri ro)* (E)*

23. What percsnt of tbe samplc vofbd for at least onc of the two rrinnq.s?

.o
7 '

E
5 o

() .:
C q k ) ^ t J

l r% 2{& . 55% 6t% e0%

:. ...,; 1.;

.g o - ,

24. Howmanyvotes wrrc castia distrit ,f ? (A) lr (B) 90 (g ao (D) 360 (E) 4OO 25. In disrict X, candidatc I rcccivcd boy many more votcs thancandidate e1

_ The graph aboveshows how a sampleof l0 different voters (verticalaxis) voted for ldifferent candidates(horizontal axis). Each voter voted for cithcr one or two of,the five candidates. (No voter voted twice for the samecandidate.)The two candi_ dates receivingthe most votes were the winners. The sa-mple constituted5 percentof thosein the district who voted,and the number of votesin the district for each candidatewas in the sameproportion as the numbcr of votes in thc samplefor eachcandidate. 21" H.ow many peoplc in the samplevoted for both winners? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Onc Two Thrcc Five Six

(A) 2

(B) l0

(c) 20

(D) {O

(E) r0

67

I
I

29. If p is a prime number greater than t l, and p

is the sum of the two prime numben x and y, then x could be which of the following? (A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) e (E) 13

30. If 18 idcntical machinesrequired 40 days to

26. ln the figure above, thc numbcr of shadcd squsres is what pcrccnt grcater tbsn the number of unshaded squarcs?

completea job, how many fewer dayswould have been required to do the job if 6 additional maehincsof the same type had beea usedfrom the beginning?

(A) 2s% @) n% Q) 50Vo (D) &% (E) 7s%

27" lf .r, y, and z are three dilferent positive integers lcss than 10, what is thc greatest * possiblc valuc of thc expressio n l, t

(A) t0

(A) r

(B) 7 (D) 5 (E) 4

(c) 5

2t. In the figurc above,r,ertcxR of square PQRS is thc ccnterof thc circlc.lf QT= TR = 3, what ir tbe arcaofthc shaded rcgion?

(A)

e+ + t

(B) 9 * T l r

(c) \$ + ! r
(D) 3 6 * 9 r (E) 36 * 2lr

668

Numberr: Figures:

SECTION4 Trmc-30minutes 30Qucstims All numbersusedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumcdro be in the order shown; and engle masures can be assumed to be positirc Lincs shown as straightcan bc assumcd to be straigbt. Figures can be assumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwiscindicated. Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in amnrcring the questions- Howevr, unlessa note statesthat a figurc is drawn to scatc, you shoutd sopc thcscirobtims NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,but by using your knowlcdge of matiemati'cs {sec Example 2 bclo*).

Directions: Eacb of the Questionsl-15 consists of tvo quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to compare thc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Colurnn A is grcater; the quantiry in Column B is gratcr; the two guantities arc equat thc relationshipcannot be detcrmined frorir thc information girrcn.

Since there are only four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantiries to be compared is centcred above the two columns.A symbolthat appcarsia both columns ieprescntsthc samc-thingin Column A as it does in Column B. Column A Column B Samplc An6wers (D@@@@

GTiEiliion:

Common

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

E x a m p l e3 :

t E I

F x a m p l e4 :

w+z

180

69

A if tbc quantity in Column A is greateri B if the quantity in Column B is greate4

, if thc two quantities are equal; if the rclationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.

Column A l. Thc leastcommon dcnominator of

Column B

Column A B

Column B C

r5

j, j', anaf

Ll/
6. The distancefrom A toB

t r t l
The distanccfram A toC

The figure aboveis a cube.

7.

(2.3X r2.4s)
x y

(0.23X r24.5)

2"

r+ y

J f x

-l 9x*9=90 8.

0 2x* y

2 2y* x

T o n i b o u g h t n d o z e n c g g s f o r \$ l 2 a n dm half gallons of milt for \$6. 4. The pricc Toni paid for a dozen eggs The price Toni paid for a half gallon of milk

and the measureof

80"

5.

z+,fi

l+\fr
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

670

A if thc guantityin Column A is grsatlr; B if the quantityin Column B is greatcq c if tbc ttro quantitiesare equat D if the relationship cannot bc dctermincd from thc information given.
..,.r.f.,: --.-t ,.'' "',.:.

ColumnA

Column B

fn /r+rY _ l,-y\, '-'\-z w

lF-40

ft -----l

The diasreter of the rmicircle is 12 and the bcight of the triangle is 8. I l. The arca of the scmicircular rcgion The area of triangr'le; region PQR

Thc diagramrcprcsents gardcn. a rectangular Thc shadedregions are plantedin flowen, and the unshadcd regionis a walk 2 fcet widc. All angles arc right angles. 13. Thc sum ofthe areas of thc shadcdregions 14.
87

2,800square fcct

Fahrenheit temperaturesrecorded at location X at 4-hour intervalswere -8o, -5o, 7" , 5o, 3". lo.

86+2.86+4.84

x*0
15. 1920'

t2" The average

(arithmctic mean) of the temperaturls rccorded above

lo F

(t) ?s

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE"

671

Directions: Each of thc Questionsl6-30 has fivc answerchoiccs.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof thc given. ilsrililif,6ices

16. If a : 36 + c, whatis thevalueof 6 when a = 1 7 a n dc = 2 2 (A) 5

( B ) 6 I+ J
(c) t2 (D) r5 (E) 4s
I 3 t . T : ,,.

a
t 9 . In the squareabove, M, N, P, and Q are
If the areaof the square midpointsof the sides. region is A, what is the area of the shaded rcgion?

( ^ ) iI A
l l l l

(A)

2 ( B t i ( c ) i ( D l i ( E )l T

( B )i A ( C )i A ( D )i A
1 (E) f / 1

t 8 " If 4.x - 2y = 8, what is the value of 2x - y ?

(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6 informa(E) It' tcannpt be ionSve n .determinedfrom the .:

(2x+l)(x-2)=0t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

672

2l-25 refer to thc followinggraphs. Questions FEDERAL BUDCET OUTLAYSOF THE UNITED STATES FOR MILITARY EXPENDTTURES, 19661979 Billionsof Dollan 120 ./ / 100 pcrcent

'1;;t,
, . .,,i.\$.ii'l ;, ,, ltt,

80 ,/ ffi

40

.r

(/,

,ta",td .t&,""t .\$" .\$t,{ft rdo,+nC 1 9 '

Ngg; Drawn to scale.

lv tuhm
30 20 l0
ab

ight scale

\g'

rS. r\$t

tm
75 50 25 t970
1912 ' 1974

t976

673

21" In 1968 thc military cxpcnditurcs of thc Unitd

States wcre approximatcly how many billion dollan?

fedcralbudgctoutlaysfor the United 24. ln 1977, how manybillion Statcstotaledapproximatcly dollan? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 200 300 400 500 600

22. For the ycar in which the Unitcd Stater bed

approximately 70 billion dotlars in miliury expcnditures, that amount was approxicatcly wliat perccnt sf total federal budget outlays?

6) 39q6
@) 40qo

(c)w

@) 6ayo (E) ftVo

23. In which of the following yearswas the amount
of United Statesmilitary expcndituresapproximately 80 percent of thc amount for 1978?

werecombined ' 25. In whichof theyeanshown for theNATO countries military expcnditures most.nearly equal othcr thanthe UnitcdStates to 50 billiondollan? (A) re68 (B) 1972 (C) le74 (D) le75 (E) te77

(A) re67 (B) re68 (C) re73 (D) 1975 (E) re76

GOON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

674

t.

F
i 9i

F
In a ccrtain ctub for mcn and tryomcn,40 perccnt of the mcmbersanermn. If 20 pcrcent of thc men snd l0 pcrccnt of tbc womcn membcrs went to a thcater performancc, what perccot of the total membershipvent to thc pcrformancc? (A) t2% (B) t4% (C) t5%

-.

,ii

5 ta

* [.

F
F :r a
1 tI ,I :! i9

(D) 16% (E) 3{&

:
tl.

l r

27. The figurc abovc shom the angles of interscction of thrsc atrcets.At what angle do Sccond Avenuc and Maia Strcct intcnca? (A) 50o (B) 55.

(c) 65.
(D) 70o (E) 75'

675

(A) t20

30. In the figure above, what is the perimererof

triangle OPQ?

(A) 4 + 2\E (B) S+4!a (C) 6 + 2rvE (D) 6 + 6\,E G) 6\E+ 2Jto

676

FOR GENERALTEST 17ONLY

YERSAL ASILTTY
Slbn I

ourilnTAnyE AJUTY
Srction 3 llurDber fuiswu P +
,I

AXttYTlClt ^8tt|TY Scrflon5

8rcllor t

Srstttn 2
l@?r ArsYlt iP+

Sactlon I llrrD&r
1 2
AO

fiumblr
,l

lrsrcr I P+ c 80
)l

Arrrlt

P+

|lurDlrr
1

A''rcr lP+ A A tr A 71 64 53 69 66
E

li6rl?|
1

Ar3rrr I P+
E

'I 2
J

c
n

9.1 66 72

95

c
B
o

o
B

4 3
D

B
tr

59 51 47 ?1 92 86

5 46 48 88 89 88 w
o

84 83 81
/b

4 5
o

U A

89 8s 82 82 s2 80 69
d \$

a 4

? 1

tr D

87 91 94 70

E
!

7 8
Y

7 9

7
o

6 7
8

A E
C

81 B D
f9

I 10 1! 1
1? 1 1
to

B A A 8
n 4 5 A D

10 '11

tr

9 '!0
t t

D B

63 74
il

t59

l8t lst

10
1r 12 13 14 15
16 17 18

|ut

I 45 E E ?1 17

12
J2

11 12 l3 15 16 17 't8
A

a tr B

12 39
ta

49 49 41 D
J I

s
3V

12
t? 14 15 16
It

B tr

s 41 46 a7

15 16 17 18 20 21 ?3 ?5
zd

15 27 16 17 18 19 70 ?1 ?3 24 25 ?5 ?7 28 29

42 a9
93

D A ED B

l*
130 133 1.2 I70 146

D n
d

43 5
Jb

c
E
D

51 36 64 69 72 4A 42 49

D n E E B E n D

95 90 80
A1 N

D 40
?i

17 18

E
b

c lor - t " "

^

D
59

18 19

c
tr
6

m n
21 25 D B

21 27
\$

o lzz o
?1

i4?

64 59 s 7A

?,,

n
b

21
49 47 48 45 47
JO l2

B
6

c
B 26 ?7
z6 t

?3 25 B 27 28

91 81 55 58 46 61
J/

19 51 49 44

o c c B
c

l3e

za

126 i37 ls5 141

t50

r
a

c
B

t t 2
I

27 28 a
s 31

/o

94

n
34 s

c
s w ,13 45 45

n
a ai U

86
n k

a
1n

73 46

34 s 36
a1

tr

34
E

D s
E \$ \$

tr n

J I

ZJ

38

20

'Estimatsd P+ tor the g/oup ot examioees who tek lhe GRE General Test in a recent thre+year period

689

SCORECOI{IERSIONS FOR GENERALTEST17 ONLY AND TEE PERCENTSBELOWI

Scaled Scores and percents Below V!\$ellQtEatttatiy!XAaeB;sal Scrlcd Scores end percents gelow I oBrlnrftr I lEMGrt Brb| S.or! B.br Srot 72A 39 38
aa

ory

93
tz 89 88 86

690 680 670

99 98 w

36 35 34 32
J I

650
64C 630 610 6@
J8

u
81 78 74 72 69 54 61 56 53 50 44 41 35 33 27 ?3 21 t6 13 11 9 5 3 2

95 94 93 91 89 88 86

i7 i? t<

w 59
\$

o)u 640
NU

430 120 410 4aa 390

2tn

2i 19 18 16 14

590 570 560 540 530 520 500 490 470 460 440 4m 410 390 370 30 340 3r0 ?90 270

56

u
82 80
t5

'11 10
6 6

J4U

10 9 8
b

7 73
71

B 1

s o5
1

5 { 3 3 2

780
I tt'

98
v6

? * 1 240 t 230 I 220 I ? s 0 0

7* 49
| +L

97
yf,

0 0 n 0

7vJ

9d

690

SECTION 3 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers: Figures: . All numbers used a r e r e a ln u m b e r s . Positionof points,angles, regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown;and angJe measures can be assumed to be positive. l - i n e ss h o w na s s t r a i g h c t anbe assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwise indicated. Figuresthat accornpany questions are intendedto provideinformationuscfulin answering the quqsttons. However, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you shouldsolvetheseproblems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by measurement, (see but by usingyour knowledge of mathematics Example 2 below). D i r e c t i o n sE : achofthe Questionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are tc, cc'mparethe rwo qGiiili?3 aidThoose A B C D Note: Common fiGiilfiJon: i f t h e g u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ; i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; if thc two quantitiesare equal; if the relationship cannot be determined from the informationgiven.

S i n c et h e r e a r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN , EVER MARK (E). ln a question, informationconcerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents the same ttringin Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA ColumnB Sample Answers {D@@ @ @

elss.Plel
f

2x6

2+6

Exampies2-4 refer.ioA PQR.

Example 2:

,\,Q

@@@(D

(since equalmeasurgs cannot be assumed, ven though P.lV and l{Q appearequal) Example 3:

@o@@b
(sinceff is betweenP and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :

wi z

t80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

702

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grearer; the quantity in Colurnn B is grcater; the two quanrities arc equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information riven.

C o l u m nA

C o i u m nB

Column A

Column B

l.

(40Vc of 50)+ 60

af t0) + 40 GAVa

2.

\$ofi;
x+y=-l

Sofr2

For eachhome in Town X, the amount of propeny tax is p percenrof the value of the home.The propeny tax on a home whoscvalue is \$45,000 is \$1,200. 7. The propertytax on a h o m ei n T o w n X whosevalue is \$54,000 SI ,300

3 4.

x 23(-tS4)
01r 1t 24{781)

The areaof squareregion S is 36 8. The perimeterof S A printcr numbered conscutively the pagesof a book, beginning with I on the first page.In numbering the pages, he pnnred a rotal of lg9 digits. 9. The numberofpages in the book 100

<
t

r
.

t0.
6 . x

r+y 2

35

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

703

F
i
:l

I l-

A B C D

if if if if

t h t q u a n t i t yr n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r : the quantin' in Column B is greater: s r ee q u a l ; tle two quaniiriea t h e r e l a t r o n : t ' rc ,p a n n o l b e d e t e r m i n efrom d the information given.

C'olumnA
'l-2

ColurnnB

C o l u m nA

C o l u m nB x.

Triangularregions ?', and have e.itral areas a n d h a v eh e i g h t s /;, anci Az. rerpectjvclv

It.

1}re area of 7",

'lh:

t
area ot- f.,

l2

r l\r
l a i

A 8C D is a parallelogram

ABCD

24

The area of ghe crrctrlar region with ccnter is l6rr.

t3

G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .

7M

Directiols:. Eachof the Questions l6-30 has five answerchoices. For eachof these questions, select the bestof the answer choices given.

16. l#hen walking,a certainperson takes l6 complete stepsin l0 seconds. At this rate,how many complelesteps doesthe person take in 72 seconds? (A) 45 (B) 78 (c) 86 {D) 9e (E) il5

1 8 . 5 2 . 6x 8

#=
(C) 5.263 a n d a * c = 3 2 . t h e na * D = (C) 40 (D) 42 (E) 50

(A) 0.05268 (B) 0.5263 (D) 526.E (E) 52,680 1 9 .l f b - c = 3 , (A) 30

(B) 35

20. A rectangular floor l8 feerby I0 feet is to be completely covered with carpetingthaI cosrs x dollarsper squ4lgyalg. In rermsof x. how many dotiai witi ttrecarpering cosr? (l yard = 3 feet)

t 7 . In thefigure above, whatis thevalue of '* (A) 2 (B) 3 (c) 4 (D) 5 (E) 6

{=* 45

, ?

(A) 20x (B) 28x (C) 60x (D) l80x (E) 540x

GO O}- TO THE \EXT PAGE

705

Questions2l-25 referto the followinggraphs. C O L L E G E R : E N R O L L M E N T A N D CONTRIBUTIONS I 976-r 980 fotal Studenr Enrollmenr Allocation of All Contributions l--_-l Capital lmprovements V V Z s c h o l a r s h i p sa n d Operational Expenses

l--l 7m

Fullrime PartTime

\$500.

400.000

300.000 = I .r 40c ioo 200.000

r00.000

1976

t9't7

t978

19'79 1980
Note: Drawn to scale

t978

1979 1980 SchoolYear

2 l What wasthetotalnumber of students enrolled at Clollege R in thefall of 1979 ? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 200 250 500 650 ?00

22. By whatpercent did rhenumber of part-time students enrolled increase from thefall of I979 to thefall of 1980 ? (A) g) 17a

a2Vo ., -(c) 66j%o (D) 75Vo (E) 80To

706
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

2 1 . W h a t w a st h e i n c r e a s i f a n y , i n r h e n u m b e ro f .e full-time studenrs enrolledat College R from the fall of 1976to the fall of 1977'! (A) 0 (B) 50 (c) 100 (D) t50 (E) 200

24 In the 1978-1979 schoolyear. if I 2 percentof rhe

amounl ol'contributions allocatedto scholarshipsand operational was allocatedto e.\penses heating c o s r sa . p p r o x r m a t e lh yo*, muchwas NOT allocared io healine cosrsl \$2,000

28. In thc figureahrrve.if the areaof rhe inscribed rectangular regi()nis 32. rhen rhecircumference of thc circleis (A) 20r'. (B) .ln,e.3 (C) anrrT

(A)

(D) 2z-J5 \$,) zrJl

29. Which of the following equalsthe :.eciprocal of .-;, where r ,!*ol

(c) \$ 176,000 (D) 5205.000 (E) \$250,000

(B) s25,ooo

( A ) -I - u

25. Approximately wharwasthetotalamount of contributions ro College R from the l97g-1979 school year through the 1980-198 I school year, inclusive? (A) 5967,000 (B) St.000,000 (c) \$e.00c,000 ( D) se.667,00c (E) Sr0,000,000

(B)

x x - |

(c) -I,
(D) (E)

-r .tv- I

v
x-v- I

30 A certaininteger n is a multipieof borh 5 and 9.

Which of the following must be true? I. n is an odd inreger. I I . n i s e q u a lt o 4 5 " Ill. n isa mulriple of 15. (A) (8) (C) (D) (E) III only I andII only I and III only' II and Ill onlyI, II. andIll

26 I t x * 0 . t h e n x ( x z ) s -2

(A) .x2

(B) x3

(C) xa

(D)_rs

(E) x6

2 ' - "S e v e n i s e q u a it o h o w r n a n yt h i r d s o f s e v e n ?

ier i
{B)

(c ) 3
(D) 7 {E) 2l

707 .:
i

I a I 1

:
i i

SECTION 6 Time-3O minutes 30 Questions

Numbers:
Figures:

All numbersusedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumcd to be positive. Lincs shownas straightcan bc assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures_that accompany questionsare intended to provide information usefulin answering the questions. However,unlessa note.statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these-probt.1n, NoT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement, but by usingyour knowledge of matiremarics (see Example2 below).

Directions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quandties and choose A B C D Note: Common if if if if tbe quantityin Column A is greater; thc quantityin Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the reiationship cannot be determined ffom the informationgiven.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Ii?6iilfiion: In a question, informationconcerning one or both of the quantities to be comparedis centered above
the two columns. A symbolthat appears in both columnsi"pt.r.nr, the samettr;ng in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Exqmple l.
,!

ColumnB

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ | D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed,even rhough P.fy' and NQ appearequal)

E x a m p l e3 : .

E x a m p l e4 :

w+z

r80

724

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcq B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr;

C if the two quantities are equal; D if thc relationship cannot bc determined from thc information givcn.

ColumnA k* n= 13 n*3=8

Column B 5.

ColumnA

ColumnB
ll*x

t.

k
Bctty spcnt \$?5 for a bicycle and she also spent \$27 repairing it. She then sold it for \$120.

i**
\$20

t+3 Tfi

2. Thc moncy Bctty rcceived in excessof thc total amount shespent

Squarcs PQRY and YRST have sidesof Icngth 5. 7. Thc area ofshadcd region PQS R, S, and I are 3 consecutive odd integerc and R<,S< f.

Q'll[, 8. R + . S +I

s+7-l

f I
t

4.

-2(-3) (-4)

0(4)(8)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

721

if the quantit;,in Column A is greater. if the quantit.y in Column B is lreateri if rhe two quantiries are equal: t) if the rerationship cannot be determined from the informationsiven.

ts

,Lq!.rtlL 4

C o l u m nB t)

C o l u m nA ! p e r c e no 't 2 t f 1.120

ColumnB 2 2' 7

W o r k i n ga t c o n s t a n r tates, m a c h i n eR c o m _ pletelypresses x recorcis in 0.5 hour and m a c h i n eS c o r n p l e t e lp yr e s s e s x records in u ./ ) h o u r( x ) 0 ) . l - 1 . T h e n u m b e ro f records completely pressed by R in 3 hours The numberof recordscompletely pressedby .S in 4 hours

I.

:-:r') 0 ,r')r<0 t0" {

T h e c i r c l ew i t h c e n t e r O h a sa r a d i u so f 5 1 4 . T h e p e r i m e rreo f AABC .r, -1.,, and z are negative integers 15. The productof .r, ),. . and z Tlre ciianrcrer of rhecircleis 10.
t l I t -

at

The arra of rhs region enclosed b i ,q u a d r r laterai ABCD

4g

C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E 722

Dirccrio?r:. Ea.ch of thc Qucstions| 630 hasfivc aruscr choicer.For eachof thcscquationr, rclcct the bcst of the answ?rchoiccs given.

'6. Ji4t- 5xttTllt

(A) 6 (B) t8 (c) 36 (D) 120 (D 1,296 . 17. Tbc price pcrpeirof brand X cocks is 32and
thc priccpcr pEirofbrand f !ocl! is S3.If thcre is no relcr tu ad a custoncr chooscs only from riong tbcsetso bnndr, wbet ir thc numberofpairs of sockstbst hc can Sreatcst buy rith cxactlyt25 ?

tbn Y=

(A) e (B) t0

(A) 30 (E) 60 (c) 75 , (D)_ry (E) la

lI. y = 3.r and Z = 2!, thcn in tcrmr of .r, xl y* 7= , (A) lOx (B) 9x (D) 6r (E) 5r (C) 8x

(c) il (D) 12 (E) 20 18. What is th remainder when 6a is dividedby 8 ? (A) 5 (B) l (D) I (E) 0

(c) 2

{
l

: t

723

2l-25referro the followingdata. Ques_tions

EXPENDITURES ON FOOD AND SELECTED NONFOODITEMS. t973 Percenr of Average Annuar Income (before taxes) Spent by Families on
Food and Selected Nonfood ltems
A 1

l9 .16
J-t -1U

e p ing - Houseke ,- Supplies ....-PersonalCare Items,Nonprescnption Drugs Other Fuels \Gasoline Food Away from HomeFood at Home

27
1/
!

1 l
L I

,tl
I 6 - l

rsl r5i
el

1 t
Self-employed Workers Profession- Clerical a l sa n d and Sales lv{anagers Workers Craft Laborers Workers and and Service Machine Workers Operators Occuparional Category of Family Head Note: Drawn to scale. Retirees

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

1a A

Average Weekly Food and Houschold Expenditurcs of Food and Houschold Expenditures Perc.ent Food at Homc Occupational Category of Family Head Self*mploycd Workers Professionals and Managcn Clcrical and Sales Workers Craft Worken and Machine Operaton l-aborers and Service Workers Retirees

Meats, Poultry, Scafood

Bakery Ccrcals, and Dairy Other Fruits Food at Products. and Vegetables Home

Pcrsonal Care ltems, Nonprescription Drugs

Housckeeping Supplies

22

25

t4
tl

n
a a

to
ll

s35.88 \$3t.77 \$32.d7

l9

23
22

2l

tl

tl

23

25

r5

2l

'l

\$35.44

24 23

27

l4 l4

t9 t6

9 ll

7 7

\$28.86 \$r9.83

21. For which of the following categories was rhe perccnt of the averageannual income (before taxcs) spenton food at hoine the least? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Sclf*mployed worken Professionalsand managers Clcrical and salesworkers Craft workers and machine operators Laboren and rrvice workers

24. Approximately what percent of the total avengc annual income (before taxes) of rctireeswas spent on meats.poultry, and seafood(consumed at home)? {A) 7To @, tWo G) Wo (D\ 23Vo (E\ 3t%o
a

':

22. Approximately what averageamount per week did the families of professionalsand managers spcnd on food away from home? (A) \$2 (B} \$E (c) \$l I

25" Which of the following statementscan be inferred from the information given? I. Of the categoriesshown. retireeshad rhe greatest average annual incomes (bcfore taxes). For all the categoriesshown. the average amount spent per weck on housekeeping supplieswas the same. Of the categories shown. the average amount spent pr week on meats, poultry, and seafood(consumedat home) was greatestfor craft workers and machine operators.
! I l;

a ?
F

II.

(D) S2e (E) \$38

23" Approximately what percentof rhe average weekly food and householdexpenditures of clcrical and salesworkers was spcnt on fruits and vegeubles? (A) 4Va (B) 77o (C) 22Vo (D\ 25Vo

III.

* (A) I only (B) II only (C) tlt only (D) I and II (E) II and lll

725

28. How many positivcwhole numberslessthan 8l

arc NOT equal to squaresof whole numbers?

(A) e

(B) 70
(

(c) 7r

(D) 72 (E) 73

29. Of the following,which could be the graph of

A- 2 - S x S 2 -_;J

The rectangularrug shownin the figure above has a floral border I foot wide on all sides. What is the area,in squarefeet, of that portion the border? of the rug that cxcludes

(A)

(B)

( A ) 2E ( B ) 4A (c) 4 5 ( D ) 48 ( E ) 53
27. lf = l , w h i c h o ft h e f o l l o w i n g m u s t b e ffi betweend and n? true about the relationship

(c)
(D)

(E)
0

(A) n is 4 more than d. (B) d is 4 more than n. A= tdz x

(C) nisiof d.
"*l

( D ) d i s S t i m e sn .
.+:

( E ) d i s 2 t i m e sn .

30. If the formula above givesthe area A of a circularregionin terms of its diameter d, then x =

(A) i.

(B) i

(c) r

(D) 2

(E)4

726

FOR GENERAL TF,ST18 ONLY

Anewsr Key and Percnlags'ol EramlneeeAnswedng Eaerrouestlon correct{y
0urilmllrvE tilLfrY
tr{ills t |ho'f fs3fi{ IF+ A A
U

AXrttTCrtrts.'II
trctrr 2 P+
91 94 !B 87 86 8Si 75 7g
fllnLr tffi

E.[ilf Xu6!q tail.r

t.d|'t

?+

fhalt

lslti

?+

,
2 1 5 6 E 9 10 E A E B
U

E7 86 6E 61 52 4 1E 9r 76 50 51 38 41 38

tr

2 3
!l f

o
A I

88 0 79

2 3
4 5 6

ct 8? a
8

a
59 5l 41 91 E7 81 7Q 59 42
J'

B
E

1 2 3 4
t o

a
R

u
E2 72 74 5S 4
59 64 17 12 27 8g

t 2 3 1 5 6 7 E I 10 t1 12
ta

c
B

c
: A Ol .i,.., A'.

s l

E1 |

o
6 E. A B. 8'

2
3.

s
?!l 8{ 60 4t

sl . *l 5
82 I 181 7rl 71 | sdl 8sI 3el 651 s8l 71t
72| s5l s2[ ?41

8 0I

D B
c

o
A tr A

6 7 8 9 10

A
I

I 10 11 12
IJ

c o
A 8

7 8 I t0 't1 12 13 14
lq

di
B

I A B D A D

n 5r
53 59 6'l s 41 87 81 86 88 71 n<
\$ qo

c
A
E

6 | 8 e lo l'l 12 13 14 ts 15
1t 18 ls 20

s
A.

c
D B E A c E
D D c I

D
12 13 't4 15
A B
6

c
A

2, 30
F

14 l5 't6 17 16 19

t4 15 16 18 19

a
D D B A

83
/Y

o
E

54 55 78 60 52 76

16 17 18 19

B A

c
B
o A

u
87 79 42

m
1 l

50 54 71 40 s 4?
84 <1

n
21 2. z3 24
25

16 17 18 19 . 2 0

o
E

Pl

lr
rltt

78 52

B A

n
?'l 2.

A n

2. 23 24
IJ <o

E
d

E D ^ o
B

ls3 162 160 ls8

146 50

n
24 ?5 % 27 28

n
?1 25

c
o
E

A o
l

A 6
A D

lQ l 2 1 ln l 2 l6-/l a l 3el 21
21t 25

B A

1l

a l

x n
29 30

:rl
I
I
I

tr E E A
6

29 60
86 7A 81 77 66 51 42

26 a
8 30 B A

27 28

n D E

19 86

62 45
Q,

n
30 3t 32 33 34 35 36
a,

u
80

39 3 27

&
fl

32 v

o
44 10
\$

I I

D B A

u
c
A 'Estimeled

26 24

D n

n
28

3a

n
priod

P+ for the group ot eramines who took s! GRE GEneral Test in a recent threeyear

I J

727

SCORECONVERSIONS FOR GE|\'ER{LTEST 18 ONLY AND THE PERCEI{TS BELOWI

Rtr Scsn Ylrbl 800 790 780 770 750 740 730 720 7W 690 680 s70 560 650 640 620 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 548
<AA

AA

Brr Srqr

.D

Scaled Scores and Percenb Below X &rrnlthlh! I Anrtyflcrl

% 76 70 s
al w

a
ZJ

73 72 71 70
ov 68 & 65 64 v 61 ul 59 58 57 56

34 3? 31 m

20 18

500 440 470 40 440 430

s 31 ?a 24

@0 580 )/u 550 540 520 510 490 440 450 450 430 420 400 390 370 360 340 330 310

'& 340 330 3?0 310 300

io 14 12 11 10

n
15 13

y 51 4S 43 37 U n 26 21 19 15
1 t

?s
26 ?5 23 800 800 780 770 /w 740 730 710 700 690 680
@

400 390 380 370

m
280 ?80 ?70
zw

uo
7

330 5

w 9S 98 94 92 91 87
e(

z1

m
19 18 16 't5

2s0 24A ?n 720 210 200 200 200 200 200 200
1 1 0

290 2SO 260 250 240 210 200 2@ 200 ?40 200

)
1 1 1

I 6

54
q?

52 51 50 49 4a 15 45 43 1',| 40 38
JO

13 12 11 l0 v 0-8

520 510 :' 500 I 490. 480 474 450 450 4r0 d40 430 4?0 410 400

63 60 57 55 52 49 46 4i 43 40 37 35 32 a

81 77 73 67 64 6'1

650 640

99 w 99 98 97

4 300 2 8 o 3 270 2 ? * 1 1 240 220 210 2 o 0 0 0

6m
610 600 590 570 cw 550 520 510

750 730 724 700

ovu

v5 s4 91 88 86

51 45 4it

640
Aln

dJ

81 78

'Percent scoring below tlre given sted 1981.and Seglember 30. 1984.

examinees who took lhe Genef al Test between October 1 s@re, based on the pertormance ol !\e 765,276

':

728

SECTION2 Time-30 minutes 30Questions

Numbers: Figures: All numbersusedare real numbers. Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in tbe ordcr shown; and angle mcasures can be assumcdto be positivc. Lines shown as straigbt can bc assunrcdto bc straight Figurcs can bc assumedto lie in a phnc uulcs othcrwisc indicatcd. Figures-that accompany questions arc intended to provide informatioa useful in ansurcring tbc gucs!i-ons-However, unlessa notc.statcs that a figurc is-drawn to sale, you rbould rche thcscirobhms

sizcs by sigbior by mcasurement, but by using fOr uy estimating i"* r";Ldg. '
Example 2 below). r, ::

r:'..:::r:ii:i,:l.i:,' "ir"in.r"1*i*,

Dirgctions: F:choftheQu.eqtionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantitics,oneinColumnAeadoncinColumnB.you are to compare the two quantities andiboosc

A B C D if if if if the quantity in Column A is geater; thc quantity in Colr"nn B is grearer; the two quantitiesarc cqual; the relationship cannot be deteroined from tbe informtion

giwn.

Note: Since there are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). Common ;'---.....'....Inlormatton: In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparcd is centered above the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columns i.prct"nts tbc samc'thing in Column A as it doesin Column B.

ColumnA
Example l:

Column B

2x6

2+6

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

E x a m p l e4 :

w* z

180

735

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; are equal; the two quantities cannot be determinedfrom the information given the relationship

Column A

ColumnB

Column A

C o l u m nB

t +-3
A sprayingmachineuses6 full 5-gallonbucketsof fung:cideevery20 minutes. The number of gallons of fungicidethe machine usesduring 8 hours of spraying 720

2 x * v : 5 3x - y = I0

34 0J39

100

J l

- J/J. 140

IJ

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

"il
:i!

.t, .l

!:

if thc quantityin Column A is grearcr; if thequantityin Column B is greater c if therwoquanrities areequal D if therclationship cannotbedctermined from theinformationgiven.

A B

ColumnA

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

Q1 is not paraUelto Q2. x+y 180

A rectangilar label is attached to a right circtlar cylinder with radius r. The label, which encircles tbe cylinder without overlap, has width p and an area equal to the area of the base of the cylindcr.
W f

x and y are consccutiveodd integers

10.

3(, - yf

4E
& is a positive integer. l l l

Points P, R, and I lie on a straigbt line. The distance from P to R is 2l- and the distance from P to ?. is 9. I L The distancefrom Rtoln

F*F
yz>0 xy(0

t:
i &
b

l6

*
n :24.56 a. t
j

ii h f,

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

{ I
a

r
737

, t
E t.

I :

Direcrio{rs: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choices.For eachof thesequestions,seiect the best of the . glven, ans\r'er cnotces

l6 Whichof thefollo*'ing equations canbe usedto flncithclalueof ,r if 8 morethan 9x is 3 rimesihe sirmof 6 and x ? (A)9x*8=3x*6 ( B )n + 9 . x : 3 ( x - 6 ) (C)9x=8=3(x+6) (D) 3(8 "r-9x) = f;s (E)9;*8=3*6*x 17. 43is u'hat pe rcent of 70? 57o/b 60% 6i% i0% 161%

19.In thefigure above, if theareaof AXyZ is 60, then WY = (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5 l0 l2 t3 18

r8 \vrrich orthe rorowing isequivaren, ,o\$ ?

I

ff:?lr'5:.J.ffiffiff. ilJ'H::;",:1iTiff.:,
bran are there in 15 tons of the mixiure?

F (A) 2o (B) 22

(A) rl tn)2i
(c) 3

(")+
rH*

(c) ;

(D) 4i
\E)

,.'

^l
t,

t?. ;& jrt"

:.i*

.:.:i

7.38

2l -25referto thefollowing graph. Questions OF PONDS THENUMBER AND THE POPULATIONS OF DUCKS(MALLARDSAND PTNTATLS) oFTWO SPECTES IN A REGION OF NORTHAMERICA: l9?0 - 1988 Mallards Pinails Ponds It l0
I

ll l0 9 8
1

v
N
I

9 8 7
\l

I
I

6
z.

6 5

) 4
J

L I
I I

U
.l

2 I

\t,

3 2
I

1910 1972 1974 1976 19'78 1980 1982 1984 1986 1938
Note: Drawn to scale.

739

21. By approxirrately how many million did the mallard

from 1970to 1988? popuiation decreasc (A) 0.6 (B) 2"8

/..r. During whicb of the following periods was the

percent decrease in the mallard population closest to 25 percent? (A) 1970 to (B) 1972 to 1974 to {q [D) !980 to (E) 1984to 1973 1973 1986 1984 1985

(c) 3.6 (D) 4.3 (E) 7.0 wasapproxi' 22 In 1984 thepopulation of pintails matelywhat fractionof themallardpopulation?

years between 1977 and 25.For any pair of successive in the 1982,inclusi"-e,the increascor decrease number of ponds was between (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 0.7 and 2.8 million 1.0and 3.0miilion 1.5 and 5.3 million 2.5 and 4.8 milljon 4.1 and 5.3 million

(A) i
(B)
( L l1

t2
I ;J t

(D) (E)

; 20 GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.'

in the percnt increase 13. What wasthe approximate number ofpondsfrom 1973 to 1974? (A) 80%

(ts)12s%F (c\ 175"h

(D) 204% (E) 375%

7N

!: 3 f t :

29. Of F po.itit" intqm that are multiphs of 30 and are kss than or eqrul to 360,what fraction are ' nultiphs of 12? (A) *

26. Tltc figurcabov:shows section a cross of a gradpcr 2 yardsof sla"t pcoplc 1,000 1q1f thatseats hcight. Whatis thetotaln'um'Uer of sears in tbc grands!asd? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,m0 100,000

c) 11

;, !;i;j+,
r ';q,+r..",

.,;-, r.
. .

1, _'jfl:- r ir, ii,: ri.;ilii:l,i:+

. .:, : ri:;. 'a :. ." ., a "^:

' .-,i:-.:

30. If x is an intcgeraad x2 ( 37, what is thc ereatest

posiblc yalueof x ninus thc leastpossr'Hc ialuc of x?

27. Wbichof thefollowing is equivalent to -x2< x ?

(A) ( B )(C) (D) (E) 0<x<l l<x<t x <o .r <,t r>t

Ia the figure above, if LCAB is a right aagle, then r :

(D) 45 (E) 48

(c) 42

(A) 38 (B) 40

74r

SECT1ON 5 Time-30 minures Questions Numbers: Figuresi All numbers usedare real numbers. Positionof points,angles, regions,etc.can be assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures c a nb e a s s u m e t do b e p o s i t i v e . Linesshownas straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a planeunress otherwise indicared. Figures that accompany questions are intended to provideinformationusefulin answeringthe guesttons' However'unless a note.states that a figureis'drawnro;;l;:;;; shouldsolverheseproblems Nor by estimating sizes by sight or by meaiurement, but by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: fuch of the Questions I -J5.consists of two quantiries, onein ColumnA and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note;.
;--7-_

if the quantityin Column A is greater; if the quantiryin Column B is grearer; if the r!r'oquantities are equal; if the relationship cannot be derermined from the informationgiven.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Common the two columns. A svmbolthat appein in both columnsrepresents tbe samcthing in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A C o l u m nB S a m p l eA n s w e r s

Example I: Examples2- referto L peR.

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 : .

@@@(D

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed,eventhough py'f and NQ appear equal) E x a m p l e3 : @ (D @ @ @ (since.|y'is betwcenp and e) Example 4: w'r z

180

754

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

if thequantityin Column A is greatcr; if the quantityin Column B is grcater; are equat c if the rwo quantities D if the rclationshipcannot be dctcrminedfrom the infornation girca. A B

Column A

ColumnB

ColumnA

Column B tr
3:

M '?dy
The circular board is divided into 8 sectorsof eaual area.
t t -

I 6 I

* :
J

x >0

t.

(x-a)(x+B
The number of the sector on which the pointer comes to rest afrer rorating 480' clockwisefrom the posirion shown 6

x2-m

o<x <./
4y

2.
2t
5 - J

J"

t2

t4 153.2

GO ON TO THE NEJff PAGE.

- !"x-.v 63.4

In the correctly performed subtraction shown above, x and y represcnrdigits between0 and 9, inclusive. 4.

x + y

t7

755

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater; C if t}e two quantitiesare equal; cannotbe determinedfrom the information siven. D if the relationship

Column ---F-

Column B

Column A

Column B

per gallon A contractor can purchasepaint at \$19.50 or at the bulk rate of 20 galionsfor 5335.00. The amount savedper gallon by purchasing 20 gallonsof the paint at the bulk rate rather than by' the gallon 52.75 RectangleR Square S

f

Circie .F has circumference4.

The area of

l 0 The radius of F

- l

r * s r
The average(arithmetic mean) of a set of n test scoresis 80. Thc averagc(arithmetic mean) of these n scorestogether with a scoreof 85 is 81.

60' GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

x > 0 v > 0

t2

x + y

,ri :i
:l

i
il

756

* * i
Drectiol_ls: Each of thc Qucstions I 6,30 has five answer choiccs.For cach of thcsc qucstions, sclcct thc bcst of tbc rnswer choicesgiven. 16. Nine piccesof paper numbered consecutivelyfrom I to 9 areput into a hat. Ifone piecc ofpaper is drawn at random from the hat, what is the probability that it will have an even number?
l (A) o r

19. A school computers, district has 1,989 wbid is approximatelyonc computerfor every6E.6 sndcna. Of thefollowing,which is the closcst approximation, in thousands, of the numberof studensin tbe schooldistrict?

(")3
(q;

(A) 30 (B) 120 (c) 140 (D) 160 (E) 200

{qt
(E);

t7. I f 6 r - 4 : 5 x
(A) -7 (B) -i

*3, then,x:

(c) (D)
(E)

I 7
t2

In tbc figurc above,rf MO = OP, then y = (A) 4 5 - x (B) 9 0 - - x (c) x (D) 4 5 * x (E) 6 0 + x
a a-

r8 . If

(A) (B) (9 (D) (E)

8p 8p + l 8p 8p + 4 8p + 6

t *
757

EXPENDITURE OF DISPOSABLE PERSONAL INCOME:1986

tw"/o = )J.U/l Dllllon

Durabie Goods

Housing 14.87c

ndurables

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

758

?,

21" In 1986 approximately how manybilfiondollars werespnton durablcgoods? (A) (B) 9l 3e3

24. If thegrossnationa{ productia 19g6 wasS| ,2I 3 billion morethan disposable pcrsonal incomc, rhen savings lhat yearwereapproximatety what percnt ofthe grossnationalproduct? (A) r.5% (B) 2% (c) 25% (D) 3% (E) 6% 25. Which of the followiug statemnts can be inferrd from the graphs? I. In 1986 moretlan \$1,000 biilion of disposable personalincomewasspentfor services. . II. From 1955 to 1986, inclusive, savings asa prcentof disposable personalincomcwas nevergreilter than8.5percent. IIL The total dollaramountof savings rl?s greater in 1975 thanin 1980. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) I only II only III only I and III only r, II, and III

f t' *^

(c) 4s3 P) 504 tE) 1,007

22. ln 1986housing and nondurablestogether accounted for approximately what fraction of disposable personal income?

F
k

(A) (')*

(o+
o

(D) i
G)*
23. Savingsas a percentof disposable personalincome was approximately how many timesas grear in 1975 asin 1955 ?

(E) 1.7

(A) 0,6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

\$ i

I
I

759

26.'The sum of 2 numbers, x and ;,, equalstwice their product. If x : 3, what is the valueof y ?

(A) i

{B) l) '

(c\ ;
(D)
5

;
J

29. In the figure above, RSTY is a squareinscribedin a circlewith radius r. In terms of r, what is the total area of the shaded reeions? (A) rL(n - Z) (B) 2r(2 - n) {C) {r2 - 2) (D) zr2 - 8r @) nrz - 4r 30. An emergency vehicletravelsl0 miles at a speedof 50 miles per hour. How fast must.the vehicli travel on the return trip if the round-trip travel time is to be 20 minutes? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 55 mph 60 mph 65 mph 70 mph 75 mph

tr, 1

27. Among all isosceles triangJes R57" having the measureof angle S equal ro 40', what is tbe largest possiblemeasurefor angle R ? (A) (B) 400 70'

(c) e0'

(D) 100" (E) It cannot be determined from tle information given. 28. S is the sum of three consecutive integers,the greatest of which is x. In termsof S, which of the following is the sum of three consecutive integers, the leastof *'hich is x ? (A)S-6 ( B )S - 3

(C)s+3
{D).S+6 (Ei 2.t

7ffi

FOR GENERAL TEST 19 ONLY

lhnlrr

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 'r0

D 0 c A A D B 0 c

78 73 67 41 '87 70 55 56 4it 47 3S 34 39 65 87 79 54

9l 93

I 2 3 1

s
8 7 8 9 1 t 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 N 21 2 7 2 ? 6 2 7 A 0 . l 4 5 6 7 8

B A B 8

190 gl 93 8E 60 72 e1 95 75 6a |l5 B1 5l 51 38 a 75 85 36 a 76 60 53 70 73 a a c2 80 65 54 46 44 54 36 37 I 28 1 15 1
1 1 1 1 N

4 5

2 3

l8rat A

c
B A A

72 71 71 66 ,16 69 71 5 45 40 29 50

2 3 a 5 6 7 8 9

a A c D A c 0 C B A D 8 A B c D B C A

7t 75 75 78 67 6t 59 49 5l /tB 3a a, 17 38 87 E9 79 di 7ts c7 71 55 \$ 38 6l 4
31 l 25 I

1 2 3 1 5 6 7 8 I

0 D
A I

ct

T' 6A 5l

1 2 8 1

r't
1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 6 21 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 r 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9

E D E C 4 A 4 D D A
C C 8 E B C D D 8 C

6 7 E 9 10

8 A E E

c o c
6 7 8 9 B D B

A B D D

:
I 7 E

E A E D B A

5/ 63 :K! 17 *t 89 E5 E1 51 ,l{t 35 29 31 81 64 60 62
rto 69 78 75

0 t 2 3 5 6 7 E 9 )

lo

53 72 6a 4 54 8S 85 75

10

D D C B A

C 8 A E D

77 6l 61

n a, e,

! 1 1 11 t 1 r l 1 a

tl 12 t3 1f 't5 rE 17 rE 19

A E A A

& a

tt 12 13 11 15 16 17 t8 t9

D B E

6r

70

c c
E A I A E

A 2 2

,
4 5 6 7 0

B A E

85 42 6 24 86 66 s 49 55 51 41 14

sl

64

, 3 4 5

21 D 2 , 8 , | 3 8 2 4 0 E A 2 ? 2 N 3 6 7 8 0 D A C E D

s6 , 2 1 B 72 2 , E 66 ? . J o a, 21 D
38 55 12 55 39 30

n z1 2. a 21 25

E A

7A 58 g rK) 4 18 67 .A 21

c c
B D B E

B B

a
A 3

2 z

E E

21 2. z3 24 25

c n

B c

z3 93,

-A B E

N t 7 A a 3X)

B 0 D A E

31 B P D f , ] E 3 4 3 5 s 3 s S 6 7 C E A

31 p g 3 3 3 3 3

A E E 8 D A E D

a 21

'Egimated

P+ fo'r tre grr(xrpol oxarninesufio toor \$to GRE GerFrst T6t in a rcril thrselBargeriJd.

767

SCORE GONVERSIONS FOR GE}IERAL TEST 19 Ot{LY ANO THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
Vrftal Brr kaled % Store Scoil E?lor
7y76 72 71 7A

0urr0tr\$vr
\$ale{t ScG! 'l; Blhr

Ansly,llcal
o/o Scalod \$core Befos

Varbrl

ourdtrtiro

lnslytlcal

Rr* Scaled % Ss.t?d \ S\$led % Scs|r Score Eclor Smn Edor &orc Balor
1dt

8m
790

na
/N

99 99 9!l 99 s 9E 90 s 94 94
vl

38 37 36 31 1}
JI JI

tw

68 67 bo 64
N v ol

740

7m 710 700 690

b1u

30 a u3 27
800 800 800 790 780 780
ttv

430 420 120 410 400 390 390 380 370 360 360 3s0 340 340 330 320 300 790 290 280 274 260 250 240 230 220 200 200 200 200
240 2n 200 200 200

34 31 31 28 25 22 72 Z0 18 t5
15 13 11 11 9 8 5 4 4 3

620 610 600 580 570 560 550 540 530 5m

510 490 480 470 460 450 440 420 41t 400

50 s w 18 4E 43 41 39 36 g2 30 27 25 23 21 17 15 14

670 m 650 640 630 610 600 580 570 550 540 530 510 490 480 460 450 430 420 100

81.79

n
74 70
oo

61
Jd

52
49 47 41 36 33 28 26 22 19 16

6ec
b5{J

90 8E
6l

60 59
5d

610 620 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 540 530 5m 510 500 190 480 470 460 40 450 w

96
96 96 aq w s

8,1 E2 80 78
to 7,|

6 25 24 23

n
ta ta

54 53 52 51
){J

71
bY

66 63
60 5E 55 52 50 47 43 43 40 37

760 750 710 730

7N 710 700 690 680 670 660 650 640 630

c2 90
88
6T

1t

u
82 EO 78

800 800 800 790 770 760 750 730 710 700 680

s 98 98 98 96 95 93 90 89
6f,

49 48 47 16 15 44 (l 41 40

l6 15 11
1?

12 '10 a E 7
b d-(

1 1 1 1 1 1 ,l 1
'I I 1 1 1

,ao

1r I 8 6 4 3
t

270 254 249 230 214 2n 200 200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

?m 370 350 340 320 300 290 280 260 240 230 220 210 210 200

11 8 7

1 'I

t5

70 68 66 64

1 1 1 1 1

'Percent Koring below the raled score is based on the performance of 1,040,336 exahinees who tmx tne Ceneral TBt betweeo October l, 1988, and SeptemberlO.199t. This percent below iniormation is u*d for score report5during the I 992-93 testing yea..

768

3:.,

&.:

F
SECTION 2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers:
Figures: All numben usedare real numbers. Position of points, angles,regions, etc. c;rn bc assumed to bc in the order shom; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straight. Figurescan be asiumed to lie in a plane unlessorhcrwisc indicated. Figurcsthat accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information uscful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawnto scale,you should solve theseproblems Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example 2 bclow). Each qf the Ques-tions l-.15. consistsof two quandties,one in column A and one in column 3T!!tf ""st B. you are to compare rhe two quantiriEilEFhoose A B C D Note: Common if the quantity in Column A is greareq if the quantiry in Column B is lrearer; if the two quantitiesare equal; if the rerationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
3'.

F
f
f I:

ji 3'

s'r *

F '{
F

Sinccthereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, informationconcerningone or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centered above the two columns'A symbol thar appe-ars in both columns represents the samething in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A ColumnB Sample Answen

IiEiEiIion:

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples 24 referrc A,peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measurcs cannot be assumed,even though Pil and NQ appear equal) Example 3:

Examole 4:

w*z

t80

313

c
Column A

if rhe two quantities are equal;

D if the rclationship cannot bc determinedfrom thc information given. Column B Column A ColumnB'

,F * Jss
2x+5y=24 l5.xS3

2A

the teamwon 2. (4)(t05)

rt = Q

400,000 .r>0
. t * l

* 0
.r1

4.

8 - (-12) - 5

5+(-8)+12
G

Sevencars were usedto transport the members of a chessteam to their match. and each car contained either 4 team memben or 3 team members.

5. The total numberof merd&n on rhe chess team;r

25

45"
ACEF is a square. Thc area of triangular regon BCD is L

3.5

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

3r4

A B C D Column A

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannotbe determined from the informationsiven. Column B
r

ColumnA

ColumnB

The area of a circular region with radius 5

I I - The ratio of the lesserof rwo consecutive positivein tegers to the greater

) ;

In the rectangular coordinatesystem. segment Op is rotatedcounterclockwise rhrough an angleof 90'to posirion OQ (not shown). The -r+oordinate of point p - I

RS is a diameterof the circle. 12- The measure of L RIS The measure of l_ R,fS

*:-:2 : - 3 -r_t'
(-t - -r,):

t6

Tiiangular garden ABC is redesigned by increasing the length of AC by 20 pcrcent to point C' and decreasing rhe lenEh of AB by 20 percent to point 8'. | 5- The area of rhe ongrnal gardet ABC The area of the redesigned garden AB'C'

C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

Drections: InFE6ices l l
l

Each of the Questbns l&30 has five answerchoices.For each of these questions,selectthe bestof the gven.

16.

? ' d
l

1-4
(A) 0 (B)
I

I I

.t-\-tlhas above of thecubeshown 19. Eachedge a{ t-BDE? length s. What is theperirneter (A) 3s (B) 6s

;
I

(c)i
(D) I (E) 7

t 7 A train travels60 milesperhour for 3 hoursand

(c)-1c / t

/:

per hour for I hours.What is the then45 rniles in milesper hour duringthe speed tr3in'saverage 5-hou period?

p) 3sy? (E)2r +'JT

20. If the perimeterof a triangleis 18.then the length of one of the sidesCANNOT be

(A) 55 tB) 54

(E) 50
It

.:,

(A) r

(B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e

thanthesumof .t and 3.v,then If 4-t ls 9 grcater greater than y ? x is how much (A) 3 (B) 6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(c) e

(D) 12 (E) l5

316

+
4 v;

9qesti,ons 2l-25 refer to the following graphs. Alt referencesto "dollars" in thcsc qr:estionsarc the l9g5 dollan referrcd to in the graphs.

f i
i

TOTAL EXPENDITURESFOR MEDICAL CARE IN THE UNTTED STATES 1975 AND 1985
Sourcesof Expenditures (in billions of 1985dollars) Paid By r

1985 total: 5425

m"ffiL
;alFederat H government

Slnai"iauar

a
Distributioir of Expenditures (in billions of 1985 dollan) 1975 rotal: 5240 1985toral: 5425

State and local ffi government Other private sourcss.such as on-siteindustrial scrvices and philanthropies

t Paid For

care ffi Hospiral

Other personal health care expenditures.such as drugs, eyeglasses, and orthopedic appliances

ElPhysician scrvices
Other national health expenditures. suchas constnrction offacilities and rescarch QNoninghome Note: Drawn to scale. carc
& e a

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

317

21. The category that accounted for \$27 billion of the distributionof medical expendirures in l9?5 accounted for how many billion dollarsof the distributionof medical expenditures in 1985 ?

23. In 1985approximarelywhat percenrof all medical , expenditureswas paid for physician services? (A) (B) (g (D) G) 20% 2s% 30% 35% q%

(c) 30 (D) 35 (E) 53

(A) re tB) 22

22" In 1985the amount of medicalexoenditures oaid bv the federal government was how many times'the amount paid by state and local government? (A)

24. The prcentof total medicalexpenditures paid by private insurancein 1975was most nearlyequal to the percentof total medicalexpenditures paid by which of the following in 1985? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Private insurance Federalgovernment Individuals Stateand local government Other private sources

'a
I

(B) t a

(c) t 4I
l (D) '. 1

25. What was the approximateprcrnt increax in total medicalexpenditures from 1975to 1985 ? (A) 44% (g\ 1't%

.7 3 (E) L

,i].:

i1
iJ:;

3r8

28. lf -x -andI F on tbe numberline shownabove, which of tbc following statemcntsutu"tU" tn eZ

(A)
26. In tbefigureabove,nllp. lf x : 30 and -y = 80, what is the valu of z 2(A) 70 (B) 6s (g 60 (D) 55 (E) 50

yl t z-

ral{<z

t *'i
(D).r+7<l

27. Of the following; which is thc closcst approximation to (A) (B) I 5

(9 *y <t
29. If thc prodrrt of fivc-integers is an odd inqrr, exacttyhow many of the fir,emust be odd? (A) One [B) T"o (C) ThEe (D) Four (E) Five
30. One-&th of a circular pie has beenservd- If the rcst of-the pie is divided into n equal sewinp, tben each of thesc servingsis what fraction of tbc whole pic?

(E) t00

(c) lo tD) 20

(A)

,ft

(B)?
(c)
I

n -T

b - r (D)=#

L# (E)

319

SECTION6 Time-30 minures 30Questions Numbers:

Figures:

All numbersusedare rial riumbcrs Positionof points,angles, regions, etc.canbeassumed to be in theordershown; andangle measures can be assumed to bc positive. Linesshownas straight canbeassumed to be straight. Figures'can be assumed to lie in a plane unless otherwisc indicated. Figures that accomPany questions areintended to provideinformation useful in answering the questions.However, unless a notestates thata figureis drawnto scale, you should solvetheselroblems NoT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement, but by using yourknowledg. of *"r[r.*atics (see Example 2 below).

D i r e c t i o n sE : achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,ooeinColumnAandoneinColumnB.you are to comparethe two quantitiesand choose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the retationship cannotbe determined from rhe informarionsiven.

Sincethereare onl.vfour choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Common ;-;.,..._ I nlorEratlon: ln a question,informationconccrning one or both of the quantities to b compared is centered above the two'columns.A symbolthat appclrs in both columnsi.pr.r.nt, rhe same itring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m n B . Column A E x a m p l el : Column B
) + A

2x6

o @ @ @ @

Examole2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measurcs cannot bc assumed, eventhough Pff and NQ appearequal) Example 3:

v
w+z t80

@ o @ @ @
(since .ff is betweenP and Q)

Examole 4;

332

c
Colunn A

cannot bc dctermincdfrom the information givenD if rhe relationship

ColumnB
(-t)7

Column A
(arithThe arneragc rnetic mcan) of 5 numbcrs, each less than 7 and geater than 6

ColumnB
The averagc (arithmetic nrcan) of 7 nurrbers, cach less than 6 and greater than 5

x>2an4z>2 ) 3.
"l

1
2.500

li: E

(
i !:

s a n d t are positirc nunben

+ 2q1s) 2s(26)

"i

4.

N
5, 60
Point O is the csnter of the circle in the rectangular coordinate systema * b
m * n

333

c
ColumnA

A if the guantity in Column A is grearer; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

Column B

n and. r are positive integers such that 4 n_ 2 r + l

Last year retail salesin Country M totzld x dollars, and the retail salesofthe 5 largest retz;lersin Countr.v M accounted for 75 percentof this total.

12. The average (ari thmetic

mean)retail sales for the 5 largestretailersin Country M last year

fi ootlu",

Lines I and m are parallel.

t0.

AB

BC

F-}-|
xl* 4

6 11-nrrmbr is a positiveiategerwirh the special property that 3 times its unis' digit is equai ro 2 timesits tens'digit.

14.The number of K-numben

Il. x + z

X)+y

betweenl0 and 99 In an election eachvoter voted for one of two candidates, X and I. The numberof votcs that CanciiI

date X receivedwas j more than the number of votes that Candidate ), re.ceived.

4 .

GO ON TO THE N'EXT PACE.

334

ii.-

'!,.

ts
E<

Drections Eachof the Qucstions1630 hasfive answerchoices. For ach of thcscqrslbas, schctthe bestof thc answcrdroicrs gitrcn.
16" If iatcger r w,erc dividcd by 7, the quotient would be 12 with a rcmainder of t. Ttrcrcfore, r equet-c

{. a
i
t:

(A) el

(B) go (c) 88 (D) 85 (E) 83

19. If 4x * 3y : 8 d of y?

:'},

whatis tbcvatuc

F
t
f i

::

17.lf y * 0 and 2x + y: 12,thcnwhbbofthe following is NOT a p6ssible valuc of x ? (A) t2 (B) l0 ( g t (D) 6 (E) 4

(A)I

t
!l

(.,3
(D) 3

(B) 2

(E,+
20. Two people werchired!o mowa lawn for a total of ry:.Tbey completed thcjob with oneperson workingfor I hour and20mioutes and theother working 40 minutes. If r.hey split the S45in proportion to theamountof timeeathspcntworkingon thejob, how mrrch did thepcrson who worked longerreceive?

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE-

335

Qucstions 3l-25 refer to rhefollowingablc. NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLESIN FI!'IE COUNTRTES 1983 AND l9E5
Number of Moror Vehicles

r983
Countr,v
A

r985
Per1.000 Population ?46 752
lo/

tz)

109 60

49
l3

B
C

v
r09
./-J

29
49

D ,

r90

220 453

447 9 t l square = mile 2.6 squarekilometers

21. If in 1983the toral areaof Counrry g was 95,000squaremiles. how many million motor vehicles did ir have?

24. If rhe populationof Country D in l9g3 was 80 million, thenthe numberof motor vehicles in thar country was how many million?

(A) r,6 (B) 2.2 {c) 4.r (D) 5.7 (E) 6.3
22" In 1985 Country D hadapproximarely howmany motor vehicles per square mile? (A) 190 (B).125 (c) I l0 (D) 50 (E) 35 23" In 1983 the numberof motor vehicles persquarc mile for Country .E wasapproximately what percentof rhe numberof motor vehicles pcrsquarc mile for Country I ? (A) l8% (B) 2t% (c) 27% p) 33% (E) 47%

(A) ls.2 (B) 16.5 (c) l7.o {D) 17.6 (E) r8.l
25. In 1985 thenumber of square kilometers per 100 motor vehicles in Country C wasapproxrmately (A) (B) (c) tD) (E) 0.29 0.34 1.34 2.90 3.45

C'OON TO THE NEXT PACE.

336

26. If 5 pcrccnr ofa recrangular lot is covered by a rectargular shedthatis 25 feetlongand 24 feet widc,whatis thc areaof the lot in square feet? (A) 3,000 (B) 5,700 (q t2,000

29. ln a certain country, a pcrsoa is born every 3 secondsand a person-dies every fO scconOs. I herclorc, the birth and death rat6 account for a population grovth rate of onc person svcry

(D) 2a500 (E) 30,000

2 7 . F o rx * 2 (A) I a n dx * 3 , *+;{l

(A)'1*
', (B) 4i sx (g 7 sec
1

@) tl j sec @ l3sec 30- If r and s are positiveintegers, eacficraterthan I, and if ll(s - l) : l3(r - l), whai is the least possiblevalueof r * s?
-L..

r');,^ X -2 (L/ t:---= s - J

/h\ u4 G.-zt6=5

(A) 2 (B) ll

'r: - 4:r + 6 ,o, '-' (-r 2)(.r - 3) A cirnrlarregionhascircumference c inches and areak square inches.Ifc = 3ft, whatis the radius of thecirclein inches?

(D) 24 (E) 26

(c) 22

.')f
(q3
(D) f
(E) ?
1-

(A)f

337

FOR GENERAL TEST 8 ONLY

Amsgr Key urd PerDernegerof Exernlnees Anmrlng
E!
t (!0|t

Eaehajedlon corrGcty
fi/U.YIEAAUUfi b.6ri t

trtttTt SrE L*-2

|ltarTrTfimAl|uTY
\$.td 6

s.toe t P+ 9'l 80 90 77 79 68 59 8l 57 78 61 64 70 62 53 35 49 9 63 46 3l 44 59 41

hniar

lrrltf

1 2
r3 4 5 6 9 1

B A
A C E D

P+ 94 9{ 71 &l 55 tl3 53

lrnlcr 1 2 3 , 1 ' 5 E 7 8 9

lrrilt t ) A B C D D E 0 B

?+

Xonbr
1 2 3 4
R

lErrr

c, c)
56 78 4 t5

9{

c c
A D A B D D B D A

P+ 93 &l 83 CI 89 78 TI 74 55 e0 68 38 47 z7

llus|la
2 3 4 5
o

Anrmr
A
6

A B
h

P 91 p a2 74 68 T7 7A 61 45 17 49 35 6 c7 6 93 8l 80 75 70 'rn
JO

*
2 3 4 5 6 I I t0 1t 12 13 l1 t5 t6 17 t8 19

lnrrw
E B D E U A D A I A E B A A E n B B
E

llumbrr Armr
1

?+

2
J

1
3 D

E A D B B A

7 6
0 t 2 3 5 8 7 8 9

A D

e A

79 @ 59 44 4l 31

cl &+ c)
61 58 53 38 I t9 86 tt{' 88 5a zl 17 71 81 /t0 58 3C

6 7 8 I 't0 11 12 t3 1,1 t5 t 6 1 7 'r8 1 9 N 21 2 N 21 6 6 2 .

7 I 9 10 11 12 13 't1 15 16 18 13 20 21 2. 23 24 25 26

A D A

7
6

I i51

i80 l n 172 162 i61

l7e

10 1I 13 14 t< 16 17 18 19 20

c
E B B E

I 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1

B D 8 D D E A C C

11 "c .E r2 1 3 4 11 B 1 5 C 1 1 1 r N 6 7 8 9 t E C B A B D C

| 6-/ lel 181 I 1p 86

.16 50 49 44 52 55 28 25 't8 63 73 59

c
A E 8 A D E E 0 A C B A C

27 92 53 34

81 80 63
o

n A
o

o
B

c
h

49 92 71 71 55 37 62 44 41 9. 27

n n

A D B
E E
v

21 2 . 2 3 21 25. 2 2 6 7 0 r } 4 5 6 7 8

B A 8 C E A E

58 68 81 59 /tg 34

a
a

2 2

21 A

D E

B B A E
E

21 2

66 56 3/t
t

24 6

n n

21

24 25

A 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 3 3

E E D C E 8 8 E D A

8rt 60 75 76 58 37 45 37 26

a s7

6 N 3 *Sl -32 ,is3

.i3l -36 3 3

r
0

A B E C A c
A E

a, st e

N 3

7 0

E D

28 29 30

B E

d5 40 32 15

68 64 57 3 rl0 37 6 E
period

6 8

'Estimalsd

who t@k fle GR Gneal Tesl in a recn! three-)ar

3M

SCORE COIIVERSIONS FOR GEIIERAI TEST 8 OI{LY ANO THE PERCE}ITS EELOW'
% B:lor S..lra Scoil % Brlor 3.\$d % Esan Srlor

a'
S.d Sr'| 650 6/q) a0 610 t ldgr

Sco'r

s.rha A Ec!il ldil 0 1m 420 {10 1{n 390 380 370 3q) 360 29 28 27 3.| 31 31 I 6 2 20 17 15 15

S.d.a * Sco.. Ltor 610 6m 590 5g} 560 550 540 5A) 510 5q) 1g) 170 160 450 {t{) 4A) t10 390 380 370 350 340 KX} 310 290 zffi 260 ?44 230 210 200 200 2m 200 m0 60 5E 55 53 16 45 (l 3S 37 31

H
t I
i

7r.76 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65

F.

m
5dl 5il0 560 5{t 5C'

u
ff,

a.
51 60 59 58 tl s 55 54

c)
27 25

s2e 5m
4C)

m
frn
P0 610 590 580 570 560 550 540 530

n
19 17 l5 12 1l I 7 6

m
84 82 79 76 74 7'i 69 66 64

800
600 790 7m 780 n0 760 lfi 740 730

25 21 t3 2. 21 20 19 18 16
l4

4m 4dt
1\$ (X,

+m
ill0

3!n

s3 52
51 5i) 49 48 47 45 45

2
I 1 I 1 1 I I I 1
I

u
43 42

14 13 12 11 10 I 8 7 6 5 &4

xm

'Percent sorinS below lhe scaled score is based on the perfomance of 1,04o.3-16eramin who tmk the Ceneral T6t betwen Ocrober l, 1988, and September30, 1991. This tErcent below information is ued for rore repons during the I 992-91 testing yeat

345

SECTION 3 Trme-3O minutes

Numbcrs:
Figures:

3OQrmtions All numbers used arc real numbers Position of points, angles,rcgions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight. Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plaoe unlessotherwiseindicated. Figuresthat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information usefut in ans*ering the questions' Howevel, unlessa notc.statesthal a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethese"problems NOT by estimaiing sizesby sight or by meas-urement, but by using your knowledgeof mat|ematics (see Example 2 bclow).

Directions: Each of the Questionsl - 15 consists of two quantities, one in Cotumn A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two guantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: Common I-il66iiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannor bc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). Il a question, information concerningorc or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centered above the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameining in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B SampleAnswers (D@@@@

E{ample l;

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, cven though P/V and NQ appearequat)

Example 3:

@rD@@@
(since ff is between P and Q)

.Example 4:

w*z

tE0

358

c
Column A

A if tbe quantity in Column A is grcatcr; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if the two quartities arc equaf

D if tbe relarionship cannot bc detcrmiaed froo the information girCn Cotumn B Column A t|,e Carolb c Centimctcrst d catimss shorlcr then C 7. Tbcm

A hardcrarc storepurchased ltcrtical saos shords at a cst of \$9 apie ad soH eachof them fior 20 pcrccotabora cogt. t. Thsficeatwhichth hanlwarestoresold each shoral

\$loto

hrigfu

higtrdK,i

n*?- t * 3
2. x < 0 x - l l - r r * y * z n : 105373 6;

GO ON TO THE NEM PAGE.

x * t : 8 x-ft:4 6.

359

c
Column A

if thc two quantities are equal;

D if thc rclationship cannot bc detcrmined from the information given. ColurnnB ColumnA x2-3x * 2 : O 12. Twicethe sum of the roots of the equation
Colurnn B

ScgmentCS tisects LPQR and segment RS bisectsLPRQ.

Point S (not shown) lies above the x-aris such that ARST has area equal to 6.

105 5r

The y-coordinate of point S

2 5. 5 2 rs tLO

(r + s)2
The figure represcnts the floor of a certain room. I I. Thc area of the floor 350 square feet

12+s2

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

360

ffiEffiies

Directions: Each of tlrc Questiops lG30 has five ansnrcr choiccs. For cach of thesc qucstirons, eclcct tbc bcst of tp

givcn.

'

19.

(A)

: {B) 3 (c)5 (D) 6 {E} 45 17.Ifth sum of 12,15,rnd x is 45,tbcnthcproduct of5and(r + 2) is

(A) g
rD\

t-t

TJ

t2

12 ?o

(c) -T1

(D) r (E) e
20. What is the arca of a circulai rqioir:ttatta" circumfercnce 8zr? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 4n Er 16z 32n 6an

{D) 4l

(B) e2 {c) 80 (E) 2s

(A) 100

18. If thc average{arithmaic mean) of two 1"m!ers is 20 and one of the numbers is x, what is thc otlrcr numbcr in tcrms of r ?

GO ON TO THE NE'CT FT(;E"

361

Questiors2l-25 referto the following graphs. HOUSING PRICE AND FAMILY INCOME* 70 60

-E 50 (.. zm
7.4 '1.2 7.0 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.8 0

RATIO OF HOUSING PRICE TO PER CAPITA INCOME*+

F : o F 2 0
t0
r950 19551960 1965 1970t975 t980
'median saleprice and'median family income

1950 t955 r960 1965t970 1975t980 **Rario _ Hou.ingP.!ol*\$je!

rer Laplia lncome

Elq png)

Note: Graphs drawn to scale. 21. Approximatety what was the median sateprice of an ex\$tng home in 1975? 24. lf in 1985the per capita income*as \$7,200and the ratio of the median saleprice of an existinghome to per capita income was the sameas in lgg0, what was the median saleprice of an existinghome in l9g5 ? (A) \$s0.040 (B) \$44.640

(A) \$1s,000 (B) \$35,000 (c) 936,000 fD) \$38,m0 tE) s40,0m
22" tn l9m, what was the approximate difference between the median s"le i;"e of an exiJng bome and the median family income?

(c) sl1,600 (D) \$5.040

(E) \$l,l60 25. By approximatelywhat percntdid the mediansale price of a new home increase lrom 1955to 1975? (A) 26%

(A) \$42,000

\$45,m0 s44000 t4{r,500 t47,500

(B) nlw
(c) 62:% (D) 167% (E') 267%

23. For which of tbe following years was the ratio of the mcdian sale price oi a new bome minus the mcdran sal'eprice of an existing home to per capita incomc least?

(c) 1970
{D) t975 fE) 1980

GO ON TO THE }iEXT PAGE. 362

E'
l;.

e E
a: a

i:

.r-l

tr-: 5a &

l0 miles

8 miles

28. The rectaogular solid aboveis-ry{e up of eight cubes of the samesizc,ech yhich ti* painrcdblue.What9f gge.facc i, rh" er"tc;i"o,roo "#try of th roratsurfaccarcaof thc *tii*oituB * blrrc? (A) (')* *

F
t'
l:

t :

26. Accordingto the ligure above, traveling direcrly trom potnt ;{ to point B, ratherthan from point 4 to point C and then from point C to point 8, wouldsaveaprproxinately Lo*,n"oy rniles? (A) l @)2

{c) 3
{D) 4 (E) 5 27.

(D) +
(E)i
29. lf a > 0,, > 0, and c > 0, a

(c)i

0.50%:

(A) ,h

l : t + l
c

or#
(c)
(D)

(A)q-#
Gr qi*!

*
*

rct@j#!

(E)+

r'D*!# pte#*#
30. Jhe buyer of a certain mechanical toy must choose 2 of 4 optional motions and 4 of 5 optional aaessories.How many different combinations of motions and accessorics are availabh to the buyer? (A) 8 (B) il

(c) t5 [D) 20 (E) 30

363

NumbErs: Figurcs:

ECTION 5 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbcrs uscd arc real numben. Position of points, angles,reSrons, etc. can bc assumedto be in thc order sbown; and angle measures can bc assumedto bc positive. Lines shova as straight can bc rssumed to be straight Figurescan be assumedto lic ia a plane unlcssorherwise indicatcd. Figurcsthat accompanyquestions are intended to provide information useful in answering the questions' Howerar, unlessa note statesthat a figure ir'ar"*" ro tlrr, fJu ,noura solve theseproblems Nor by estimatingsizesby sighror by meas-urement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example2 bclow).

Directions: Each of the ETllons.l-=qconsists are to comparethe rwo quanti-iEi andThoosc 1 I I D Note: Common iffiE?iiou

of two quantities,one in column A and one in Column B. you

rlr quantiry in Cotumn A is greater; i{ quantity in Cotumn B is jrearer;' i{ t1,. the rwo quantitics are equal; i{ if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethcre are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a questioo,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centered above the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns represcnts rhe samething in column A as it does in Column B.

ColumnA
Exemplel:

C o l u m nB

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examnlc 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough py'y and NQ appear equal)

Example 3:.

@o@@@
(sincc H is betweenpand Q)

Example4:

wlz

lE0

@@o@@ (since Pp is I straighr IiDc)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

370

A B C D Column A

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given" Column B

t:
,i

B F

:' ColurnnA
x + 5 =

ColumnB 2 l

v - -r: -8

0.1 25
The price of a pen is (l0x + ),) cents,the price of a notebook is (l0y * x) cents,and the sum of the two pricesis \$ I .43.

2. .).

a * c * e
t '6 .0 t t . j ' -

b+d'rf 255 2

Inrectangle ABCD, sides lD and BC havebeen divided into segmelts of equal length as shown. 4. The length of f,F Thc length of GC

x + y I 4+---

AREAS OF THE FIVE LARGESTSTATES

Alaska Texas California Montana New lV{exico

3*i

r00 200 300 400

Area (thousands of squaremiles) Note: Dra*-n to scale. 5. Sum of the areasof Texas.California. Montana. and New Mexico Area of Alaska

A if B if C if D if

thc quantity in Column A is greatcri thc quantity in Column B is grcareq thc two quantitiesarc equal; the relationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

ColumnB

x a n d y are positiveintegers.

x > l y < 2

Among the 900 spectatorsat a football game, there was a total of x students from College C and a total of 7 students who were not from College C. l . Thgnumberof spectators at the game who were not students 900 - x - 7

1
r
t

_1
t2
L ,

5
!
f

O is the centerof the circle,and l_ ROS a right angle.

t3"

area of a square regie'n wrth a perimeter equal tC)the perimeter of rectangular region WXYZ

'The

36

l9

n.t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

3T2

Directiots; Each of the Qucstions lG30 has five answer choices. For eachof rhcsequcstions,selccrthe bestof rhc answerchoices given.

16r .f;+ r: (A) 5 (B) 7 (c) l3 (D) 28 (E) 2e

t 5 ,t h e n r:

19. If the average (arithmetic mean) of 16,20.and n is berween lE and21,inclusive, whatis thgrearest possibhvalueof n ? (A) l8 (B) 2l (c) 27 (D) 54 (E) 63

17.If l5 pies costa totalof Sl 1.50, thenat thisrate, whatis rhecosrof 9 pies? (A) 36.75 (B) \$6.e0 (c) s7.50 (D) 58.50 (E) 59.45 18"If 2(-r + .r) : 5, then, in rerms of r, y =
(A) ; (B) ;
I

(C) 5 - 2-r

@) 2oJt

(q 2sJt
(D) 50

!.

,L

G) soJt

C,OON TO THE NEXT PAGE. -*

z

373

2t-25 referto the foltowinggraphs. Questions DISTRIBUTION OF WORK FORCEBY OCCUPATIONAL CATEGORY FOR COUNTRY X IN I98I AND PROJECTED FOR 1995 TotalWork Force: 150Million
Total Work Force: l?i Million

Farm 2 Blue Collar

anagerial Sales I 9 8|

Clerica Sales

Managerial

1995 (Projected)

2 l In 1981, therewere how many million Service

workers in the work force?

(A) l-s.o (B) 20.J (c) 22-5 (D) 28.0 (E) r75.0
22 I.n l9ll, how many categories eachcomprisedmore
than25 million workers? One T*'o Three Four Five (A) (8) (C) (D) (E)

24. From l98l to 1995.thereis a projectedincrease in the nurnberof workersin which of the following categories? L Sales IL Service IIL Clerical (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) None III only I and II only Il and III only I, II, andIII

25" Approximately whar is the projectedprcent decrease in the numter of Elue'-Collai*orkers in the work forceifeountry X from l9gl to 1995?

What is ttn ratio of the number of workersin the Professional categoryin lggl to the prdjected numberof suchworken in 1995 ?

(A) i
(B) *

(B) 3s% (c) 20% (D) t7%

(E) 7oh

(A) 42%

(o#
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. (D) ;

(E) f
374

#:

tr
F
5

::
\$

'?

F
i,

tI

26. P-oints (_r, -3) and (-2. .r.)"not shownin the figurc above, are in quadrants IV and II, respectiwly.lf xy * 0, in which quadranr is point {,r. y) ?

28. If the figureaboveis a rectargularsolid composd of cubes, eachwirh edeeof leigttr + cenli;ciers, what is the volumeof the rectaigur", *iiJ in cubic centimeters? (A) (B) 100 2s6

i
a:

(c) 4oo
(D) 5.120 (E) 6.400 2 9 .I f L : ( a - b ) * c t h e n L - R = (A) (B) 2b 2(
E.

(c) ril (D) rv

(E) It cannotbe determinedlrom the information given"

(B) rr

(A) I

andR

&_4,

?i.

(.t-."2),=

(A) I - 2V6

( B )l - v e tc) 5- 2v'e
(D) 5 - 2JT (E) I

(E) - 2c
t

(c) 0 ( D )- u

At the rateof 1,000 revolutions pel minute, how many revolutions will a wheelmakein fr smnds? (A) 3.000k (B) 50* .^. ( L ' 50 F 3,000 (D) \-t
k

: F ;
i

: ,}
E tr

{
t

t
F

(E) t80:000
k

?
I

\$ f

t
I

tr
I

375

FOR GENERALTEST 9 ONLY I Answef Key and Percensesr of FxemineesAnswering Each Question Correctly
YERSII|8IUTY

8.e2
W
' 2 3 4 5 t

Srafin

AMt YilC\$ rSuTY

?+ ls5 l-79 Sedlol t
,fomtlr 2 3 1 5 o 7 8 9 t t1 1 1 1 1 1 7 l 1 o 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

lnr
A A 8 E E E g E B 8 E 8 D 0 D 8 C A D E A

P+

hrd.?
2

l|.r.f

Seclon 6
P+ lbr\$ry I 2
J

|'71| 1 7 11 1 5 91

l s l
I

8 7 .8 9 ! 0 'tl 1 2 1 3 't1 1 5 1 1 1 1 X 21 6 7 8 9

| 1{' 1 6 1 3 71 7 l E I t l s 7 l e

lrtl

3 4

C I

l r l I t o l s 8l f l

c
A

E A A E

168 lso l m

l7e | 6.r l+5

8 8 A A A 8 A A o

et

88

81 a7 71 71 78 77 a9 52 44 50 3 29 88 78 64 6it

. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 r

B C B 8 A A C D A B 0 A C C I 0 8 A C D

l't'|t

tegri

Pr 8l 74 86 69 78 87 65 T7 79 17 68 66 64 37 62 \$ 48 13 5l 6l 35 51 44 3B 31

81 6 8t 8t

s,
68 72 65

cl s7

1 4 2I t z 1 3 51 1 3

l u lr4
1 2 8 I

I rr

i 6 { 1 8 . 79 90 71 38 53 47 57 ,19 6l TI

1 '16 1 r 1 N

5 7 8 9

I E c
0 B C 0 E A 0 .B A 8

lss 183 lso lrf

157 | 'lE l3t lfit
6l

l3E
.rlt
1i] 61 65 1

D C D C 0 C 4 A E

11 1 2 1 3 l/t 'r5 1 1 l 1 N 8 7 E 9

57 63 5{) 49 3) 85 Tf 71 71 57 79 73

2 3 1 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1r 1 2 1 3
1 4

S D C D A D D A 4 E E 0
0

76 78 60 51

o
t E

I
R

gl 62 45 91

6
6

9 t0
ta ' J

E D A
E o A

c 8 E A B D B 8 E 0 E

6,r
87 &! 63 59 38 52 4A ,K! 3

1 6 1 7 1 8 '19 N 21 2 . 2 3 2 4 2 5

2A 5.t 54 41 62 56 4!) 56 31 50 40 42

65 t1 l5 -t6 17 18 l9 20

'r9

A E
E

? . 3 8 2 a E E A

3 31 3 E 4 3 3{t 3 3

n E

6 N

A B

) 2 5 7 8

A B 0 E C 0 E A A

A C

79 73 5{t 3A 33 35 34 2 29

2 f 2 N N 3

21 2, A ? 4

A t o 7 E D A 0 c

4Cl

.ol

e{l s l ?ul l7 e l

17 1

4 l n 1

21 2 . z J 21 2 5 6 N 8 2 ' t \$

D A c I 0 E B D E E

n n
2 2 2 A 3

21

21 2 5 6 7 8 )

c c

E 0 A C E E B

3 2 C l 3 3 o i 3 4 o l ++l 3 s A i3 e l
3 3 3 6 7 8 D E S
I

12 35 53 3t' 52 e. 49

a n

21

21 25

HI

l 26 I l l

'Estimeted P+

nl

382

::
t *

r
F

&

i *

sconE cor{vERsr0ils FoR GEtfERAt TEST I0tfty

TIIDTHE PERCE}ITS BILOI,V'
l.*d \$fi 39 3E 37 36
1(

n
I

3..H S.rt

lt tdr

,)t Sc.La i Scrt.d Sd. Bclor Sco.t ldo|

n-76 71

m
69 6E
ol

66 65 61 63 52 51 60
(o 58 7t 55 55

31 gt

n
2t

30 29

_1 ltc 1gt 10 1.r0 37 (x' 31 1m 31 110 A 4fl1 25 {S E 3qt B 3{n m 370 lE 15 15 13 lt lr I E 7 5 4

Sclha % Scn !.|570 5l 560 49 550 46 51{l 14 5\$ 41 520 39 510 37 500 34 490 32 470 28 460 150 U0 430 110 400 390 380 370 360 25 8 21 tg .t6 14 12 11 10 E

Scd.a Z S.lt ldfi nO m m 6m 610 Str fig 6tn 590 Sm 560 54{, sg] 5t0 5q) {n 1m 450 w 1m 55 5{, 47 12 3S \$ il) 26 ?3 t9

:: s

a
640 630 620 610 6 0 s90 580 570 550 550 87 s00 E5 800 s] 790 32 789 0 m n o ;8 7s0 i5 740 n 738 71 710 69 7N 690 6E0 660 650 640 69, 6m 600 590 sEO 96 96 95 93 n 88 87 85 81 79 800 800 E00 E00 791 n0 760 7s0 730 7m 27 ?6 25 24 7J

n
21

54
(1

m
t9 1E
1a

360 360 350 34{l 340 330 3m 310 300 290

I r
s r
t f
if

32 51 50 49 4E 47 46 45 44 4il 42

i: i a f,

t5

n 73 71 69 67 55 62 58 56 53

ta

: |.
?
1

14
IJ

12 It 10
0 E

s6
.ftrH erd bdov

osrobqr,Igfl-idscpmr*io.

6c qtcd

k b!.d

1990. Thispca urtr rl..i

m rhc FfrrnG

of 9jaJg,

trilE

f,i'",***gorBdrirrrh"

wno trlof th

GsEd

Tcrr brtrq

r9gr-9zsurrcr-

383

SECTION3 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Nurnbers: All numben usedarc real numbers.
Figr'lres: Positionof points,angles, regions,etc.can be assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shownas straightcan be assnmedto be straight. Figurescan be assumed to rie in a plane unress otherwiscindicated. Figurestbat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering the questions' However,unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems NoT by estimating sizcsby sight or by measirrement, - -- by -J using --.''o J your knowledgeof mathemarics(see ' but ExamPle 2 bctow). Directions: Each of the Que.s.tions I -.15. consists of two quantities, one in ColumnA and one in column B. you are to comparethe two quantiiieiandihoose I B C D Note: Common ffiffiEiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationshipca'nor be determinedfrom tbe information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be comparedis centerbdabove the two colunns' A slnbol that appearsin both cotumnsrepresents the samething in column A as it doesin ColumnB. Column A ColumnB
)+A

Example l:

2x6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 refer to L peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(since equalmeasures cannot be assumed, even though piy' a,ndNQ appearequal) Example3:

Examnle 4:

w*z

tE0

396

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i q; a

: A B C D
if if if if the quantity in Columa A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitia are equal; the relarionship cannot be detcrrnind from tbc inforrration given.
t

F I

Column A

Column B

Column A 7t9

Column B

On map X cz,chcentimeter represcnts 20 hlomctcrs l. The actual distance, in kilometers, between two locations that are l7 ccnrimetersapart oo map X
qo

3m

a.

Thc ratio of thc kngth of a si,Cc of square S to tbc length of a sidcof cquilatcral trianglc I is 4 to j. 7. Thcpcrimetcrof S
r-

Thc perimetcrof I

^* r : t
?o

J-

p + q * r * s 54
t)

w * x * y * z 4

J.

(.'6'Jf

1
t7 t
4 r * t : 1 0

0.5

4.

--=J

12ft

"a :
i e

l2

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal: the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

ColumnB

(x-3[x*2):g

Pencils have the sameunit cost regardless of the number sold. x pencilscost a total of \$0.50, and n pencils cost a total of y dollars.

Lry

LABC and LDEF havethe samearea. AD>CF

) 2 Thealtitudeof AABC
from .8 ta AC x > l

Thealtitudeof LDEF from ,E to DF A F ACEF is a squareregionald B, D, and G are midpoints of AC, CE, aad 8D, respectively.

l3

-;J

.r'--

1 5 .The fraction of

t6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

398

pirections: Eachof the Questions choices. For eachof thcscquesrions, lG30 hasflve nnswer selecr the b51 of thc. -. ans*'ercnorces E!'en.

19. Which of the followingis the graphof thecquarion y : lxl for all realralues of x ? eiolg All gaphs drawa to scalc.) (A)
16. if tbe length of the longest sidc of the triaaglc sbown above is 36, what ii the perimeter of thc riangle?

(B)

(A) (B) {c) (D) (E)

5l 63 8l 108 162
what is the value of x + 6y ?

l ? . I f : : l and y :
6 r

|,

1nr #
(B) 2

(qf
(D) 6

(E)#
18. The daiiy ratefor a hotel room that sleeps 4 people is \$39for oneperson and x dollars for eachadditional person. lf3 peopletakethe room for oneday and eachpa,'-s S2l for the room. what is the value of r? (A) 6 {B) 8 (D) 13 {E) 24

20. The average(arithmeric mean) of a set of 12 numbers, which includes 34. is N. If 34 is removcd from the set and 38 is added to the set, what is tbe average of the new sct of numberr in terms of t{ ?

(c) rl

(A) ls , t J
1 -9 (B) N -, C

399

2l-25 refer to rhe following graph. Questions

PERCENT RETURNON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY MANIIFACTURER X VERSUS ALL LNTTED STATES MANUFACTURERS

[-l u*orr"tuerX
20%

etr United Sures Manufacurrers

20Vo

r
q)

159o

l5Vo

e e)

t0%
I

10Vo

5%

5%

r984

1985

r986
Year

1987

r988

Note: Graphdrawnto scale. 21. If shareholders in Manufacturer X had Sl00 million in equityin 198?, thenthe dollar amount of tbe shareholden'return on this equity was (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 582.0mittion S18.0 million S15.5 million S12.5 miltion S1.85 million ' 24. For tbe yearshowa,other than 19g7,in which the percentreturn on shareholders'equity for Manufac_ turer l( wasmosr nearlyequal to tirit for 19g7, what was the percentreturn for all United States manufacturen? (A) 8%

(B)t2i%
(q ts:%
L

22. In 1986 Manufacturer X's returnperdollar of shareholders' equitywasapproximarely how much greater thanthatof all UnjtedStates manufacnrers? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) S0.0t S0.02 s0.025 50.035 S0.045

(D) t7% (q n:%

25. Which of the following statements can be supported by the darain the graph? - I. Th9 prcent return on shareholders. equiry for all United Statesmanufacturs decreased from 1984to 1988by lessthan l0 percenuge points. II. A rcnrrnon shareholders'equity of more than 7 pcrcentwas achievedby each United States maaufacrurerin 1988. IIL The shareholden'equity for Manufacrurer X was grearrrin 1987than in l9gg. (A) (B) (C) @) (E) I only III only Iandtronly II aod III only I, Ii' and III

23. The decrease in percentreturn on shareholden' equify for all United Statesmanufacturers from 1.987 to I988wasapproximately how many times the decrease in percent retrun on shareholders' equiry for all Unired Statcsmanufacturersfrom 1985 ro 1986 ?

(B) (q (D) (E)

(A) e
6 4.5 3 1.5

400
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

26. \Yhich of &e foliowing inequqlitiesis truc?

29. A positirc inagcr with cxaaly mo difacnt divisors grcatcr than I must be (A) (B) (9 (D) (E) a priru an eveointcger amultipb of 3 thc squarc of a prim thc aguareof an odd iatcgcr

(A)0<*<0.01 ( B )0 . 1 2 < B < 0 . t 3

I

(q0i0.A.0.50 (D)0.30<i<033
(D 1.35 .;
A I

30. Thc qprcssion

,-'6

. 1.56

-| {L tbfollowing?
' l -

b cquiveknt to whhh of
! . :

6) | +1J2
27- lI apcrsotr c:rnsaw \$380in 5 weeks,in how many naeks, at this sameratc, cas tk pcrsonsave 26 timsthis amount? (A) 13 (B) l2.s (c) ll (D) 10.6 (E) 8
7 (B) -r - iJ2

(c) -l @)3+2{

(E) -3 - ?-.6

28. Ir the figure above, if the measure of 4R is 30', then y : (A) (B) 60 80

i
I

4r

SECTION 7 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions

Nurnbers:
Figures:

All numbers usedare real numbers. etc.can be assumed rcgions, Position of poinu, angles, to be in the order shown;and anglcmeasures to be positive. can be assumed Lines shown as straightcan be assumed to be straight. to lie in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated. Figures can be assumed questions Figures that accompany arc intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However.unless a notestatcs tbat a figureis drawn to scale,you should solvethcseproblems NOT by estimating by sightor by measurement, sizes but by using your knowledgeof mathematics (see Example 2 below).

D i r e c t i o n sE : achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are to comparethe two quandries and choose A B C D Note: if if if if tlre quantity in Column A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities arc cqual; tbe rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information given.

Since therc are only four cboices, NEVER MARK (E). Common Inlq!:mation: In a guestion,informationconcerning one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centered above the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns represents the samething in Column A as it does in Column B.
t\$] ,Sl

ColumnA

C o l u m nB

2x6

2+6

Example 2:.

NQ

@ @ @ o

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough Piy' and NQ appearequal) Example 3:

@ o @ @ @ (since .V is between P nd Q)

Examole4:

w+ Z

180

414

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE"

g,

\$
A B C if the quantily in Column A is grearer; if the quantity in Colurnn B is grcatq; if the wo quantities arc cquat if the relationship cannot bc determined from &e information given.

r :,
t-

f;

D
Column A

F
Column"B

Column B

C-ohmrn A

{ _ I -

r 2

4t+5=5r-30

lo+*

IU

R.S:s|
L

= IR = uY : YII/ : wx : x(J
The area of regsoa UVWX

The area of region RSI

|.'.

(0.3F
l nl : 5 1 lz-ll:62 n 6

A\'/rE-.,
l ,r , l <r \J,

A-car traveling at a constant speed of 50 miles pcr Dour uses t gallons offirel each hour. 3. Tbc number of galt6nsef fuel this car usesto travel 200 milcs at a constanr spced of 50 milc per hour 4k

* ' " = t

\$*n=r
4" N

Of tbe 7 msrnbers of the city cound 4 are Democrats and 3 are Republicans. i i, O" tot"t number.of different 3-personcorrminees ttrat L oe apporntcd from tbe counsil mernbership srrch that each corrmittce consists of Z Oem#ts anO l Republican

l5

)-

RT

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

415

A B

if if if if

tbe quantity in Column A is greaterl the quantiry in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

The average(arithmetic mean) of k numbcrs is 27, and k is greater than 10. ll. The sum ofthe t numbers 300

xy:6 x 2: 9

It

n
with of thetwo squares Q and .i? are the centers sides of length2.
t 1 t L.

1 5 .The areaofrecr"nguiar
region RS?'U

(rrxsu)

The length of line scgmentPS

32 percentof x is 75. x is ,t percentof 75.

3JT

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 300

13.

4t6

mffi,offit".oj.thtQgtioo:.ler

hasIirc 2nswcr choiccs. Foreach of thcsc qucstions, sctect &e best of tbc

16. A bu.ar sounds every15minutcs. If thc buzzcr at 12:4\$, whicbof thc followingcorH Sundcd be a timeat wbich the buzzer soundcd?(A) (B) (C) @) @ 4f5 S::O 6:a5 7:t5 8:t0

t

rrz *A, whatisthe

valw of { ? r9z

(A)3

t 7 .+ . * * * * * * i * l :
(A) ;

(.) 3
(D) 4
(E) 6 2 A . I f x> 8 a n d y < 3 , ther it must be truc that (A).r +y > 5 (B).r+y<ll ( 9 r - y > 5 (D):-y<5 (E)x-.y<tl

(B) I

G)i; (q#
(D) I (E) :

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

18. Of the follo.*ing pairs of coordioates,which represeots a point ia the shadedregiou on thc graph sbown abow?

(A) (3, -t (B) (-3, _5) (c) (-3" 5) (D)(-5,3) (E) t-5, -3)

417

Questions2l-25 refer ro the following chart.

ENROLLMEM EACULIY SLZE FACI.ILTYSALARY. AND TUITION AT COLLEGE R FOR SELECTEDYEARS l960
Number of Srudents Enrolled Number of Faculty Membcrs Ratio of Students to Faculfy Averager Faculty S"l.ty Tuirion per Student Total Faculty Salaries Income from Tuition tArithmetic mean 2l " What was the -total amount of faculty salariesat 22. T1tenumber of studentsenrolled in I 960 was approxrmately what fraction of the rumber enrolled in 1980?

1970

1980

1,490 166

I,600 r60 l0

1,790

ll I

\$28,400 \$3,700 \$4,529200

College R in 1970 ?

(A) \$143.600 (B) \$200,600 (c) s255,000 (D) \$2,04s,000 (E) \$2,2e7,600

(A) 3
G);

(q3

(") i.
c)i

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

418

If rhc incrcasc in thc number of students enrolled funn t950 to 1960rvas half thc increasc from 19@ to 1970,what was th studentgatellmg!{ itr 1950?

7<

{A) 14s {B) 1,340 (c) 1,380 Gr) r.435 (E) r,545 from 1970 in tuirionpcrsrudeot Tk incrcasc to
1980wasapproximatdyhow many timesas great as from 1960lo1970? tlr increasc (A) 2 (B) ^ l

If thc total anouat of faculty salaries in t9g0 was paid from tuition incorc, ajproxinarcty bow mucb of eachstudent's.ruition wai uscO t" p.i fr"dt salarics? (A) sl60 (B) \$1,100

"1

GO ON TO THE NE)(T PAGE.

(c) 3
"1 I (D) )

(E) 4

4t9

a.

3a+3r*3m:

(c) 3eo
26. In the figureabove,rectangle PQR.Sis inscriH in the circle and PQ : 6. If theareaof rectangular regSonPQRS is 48,what is theareaof the sircular region? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) l0z 25r. 36n 48r l00r (D) 3n (E) 3 - '
rll

f tB) P
(A)

27. The expression i , , wheren is not equalto I | -0 or l, is equivalent tJ whichof the following?
(A) ' ----i-n - l

30. In the figure above, a student whose eyesare 6 feet above the ground and 8 feet from a vertical flagpole views the top of the flagpole at a 30{egree angle of elevation What is the height, in feet, of rhe flagpole?

\ !,1

( B )r _ ;
{C)n-l

(E) =-I- n
|

16 vr
r:-

28 A cyclist travels x miles in w hours and

a minutes" What is the cyclist'sspeedin miles per hour? (4,

;T

602

60rv * z ,*., \-t

x 60x tA (.-, ;-+;

420

h E. B

t.-

FOR GENERAL TEST TOONLY

Ansr. Kcy end trccnbgc.'st
BIIL'I||ITY

i:
cfinccily |||rlTI.r|'rlrrl
ia f:

Erunlnoa Anslrlng

Elctr alqdon

hmlcr

t drt Lilat

!..ilr

4 5 6

2 3

E o c c
B A

&, l
71

P + fralrr 9{ l r 88 l 2 82 l 3

lgrrr
A A I

8 9 10 l1 12 13 l4 t5 1 6 1 7 '18 1 9

o
B E E A E E

50 l 6 38 l 7 88 l s l 8 9 al 1 1 0
77 .E I

l I

c E c
D D A D D
6 7 8 9 0 . 3 E 8 8 0 A B 8 E

a E

Pr sl 88 86 95 6at 75 5l &) cl 71 dt 73 ils

E'

ffia IEI

IEI|I

1 2 3 1 5 6 7 '8 9 1 l 1 1 lil 1 1 1 1 1 A 0 t 2 3 5 6 7 8 9

A C A g D C A B I A o 8 D C C C D c B A

P+
g]

6t; 88 71 72 v8 7(' 73 78 66 56 38 6 39 88

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

C A D A C C B A

h*r

lffi

7S 79 78 75 53 67 ,|9 5E a0 tKr

c7 &2

7R

1 t l
I

2 3 r
E

u C a D

l r

l lt m .5S
a7 60

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

P l 3 I r B
l { l r r
I t 2 1 1 3 l r {

.(t
3ri O 71 71 66 71
l

11 12 13 ,1 15
1 1 1 1 2 X 2 ?

s a

e.

11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D C A D c E D C A

3El

0 E 0 E

21 56 76 p 51 65 35 l 51

66 50 5{) 87 75 54 50

rc

c
E 8 D C D

E8 la dt s3
75 g7 71 5E 43 ils f,tl 20 1

I to l r a
l f l l r 8 l r 9

c A E

I A

e6 j 79 l c6 l
71 70 9, 81 ,16 50

56 l

l I

z 3 1
8 7 8

o A o E a c
I D A

7+ 7t TI 3it 88 59

. ;
I i

A D A A
o E B B

2 1 4 . ? 3 2 1 ? 5 2 n ? 2 f 9 , c

E i 10 B l T) c l 31 D l 5E c l g, B E 8
I

la

3 0 3 t
Q 3 3

3
3 3 3

. C l 51 | D l 41 z l A l 38 s o l 31

n l 72 c l 4

I 84 l e.

rl5

2 6 2 7 ? a ? 9 3 r 3 1 3 , 3 s 3 / 3 s 3 6 3 7 3 s

B l 60 D l 91 D l T7 A l 90 E l 53 E l rl0 B l 42 D l 42 D l *t C l 35 A l 3l c l n
I I

^ l 50 A l u

l m

? | t B 2 . E N D 21 D 6 A 2 2 A 6 7 0 8 A B E

21 2 . N 21 A 2 2 N A 3 6 7 0

l o t z l
A A

x
E

68 dt 51

a c. &

I lt' l r 2 1 1 3 l 1 4 I 1 5 4l 16 17 17 30 . r 8 g. t9

e l r o t

ib ,^
' G

s .a

6e 70 o
!

o o c
E E a

E6 72 5r 56 \$ a 5a

F:

B E E A A

e ct
5a

. 2 1 2

21 6

3l 30 {5 18 56

; : 1 . I F ,-

6/r
61 4 26 26

a
3

8 A E E D

&

sal

6 7 8

B E A

l 3t l5 l 19

'Eslimard P+ br the gpoupo{ sumins urho tool the GRE cjclerat T6t in a rocgnt thr6e.}ar prbd.

421

SCOHE CONVERSIOI{S FOR GENERAL TEST1(l OI{LY AND THE PERCENTS BELOW'
Yr*sl R.r Scalod 'L Scorl Scqr l!l'I 74-76 800 73 790 ta 780 n0
ai TW

0urrttrthr Itrlytlcrl Yerbrl 0!!nfltrUyt Anrtydc8l Scrlcd % Scslod % Rtr sf:]sd % \$rlsd % scrloa % Scors Bclor Scon Betot Scon Scorr Ealor Scorr Bclor \$on tlor 39 38 37 36 35 420 420 410 400 390 380 370 360 360 350 340 340 g]0 320 310 300 300 290 280 270 260 ?8 2n 230 220 210 200 200 31 31 28 25 n 20 18 15 15 13 11 11 9 I 7 5 5 4 3 2 620 610 600 580 570 560 550 540 5m 510
500 490 480 460 450

99 99 99 99 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 91 90 88 87 U 82 80 78 76 73 71 69 66 63 DU 55 52
il

62 60 58 50 48 tt6 43
JY JD

u
69 68
ol D

65 61
DJ v 61

60
J9

710 7g n0 710 7n 6E0 670 660 650 6,10 620 610 600 590 5s0 570 560 550 540 530

^:
31 30 a 28
,a

680 670 650 640 630 620 600 590 580 cbu 550 540 520 510 490 480 460 450 4& 429

85 U
TV

n
74
7'

66 64 61 56
JZ

34
JI

to

800 800 790 780 780 n0 7fi 750 75{1 740 730

96 96 95 al

25 24
ZJ

30 25 23
a l

49 41 41
JO s

u0
430 420 400 390

19 14 12

28
ZD ,2

58 <7 s 55 54
(2

22 21

cl 90 88 88 87 84
82 80 78 75 73 70 68
bb

m
't9 18 17 16

t9 0 1 7 11 12 11 8 0 6 0 5 0 3 0 3 l 2
,l 1 I 'I 1 1

52 51 50
49 48 46 45 44

800 800 800 790 780 760 750 730 720 710 690

98 98 98 98
!l

ll

14

5m
Etn

42 4l 40

500 490 480 470 460 450 4rl0 430

7m 710 7m
690 680 o/u bou
N

t2

12 l0
V

2m
200 2m 200
200 200 200 M

2 3 f i J 1 1 4 1 1 370 9 390 1 350 7 380 1 340 6 370 l 3i]0 5 350 1 3 1 0 3 3 3 r 3 0 0 3 3 2 1 2 8 0 2 3 0 1 2 7 0 1 2 9 r 2 5 0 1 2 8 f 1 2 4 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 1 4 1 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 r 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 260 250 230 n0 210 200

96
9J

47 43 40
J/

s40 630

93 92 90
6I

7
D

64

(F4

'Percent rorint below the scaled score is based on the performance o{ r,04o,136 examinftg who t@l the General Test betwen October'1, 1988, and septembe.3O, 1991. Fhis prcent below information is used fgr {ore reports during the 1992-93 testingyear.

Aaa

TEST11
Numberr: FiSures: SECTION I Tkn_30 minutes 30 Qrestions All numbersusedarc real numbers. Position of points, angles,regons, etc. can be assumed ro be in thc order shown; and angle qlsasurcs cau be assumcd to bc positive Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc srraight. Figures can bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures that accompany questions8re intended ro provide information rxcfut in answcring thc qlrcations. However' unlessa note statesthat a tigure is drawn to scale, you shoutd solrre tlrcse problcmr Nor bv estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurcmenr,bur by using your knowteJ;;J;:d.r";Htr.. Examplc 2 below). Pi-rections: Eechof thc QucLti.ons l-.15. consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. you arc to comparethc two quantitiesan<lchoosc A if ! if C if D if Note: Common Iffifiion: thc quanrity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is grearer; th+two quantiticsare equal; thc rclationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). ln a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantities ro be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appein in both columnsrepresenrs thc same thing in Column A as it doesin Column B. C o l u m nA Column B Sample Answers (D@@@@

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2 +6

Examples 24 nfer to L peR.

7 fi 4

.
Example2:
R

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sincc equal measures cannot bc assumed, even though Pl{ rnd NQ appcar equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

Example4:

w*z

It0

t
i

423

B i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; sr ee q u a l ; C i f t h e t u o q u a n t i t i ea D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informationgiven.

C o l u m nA Column B C o l u m nA C o l u m nB

n ) l
+ nl n * l -

Maria purchased 3 poundsof candy X for 57.98 and 5 pounds ofcandy I lor S10.95.
1

greater r is an integer than I l. 4.

x <-}'<0

2.x*5 -t(2s)

5,r+2
ln LABC, AB : BC.
)t 1-l

I f . The measure of L B

O is the centerof the two circles andOX:XY:1. Half'thecircumference of the largercircle Iq=a rq:l The circumlerence of the smaller circle

@'

l2-l] referto the following numberline. Questions P r

-p

p + r

r - n

0.9 x 0.9

0,9x0.9x0-9
The areaof the triangularregion

A studentcan purchase a research report for 55.00, or reproducethe -r pages of the report at a cost of per page. S0.15 8. The greatestpossible valueof .r if the cosr of reproducingthe .r pagesis lessthan the cost of purchasing the report

25

gardenif p : 19

The area of the new gardenif p : 29 @ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

Drctions: Each of the Questions1630 hasfive answer choices.For each of thesequestions, sekctthc bestof the answerchoicesgrven.

| 6. Whichof the followingis NOT a divisor of 2& ? (A) 4 (B) 8

(D) ll (E) t2

(c) e

19.C isa circle. p isaooint I isa line,and on line L. lf C. L, and p arein thesam. plane and p is insidc C, howr*ip"inir O" C and Z havein common? (A),0 (B) I

(E) 4

(c) 2 (D) 3

r
a

G); (c) 2
(D) 3 (E) 4

(A) t3 (B) 26 (c) 3l (D) 39 (E) 65

18. If 55percent of the people who purchase a certain product arefemale, what is theratioof thenumber of females who purchase theproduct to thenumber ol males who purchase theproduct?

C,OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(A) t
(B) f
(q*

(o)#
(E) ;

425

2l-25referto the following Questions graph. COUNTRYX'S TOTAL WHEAT IMPORTS COMPARED TO ITS WHEAT IMPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES, I9?3.1983

22. For how many of the yearsshown did Country X import more than 2ffi million metric tons of wheat? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Five Six Seven Eighr

23. The amount of wheatCountry X importedfrom countriesother than the United States wasgrearest in which of the followingyears?
F

{)

1 l L+

t974 1976 t978 r98l le83

=
2

For the year in which total wheatimportsand wheat imports from the United States weremost nearly e q u a l .h o * , m a n y m i l l i o nm e t r i ct o n so f w h e a td i d Country X imporr? (A) 150 (B) 125 75

(c) eo
(D)

(E) s0
2 5 For the year in which the amount of Country X.s
to-talwheat imports was greatest, approximaiely what percentol that total was importedfrom the U n i r e dS t a t e s ? 35o.,; 40% 50% 65e6 7s%

2 l From 1973 ra 19'7'7, inclusive, howmany million metnclonsof wheatdid Country X importfrom rhe[Jnited Srates? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 450 400 350 320 250

426

t
I i I l

r r.

: oi : . i ) ' - ( ' - i ) ' :

( . {,) = 6

28. If thedegrec measures of theangles ofa triangtcare in theratio3:4:5, whatis thedegrec.rneasure of the smallest ansle? (A) 15" (B) 30.

r B ):

(c) 4s'
(D) 60' (E) 75'

(c) 3
(D) I (E) * I
I

29. A board of lenglh Z feet is cut into two piaes such that the lenglh of one piece is I foot more than fwice the lcngth of t-beorher-piece.Which of thc foltowing is the length, in fect, of thc longer piee?

@+
4# (B)

(c)?
.)t

(D):

-L

et2L-ll
27 tf each cun,ed w sr vvu i side lu! r in r r the rrrr r figure rButs d above L Jvs l is s d as semicircte cml(;lfctg
wrth w t l h radius rarlirrs ? O and end r h. r \L,^ ^ ..-ll-l . ;J-^^L L^..^ 20, parallel the two sides each have length 100.whar is rheareaof rhe shadedregion?

,
integers are both multiplesof 4
&?

r & F
! i

and

a d
t

Two Three Four Five Six

Aa1 lLI

E t !
:

Numbers: FiSures:

SECTION 5 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions All numbers used arerealnumbers.

Position of points,angles, regions, etc.can be assumed to be in the ordershown;and anglemeasures can bc assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan bc assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lic in a planeunless otherwise indicated. Figuresthat accompany questions are intendedto provide informationusefulin answering the questions. However,unless a note states that a figure is drawn to scale, you shouldsolvetbese problims NOT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement. but by usingyour knowledge (see of mat-hematics E x a m p l e2 b e l o w ) .

D i r e c t i o n s : E a c ho f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - 1 5 c o n s i s to sf two guanriries , n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n ei n C o l u m nB . y o u o are to compare the two quantities and choose A B C D Note: Common GTo-iili]on: if if if if the quantiryin Column A is greater; the quantityin Column B is greate r; the two quanriries are equal; the relationship cannorbe determined from rhe informationgiven.

S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN , EVER MARK (E). In a quesrion. informationconc-erning one or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above t h e t w o c o l u m n sA . symbol thatappears i n b o t h c o l u m n sr e p r e s e n t s h es a m e t h i n gi n C o l u m nA a s i t d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA C o l u m nB SamDle Answers

ere.glg_!-'
E x a m p l e s2 4 r e f e rt o L P Q R .

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ o @ (since equalmeasures cannot be assumed, cven though P.iy' and NQ appear equal)

E x a m p l e3 :

@(D@@@ (since ,\ is between P and Q)

Example 4:

w*z

tE0

@ @ O @ @ (sincePQ is a straightline)

446

A B C D ColumnA The numberof seconds in an hour

if if if if

the quantity in ColumnA is greater; the quanrityin Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot be dctermincdfrom the information givenColumn B

ColumnA

Column B -

The numbcr of days in l0 yean The average(arithmetic m e a n )o f 1 3 , 3 0 ,a n d 8 l

A rectangular box is feel widc aod 3 feet tong -2 and has a volume of l5 cubic feet. 9. The hcight ofthe box 24 percentof75 3 feer 75 perccnt of24

')

The average (arithmeticmean)of 13, 3 1 .a n d8 l r : 4

_1,Y

lu

The height of righr circular cylinder C is 3 times the diameter of its base. I l " The circumference of the baseof C 12. The areaofa square region with perimeler 24 Ttre heighr of C

The areaofa rectangular region with perimeter 28

88
(5 9 8 . 9 5 ) l

360.000
x + y

L \ + 3.y: lo x +2y:E

a t

3.4(5.5)
The cost of -r apples atacostof y + 2 cents aptece.

l(5.5) + 0.4{5.5)
The cost of y oranges alacostofx*2ccnts apicce In the rectangular coordinate plane, points p. Q, and R havc coordinarcs (2, 3), (-S,6),and (5,3), respcctivety.

:
r

PQ

)v)

- / :

QR

x is an integergreaterthan |. 3r* I 4x

GO ON TOTHE NEXT PAGE

47

Directio{rs: Each of t}rc Questions lG30 has five answerchoices.For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the answerchoicesgven.

1 6 ,l f n * n : k + k + k a n d n * k : 5 ,

19. If 2x : 7 and 3.v : 2, then 9_r1':

(A) r4
(B) l8

(ct s
(D) 6

(E) e
1 1

(c) 2l (D) 28 (E) 63 20.lf trQ : 16, then x : (A) 4 (B) 8 (c) 16 (D) 32 (E) 2s6

What is the length,of a rectanglethat has width l0 and perimeter 60 ? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) l5 20 25 l0 40

t 8 . A watchgains 7 minutes and 6 seconds every6 days

If the rate of gain is constant.how much doesthe watch gain in one day? (A) lminlsec (B) lmin6sec (C) Lmin ll sec (D) I"min l6 sec (E) frnin 2l sec {:'

448

F a

PERCENT oF trHb#*t #frKt#-tr!9it[!,tffi

(Total male faculty is 250.) @flMales N\\\lRnraies {Total femalefaculty is 200.) Field Bioloeical Scierices Business Education Engirlqering Fin furs Hed*r Sciences Hurrunities Physical Sciences Socid Sciences Other (including loumalisir, taw,etc.) Percent Note:Drawnto scale.

rorar-

B I

:
a a t: F t

449

2 l For how many of the fields is the percentof

total male faculty at University X greaterthan I I pcrcent? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Two Three Four Five Six

24. Ifthere are275 studcntsin engineering at Univcrsity X, wbat is the approximate ratio of the number of cngineeringstudents to the number of engineeringfaculty? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 8 to 12 to 14 to l8 to 20 to

are therein fine 22 How many femalefaculty members arts?

whatprcent 2 5 Approximately of thehumanities is male? faculty (A) 35% (B) 38% (c) 4t% (D) 4s% (E) 5r%

(A) r4
(B) l6

(c) r7 ( D )r 8
(E) 20
t3

If the number of femalefaculty members in social were to increase sciences by 75 percent, how many female faculty memberswould thercbe in social sciences?

(A) t 2 (B) l 4 (c) 2 l (D) 28 (E) 3

.F*

0 Y ?;

450

2 6 .l f 2 r - s : 3 . r

29. lilbat is thc lcastinbgs valu of n srrh

tuta<o.ot?
(A) (B) ; ;

(C) '
(D) 2r (E) lr 27. lf n * 0, which of the following must be greaar than n ? l. 2n II. n3 lIl.4-n {A) (B) {C) {D) (E) None I only II only I and II I and III

(B) rr (g so

(A)

30. What is tlrc arca of tbc hcragonalregionshowain thc figure above?

(A) s4JT
(B) 108

28. The distanccfrom point X to point I is 20 miles, and the distancefrom point X to point Z is 12 miles. If d is the distance,in miles, between points Y and Z , then the range of possiblevalues for d is indicated bv

(c) to8f,
(D) 216 (E) It qurnot bc dctcrsrincdfrom thc inforrration given.

{A) {8)

8sd<20 8<d<32

451

FOR GENERAL TEST 11 ONLY

llrurnctlAS|UTY
] 2 3 4
<

A C c C
n

6 7 6 9 1

E A g 0 c D E E E E C A D D B B D A E B C
E

96 74 71 55 59 4:t 2A 94 &3 75 63 49 39 37 32 27
aa

' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 21 2 2 2 2

A 0 C E C E E B A c D C c D A E 8 8 C A E C 8 0 C A 8 4 B A C D 0 E 8 A A 8

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L . 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

89 7S 59 50 57 3{t 24 81 86

' 2 3 . .5 6 7 8 9 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
tQ

t l

0 t 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0

A A B A C C A B D 8 D A 8 C A c E A
a

90 83 88 83

1 2
?

8 A
a

4 5
A R

A 8
A

88 85 85 81 80 T7

Sec{ion 2 lbobrr Arrrr 1 c l 2 0 1 3 D l 1 A l

Srsffooif
P+
B8rflba, lffrrr I 3 4
5 o

I P+

58 83 71 7g
to v

9 t 'tl 1 11 1 1 1 1 1
a v

0 2 5 6 7 8 9
E

B c A D A D 8 8 C C C D D A E c A 8 A A

l t 1 ? 1 3 't4 1 5 1 't7 1 1 N 6 8 9

67 64 18 41 46 60 20

5 6 7 I '9 ro

<a <l

c B o c E ^

z 5 s a

s 4 s e

e.
30 14 54 74 52 57 8t! s 54 65 83 rts 3il 98 81 83 76 64 39 41 31 26 28 21

64 74
N

32
86
IO

71 80 68
t^

2 21 2 21 2

78 63 62
to 68

?1 2 2 N 2 4 2 5 2
1I

72 74 80 90 E3 65 68 44 64

TI

69 47 38 41 31 41 e9 a2 72 74

3 5 6 7 0

8 D 0 8 8

59 64 64 53 45 37 19

E 8 a 0 l 2 3

21 2 2 2 ? 2 ? 2 2 3

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

2 8 3 3 7 3

D 8 A A D

3 s 3 6 3 7 3 8 'Estiaated

E D A E

2 2 2 4 3 31 ? 3 42 3 3 3 l 2sl 3 ?9 1 3 17 1 3

22 E 23 B 2 4 B 25 B

m 2't

11 1 2 '1t 4 3 1s 1 6 1z 18 19

E la6 o l i o C l e z E leo E 1.8 A l s t e lez A 127 D ls3

l n l z s l t s l 8 o l s l ltz

10 12
I J

I I c e E A c A B

ls6 178 178 lae 111 I79 178 lea 176 166 117 142 137 167 189 les 151 173

14 t5

16 17 18 20

c 1 6 2 E ln

D o o A E I B E C

lrt

A 3

2 2

121 n l s s <J l s r 24 l a o 25

o E D c
A

lzs 110 169 l7s

166

l *

E D

21

P+ tor the group of xamines who took tho GRE Gnrarres{ in roceflt a three-y";;

458

SCORE CONVERSIOIIS FOR GEIIIRAL TEST 11 O}ILY ANO THT PEBCENTS BELOW'
Yrrtrl Brr
Sc!fl

ourilltelin
Ssl?d % 3coo Brlor

s..hd Scorr

fualtlbl Ssrht * \$rr hlor

rdd
nfi S.2hd * tdr Ecoar \$rr

llnstitrtivr
llcrlrl Ecan ll 8dil

A!.lytiEl

S..ld S.Dn

I ldt

a
f

59 56 57
30

3) 3E c7 36

750 744 73tt

7m
710 700 690 6&, 670 660 650 640 630 6A) 610 6{X} 590 580 570 550

98 !n 97 96 95 95 94 93 92 90
AO

3a 3 32 3l 30 E

ro

3Xt 3C'

s0
37{) \$o 3flt 350

{1 38 36 3 ct 25 2a 2a t2 20 t6 16 t,l 12 t0 I 7 6
t

45 12 4 37 35 32

680 670 650

m
6a0 510 5!0 5q) 50

E7 85 EI 76 7a

i: e

:
F

a
26 21 t2

n
I 61 58 55 19 \$ 10 38 35 31 I t3
k 4

m
130 4A) if10 100 3Ct 370 360 350 340 3X) 3m 310 300 N

s{t
530 5m 5m
{ql 4&t rm /150

F a
t:

m
1E 16 l4 13 10 9 6

a n
8(x,
8m 800 8{Xt 7ffi 760 7fi 730 7m 7fi 690 670 650 540 630 610 600 5\$ 570 560 550
ta

\)
5{ 53 52 5t 50 49 lE 47 46 15

87 85 E4 E2 80 78 76 71 72 69 67 61 59 56 54 51 48 u ill

97 97 97 94

6 6 21 7J 2. 21

:xo cn
340 310 3t0 n0 N 270 260

a:n
{20

m
19 18 16 t5 Itl '13 12 1t 10 9 8 0{

{n sn
4 3 2 2
I

m
17 t5 12 10
t

n
89 86

3 2
I

u
EO 78 71 72 68 66 6r 59 57 s1 49 4E 800 8m 8m e!0 7E0 n0 760 710 74 710 690

n
N

sl
9{t 99
ql

tn 2(n
N

'|
I

n0
N 26 N 210 200 N 2q)

u
(l 12 11

55{' 5.10 520 510 50O 490 48o 474 16{, 45O

\$ 97 96 95

m ?m 2m 2m 2m 200 2m

I 'l I
i I

3m 360 340 331 310 29

m
260 26

a 3 2
t

I
1

n
91 8E

m0
200

'|
1

m n0 2m 2(n

x n
I

I
I

'P@tt (w

ffint belo* oE sL{ rm b bscd o tbc perfm o4 923J59 c'eiG l. 19t6. {td Scpi.tnbd3o. 19t9. This FtHbdd iJsraion i! Bcd fsse

rho mt GtoGdrin!

thc Cml Tsr bctrc dE l99().9l Briq ta-

459

TEST 12
SECTION 1 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

N_umbers: All numbers uscd are real numbcn Egurc!

Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order showa; and angle measures can be assumedto be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumcdto be straight. Figures can bc as.sumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwisc indicated. Figurcs_that accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statcsthat a figure is drawn ro scale,you should solve theselroblcms NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see Example 2 bclow). D i r c c t i o n sE : achofthcQucs.tioosl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneincolumnB.you are to compare tbe two quantities and cboose A B C D Nste; Common Iii66iTon; if if if if thc quantity in Colnmn A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcatrnotbc dcterminedfrom thc information given.

Since there are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information conccroingone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is cenreredabove the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsreprescnts the samething in Column A as ir doesin Column B. Column A C o l u m nB SampleAnswers 3 @ @ @ @

Examplel:

2x6

2+6

Examplcs 24 referto A peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, even though pil and NQ appear equal)

Exampls 3:

@{D@@@ p and e) (since./t/is bctween

w* z

Example4:

180

@@o@@
(since PQ is a straight line)

4&

i i
L

A if thc qr:antityin Col.'mnA is grcatcq B if thc qr.antiry in Column B is grcatct;

caaoot bc dctermin d from the information giveoD if tbc rcLationship ColumaA l 2 15-15 Column B
6plrrmn A

:,

fr
F

C-olumnB

n-n

2. Thc numbcrofhoun requiredfor thc machincto packagc quaru of milk 5,000 C

a

x + y

P x + y D

x > z y > z

P is thc interscction of thc two diagonals of rectanglc ABCD. The shortcst distance from P to sidc l8 Thc lcngth of sidc ,{8

r<o<y
4.

x - y
Tlrc average(arithmetic mean) of the 4 numbcn On thc cirarlar targct, C is tbe ccntcr of both circlcs. CIY : 8 inchcs and CT :30 inch. 9. Thc arca ofthe shadcd prt of thc target tl&4r sq in

p, q, r, and s is 7. 5. p * q * r * s
1 I

x 10.000 23.752

23,752

x: x

-10 5

,:1 v
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

461

if thequantiryin ColumnA is grcater; if thequ"ntity in ColumnB is grcater; c if the rwo quantitics arecqual; D if therelationship cannotbc dercrmined from tbeinformationgiven. Column A ColumnB ColumnA Column B

A B

The length of PQ

3o
The point (not shown)with rectangutar coordinates (m , n) is aboveline ,t .
I J.

In 1982 the priccof oneshare of CompanyX stock increascd 25 perccnt from JanuaryI to FebruaryI and decreased 20 percent from February I to March L
t 1 tz,

irl e

2(Jso + s)

sQ+ ?Jt)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

462

lG30 hasfiveanswr choiccs. For cachof thescquestions, sclect ?uections: Eachof the Questions tbc bcstof the answer choiccs civeo_

19. In tbc figure abovc, the trianglcis cquitatcral,and the arca of thc dqriarcrcgion is 100.Wbat is rlE pcrimctcr of the uianglc?
16. If C is the center of thc circle above. thcnx]-y:

(A) 4s (B) 6s (q e0 (D) 100 tE) 130

17. If 0.768: +x. then x is closcst to whichof the tw' following?

(c) s0

Tom ate of a wholepi.za, andJaneate of the I I remaining portion. Whar fractionof the piz-'^ wasnot eaten?

(A) 0.n (B) 0.80 ( q 8 (D) 76 (E) 77

18" If tbc remainder is I whcntbe intcger n is dividedby t5, what is thc rcmainder when r is dividcdby 5 ? (A) I (B) 2

(A) #
(B) *

s*

(")3
(E)?

(c)3
{D) 4 (E) It cannotbe dctcrmincd from theinformation gven.

GO ON TO T}IE NE)ff PAGE"

463

2t-25 rcfcr to thc foltowinggfaphs. Questjons EXISTINGAND NEW ONE.FAMILYHOMES*SOLDIN THE UNITEDSTATES FROMI97O TO 1982 AND THEMEDIANSALEPRICE FORSELECTED YEARS
Numberof HomesSold Millions of Horres Thousandsof DoUars MedianPriceof HomesSold

\$. \$P \$" \$" \$F s s+
'All rcferenccs to homesin tlre dataand restquestions should be inarprcad as one-family homes. Note: Graphs drawnto scale.
)l

{ogrdiog to the information in the grap[ which of the following could bc the actual n".U". of new homessold in l9E0 ?

(A) 49,900 (B) 2r0,300 (c) 503,400 (D) 750,000 (E) 805,SOO

22- For which of the following years wursthere an increaseover the previous year in the number of existing homes sold, but a decreasc in the number of ncw homes sold?

GO ON TO TT{E NEXT PAGE. 464,

*'

23. In th )ar sbownin wbichthc medianpricc of cxistingboracs sold wascloscstto thc mcdian priceof ncwbomessol4 approximatclyhow manymilliea existinghomes weresold? (A) 1.2 (B) 1.6 (c) 2-0

25. From 1970 to l9?5, thc percent incrcasc in thc mcdianprice of ncw homcssotdwascJoscst ro

t g:

(E) 2.8

@r 2.4

(A) 15% (B) 2s% (c) 40% (D) 50% @) 7A%

,4

24. In 1977 homcs soldwas thc n"gnbcr of cxisting approximately how manytimesthc s"mbcr of newbomes sold? (A) (B) (g (D) (E) 3 3.5 4.5 5.5 6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

:. , ? *:

3l

465

26. If x =2 andy :

-z,then 2x - 2y :

R l8 cm 'P # s 30 crn

(D) (E)

(B) o (c) 4
6 8

(A) -8

29. What is the area"in square meters, of rectangular regsonPQRS abovc? (l metcr = 100ccntimcten)

A t
I -

B t
I 3

N l

C t

l
0

D t
i

E l
I 3

(A) 0.054square meter (B) 0.54square mercr (g 5.4squarcmetcrs (D) 54 squarcmeters (E) 5,400square meters 30. Theintegers berwecn I and 100, inclusive, are put in list ,{ if they aredivisibleby 2 and in tist f if theyaredivisibleby 3. How manyintegers in tist A arenot in list I ? (A) il (B) l6

to scale. Note:Dravm
)1

On the numberline above, whicharrow could be pointing to A ? (A) A (B) I

G)r
This year a ciry has altorted 60 percent of is budget for school expenditures,and its budget is 15 percenthigher than last year's budget of n dollars.In terms of n, how many dollars of this year'sbudget has the city allotted for school expenditures? (A) (0.6)(0.85n) iB) (0"5)(l.l5n) ,^' 0.6n tu., T .r . 5

(D) D

(c) c

(D) 33 (E) 34

(c) 2s

(D) 0.85n

d^e-

(E)

1ft + o.on

466

SECTION 4 Trme-30 minslgs 30 Qucstions

Numbers: Figures:

All numbcrs used are rcal numbers. Posir"ionof points, aoglcs, regioos, ctc. can bc assumedto bc in the order sbowq and aagle mcasures can be assurDed to bc positiw. Lincs shown as straight can be assumedto be straigbt Figures can be assumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated. Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvethesc-problems NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof matiremarics (sce Example2 bclow).

D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t b c Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o o s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o t u m n A a n d o n c i n C o l u m n B . y o u are to conrparethe two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Note: Common iiffiGZlion: if if if if thc quanrity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is grcater; thc two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcantrotbc determincdfrom rhe information given.

Since there are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitiesto bc comparedis ccnteredabove the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrcpresents the samething in Column A as it docs in Column B.

Column A
E x a m p l eI :

Column B

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 referto A PQR.

ry
Example 3: Examplc 4: w* z

NQ

@6t@(D@ (since equal tncesurcscantrot be assumed,evtn though Pd and NQ appcar cqual)

@o@@@
(sincc ff is bctwecn P aad Q

t80

@@a@@ (since PQ is a straiglriinc)

478

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

t'

n
F

& e

c
ColumaA

A if thc quantity ia ColumnA is grcatcq B if tbc qrranligyin Colurrn B is greater;

if thc nro qu"'tilics arecqual; if tbe relatiooship cannorbedearmiaedfrom the iaformation given.
6glrrmn B

Coh'mn A

Column B

4 5

s - - !3
\$500,000

2- The ycarly rcnt for a rcctangular ofljcc with dimcnsions 100 feet by 200feet ar the *rng3l rate of \$20 per squarefoot

lRS : RU and IS = T(J. f, and F are two points on circlc OPoint G is inside circle O. Point ff is outsidecircle O. 3, The degreemeasure of LEGF The degreemeasure of LEHF a * b ll0

The cost of 48 cans of soda is SZ0. At the same rate, the cost. in dollars. of n of these cans of soda
J

(0.24)n

'l \
t L

P \

R N \ \

6l \

t\

+t:7and2l>3.

?0
4" Tbe hngrh of pp r > 0 - x : x

h \.
2 '

The lengthof RS

a <0 - lal
10. The area ofthe shadcd triangular region in rectangle PQRS

'a
:l

479

c
Qglrrrnn A

D if thc rclationship cinnot bc dcarmined from tbe information givcn

ColumnB Column A (x - lXx +2)(2x !4. Tbe numbcrof possible valucsof x that areintegers Column B

x 2 + kx + 7 : ( x - 7)(x - l) for all x .

k
-t

+ l):o 4

(0.777T2

Ju?rn

n ls a posluve tntcgpr.

Z. o

C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

480

Directionr: Eachof the Qucstions1630 has five answ"rcboiccs.For eachof thescqucstionq selccttbc bcst of th:ffiifrEchoiccs given.

16- Wbat.ralucof x satisfies theequation x - I : | - x? (A) (B) 2 I

19. Karl's nct incomeis alwaysg0 pcrccotof his gross incomc.What will bc thc i*rcise in Karl's rrct incomcwhcn his gro6sircomc increascs from \$20,000 to \$25,000 ? (A) 35,000 (B) \$4,000

);
t: ?:

(D) -2 @) No valuc 17. Which of the following pairs of distinct lincs or line scgments CANNOT be parallcp Tpo chords of a circle Tro rangenrsto a circle Two diametersof a circle A chord of a circle and 1 rengcnt to the same circle (E) A diameter of a circle and a tangcnt to the same circlc (A) (B) (O (D)

(c)

(c) s3,000 (D) S2,000 (E) S1,000

20- Ifa circrrlar region has radius r and area k, then k . ; ls equal to

fi

(A) z

(B) 2n G) f

(D) *

(E) rn

1 8 I. f n - l - i . ' J r c n n * l = )'

( A ) l r o ) ; ( q 3r o ) ir o +

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

481

2l-25referto the followinggraphand table. Questions RATESAS A PERCENTOF WORK FORCE STATESJLINETINEMPLOYMENT I.JNITED l9?9-1989 l0

o t ) -

6 )

UNEMPTOYMENT DATA FOR THE ELEVEN SIATES WTTH THE LARGEST POPULATIONS IN 1989 Sua
UnemploymentRate May (as a percentof sute work force) UnemploymentRate June (as a percentof statework force) Numberof Urrcmployed June (in rhousands)

Califmir Ncw Yort Texas Illinois Pennqylvrnia Florida Ohio Michigaa New Jersey Nortb C:rolina M4psrchscns
" ' l

).) 5.3 5.9 5.7 4.6 6.4 5.4 6.7 3.0 3.7 3.6

5.6 5.0 6.1 5.5 4.0 6.1 5.6 4.2 3.6 4.0

7n
439 542 ??s ?39 3U 307 339 r65 124 r26

2t. In June1989, how manyof the eleven states [sted

had an gployment rate greaterthan that for tbe natioaasa whole?

22. Of thc followingsrates, which had the grearest increasc in theunemplolmentrate from May to Jure of 1989 ? (A) (B) (C) @) @) Ncw York Texas Penasylvania Michigan NewJerscy

(E) Scven

&2

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

n..

*
t

\$ E
T 6 E

Of the following, which was tbe longestpcriod of consccutirrcdercascs in tbc Unitcd Sutes June uacmploymeat rales?

(A) 1985 to 1989 (B) 1984 to 1989 (g 1984 to 1987 ro 1989 {D) 1983 (E) 1983 to 1984

25. In Junc 1989, if s total of dJ million pcoplcwere ulonploycd in thc Unitcd StatcCOcn Oc sunbcr of pcoplc uncurploycd in Ohio wasapproximarcly what pcrccnt of the 6.5millioa? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5.5% 4.7% 3.7% 0.5% 0.4%

6 Et:

F n
F.
!

i:
g

a.

24. Thc chaogein thc uncmplo)@cnt ratc in thc Unitcd Statcsfrom Junc 1986 to Junc 1987was how many rimesthc shangcin thc unemptoymcnt ratc from Junc 1988to June 1989?

t'

i c
F

(A) (B)

GO ON TO'THE NEXT PAGE.

483

26. Multiplying which of the following by tbe nonzero number will gve a productof -t ? +

b) T+*
(B)zr-s ta1'-5
')-_<
I

29. A manufacturer packagessoap powder io *atainerS of threc differeDt sizcs. The amouat of soap powdcr in a full large container could fill exactly 3 of tbe medium containers or exactly 5 of the surall cootainers. If an equal nnmbcr of mall aud large conrriners are to be filed witb the amount of soap powder that would fill 90 medium containers,how many slall containers will bc filld? (A) 25 (B) 27

(c) 30
(D) 45 (E) 54 30. Each of the following numbers has two digits blotted out. Which of the numbers could bc the number of hours in x days,where x is an integer?

(D)=(E) 7(2jr - 5)
27. lf x is the smallest prime number greaterthan 3l and y is the largesr prime number lessLhan58, then x * y :

(A) e4

(B) e0

(c) 8e

(D) 88

(E) 86

8 inches

8 inches

28. The figure above shows a large squarc formed by

fitting three L-shaped tiles arrd one small squaie tiie together.Ifa rectangularfloor l0 feet by 12feet is to be tiled in large squaresof this design,how many L-shaped tiles will be needed?

(D) 1 3 5 (E) 45

(c) 2't0

(A) 8 r 0 (B) q5

484

FOR GENERAL TEST 12 ONLY

Ans*rr Key and Percantages'ol vaurrd.JIY
t c0.. I trst{ | l|rnirr lailr
t a o o

(IIAIIIIATIUI|lN.lI' AI,|IYTE|LANI'Y

klar
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

lrrs
C 0 D A 8 D E D 8 8 c C E B A D 8

?+

c7 81 &{ 63 e 66 {a 79

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

A C C E E B A c A 0 D A A D 8 A E D B D A E 8 8 C C C 8 B E A D E E S 4

P+ 86 67 71 72 68 64 N 87 64 58 58 5t 46 46 39 26 75 34 49 70 6S' 54 58 56 38 s 41 93 87 84 79 48 4 38 41

L.'orl Pr 94 89 73 70 60 85 59 64 71 49 36 35 52 21 83 81 a3 75 3!) 86 68 62 52 .fO 78 45 al 36

lart A B 0 B B ?+ 78 91

l*lrl

trnlrr
' 2 3 4 5

lr;rrr

|hrer
I

lE||r
6 E

?+

72 79 73
68 64 57

2 3 4 5 6 7 I

E D A

85 77 81 fi) 58 40 6a 81 72 60 73 ,18 3t] 17 19 67 52 41 e. 31 35 51 38 44

hdr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 E 9 l l 1 o l 2

lFrt O B C C a g A D A E D Q

P+ Itt

58 50 (5 4 70

eE'
I'

e 6e
55 54

6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 21 2 N 2 2 2 2 2 A 3

0 t 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 0 , 4 5 6 7 8 0

C A A D c B 8 8 C C 8 C D 8 E 0 8 A D 8 C 8 4 A E

c
A A D l I B D

:l

es
56 53 ,15 3E 17 g7 73 77 79 61 88 g7

t 10
1t t2 t3 l1 15
t6 l7 1E t9

ct a E'

:.

11 1 2 1 3 lit 1 5 1 7 8 7

41 4il 50 4a 54 40 68 51 51 27 56 40

11 1 2 1 3 ! 4 't5 1 1 1 1 N 21 2 N 2 2 2 2 2 A 3 31 a 3 Y 3 3 3 3 6 7 8 9

11 1 2 1 3 't1 1 5 1 6 1 7 't8 l 9 N 21 2 N 2 2 % 2 2 N 3 . 4 5 7 8 0

7A
58

I
g

11 1 1 1 1 1 N 21 2 A 2 %

3
5 6 7 8 9

s
sat 35 a
itl

A A 0 E A C E D A D C D

1 N 2't 2 N 2 2 2
at

8 E D A A A 8 D
E

E B A D A

50
Q 3}

. 4 5 6

, 4 5 6 7 8 0 . 3 5 6 7 8

73 &
.18 37 25 19

21 2 a 21 6

E c
E B

v
6 6l 70 37

A A

s
31

A E

78

o
E

8f) 85 83
IY

e
3 3 3

,
4 5 7 8

A A 8 D D C

79 rt6 51 35
F

S 3 3

u n

k I

:
t I

'Eglnaled P+ br fhe gror.p ol exarnineesydro took th GRE Gneral Test in a rec8ot threeyeaf prbd.

t';

497

SCORE CONVERSIOIIS FOR GENERAT TEST 12 ONLY AI{OTHE PERGEIITS BELOII''

YltLl Rr 3.rba 7, Scon Edr &la 0mdrffivr Sc'lca * S6n lrlor ldl|k.l Sc.ba % Scrr &lol V.rtd Rrr Sctl.d A Scon Scarr Llfi 39 3t 37 36 35 4r+8
0otDlllalh!

Scrlal % Scoru Brl0I 580 570 560 550 540 530 520 510 500 490 480 470 460 450 430 120 410 400 380
27n

Anrfllcal Scstsd % Scors B.lor 710 690 680 670 650 540 620 610 590 580 )bu 550 (2n 520 500 490 470 450 90 87 85 83 79 n 72 70 64 61 55
JZ

n-76 E{n n 7C)

71 70 69 6E
D/ DO

7W 7G0
750 73)

9S 9{l 99 99 98 97 96 91 9,1 91

u0
430 420 410 410 400 \$n 3{t0 380 370 370 360 350 3{0 340
.s

37 37 3{
?t

u
33

7m 7m
6S) 670 660 650 640

n
31 30

28 28 25 2. 2.

u) 64
DJ

m
18 18 '15 13 t1 11 9 E 7
(

53 50 48 46 43 41 39 36 34 32 30 27 25 23 19 17 15

c)
88 87 85 81 80 g) 78 76 73
t l

n
8m
800 800 8m 790 7ffi
96

62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 51 53 52 51 50
49

frio
620 ffi 6m 5C) 59, t8 560 550 54{l 5C, 520

na
7gt 740 7{

69 06 dt 60 60 58 55 52 50 17 17

96 96 96 95 93 92 88 E7

2E 27 26 25 21

47 44 38
Jb JU to IJ

n n
21

m
t9 .|E 800
8\$ 98 98 98 98 98 97 96 94
w

t20 310 300 29 2W n0 260

u0
I I 7 4 424

19

1
?

JbU

rm
710 690 6E0 670 660 640 630 620 610 600

u v.
80 75
I5

350
SU JZV

18 1 520

160 : - : ll{50

14 1 4&t 13 1 4m 12 1 lm

46 15q, 45 1.lg)

17 1 510

40

70 66 64 62 60 58

8m 8m 800 7S) na 760

718 7fl)

17 16 15 11 13
la

2 2
I

m
250 210 r20 m0 200 200 M 200 M M

1 1
I I

l1 10 I E 6 &5

310 290 270 260 240 230 210 2N 200 200 200

1 1 1 1

410 390 370 360 340 330 310 290 280 278 260 240 230 210 200

17 14 11 I 7 6 4 3 2 2

1
1

'|
1 1 1 I

7m

cz

1 1 I

rl

'Percent Kdint below the-scaled score is based on the perfumame of 1,o4o,336 examines who took rhe General Tes| betwen October l, 1988, and Septembs 30, l99l. This prcmt below information is used for sqe report5 durint th 1992-93 testint year.

498

* * SECTION2 Time-30 missts 30 Questions Numbers:

Figures: All numbers used are real numbers. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumcdto be in the order shown; and angle mslsur?l cen bc assumedto bc positive. to bc straigit. Lines shown as straight can be assumed plane to lie in a unlessotherwiscindicatcd. Figurescan be assumed thc qu6Figurcs that accompany questionsare intended to provide information uscful in "nr*ring thesc probbns tions. However, unlessa nstc atetesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you should solve NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowhdge of mattrcmatics(sce Example 2 below). of two qurtrtitcs, one in Column A and one in Columrr B. You Di4gtions: Eachof rhc Questions l -t 5 consists are ro comparc rle rwo qGnrrrGEA-aoosc A if thc quantity io Column A is greatcr; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr; C if the two quantiticsare equal; D if thc relationshipcannot be detcrmincdfrom the information given. -Nt!n " Sincc thcrc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E). above In a quesrion, information concerningonc or both of the quantities to be compared is centcred the samething in Column A as it thc two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columns repre\$cnts docsin Column B. Column A Example l: Exemplcs 24 rcfcr to L, PQR. Column B SamDleAns*crs

ffi f
'qj
ii 7 t:

Y
:
+

t )
N

Common iilGlffiiiion:

2x6

2+6

(D@@@(D

Example2:

NQ

@ @ @ o

(sinceequal measures cannot evcn though PN be assumed, and NQ appcar equal)

Examole 3:

@ o @ @ @
(since l{ is betweenP nd Q)

Examole4:

w*z

r80

@@

(D@ @

(sincePQ is a straigit line)

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

505

c
ColumnA 3.960+ 65

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if tlle quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the relationship cannot be determined from the information given

Column B Column A Column B

60

Ti:am ,Y scored l0 points in the first half of a cerrain game. In the secondhalf of the game, team l' scored 15 pointsmore than team X. Thc numberof poins scoredby team X in the lirst half of the game The number of poinrs rored by team I in the first half of the game The perimeterof tnangle PpR x > ) ' > x ' > 0

e'
yt+ x

) 8

r)'
w

4+2Jt

2 + 4!/t

,.tM,

M N i l P g and PRll sr
4.

y - x

t5
-t +) p + q

5.

t5
90 percent of 30
13.5percentof 200

506

c
ColurnnA

A if thc quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quantiticsare equal

D if thc relationshipcannot bc determined from rhe information given.

Column B ColumnA Colrrnn B

On a turntable,a recordof radius6 inchcsis rotating at theratc of 45 rcvolutions per minule. I l. Thc numbcrof inchcs lrarchd pcr minutc by a po,inton tlrc circumfcrenccof the record The numbcrof inclcs travclcdpcr minurc by a point on thc rcord 5 inchcsfrom the ccntcr ofthe record
Thc greatcst odd factor of 180

In a history dassthat consistcd of 3Oshdcnts, the numbcrof scoiorswrs 3 morc thao tcdocthc numbcrof juniorq and of the srudcnts werr t ncithcr junbrs nor scniors. 14.The numbcrof junion in thc class 4xt + 4yz 6

t2" Thc grcatcst even

factor of t80 that is bss than 90

(2t + 2y)'?

In circles Cs and C2 , thc lorglh of rgment PR equals thc lcngth of scgmcnt QX.

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

1 3 "The circumference of
cide Cs

Thc circumference of circle C2

507

ffi66;ccs

Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions,sclect the best of the given.

16. lf ZSpcroentof a certainnumberis 1,600, what is l0 percentof the number? (A) & (B) 400 (c) ffi (D) 1,44t) (E) 4,000 17. The ratio of 1.8to 2 is cqualto theratioof (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 9to I 9 ro t0 9 ro 20 18to 100 t8 to 2@

l5 cm

l2 cm

20. What is the maximum number of cubes, each

3 centimeters on an edge,that can be packed lnto a rectangularbox with insidediminsions as shown above? (B) t20 (q e0 (D) 40

'

(A) 360

(E) 20

18. If 2x + 7 : 12, then 4x - 7 : (A) 2 (B) 2.5 (C) 3 (D) l0 (E) t3 @ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

(B) n2

-r2+Zxy*y2=

.::;
.1

(C) z(x -r')

(D) n2 + 2y(n - y) (E) n2+an-*2

s08

Qucstions2l-25 refer to thc following Fdphs.

PERWEEK SPENT AVERAGE IN MAJOR NUMBEROF HOURS TYPES OF ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS 56 52 48 -*, 44
q)

* 4 0

I 3' 6 * 1

3zs
I2 4
t t

1 6

3 zo u
t')

8 4 0
Married Men

M Single Womcrr

Activities Other Leisure Recreation Social Life Media Organizations

f x

b 3 2 " 2 7 zE t = 2 0 b 1 6

u z
L
J Married Men

7l

u
M Single Women

2 8
4 0 K L Single Married Men Women Group Note: Graphs drawnto scale. GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

21. In whir\$ m4ior typc of activity is the average

numberof houn spcnt pcr weck most ncarly thc samcfiorall four groupc? (A) Slcep (B) Work for pay (c) kisurc time (D) Fcrsonalcarc (E) Family care

26. If x is an integer and y : 9x * 13, what is thc

greatcst valucof .x for which y is lessthan 100? (c) l0 (D) e (E) 8 (A) 12 (B) ll

22. Approximarly what is thc averagc numbcr of

houn per weck that ernploycd single women spcnd in leisure-timc activities? 27. What is the value of y in the figure abovc?

(A) 4? (B) 3e (C) 37 (D) 30 (E) 17

23. Approximately what is the avcrage numbcr of hours
per weck that employed married mcn spend on media activitics? (A) t2 (B) l6

(A) 70 (B) 80 (q e0 (D) r00 (E) I l0 28.What is thc perimeter,in meters,of a rectangular
playground 24 meters wide that has the samc area as a rectangularplayground 64 meters long and 48 meten wide?

(c) 19 (D) 22 (E) 25 24. Whichof thefollowingliststhe four groupsfrom lcastto grealest with respectto thc avcragenu'nbcr ofhoun pcr weekthat cachspends working for pay?

(A) rr2 (B)r52

(c) 224 (D) 256 (E) 304

a. Saplings areto be planted30 feetapartalongone

(A)9, K, M, L
(c) z, J, M, K (D) r, K, M" J G)r,M"K,J
25" Approximately what percent of thc average number
of hours per week spcnt in lcisure-time activitics by cmployed singlc men is spcnt on social-lifc activities?

(B) "I, L, M, K

sideof a straightlane455feetlong. If the first sapling is to be plantcdat oneend of thelane,how manysaplings arc needed?

col rr (E) 14

30. The average(arithmetic mcan) of five numbers is 25.

After one of the numbcrs is removcd, the averagc (arithmctic rnean) of the rernaining numbcrs is 31. What number has bccn removed? (A) (B) I 6

(c) lt

510

SECTION 5 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

Numbcn: FiBurcs:

All numbcrs uscd arc rcal numbers. Position of points, angles,regons, etc. een bc assumedto bc in the ordcr shown; and angle measures cen bc assumedto be positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumed to be straight. Figurcs can be assumedto lic in a planc unlessotherwise indicated. Figures-thataccompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering the questlons. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scate,you should solve theselroblems NOT by estimatingsizcsby sightor by measurement, but by using your knowledge of mat'hematics (see Example 2 below).

Directions; Each of the QuesJions l- | 5 consists of two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparcthe two quantiticsand choosc A B C D Notc: Common InfGiion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannotbc determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethere are only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information conccrningone or both of the quantities to bc comparedis centered above thc two e-olumns. A symbol that appears in both columns iepresents the same itring in Column A as it does in Column B. Column A Column B SamDle Answers (D@@@@

E x a m p l el ;

2x6

2+6

E x a m o l e2 :

NQ

Example3:

ExamDlc4:

w+z

lE0

@@(D@@ (since PQ is a sraightline)

C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E , 522

i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;

B i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; C i f t h et w o q u a n t i t i e s a r ee q u a l ; D if the relationship cannorbe determined from the informationgiven.

Column A Column B Column A Column B

'
2.

1(,-l)
"
l - n
h : +

2 9 l 4 t E l t6
I to
r5

l 2

5t

-)-

R and S aredistinctDoinison a circleof radrusI 4. The lengthof line segmentRS r<5 a n d v>1 2 . u - x 7 -lx : 4-r' r_t, I 0 9. The ratio of -t to )' The raiio of l

:)
F I
F

1
7

l E O- r 6.

I
i.'i

;.
20

,n r;

t
I tl

)
I

F x t

r
t

523

) I
I

: : )

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quanrity in Column B is greater;

if thc tryo quantitiesare equal;

Column A

ColumnB

The area of a circular rcgion having a radius of I metcr rs x square mcters. J I

Average (arithmeticmean) of TestScoresin Class R Averagescorefor the boys Averagescorefor the girls Averagescorefor the class

1
The cost of x pounds of meat at y dollan pcr pound (a + 5)(a The cost of y yards of material at :r dollan psr yard

90 8l 84

-r>l ),>l

The numberof girls in theclass who took thetest

9:o
b + 5
f

(D + 5)(D 5 ) : o
13.
o + 5 I
-

- t -

t
-l)

5U

fi

F
?:

r ,

*.*. ;.

\$
E
i

is 4, thcn I of thc 16.If + of a certain number

number is

19. Todayis Jack'sl2th birthdayrd his fatbcr's rlOthbirthday. How manyycan frm today will Jack'sfattrcr bc rwiccasold asJac* is at thet timc? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) l2 14 16 18 20

, *
!: t'. \$ t.

(A)

(B) 2

(qf
(D) 7 (E) 28
17. At Collegc C there arc from ? to 4 introductory philosophy classcs each semcster,and each of these itasseshas from 20 to 30 students enrolled. Ifone sernGiterl0 percent of the students enrolled in introductory philosophy failed, what is the greatest possiblenumbcr who failcd?

2 0 .\ f a + D = l 0 , t h c n (A) 5

(".t*(u*!)=

5.

*
i

(D) (E) 6 3

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

18. The lengths of the sides of triangle ln are x * | ' ofthc Zt, and 3x. The sum ofthe degrecmeasures threc interior aaglcs of I is

(A) 6x (B) 60x (c) 90 {D) 180 (E) not dctcrminable from the inforrnationgiven

525

2l-25 referro the followinggraphs. Questions PLiBI-IC AND PRIVATESCHOOLEXPENDITURES (l billion= 1,000,000.000) \$r60 SCHOOL ENROLLMENT BY LEVELOF INSTRUCTION 1965-1979 (in millions of studenrs I iU 70
Total

(t" biJtR::?lnr,"*,
\$r60
lq

50 120 g 100 r00

50
r.Elementarv School

i
tr

4i)
.^

4A 30

lr.,l

E R o /_ t0

20 l0

ollege

0 Year

r965 1967 1969 t97t 1973 t975 1917 lg7g

21" Of the following yean, which *owed the least d i fferencebetwcen public school expendi t uTESand private school expenditurts? (A) r965

24. Whichof the followingperiods showed a conrinual increase in the total school enrollment? (A) (B) (c) {D) (E)
?{

t967-1969 t969-1971 I97r-r973 r973-1975 t9is-t977

22. Foreach yearfrom 1965 to 1979, thetotalenrollmentin college. sccondary school, andelementary school wasin whichof the followingranges? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 50to 60 million 55to 60million 55 ro 65million 60 to 65million 60 to 70million

ln 19'12, publicschool expenditures were approxrmately whatpercent of thetoralschool expendirures for that year? (A) 20% (B) ffi% (c) 7A% (D) 80% (E) 9A%

ln 1970, approximarely how manybilliondollars \$'ere slxnt on publicelementary-schools? tAr 3l (B) Y) (c) 60 {D) 87 1E) It cannot bedetermined l'romtheinformation given. GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

526

t
r g'
2

F u
26. If thc sumof thc first n positiveintcgen is equalto n(a + l) ---T-, tbenthe sumof thc first 25 positive integen is (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5l s2 313 325 325 29. lf x is positivearrd y is I lcssthan the sourc of x, whichof tbcfollowingexpresscs x in tCrmS Of y ? (A)x-y2-l (B)r:y2+l

(9x=rfr*l ( D l x =J T - , (E)r-.5.1

J l-.i':l'

n t- ., n "T 2x z - t- 'l , t h lc2n x : .

30. If thctoal surface arcaof a cubcis 2{ rftat is tbc volumc of thccube? (A) E (B) 24 (c) 64

(A) i

c);
(c) 4 (D)
tl

(D) 4sJi
(E) 216

(E) 7

What is thc perineterof the pentagonabove? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 2l 26 2E 3l 4t

527

FOR GENERAL TEST 13 ONLY Answer Key and Percentagesfof ExamineesAnswring Each Question Correctly
YERITIABIUTY \$rguon'! Srctlon I
iarlt
1 a I 5 I - 7 I I 10

0ulrfrTAnvE AB|LITY
P+ 9t 71 80 61 55 50 41 98 92

A}|ATYTICAIA8[.lrY
P+ 87 80 90 78 77 76 71 4 56 4a 45
aa tt

l6r.t D

P+ 97 62 63 60 17 17 45 qt 85 76 71 58 65 /t8

tlDmtrr 1 2 3 1 5 I 7 E 9 t0 1t 12 13 14 16 17 18 19

Art|'t

lccdon 2 furr|' Hc

P+

Xumbrr lgmr
1 2 3 4 5 A C B D A B C A A D B C D 8 0 D AD C

Scsdon 5

Srclion 3 lbmlrr Ansrlf I P+

Soction 6
l|tlmbrr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Jlnselt E A B E A C 0 A C D B 8 I E C 8 A E
n

P+ 81 87 82 73 58 72 90 53 80 53 62 36 56 47 49 30 50 46 49 26 45 52 40

I 1
1 l l
I

r 2
r s

o c
D A D
E

c
v

E D

m
21 E E 27

12 13 t/t r5 tc 17 t8 19

E B A E B B
E

v
1E 53 73 59 5t 63 C2 37 50 63 35 69 95 8a 86 68
(1

r5

A B A

79 73 37 17 36 67 I 79 65 7A 59 55 64 /3 40

t 8 1 7 I r l s I t o I r l A l 1 2 A
l 1 l i l
1

B l s ) B 1 7 6 A l 1 1 c 1 7 2 6 B 1 7 6 7 A 1 7 1 E 9 B I 6 0 c l 1 I

A l82, 0 1 8 2

2 3

<

0 2 3 4 5

6 7 E 9 10 11 12
t ?

E E B c c B c D D E A D E E B D A

D l s s A l 8 s D 1 8 3 c l s t
1 4 3 1 6 4 i 8 o 1 7 3

n n n

B D
E

o B o

l t s

1 6 3 1 7 0 3 D 39 /t3 c D 28 8g 79 85 68 63 89 88 7n 61

't1 1 1 1 1

E l *

38 21 90 a7 76
nl

t4 15 16 '17 18 19

t 8 3 11 1 6 0 '1 13 2 l 6 r 'r4 1 6 6
1 5 6 7 8 0
n

1 6 C 1 7 B 'lt c 1 9 8 8 0 .

1 8 17 'r8 1 9

l.t " A l s s

65
a7

n n

21 2

c c c
z

21 2.

A
E A

21 25 27 28

n a s
3l

a :El 3a
\$

E B A B A A
n

B B I A
o

2sl
91 l 88 1
I

30 31 3A 3(l 34 35 36 37 38

erl
11 | u ' ll -

A 6 8 7 A E 3

N 2

E D 0 t o E B p A

A C

2't 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 N 3

. 3 4 5 6 7 8 0

A C E 8 D D 8 8 E A

85 57 80
N

2'l 22 21 25

1 2 1 l o 8 1 3 4 1 1 9 1 3 7 l 3 s 1 1 2

1 1 7 1 1 1 3 8 1 2
n

10

c A 4 8 C

21 7 2 2 2 4 5

7'l 48 3{t 33 29

69 n 63 51 17

\$ 38 38 3} 21 13

A E D
E

80 1 s3 l 63 1

3f 3E

o
ts

,;l
2sl

'Esfnalsd P+ for thc group cd oxarnine lyho took thr GRE GrEr8l Test in a recsnt three-yrar priod.

534

7 *

i#"
:
al

colrvEssrofls FoR GfiltRAL TEST 13o]tLy sc08E

IIIO THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
R.f ScGr

t'

k.

a
*

llrn

V.r!d

Frr q6hd ^1 Scorc Srdr hld 39 38 37 36 35 130 1m 120 410 36 3t 33 30 6 21 zl

0urdilrtin % Fl.a Scorr Brlr 550 540 530 520 5to 50 gt 170 460 150 1E 45 12 4{t 3? .* c, A 26 21

ferldcll

Sc{.{ tf Scorr artir 666 8t 670 gg 660 E3 65S, 3r s30 ,F,' -74:l; * 810 72 590 6l 5&l 61 5?0 61 550 540 520 500 490 470 450 &0 4a) 410 55 5? 46 40 38 32 27 21 20 .!E

7+76
'J

72 71 70 59 5E
o/

790 780

na
7ff)

99 99 99 39
96

v
74{'
{JU

{n
3!L 380 370 370 360
ts

66
b5

64

\,
na 51

720 710 690 680 o /u

Dil

98 97 96 95 94 ql 92 90 89 87 85 84 8? 78 76 74 72 69 67 64 51 61 s9 55 y 51 48 U 41 38

33

n
31 30 29 2A
al

m m
ID

14

o3u 540

60 59
(t

800
790 790 i60 7S0 740 730 720 7jO 590 680 670 650 650 640 620 610 500 590 580 570 96 94 92 89 88 86 U 82 78 77

26 25 23 22 21 20 19 l8
to

630 520 510 590 580 s 4 i 570 -^ I 560 " rl 52 1 550 a ,' II 540 , 50 1 530

340 340 330 320 310 300 290 2E0 270 260 250 240 230 n0 210 200 200 200 200 20 200 M 200

t2 12 10 9 7
b

440 2. 430 2A 410 16 400 14 3-od 13 380 12 370 10 350 I 340 6 gl0 5 320 310 3{n 29) 274 260 250 240

* I
i

i
7
I

1 1 1 1

1 I

8qt

4 1 | 450 40 1 440
'Pacat

4 e l 520 4 E l520 47 1 510 45 1 500 ,5 1 490 44 1 ,180 43 1 470 42 1 460

I I

99

15 14

'|

74 72 7s 6E 63 61 se 3V s4 sr

1 't I I

'|
I 'I I 1

m 2m
200

390 15 370 12 360 l0 340 7 3 3 0 6 310 4 290 3 270 2 260 1 240 1

-:

& 7;

{
!-

m
200 2fi

n8 n
210 N

'r
1 I 1 t

i
i 7'
t

rffint b.lo* dE sLd Fm b bc.d e tb frfwmn of 923J59 cxrmirc wno mf rhc Csat Ta bct Oclobq I . | 9EC &d Scpdnbq lO. I 969. Th! F6 beic infmrim ir uscd fc sm rcFs dqrnt dG | 99G9 I teht yw.
I

535 : .: ! tr
R

SECTION 2 Trme-30 minutes 30 Questions

Numbers:
Figures:

All numbers usedarc real numbers Position of points, angles, regions,etc. can be assumedto be in rhc order shown;and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shown as straightcan be assumedto be straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a phne unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures that accompany questjonsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However,unless a note'states that a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these"prolt.-, NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledgeof mat'tre*atics (see Example 2 below).

Diryctions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note: if if if if the quantityin Column A is grearer; tbe quanriryin Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). Common ;:...I n l o r m a t r o n : In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbolthat appears in both columnsieprese nrsthe samettringin Column A as it doesin ColurnnB. C o l u m nA Exsmplel: Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR. Column B SampleAnswers

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@@@(D

Example 4:

w*z

t80

7:
,i.

\$
?i

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is grcarcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is grearer;

if thc two quantitiesare equal;

E.

D if thc relationshipcannot be dctcrmincd from thc informatioo giwn.

ColumnB
The average(arithmetic mean) of 57, 58. and 60

ColumnA | : :

ColumnB

\:
The arrerage (arithmetic mean)of 15, 16, and 180
ai

t '1

E.

fr

"r+3:23 24-y:3
2. t20

nistofn
t6 4.il+(-12)+13+(-t4) 5" Thecostprgramof carrots if 3 cansof carrots cost\$0.90 2(- t)

A certain car gets24 miles per gallon of gasoline for city driving, which is 6Opercent of the number of miles per gallon of gasoline the car gets for highway driving. The number of gallons of gasolineused to drive this car 30 miles in the city The number of gallons of gasolineu*dto drive this car 45 miles on the highway

6.

'.

('' *)
6
1

6 + ;

) 6
r > 0

x + y

543

c
Column A

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

if the two quantities are egrFl

D if the relationship cannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Column B Column A

Column B

.L----l--__
{ !s a point in the rectangutar coordinate sysrcm and OR = 5. 13. The x-coordinate of point R x > 0 n > 0 xn xn+| 5 The volume of the cube is .r cubic metersand the surfacearea is r squaremeters.

6 meters

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

v4

Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choies. For each of thesequestions, selectthe bestof the inswe-f,6ices Even.

t6.

(12)(27') ----------;:---(27){s) =
ll )

(A) 0

(B) I

(qT ro) 27
8 9 l0
ll

(E) 189

t 9. The selling price of a cerrain book is \$ 12.00.For each copy of the book sold, the author receives \$2.zl0.What pernt of the selling price does the author receive?

(A) 20% (B) s% (q 2% (D) 0.s% (E,0.2%

1

l 6 )5. l 4 1 3 t2

t7 l 8
26 25

)q
.A

20 2 l

23 22
JI

28 29 30

l5 cm 25 cm The rectangularbox shown abovehas beenwrapped with two tapes,eachgoing once around the box without overlap and running parallelto the edgesof the box. How many centimetersof tape were used on the box? (A) 70 (B) 80 (c) 120 (D) 140 (E) 150

17. The figure above consistsof 25 squares. lf the fieure were folded along the dotted diagonalro form a-flat triangle, then 26 minus the number in the square that would coincide with the squarecontaining26 would be (A) l3 (B) 14 (C) 15 (D) t6 (E) 17

r 8 . r f r : ( ^ r -W)T 6)w-; 6 1| + w ( c )D T - w
(D) DT + ty (E)D+WT

and D + 0. then S :

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

545

2l-25 refer to the followinggraph. Questions MEDIAN INCOME OF COLLEGEGRADUATES'/S. NONGRADUATES IN REGIONS X AND Y

Rigion r i*;:L:""' ffi Region , ffi in'J:[:,,*

\$r6,000 14,000 r 2,000
U

iiiiil
::iiil iiit
:;:1i;f-iiit

r0,000 8,000
cft

()
E t)

z,

--J
= = =

iiifiiil
.t1:-

iii+_ ii:l
iii.
iiil

v.
X 1965

iirf

v
X

r980

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

56

, .: T.
i..
0r

s F
2 l Th_c median income of graduatesin Region X in in RegionX in 1975 {A) graduates (B) graduatcs in Region y in 1975 (c) graduates in Region I/ in 1980 {D) nongraduates in Region X h 1980 {E) nongraduates in Region y in 1980 22. For nongraduatesin Region X, the median income

1'
l.

1980was most nearty equal to the mediin income of

From 1965 to 1975 in RegionX, theincrease in rhe median income of graduates washow muchmore thanthat of nongraduates? (A) \$5,000 (B) \$3,000

: n

\$ r

(c) s2,500 (D) s2.mo (E) \$t,ooo

25. For.how many of the four categoriesgiven did the
median income increaseby at least :O-pe.ceni trorn 1975to t980 ? None One Two Three Four

in 1980was approximaGlyhow many timesas grear as it was in 1965? (B) 2.5 (C) 3 (D) 3.5 (E) 5

(A) 2

547

{A) ' - l < x < 0 {B} - - l < r < |

(q

{D) (E)

0 < . r < l x < 0 " r>l 29. If t = 40, what is the degreemeasure of LIIISR?

(D) 100 (E) 80

30. What is the distancebetweentwo points on a number line if the coordinatesof the points are

4+r/E and2-JTt

6)2-zJi {B) 2 + 2jT

27 In the rectangular coordinatesystemabove,the area

( A ) tl i ( B ) 2 ( c ) 2l i ( D ) 3 ( E ) 4
Which of the following equals r "r' 11' + Q + xy)y? {A} r(l + "y)2 {B) .x(2 + ,}' + }'2) tC) 2"t(l -t- l) * ,y

(D) 2rr'(l + r') (E) .r:(l + r,:)_r.

548

SECTION 5 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions f\$umbers; Figures: All numbers usedare real numben. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown;and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shbwn as straight can be assumcdto b straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicatcd. Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in ansrrcringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to scalc,you should solrc thcsc problcms NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowlcdgpof mathematics(sec Example2 bclow). Directions: Esch of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and onc in Colu6n B. you ere to comparethc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D biotc: if if if if thc quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greatcr; the two quantitics arc equal; the rclationshipcanBot be determincd from thc information giwn.

fi. i,:.

Since there are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis ccntcredabove the two columns. A symbol that appcars in both columns represents the samething in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answen

IffifGiion:

Common

Examole l: Examples 24 rcfet to L, PQR.

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Example 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (D @ (sirrce equal measures cannot be assumed, even though PIY and lfp appear equal)

Example 3:

Example 4:

rr+ z"

t80

561

c
Column A

A if the quanrity in Column A is greater; B if thc quaatity in Column B is greaterj

if the two quantitiesare equal;

D if the relarionship cannot be determinedfrom thc information given.

Column B Column A n > 0 Column B

20)+(7x4) n2+2
4 _ n 0.9
J.l

J
J.

) 5

(3)(t
x : y y = z
t-_4 ____+l

4.

x + l

z - l The perimeterof triangleI equalsthe perimeter of triangle II.

Ifchecks of\$455 ard x dollan are deductedfrom a@ount that has a balanceof \$g00,then 1^c,h,ec\ing \$305 of the balanoewill be left.

5"

45

The number ofhours in 60y weeks

s
PQRS is a parallelogram.

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

6,

562

il
& 9+

f i.
A if the quantity in Column A is greatcq B if the qusntity in Column B is greater; C il thc two qusnritiesare equel; D if thc reletionship cannot bc detcrmincd from thc information givea,

ColumnA

ColumnB

ColumnA

AB\DC

,n ' u ' Arca @ of triangularr@._4lL

1
The ratio of the circumfercnceto the diameter of a circle that has radius 6.5

I L The ratio of the circumference to the diamter of a circle that has radius 6

xfi

r3

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

563

Dir*tions: Each of the Questions t G30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the answr choices girm.

16. A certainwritcr notedthat, on the average, 3 pages of a-m-anuscript wereequivalent to I pagi of the published book.If theivriter hasa 30)_fage manu_ seript,abouthow manypages wiil the pubished book have? , (A) t00 (B) tsO (c) 300 (D) 600 (E) 900 1 7 . l t x - . 1 , : 0 , then xy must equal which of the following? (A) 0 (B) |
(O x (D) x? (E) x2y

/-rl+-._-x*4---.{.
Y i------V7777777r---,\

r8. If t 3_ 1 : n, then n is 4 7 (A) greater than 3 (B) between2and3

20. In the figure above,squre pgR.S has side of length r + 4 and each of thJ four smallersquares has side of length 2. If the area of the shadedrlsion is 48, what is the valueof x ?

(A) I

(D) 8 (E) 12

(g betweenI and 2 (D) between 0 and I (E) lessthan 0

19. In therepeatirydccimal0.0157901579. . , the 29th digit ro theright of thedecimal point is (A)0 (B)t (q5 (D)7 (E)e
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

5&

i..

^.

k
Questions2l-?5 refer to the following table"
t,

E ,.
*'. ,:
i

F
?^ ?
ar

Population (in millions) 62.9 76.0 92.0 105.7 122.8

Year

(in millions)

Population ttffi
131.7 150.7 l't9.3 m3.2 223.9

(in milioos)

8.9 19.0 28.6 23.9 n;l

2 t . By how many million did the United Statespopulation increase from 1920to l95O?

24. In which of thc following years will th Unitcd Statcs population first reach 260 million?

(A) s.3 (B) le.o (c) 45.0 (D) 74.7 (E) 87.8
22. During which of the fotl;wing lGyear intervalswas
the United Statespopulation irrcrease the least in actualnumber?

(A) leeo (B) t995 (c) 2000 (D) 2m5

(E) It cannot bc dctermined from thc information gven. 25. If the percent increasc in population from l9l0 to 1920had beenapproximately thc sarneas rhe prcent incrcascfrom 1900to 1910,the lsyear increase,in millions, from l9l0 to 1920,would have been approximatcly

(A) r89Gr900 (B) r9OOl9t0 (c) r920-1930 (D) r93Gr94o (E) r94+t950
t3 By approximately what percent did thepopulation of the UniredStates increase from 1900 to 1980 ? (A) 1.6%
(B) 2.560/o (c) t1a/o (D) I16",'6 (E) 195%

565

26.The AcrneRent-a4ar agency charges per \$10.00

day andl0.lO per mile to rnta car.Thc Super Rent-a{ar agpncycharges per day aird S20.00 S).05pcr mile to rent a car. If a car is rcntedfor I day,at how manymileswouldthe rentalcharees of the two agencies be equat?

2 8 . rrf: 1 , ' *
of R? (A) (B)

R), thenwhat is r

in terms

1n
J

(A) s0 (B) r00 (c) r50

)n

(c)R+2 (D) 2R (E) 3R 29. If theaverage (arithmetic mean) of 5, 9, k, and m is | 2, whatis theaverage of k + 7 a n dm - 3 ?

tq

(c) te
27" If O is the centerof thecircleabove, whatis the circumferencc of the circle? (A) ar (B) 8r .,*, .# (O l&r @) 32n (E) 6{r
(D) 2t (E) 38

(A) r4 (B) r7

30.The length of rectangularfietd X is 2 kilometers

grcaterthan the sideof squarefield )., and the width of field X is 2 kilometerslessthan the side of field Y. lf ;.'2is the trea of field y in square kilometers,which of the following givesthe area, in squarekilometers,of field X ?

(A)y2-4 ( B )y 2 - z (c) y? (D)y2+2 (E)y2+4

566

FOR GENERAL TEST 14ONLY Answer Key and Percentagest of ExamineesAnswering Eacheuestion Correctly
VEB8ftA'IL'TY
Seclion1
l t l t t l tlsmlr 1 2 3 4 5 6 lnsrrt A A
c

Srcdert
P+

\$dai2
tbt|!at

OUIXTITAIIYE|IUTY Srclioo 5
I P+ baD.r t|srrt ' t B l 9 O 2 B l g t 1 7 9 3 A . A 1 8 5
5 6 7 8 9 8 8 A A C P+ \$ n3

UTY SSrt
ldr 7r ffi

h F,'
:
f+

lGsrlar fugmrIfi

l 7 l 8 l s 1 1 0
t . ' l.
I

A B
I

97 I 83 | v1 I 5l I .|i' 4l 26 92 80 50

l 1 2 I 13 1 1 4

A A
E

o o

I I | | I

s o 7 8 e

2 o r

I I

ls

o
D
E

56 I 1 1 3Kt 12 {t 13 1tt 11 28 ls 20 83 65 81 64 to s 68 39
bb

Iro

E D o A B

E E B

lE8

ls8 lB7 l s l s lEg

l6a 155 l l l3n l2l 168 ln l3g

s 6 T 8

1 2 3 1

Arrrr A B A C

Srrdoo 4
lrilrr

at
6l

l t 6 18 t9 ?o

16 17 18 19

O E A A E E O B A B o A A

la

ro

o l t o c l a o A l s B l e o

1 1 1 5 1 2 0 1 5 1 3 B 1 5 1 4 0 1

^ l.u A

1 7 9 7 9 { 5

0
l 2 3 a 5 6 7 6 9

1 5 c 1 1 16 D 179

i 1 1 t 61 1 1 1 1

c C B o c A 0 8 D

a, 3 E 6I 66 70 a9 at 6 95 a 80 a7 60 9t 71 6a
7l

z E 3 c . r E 5 c' c E. 7 o
r 11 1 1 til 1 r 1 1 1 2 N A A 21 6 E 9 0 2 3 5 0 7 8 9 0 B 8 A 0 8 A c E A E C c 0 E E A C C

87 a ' E1 o

7+
29 87

? 2 3 4 : '5 c

E E D 8 C c C F l I E A A 0, 0 C A c A E E 8 0 D

88 83 5l TT p

5C

ut'

- 7
8 . 9 r o i l t 2 1 3 1.3 t5 t 6 1 7 1 6 l 9 2 0 21 A n 2 4 2 5

a a
\$

24 8 26 27 2g 29 30
11

21 22

B A o I E
A

21 & 73 21 27 n 2e

E ls]

2 0
2 1 2 2 n 21 25 26 27 n a 30

1 7 1 8 1 9

O l A

. l z

1 7 9 7 , r l & {

&

6S 65 73 58 34 61 4t gt 3'l 2A 65 53

& 91

6l

7a 57 5a

s
a
u D A
E

74 60 8t| 84 57 50 12 34 39 32
1,7

a x

t c

30
31 32 33 3,4 3s

0 D o

l * 144

32 33 34
a4 TA JI

A
6

C B C c

l*l

l g r 0 1 6 5 c 1 7 1 E 161 A l44 C ls3 A Is6 A l s 2 D l s 2 B I49

a
3

21 C 2 0 N E 21 E 2 3 O 2 6 E 2 7 8 a 8
0

45

3 60 60 52

al .(t 34 6a 45 45

a &t

33 t5 3t 76

*,

:
,t i
a

t E

E
j

i
,
!

38 'Estimatod

B
n

36
37 38

n
E E

lssl

2A

P+ tor the group c/ eraminees who bot 're GBE Gen.al Tsl in a rcnl threo.yar prbd.

573

SCORE COIIVERSIOHS FOR GEIIERAL TEST 14OIILY AIIO THE PERGEI{TS BELOW'
3celad Scores end Perccnts Bclow Vrrtl * krtydc.l Qnu\$bth| I hr Scon \$r.! klor \$cgl hh Scd| * hltf Scaled ScorGsand Percnts Below Ylrbrl * ouiotltrtivs L An.lyiical % Scorr 8rhr Scsn hlow Scoru hlor 440 4il0 420 410 400 390 390 380
J/U

B:y Scon

73-76 72
TU

800 790 77A 760 750 730 720 71A 700 680 670 660 650

99 99 99 99 98 97 96 95
qq

t:;
1 3 5

l 3 e

69 68 67 66 65 6,1 53 62 61 60 59 58 57 56
<R

l 3 s

1 3 4

1 3 3 J 3 2 I ?r

38 36 33 30 26 24 24

ru

93 92 90, E9 87
85 84 80 7E 76 74 72 69 67 A1

t ; I
800
800 800 784 760 7* 730 7?O 7ffi 690 670
o7

n m

360

'rA

550 540 530 520 510 500 490 470 460 450 440 430 420 410 400 380 370 360 350 340 320 310 300 290
zlv

48 45 42 40 37 35 32 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 l0 I 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 1 0 0

640 630 610 600 590 570 550 540 530 510 500 480 470 450 440 420 410 390 380 360 350 340 320 310 300 290 280 270 250

79 76 72 69 67 61 58 52 49 40 35 32 27 24 20 18 15 13 10
I 7 4 4

l 2 s
1 2 8 26 25 24

350 3s0
340
'len

14
t<

i z z
n
2. 21 2A
10

10 7
b

g 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 45 45 44

630 620 600 590 580 570 560 550 540 530

97 97 94 92 89 85 U 80 78 74

320 310 310 300 290 280 270 260 250 240 230 220 210 200 200

4 2
t

18 800 99 16 15 14 13 12 11

42 4A

n30 s20 510 50o 490 480 474 450 4s0 440

64 61 59 56 t+ 51 48 44 41 38

550 6s0 640 620 610 600 590 s80 570 550

72 70 68 63 61 s9 57 54 sl 49

800 8O0 770 750 730 7n 700 690 670 660

99 99 97 96 94 92 90 88 85 83

1 1

l I | I | 9 | I | 7 | | 0-5

: I
. 1 1 1 l
I

200 200 200 no 200

0 0 0 0 0

o 0
v v

240 230
alv l lu

l l l

200

:l ;l

'Porcenl

scoring bt}. th scaled scorc is based m thg prlorfita rcr of 923,359 examinees who took ths General Tesi betwen fuober .l, 19g6, Nrd Sptornbr 30, 1989.

574

SECTION 3 Time-3O minutes Numbers: Figures: 30 Quesrions All numbers usedare real numbers Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Linesshownas straight can bc assurhed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unressotherwiseindicated. Fligures that accompany questions are intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions' However,unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn t*li, i"" should torui ih.o'pr'Jt.,n, 1" Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meas-urement, but by using your lnowledge of mathematics(see Example 2 below). Directions: Eachof the Que!.tions I -.15. consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantitiei-nd-hoose A B C D Note: Common IiJ6Jill'iJ.n: if if if if the quantityin Column A is greater; the quantityin Column B is greater; thc two quantities are equal; tlie rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Sincethereare onty four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centeredabove the two columns'A symbolthat appears in both columnsrepresents the samething in cotumn A as it doesin Column B. Column A Column B Sample Answers

Examples24 referto L peR.

2x6

2 +6

(t@@@(D

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

ExamDle4:

w*z

r80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 586

A B C D
Column A

if if if if

thc quantityin ColumnA is greater; thc quantityin ColumnB is greater; the two quantitics areequal; cannotbe determined the rclationship from thc informationgiwn.
Column B

Column A 4

CotumnB
-7 K v_ f-

J2
x(x*l)*l:x*l . .
'

r
.l

ti!

r00
25

&

r
Whcn Carl and Linda startcd to diet, Carl's starting weight was 8 pounds more than Linde's starting weight. At the end of thc dict, eachhad lost 15 pounds. Percent of Carl's starting weight lost on the diet hrcent of Linda's starting wcight lost on tlr diet Six times the ara of a circular region that has radius 2 ccntimetcrs

z :
i i

5r
x : 3

3.

4x2
f J

144 + 5 : 7 - 5 : 8

r + J

t5
The average(arithmetic mean)of 66,78, and 89

10.The area of a circular

region that has radius 5 centimeters

5.. The average (arithmeticmeau)of 67,78, and 89

Whea Fred drives from his home to the nearest mountain rgsort, it takes 4 houn at an average spcedof 5Omiles per hour. When Fred drives from his home to his beach housc, it takes 3.5 hours at an averagespeedof 55 miles per hour. 6. Fred's driving distance from his home to the nearestmountain resort Fred's driving distance from his home to his beach housc The lengtb of arc ABC Thc length of arc ADC

587

c
Column A

A if the quantity in ColumnA is gpeater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater;

j if the two quantitiesareequal; i if the relationshipcannotbedetermined from the information given. Column B ColumnA Column B

n+0
n - 4

x : l - y

x?+y2

z'

@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A crrculartabletop is to be cut from a squarepiece of wood as shown above. Percentof the:frood surfaceshown above that is not to be used for the 25%

uSiEiop

588

questions,selct the besr of the Directionc: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of the.se given. answer cf,-oices

= (D) 66 (E) 128

(C) 64

17. If 6 * 5x = 30 - x, thsn x = (A)4 (B)5 (c)5 (D)7 (E)t P , S 20. In the figureabove, if Pcn^S is a paralklogram, then / : (A) 20 (B) 40 (c) 60 (D) Eo (E).100

l8- Which of th followisg is equalto + 28{456}? 4s6472) {A) {B) (c) (D) (E) (72)(456 + 28) (4s6)('t2 + ?3) ({56 + 28)(72 + 455) (456 + 72)(28 + 456) (4s6 + 456)(72 + 2E)

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

thc ratio of 19" Which of the followingequals 2) ta 3i? {A) 2ts 3 {B) 5to7 (C) 3 ro2 (D) 7to5 (E) 35 to 4
t l

589

fi\$luut"
TFemales

(Numbers indicate percenrs. )

7.9

8.0

*Ratesare based on male and femalelabor forces, respectrvelv. 2l. For how many of the yearsshownwas the unem_ ploynent rate for femaleslessrhan the unemolov_ menl rate for males? (A) One @) Four (B) Two (E) Five (C) Three 24. What was the unemployment rate (includingboth malesand females) in State Z dunng i,9771 (A) 7.8% (B) 8.3% (c) t5.6% (D) t6.6% (E) It cannotbe determined from the information given.

22" For how many of the yearsfrom 1977 throueh 1982,inclusive, did the unemployment rate f6r malesrncrease over the rate lor malesthe previous year? (A) One [D) Four (B) Two (E) Five (C) Three

25. Which of the followingsratements about unem_ ployment in State Z canbe inferred from the graph? I. II. The samenumberof femaleswere unem_ ployedin l98l as in t980. The unemployment rate for malesin I9g2 \ilasmore than l] timesthe rate for males IIL in 1976. From 1978 to 1979, the numberof unemployed malesincreased. (B) I onty (C) II onty

23" la State Z in 1982,the totat labor force was I million, of which 55 percentweremales.If the unem_ ployment rate for malesis definedas the ratio of the number of unemployedmalesto the number of males in the labor force, what was the approximate number of unemployedmalesin State 2' ii lSgZI (A) 70,000 (B) 55,000

(c) 50,000 tD) 4O,0m (E) 1s,000

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE. 590

at

*,

E:

26. In a classof 120 students. 60 percentcan speak Fremb and the rest can speak only English. If 25 pcrcent of those in the classwho can speak French can also speak English, how many of the students in thc class can speak English?

F
I f.
* t * ;
7:

i
F

(A) (B) (c) (D) (E)

s4 60 66 84 c0
(v

i i ii
4

s k+0,tuo#:
)v

2 7 l. t k : ? * d

(A)l te)# sl

to)j

@+

29. In the rectangular coordinate system aborrc, if the equation of [; is y : x and 11 ll t2, whatis the shortest distance between QI and l 2 ?

I
t
E

28" The dimensions,in centineters, of rectangular

R are 6 by 8 by 10. Which of the following F CANNOT be the totd surface area, in square centimeten, of two facesof R ?

@ J - c g ) rs , *

(D)l c)l

(A) e6- (B) t20 (q t2s (D) 160 (E) t80

30. The positive quantities x, y, and z vary over time. )and alwayssquals l6yz. If y istripledand z J is halved, then x is (A) decreased by 5O% (B) decreasedUy ll{X (C) unchanged (D) increased Vy n\n (E) increasedby 50%

591

Numbers: Figures:

SECTION6 Time-30 minutes 30 Qrestions All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.

Position of points, anglcs,regoilr, ctc. cra bc assumcdto bc in thc order rhown; and angle o,easun s can bc assumed to bc positivc. Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc straigbt, Figures can be assumcdto lie in a phrc ualessotherwisc irdicatcd. Figures that accompany qucstionsarc iotcrdcd to provide information uscful in answering the qucstions. However, unlcssa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to rcalc, you should soh'c tbesc-p;;til; NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,bur by using your knowledg" of ."th.*;til:1..c Example 2 bclow).
1 :

'

t l: 7

Dirgctions: Each of thc QucElions t-.15. consistsof tso quntities, onc in Column A ad oae in Column B. you are to compare thc two quantities and cboosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity ia Column A is grcatcr; the quantity in Col"na E ir grcatcr; the two quantitiesare cquet thc rclatiooship cirtrnot bc dctcrmincd from thc information gircn.

: f
.

*
I i 7,
:l

n F
a-

Siocethere are ooly four cboices, NEVER MARK (E). Ia a question, information concerning onc or botb of thc quantities to be comparcd is centcrcd above thc two columns. A symbot that appean ia both columns rGprescntsthc samcihing in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

):

Common -.-

lilormatlon:

: \$ r
& 3
f
l

ColumnB

Sa|,rpleAnswcn

E x a m p l el :

2x6

2+6

(D@@@@

Examples 2{ referto A peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D(D
(sincccqual Elcesuresc8nnot bc assumcd,even thougb P/V and NQ appcar cqual)

Example 3:

v
w* z

@o@@(D
(sincc i/ is bctvctn P end Q)

Example 4:

r80

CO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

603

c
ColumnA

A if the quantityin ColumnA is greater; B if thc quantityin Column B is greater; D if the relationship cannotbe dctermined from thc informationgiven.
CotumnIi x2-3 y = 2 Column A Column B if thc two quantitiesare equal;

At a grocery storcRay paid \$1.S5 for 5 poundsof pohtocsand \$1.29 for 3 pounds of apptes. 2. Thc amountRay pardpcr pound for thepotatoes The amountRay pardper pound for the apples

The three lines above intersect at a single point. z - Y x

a b+ 0
a + !
a

a i b

I 5

t 5

l 6

l 7

t t 8 ' , 9

4.

0.54 Triangle,{ hasverticcs (0,0),(0,4),and (3,0),and triangk I hasvertices (0,0), (-3,0), and (0,-4).

5. Thc area of 'l

The area of I

x * 2 = 3 - x

A precinct is divided into four wards as shown. The two northern wards have exactly 30 Democrats each and the two easternwards have an average (arithmetic mean) of 35 Democrats per ward. Tbe average(arithmetic mean) number of Dcmocrats in the fivo southern wards

25

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

;;rl l

;:; ffi
l.':l

c
Column A

A B

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be determincd from thc information given.

ColumnB

Column A

Column B

t is a digit in thc dccimal 1.3t5,srd 1.3t5 is lcss than 1.32.

t4.e{ + ref
O is the centerof the circle" Thc areaof &e shaded region is 3a.

- 3)

l9

1 0 .Thc degreemeasure
of LAOB
t l

t20

Johnfras a flat square garden with a perimcrcr of ;r fect. David has a llat rectangular grdcn with a perimeter of x feet and thelenglh I foot tongcr than thc width. The area ofJohn's garden The area of David's garden

!; c ,4i E

(0.4)6

(t - 0.o4

s t
I
f
k

&
?

* e
;i

CrOON TOTI{E NEXT PAGE"

3' ri

7: 'e
i

'.;,
12. The lengthof Xy The length of YZ

605

Directions: Each of the QuestionslG30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the aisw,er ctroices given. 16"If 2r *.y : (A) 2 t ' t 4: j
J

l0 and 2x :4, (C) 7

theny : (E) 14

(B) 6

(D) 8

(A) ;

(B) 3

(C) 4

(D) 12

(E) 36

18. The illumination E, in footcandles, provided by a light sourceof intensity ^1,in candles, at a distance D, in feet,is given bv E = 4. po, an illumination of 50 footcanat.rlt u dir,?;"" of 4 feet from a source, the intensity of the sourcemust be (A) 50 cdndles (B) 200 candles (C) 800 candles (D) 1,600candles (E) 2,500candles

20. In therectangular coordiaate system above, if the areaof rectangular region ppRS is 35,what are thecoordinates of point p ? (A) (-2, -2) (B) (-2,5)

(c)(-3,5)

(D)(-4,5) (E) It cannot bedetermined from the information given.

896r3,59n
1,58A 6 19. If thesolutionof thedivision problem above is cor_ rect,whatdigit does I represent? (A) 6 (B) 4 (c) 2 (D) I (E) 0 GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

606

6 B: E
l

Questions2t-25 refer to the following graphs.

t :;

POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATESAGE 55 AND OVER, 1984 AND PROJECTIONS FOR 1995
(in millions)

E s
I i

m
t5 t0 5
Age 55-64 Age 65-74 Age 75_84

Ase 85 +

ffi
"

\$14,999

ffi80?"

ffi
\$re,eee 7-

H 6 o % ro*
:;

',

1\x1i:::l:i,

ri!;

Age55-64

Aee65+
Drawn to scale

C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

ffi1

from to decrease 2t. The agecategorythat is projected to haveapproximarcly is projected to 1995 1984 ? how many rnillion peoplein 1995 (A) 17 (B) 18 (C) 2l (D) 23 (E) 24

24. In 1984approximatelyhow many more people age

55-64had incomeslessthan \$10,000than had or more? incomesof \$50,000 (A) 2.2 rnillion (B) 3.3 million (C) 4.4 million (D) 5.5 million (E) I 1.0million

in the 22" In 1984the medianincoqe for a person wasin which of the following 55-64agecategory intervals? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) Lessthan \$10,000 \$10,000-\$19,999 \$20,00G-s24,999 \$25,m-\$34,999 \$35,000-s49,e9e

25. For the agecategorythat is projectedto have the

from 1984to 1995,approxilargestpercentincrease mately what is the projectedprcentincreasein population? (A) r0% (B) 15% (c) 20%

age55and that thepopulation 23. Ifit is projected

over will comprise . of the total population in 1995,then the total-populationis projectedto be approximately how many million in 1995?
I

(D\ 2s% (E) 3s%

(A\ 27s (B) 260 (C) 250 (D) 24s (E) 220

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

i4.

608

q e { i : i t .

{ i ,

4 f a

^ . 3 3 - 3 2/o. -----;J

:
.

i i"

{A) 0

(B) I

(c) 3

(D) 6

(E) e

]
27. A certain rectangJe has perimeter54. If thc ratjo of the length of the rectangtcto tbc width is 5 to 4, what is the length of the rectangh?

a ii

(A) 30

{B) 27

(g 24 (D) 18 (E) ts
29. In thc figure above, what is thc area of the square
inscribcd in the circlc ofradius a ?

: I :
i
i:

The expression (x + 4){2x - 3) is equivalent to which of the following? L 2x(x + 4) - 3(x 4) II. (x - 4)(2x + 3) III. 2x2- l2 (A) I only (B) II onty (C) III only (D) II and III onty (E) I, II, andIII

t.

(A) 2a

{C) o2

30. A certain form letter is to be sent to prospective

customers.If 4 model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 4 of the letters in 4 minutes,then 100model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 100 of the letters in exactlyhow many minutes?

(c)

25 min

ffi9

FOR GENERALTEST 15ONLY

Answer Key and Percentagee' ol Examlneer Answering Each Oseslion Correctly YERErt TSIUTY
Slsiloa 2
Itq\$cr t n 1 &\$rt Sr3llcr I

ASITTTY OUAHTNANVE
S.cdo. 3

ITALYTTCAL AEtLtrY
S!c0o6 1 \$sllil 5

f
f

t*ller I

P+ 88 79 73 58 75

tlurllf

lffEr
U A o

P+

Xrnlcr
1

trsrrt

P + lt8aber
89 93 86 g2 s ru 79
N

Ansurt P +

nunbrr
J

Atsrlt

P + llunb!|
w
,l

lnsrcr

P+
Yf,

'|

Aq t3 4Sl g

A 1 A
A

1 tr

76 68

2
J

o
A

a.
8il

4
5

5
o 7 8

v.
B

5
b

64 71 oz

74 81 73
E n

E c

30 32
q1

8
c

n
aa OY

tr

17 90
71

7 I
E

7
o

7
d

B 10

72
(a

't0
o/

59 64 54 69
N

10 11 12

61
il FI

10 '11 12
IJ

E E B E
6

o/ 88

10
54 81 44 N U

81 72 68 59 54

11

1t

n n

u
4043 w 70 87 52 38 4 z) u 46
JY IJ

t? 11 l<

A
c A

59 50 35
#
I

12 13
l(

A A

12
JY

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

? 3 { 5 6 7 8 9

C D 8 S D A 8 8

40 28 83 83 T7 79 69 93
IJ

45 15
to

14
16

14
{<

16 17
IA

46 68

16 17 't6 19

o
D A
6

25 51
s 63

17 18
t5

94 s 82 80 73
G

16 17 18

E
E

64 az

19

n
2. 23 24 25 6
)7 zo

n
A
A ts

tr

16 17 18 19

6 E

61 35 62

n
21

n
21 23 21 25 6 27

o
E

n
21 A B E

30

n
21

y2
a l

n
23 24 25
B

s 45

)/
50 38

o
A
E

o
58
v 10
ZJ

n n

D B
U

o
A

33 s 67

24 23 6 27 ?E

24 25

23 22

38 90 89 80

n
27 2A n 30
tt

o
E

s 38

o
E

a
fl at

u
81 62
AI

n a

14 33 ?8

o
A

3?
\$

u
2(

B 8 c

; "

l l

n
74
<l

l l 50 ln

32 33 3.1
tC

33 31
A B

36 37 38
'Estimated

E I 34 1
l2 1 |
14 1

35 37 38

25 29

P + for the group ot xaminees who took tha GRE Gaf,gral Test in a rccsnt thrge.yaat period

610

E L

sc0f,E c0ltvEf,stoils FoR GEltERtL T8I15oilty AilDTHE PERCEXTS BELO}Y'

Ystul Scorr /+/o 71 70
OY

:
?

Scalcd Scorer and Pcrcantr Brlow. t &an&rthr % Aodydc.t &br Sam Brtoy Scor!

9a Brtor
4(l
1lq

vlrhl Scor
450 44

Scelcd Scscr lnd Percenlr 8clow. r osr.a\$t !. r8|tytcl &br l\$a lrbr Slon

i &br
8S 87 84 82 n 75

a
3tt 35 34 34 30 27 6

no
760 710 730 7m 710 700 680 670 660 650 640 \$o 620 610 600 590 580 570 5,c0 540 540 530 520 5't0 500 490 480 470 460

s9
99 s 97 96 96 95 s y2 91 89 86 86 u 83 81 79 T7 73 70 67 67 65 62 59 57 54 5t 4a 45 800 80 8C0 790 780
/N

3{t 37r 38 35

4(r,
18 1n 4to
4@ 390 380 370 370 360 350 350 340

50 4tt 4q. 38 33

680 6g) 660 650 630 620

6 67 w

u
3:! 32 3t 3] E

n
21

33 ss s':;'.i:So
6. :.,.t,Ilg " 24 5o 2' 20 18 ls 13 E4q, ' 53O' 510 509 4&

70 6E
62 s9 se 5r 4 a, 36

a{
AA

0z 61 w 59 5 57
30

n
17
lc

a
98 gtl 98 97 27 6
a

{a
ifao 4q) 390 380 370 360 350 340 320 310 300 290 770 260 ?40

t5
tl

/w 730

90
at

24 73 2. 21

34 310 300 290 280 270 260 250 240 230 20 210 210 200 200 200 200

8 7

52
5l 50 49

7n
710 690 680 660 640 620 610 600 5O 570
ta

4
1

2 1 I I

47 46 45 4 43 42
41

5 4 3 3 z 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 g 0 0

390 380 360 a 5 3 / ' 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 n 2 2 2 1 9 8 6 5 3 o 0 0

0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 13 10 9 8 6 5 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0
1985.

5 t

F !

m
210 200 200 ?00 200 M 200

m
2W

/ , ?;
t

a
t

0 0

*'* "nHlfJ*td"lg.1"

scor' based on tt'"p'no'-"^

';
1i i Y

E
F

; r ;:
I !

6n

SECTION 2 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers: AII numben usedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions, etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumed to be positive. Lines shownab straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwise indicated. Figures_that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thesc-problems NoT by estinlatingsizesby sight or by measurement, but by using your knowledge of matiematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: EachoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note: Common iiF6?iiliion: if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; thc quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesare equal; the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.

Figures:

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerning one or both of the quantiriesto be compared is ccntered above the two columns'A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents the samettring in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A Column B SamoleAnswen (D@@@@

Example l:

2x6

2+6

Examples 24 referto A peR.

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ ( D @ (since equal measurcs cannot be assumed, cven tbough P.iy' and NQ appearequal)

Example3:

@(D@@@ (sincely' is between P and Q)

Example4:

w*2

r80

@ @ o @ @ (sincePQ is a straightline)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

619

t.

A if B if c if D if

thc quantity in Colunnn A is greater; tbe quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantiticsare :qual; thc rctationship cannot be determincd from the iaformation givcn.

n
i{ l-

7 F

*
I

\$
ColumnA
l.

B Column

ColumnA
6.

Co'lumn B

f:
t'

0.0230102301

0.023023

',//l1537

5:

*
+
t; A

requircs A purchase plan for a stcreoreceivcr 20 perccntof thc total costas a down payment and monthlyp8,"mnts of \$30.
2. Thc total cost of the stcreo rcceiver

T
6

s450

I I
I
30
l l

F
?

\$,
+

7. The area of the shaded region

r
*
F t

3 E 1-1
I

8.
LPQR is inscribedin a circle. PQ QR

a'3

l , l

m*2=8 t-2:7 4. 4@+2)+(r-2)J (m+2\r-2)

On a 5Gquestion multiplc-choicetcst,3 points were given for each question answeredcolTectly and I point was deducted for each qucstion answered iocorrcctly.A student who answered all of the questions on the test receiveda totsl of98 points. 9. Thc number of questions on the test that thc student answered incorrecrly l4

t0.
5.

(0.4)3

(0.2)8

GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.

619

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantitiesarc equal; the relationship cannot bc determined from the information given.

Column A

Column B

Column A

Column B

35xs5 65y5l0
(arithI l. The avemge metic mean)of r and y 12" The lengthof a diagonal of a square with sideof lengrh s The lengthof a diameter of a circle with radius s

P Q i lS r n U V
14. The areaof triangular region RUY plus the area of triangular region RST The area of triangular region RPp

2 15.

Zx*l_x-l-x-l 4 t 4

_2x*l 8 x- I

5
The sum of \$a three numbersin the horizontal row equalstbe sum of the three numbe rs in the vertical colurnn.

2x* |

t3.

GO OI\iTO THE NEXT PAGE.

:-ril

620

:: ,::

F
'i

Direaiole:. Each of thc Qucstions l&30 has fivc ansser choie. answer choiccsgiven.

t
;1.

-. t6. If of a ertaia numberis 2, thcn j of t* i numbcris

F
t9. Thc chargefor a telcphorrc cal rnadeat

(A)* pt*
1 7 .2 . v -

(qr

1o)4 (E)8

2*=

10:00 a.m. from City f to Ciry X is t0J0 for the first minurc ad S.34 for cachadditional minute.At thesc rates, what b thc diffcrcnce bet*len the tobt cos of threc S-minute callsand thecostof one l!.minute calP \$0.00 \$0.r6 f0.32 \$0.4E S1.00

a-

(A) 0.09 (B)0.t4 (c) 0.re

(D) 0.2e (E) 0.32

t8 If n-t=t,thcn

n=

m. The lengthsof the sidcsof a rrianglcare in the

ratio of 3 to 5 to 6. lf thc perimerer of thc rriangleis 70,whatis thc lengh of the longest side? (A) .5 (B) 6 (C) 15 (D) 2s (E) 30
t V
F

I
I

* * a
. L F

t a
I

E t fi t

t '*

F i t

:. n ::.
ll il

T .: t \ :.
i +
v e t

F ] E
5

i ;

621

Questions2l-25 refer to the following data.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYMENTAND SALARY, BY OCCUPATION AND SEX, 1977
By Occupation 5. I Vc OfficiaU Adm i nisrrative 17.67o Professional 17 ,99cSemicr-,/ Maintenance 9.9VoTechnical 8.77o Skilled Crafr | 3.9Vc Pr otectiveService lE.7lp Officr-iClerical 8.2/s P arapr ofess i o naI

IAO16=4,4t5,000
Median Annual Salary M a l e Female

Females As a Percent o f t h eT o t a l , B y O c c u p a t i o n
All Occupations

\$12,390 \$ 9,093 15,74{) r2,650 12,885 9,445 13,622 9,827 9.054 7,761 9,723 8,456
I I,657 '

3E.0 20.7

Professional Technical Protective Service Paraprofessional Office/Clerical SkilledCraft Service/ Maintenance

34.2

67.7

8,E92

9,54"7 7,30'1

l'7.4

40

50 60 Percent

622

2 1 . Approximately what percnt of statc and local

Sovcrnment employeeswcre male?

. l

(A) 3t% (B) s2% (C) s8% (D) 62Eo (E) Wo

22. Statc and local governmnts cmployed approximately how many more office/clerical employees than skillcd craft employecs? (A) (B) 384,000 441,500

aad local governmcnt cmployecs can bs iifcrFd from thc data?

I. II.

Fewerthen i of thoscin paraprofc+ sional oeuptions werc Elhs. Therc neremorethan 5 timcstbc ntrmbcr of females in thc tccbdcat occupations s! in thc skilcd cfaft occupations. Thcre rtre morethar 6 timcsthe number of fcmrhs in thc profcssional oocupatione\$ in the ofiiciall adminb' trative occupations"

III.

(c) 650,500 (D) t25,6@ (E) 1,209,'tW

I 23. For state and local government employees,the median annual salary for maleswas approximately what percentgreaterthan that for females? (A) tOVc (B) 2Wo (C') 25Vo

(A) (B) (O (D) (E)

I only II only I and II only II and III only I, II, and III

(D\ 35Va (E) 75Vo 24. For stateand local governmcntemployees, approximately what was the differencebetween the number o[ femalesemployedas professionals and the number of fcmalesemployed in servicef maintenanceoccupations? (A) (B) 75,000 185,000

(c) 765,000 (D) 1,070,000 (E) r,840,000

623

l_10

t5 10 2.s 30 35 q

4s 50

26. On thc number line above,what numbcr correspondsro a poinr that is of the distancefrom { l0to40? (A) 6 (B) 8 (C) t2 (D) 15 (E) 22

28. Which of the following cxpressionshas (have) thesamevalucfor n=5 asfor n= *?

L
II.

n +n !
n-L n

III.

-?
n (B) II only (C) III only (E) II and III

(A) I only (D) I and II

27. lt polygon ABCDE abovehasperimerer 26 and equilateral triangteBCD hasperimeter lt, what is rheareaof rectangular regibnABDE? {A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 6 t2 24 32 48 _-.

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

624

30.If e =t

a n ar = 4 , t h e nt p r / l l , - ( r * * ) =

(A)-t

-; (B)

(c);

(D)|

(D +
'.+

t +..
f:

ft:.

* 29. The figure aboveshowsthe path tracedby the end of a pendulum from point X asit movcs to poini Y. How manycentimeten dixs the end of the pendulum travelalongthc arc from X to f? (A) 4r (B) 5r (C) l0r (D) 20zr (E) 36zr

va
f

*
I

i'

|:
1

625

Numbcrs: Figurgs:

SECTION5 Trme-3O minutes 30 Questions used are real numbers. All numbers

to be in the order shown; and angls measures Position of poiats, angles, rcgons, etc. can bc assumed can be assumedto bc positive. Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straight. Figures can be assumedto lic in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated. Figuresthat accompany qucstions are intendedto provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcseproblems but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see NOT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement, Example 2 below).

onc in Column A and one in Column B. You Directions: Each of ihe QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics, arc to compare the two qGiiiiliEi6hoosc A B C D Note: Common if if if if the quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; from the iirformation given. thc relationship cannot be determirrcd

Sincethercare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). In a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantitiesto be compared is ccnteredabovc the samething in Column A as it the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents docs in Column B. Column A

Gliffiiiion:

ColumnB

Example l:.

2x6

2+6

o@@@@

Example2:

NQ

@ @ @ o @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed, eventhough Ply' and NQ appear equal)

Exsmple3:

@o@@@
(since l{ is betweenP and Q)

Examplc 4:

w*z

IEO

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

638

a
tr'
4

Y & * i 4 {t A B C D
if if if if thc quantity in Column A is grearcr; the quantity in Column B'is greatcr; the two quantities are equal; the relationship cannot be deterrnined frorn the informatirongiven.

Column A

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

r=5 s=2

r- 2s*2

T
5.
x2

IJ

f
x-*0

6.

Figure II The area of the shadedregion shownin Figure lI

Lila purchascd a hat and a scarf for a total of 940. She received a 25 percentdiscount on the price of the scarf and a l5.perccntdiscounl on the pricc of the har. 3. The amount Lila saved on the scarf 4. The amount Lila savedon the hat

7. Thc pcrimcterof tnangle PQR

is a positive integer"

(25Vo of 12)+ 8

25% ot (12+ E)

8.

(- r;z'

(-1;2rt I

GOON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

T

i
I

l!

639

A B C D

if if if if

thc quantity in Column A is greater; the quantity in Column B is grearer; the two quantitiesare equal; thc relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.

Column B The averagc(arithmeticmean)of 5,2, 8, 6, and 4

Column A

Column B

A rectangularfloor with an area of l2 square metersis drawn to scalewith 2 centimeters representingI meter. 13. The areaof the scale drawing of the floor 24 souare centimeters

A deck of n cards contains exactlv & marked cards. (ft * 0) 14. The ratio of the number of unmarked cards in the deck to the numberof marked cards in the deck 4 - I K

,{^8 is parallel to CD. II.

x +y

r e +y

15.

25'56

5(loF)

12.

JT+6

,fr+ tF

G OO N T O T H E N E X T P A C E .

&a

Pireaionr:,. Each of thc Qucstions 163o has five answer choiccs. For each of thesc questions,sclect the best of the answer cboicesgiven,

1 6 .I f 3 x * 5 = 2 r * 1 0 .r h e n r= (A) r
t l

tB) 2

(c) 3

(D) 5

{E) 15

17. i + f equals howmany twetfrhs? (A) 2 tB) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e

( A ) 96 ) B ( q ; p ) 3 G ) &

18. Of the 4O0cadets in a graduating class, 30 per. cent were women and, of ,f,"r., became I instructors. If the number of nren who bccamc instructors was twicO the number of womcn who becamcinstructors, how many of the men becarneinstructors? (A) 120 (B) 48 m" V APQR and APRS abovearcequilateral, what fraclion of PQRS is shaded?

( A ) +1 r ) i ( q * t o ) + ( E ) *

! t:
i
&l
!

: : :
i I L

i'

: :

Questions2l-25 refer to thc following Sraph.

AVERAGE' DAILY TOTAL AMOUNT OF SALESAND NUMBER OF SALESFORSTORE X \$1,000 900 t00 tr , 7ffi o 600 500 q 400 0 F 300 {) bo 2N !! o 100
a ()

t/)

Averap Total Amount of Sales \ r 0eft-hand scale) I

'l I I

\ \ \ \
.t)

/i /i A.
\ Avenge"T--fNumbcrof Salcs -(right-handscale)-

50 45 N E

3sT 3 0 3
2 5 3
15 I,

/ t

| / l

20r
s F '

r 0 g

Mon. Tucs. Wed. Thur. Fri. Sat. rAverage' means'arithmeticmean. " Note: Drawn to scale.

2 l What is the average total amount of salesmadc on a Fridayfor Store X ? (A) \$200 (B) \$300 (c) \$400

24. On which of the following days is the average

amount of a sale greatest for Store X ? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Monday Tucsday Wednesday Thursday Saturday

(D) Ss00 (E) s6oo

22" On the averagc,what is the total amount of
salesper week (Mondsy through Saturday) for Store X? (A) \$2,700 (D) \$3,600 (B) S2,800 (E) \$4,lm0 (C) \$3,300

25. During the first week of a ccrtain month, how

rnany more salcswerc made in Store X on Saturdaythan on Monday? (A) 15 (B) 25 (C) 30 (D) 35 (E) It cannot bc determined from the information given.

23. What is the averageamount of a sale made on a

Wedncsdayfor Store X ?

(A) S0.s0 (B) \$2.00 (c) \$10.00 (D) \$20.00 (E) s40.00

&2

26. A trrin travclsfrom City X to Cily y in

3 iours ad 30 minutcsat an avcragespcedof 60 milesper hour. lf thc train rEturnsat an syeraSc spccd of 50 milcspcr hour, bow long doesthc return trip tatc? 2 hr 55 min 3 hr 40 mtut 4 hr 12min 4 hr 32 nin ,t hr 40 rnin

4- nfl6 4- nEJS

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

substituted for E to makeboth of thc ctate. mcntsabovetruc for all intcgersn suchrhat -2(nS3?

(A) s
29. \-:j-l

(B)< a\' =

(C)=

(D) >

{E) >

(tg-

: ; :

- rcrn (B) 36 (c) 8

2'7. In the figureabove,il point T is 6 cenrimercrs lrom ertry point oruarc PQ andfrom every point on arc R.S,what is thc sum of thc areas, in sguarcentimctcrs, of regions peT ud

(A) e- 4\/2

rR^s?
6 4r 6r 24 l2r

30. In thcfigure above, ffu=

( A ) +t s ) * ( q 3 ( D ) l E ) *

I t t

&3

FOR GEI{ERAL TEST 16ONLY

YTBIT III1ITY
3!t|h f tGllo. I

guilIlrmwrl|uTY
\$mt P+
illrnl|| lffi

xratTtcfi.rt[''rl
t firt P+ E5 93 E5 66 61 qt 71 6a 64 5l 4! I 41
I
tC

8.rlhr !

tGilt|l

H&tr

lsu A D E
F

P + llsD.r

ll.r|f

P+ 90 86 ct 86 76

lltFnllr
I

An3an

tHr t 2 3 r 5 a 7 E
o

tt|rru 8 0 E c A

P + hr
q)
I

fH.r I E A A

?+
179

l a
I

2 3
4 5 6 6 9 10

l @

60 6a 5.t 50 36 9, 78 6l 63 52 45 46

1 2 3 4 5
o

C S A E 0 B
E

l8s 171 161 ls4

tef
I

o c
U A

I lsr
v
9{ 75 7f 57 62

I 2 3 a 5 E 7 E
a

a o c
A A

A D A B

2 3 4
t

n
66 8t q,

2 3 4 5 E 7 6
O

91,.
O B E
B

t:
t;
l3
ls
180
150 t36
11 63 36

lo

u
76 65 36 63 49 52 51

c
B B A

a
ts

8 I 10 '11 12 13 14
IR

A B

10 12 13
I

6 7 E I 't0 't1 12 13 14
1(

o
B A I

a c c
D E B B D a
E

E1 79 66 6E

to 1t t2 t3 l4 t5 16 17 1E 19 20 21 2. a 21 5

E 0 4 C D 8 B I A E
U

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

c o
B B
FT E

D A

o
B A
14 15 16 17 18 19

o
B A

Ie

v
I tr 40 45

n
16 tn 78 41 47 55 38 52 67 56 3l 52 9{

o c
D a B
E

36

zl

70 17 55 55

11 1 2 1 3 11 1 5 16 17 18 19

l * ls2

fea

'16 17 18
lo

n
8E) 88 70 2E

e3
88 &l 71

16
1A

D
n B

n
2,

n
21 2.

A A n E B
E

18. 19

m
21 a 24 25 a n 2A 29
g)

75 w
a(

n
21 2, ti 21 25 6 27 a 29 30
E

9,, 85 85 70 68 78 75 iKt 4!) 61 73 51 45 3E 37

o
A

30 36 26

c
A E E

41 19 23 3'

a
54 31

0 B
E

u
42 2. 53 51 54 47 90

o
B

n 2 1
2 2 1 ,

c l
E

n
24
ZJ lo E

n
24
ZJ

o
B
t

l 1t
38

n
t

7 3
2 s

o l
c

D l 24

l4 t

27 2A 8 30 31 9. 33 34 35 3tt

D B A B

c)
66 76 5l 54 .18 a

a n e'
31 3 2 3at 3 4 3 5
36
at te

o c
B D

c
A D o

e.
81 75 s 5t 3

58 *l 37 35 32

A A
A

s
D
A A

B E c 8 0
A A

441

s7
38
'E3timstsd

30i 24 1

36 1 I

35I 241
18 1
in a rec.nt thrs6.y"8r pariod.

P + tor tha grxJpof examinee3 who took tha GRE Genoral T6t

u9

FOR GENERALTEST 16 ONLY SCORECONYERSIONS AND Tffi PERCENTS BELOWI

I-U Rrr Scorl \$.f|
73.78 72 71 70

Scdled Scorer and Percantr Bclor' I fr|'*d osrffi|r * lrbv Salrr Erlor Sa!.! 99 99 99
99 98 98 96 s 94

t tdfi

Rrr Scon 40 3 38 37 35 35. 34 3 32 31 30 E

Vlrtd Scorf
450 /t40 /}30 420 410 400 400 390 380 370 360
Jw

ScsladScorar.nd Parconb Below' q,r'om AmttH * i tabf scd| lclos Sco'r

4!t 40 37 34 31 560 570 560 550 530 520
<ld

f trlor
94 E? 91 88 86 83 78 76 71 69 63 60 55 52 45 4iI 37 34 n 6 2 n 16 14 11 8 7 5 4 3 2 t 1

e0 7s0 780 n0 750 7&

til

58
N (l

49

e)
68
b/

41

730 710 700 580 670 650 530 620 600 590 570 s60 540 530 510 500 480 170 450 440 120 410 390 380 360 340 330 310 300 2 8 270 250 240

n
L

s 65 64 63 61 60 59 58
JT

7n
7t0 690

6 ?4 2. 18 18 16 14
la

490 480 470 450 4A 430 4t0 400 390 370 360 350 330 320 310

.u
?1

n
25

m
610 660 650 610 530 610 600 seo 580 570 560 560 540 530 520 510 91 89 88 86
N

n
'16

56 54 53 52 <t 50 49 4 17 16 45 44 43 4?

800 800 800 800 800 790 7& 760 ' 750 7& 7n 710 690 680 670 650 610 630 610 600

98 98 98 s 98 97 96
w ol

27 6 25 24

350 340

J4

80 78 75 73 71 68 65 63 60 57 55 52 49 46 46

2. 2',1

310 300 290 2W 270 260 250 240 230 20 210

r0 ,9
o 5
4 ?

10 I o

m
8m 8m
800 800 8e 99 99 99 99 99 99 98
YI

on
&

u
80 78 76

19 13 17 15 15 14 13 12 t1 . 10 o 8 6
tuq

2
a

m m
274

z 2 1 1 I

2n
24 230

5m
a. 4\$ : 180 470 il60 460

72 70
b/

m
7\$ 770 760 78

no
200 200

m0
0 0 0 200 200 200 200
0 0

62 61

m
200 200 200

95

m
0 0

1
0

?w

n0 m

210

'Permnt scoring blow the scaled score basad on the pertomance and Septembr 30, 1987.

ot the 844,960 examinees who took the General Te\$ between Oclobr 1,

650

Numbcn:

FiSures:

SECTION3 Time-30minutss 30 Questions All numbcrs uscdare rcal numbcrs. Positionof points,angles, regions, etc.can be assumcd to bc in thc ordcrshown;and angle measurcs canbc assumed to bc positirc. Lincsshowqasstraightcanbc assumcd to be straight Figures to lie in a planc unlcssotherwisc canbeassumed indicarcd.
Figures that accompany qucstions arc intgndcd to providc information useful in answering the questions. However, unless a notc states that i figure is drarrn to scale,you should sgtvc thcsc problirns NOT by estimating siics by sight or by measuremcnt,but by using your knowtedge of mat-hematics(sec Example 2 bclorv).
7

1' 3

Dircctions: Each of thc Qucrtions I - t 5 consistsof two quantitics, onc in Column A and onc in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantiticsand choosc
j

A B C D

if if if if

thc quantity in Column A is grcater; th? qudntity in Column B is greater; thc two quantitiesare equal; the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

1: e z

Ii?ffiiliion:

Notc: Common

Sincethereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). Il a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabove the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columnsrcpreScnts the same ttr;ng in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A

Column B

Examole l:

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

Examples 24 refer to L peR.

Example 2:

NQ

@ @ @ (t@ (since equal mcesurescannot bc assumed, even though PiI znd NQ appear equal)

Examole3:

Exaarple 4:

t9i

r80

63

A if rhequantityin Column A is greater; B if tbc quantityin Column B is greatcr;

if thc two quantitics arc cqual; D if tbe rclationship cannotbc detcrmincd from thc informationgiven.

ColumnA l. The costof3 pounds of pcachcs at S0.34 pcr pound

Column B \$l.00

ColumnA

Column B

2.

t _z 4 3
lE km Coaltown

I t2

The circles above, with centers O and P, cach have radius r. 6. Twicc thc area of the shadedregion Woodland The area of the circular region with ccnter P

The map showsthc only roadsthst connectthe four towns and showsthe distance along each road.

y=-3 7. f-3y-2
y2*3y*lO

The road distance betweenCoaltown and Woodland

103

x y = I t a n dx + y = 9 5. x

8. 0(x(y( 9. xy I

x+y

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

64

i & : F
E
a
F.

A if thc quantityin Column A is grcatcr; B if thc quantity in Column B is greaar; c if thc two quaatiti* are equal; cannotbc dctcrmincdfrom thc informationgircn" D if thc relationship

A:l

E
:
i

F
Column E :: ';
i 't

ColumnA
10. Thc area ofa rcctangular region with sides of lcngths a and 5

Column B

ColumnA

The area ofa rectangular region with sidcs of lcngrhs (a+ l) and4

13. The remainder whcn n is dividedby 3

A ccrtain store sclls cach pcncil at tbc san price regardlessof the nunbcr of pcncils sold. & of these pcncils beve a total pricc of g cents, and r of thcsc pencils have a toral price of s cents.

2,
It.

6+
ei
t4.

3i

t5.

a2*bz

(a+bY

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

665

iiffif6iccs

Directions: Each of tbe Questions t630 bas fivc answer choicss. For each of these qucstions, selectthc best of the

given.

16" On a number line, what is the distancebet\Yeen -i andT ?

1 9 . Eachof the followingis thesquare of an integer EXCEPT (A) 8r (B) r00 (c) r2l r

(A) r0

(B) 8

(c) 7

(D) 5

(E) 4

(D) re6 (E)2r5

,obof, S b-a ,9 sf -f & -{
(arithmctic mean) of two numbers 24. Thc average is 2x * l. If one of the numbcrs is x. then the other numberis

t 7 " In the figurc above,eachofthe bcadsabove thc

5 timcs thc placevalue horizontal bar represcnts indicatcdand eachofthe beadsbelow the.bar I times the placevalue indicated. represents What number is reprcscntedby the ligure above? (A) 512,651 (B) 512,615

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

rr* 2x 3x + 3x+2

' G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .

a
7

t 8 " In thefigureabove,rt PQRU and URSI are

what is the arcaof reaangularregion squares, PQST? (A) 2E (B) 42 (C) 4e (D) e8 (E) It csnnot bc'dctermined from thc information given.

ffi

Qucstions 2l-15 refer to rhc following graph.

22. Whst fraction of thc totel numbcr of votcscasr did thc two winncn reccivc?

k t

(A)j* G)it (cri ro)* (E)*

23. What percsnt of tbe samplc vofbd for at least onc of the two rrinnq.s?

.o
7 '

E
5 o

() .:
C q k ) ^ t J

l r% 2{& . 55% 6t% e0%

:. ...,; 1.;

.g o - ,

24. Howmanyvotes wrrc castia distrit ,f ? (A) lr (B) 90 (g ao (D) 360 (E) 4OO 25. In disrict X, candidatc I rcccivcd boy many more votcs thancandidate e1

_ The graph aboveshows how a sampleof l0 different voters (verticalaxis) voted for ldifferent candidates(horizontal axis). Each voter voted for cithcr one or two of,the five candidates. (No voter voted twice for the samecandidate.)The two candi_ dates receivingthe most votes were the winners. The sa-mple constituted5 percentof thosein the district who voted,and the number of votesin the district for each candidatewas in the sameproportion as the numbcr of votes in thc samplefor eachcandidate. 21" H.ow many peoplc in the samplevoted for both winners? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Onc Two Thrcc Five Six

(A) 2

(B) l0

(c) 20

(D) {O

(E) r0

67

I
I

29. If p is a prime number greater than t l, and p

is the sum of the two prime numben x and y, then x could be which of the following? (A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) e (E) 13

30. If 18 idcntical machinesrequired 40 days to

26. ln the figure above, thc numbcr of shadcd squsres is what pcrccnt grcater tbsn the number of unshaded squarcs?

completea job, how many fewer dayswould have been required to do the job if 6 additional maehincsof the same type had beea usedfrom the beginning?

(A) 2s% @) n% Q) 50Vo (D) &% (E) 7s%

27" lf .r, y, and z are three dilferent positive integers lcss than 10, what is thc greatest * possiblc valuc of thc expressio n l, t

(A) t0

(A) r

(B) 7 (D) 5 (E) 4

(c) 5

2t. In the figurc above,r,ertcxR of square PQRS is thc ccnterof thc circlc.lf QT= TR = 3, what ir tbe arcaofthc shaded rcgion?

(A)

e+ + t

(B) 9 * T l r

(c) \$ + ! r
(D) 3 6 * 9 r (E) 36 * 2lr

668

Numberr: Figures:

SECTION4 Trmc-30minutes 30Qucstims All numbersusedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumcdro be in the order shown; and engle masures can be assumed to be positirc Lincs shown as straightcan bc assumcd to be straigbt. Figures can be assumed to lie in a planc unlessotherwiscindicated. Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in amnrcring the questions- Howevr, unlessa note statesthat a figurc is drawn to scatc, you shoutd sopc thcscirobtims NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,but by using your knowlcdge of matiemati'cs {sec Example 2 bclo*).

Directions: Eacb of the Questionsl-15 consists of tvo quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to compare thc two quantitiesand choosc A B C D Note: if if if if the quantity in Colurnn A is grcater; the quantiry in Column B is gratcr; the two guantities arc equat thc relationshipcannot be detcrmined frorir thc information girrcn.

Since there are only four choiccs, NEVER MARK (E). In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantiries to be compared is centcred above the two columns.A symbolthat appcarsia both columns ieprescntsthc samc-thingin Column A as it does in Column B. Column A Column B Samplc An6wers (D@@@@

GTiEiliion:

Common

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

E x a m p l e3 :

t E I

F x a m p l e4 :

w+z

180

69

A if tbc quantity in Column A is greateri B if the quantity in Column B is greate4

, if thc two quantities are equal; if the rclationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.

Column A l. Thc leastcommon dcnominator of

Column B

Column A B

Column B C

r5

j, j', anaf

Ll/
6. The distancefrom A toB

t r t l
The distanccfram A toC

The figure aboveis a cube.

7.

(2.3X r2.4s)
x y

(0.23X r24.5)

2"

r+ y

J f x

-l 9x*9=90 8.

0 2x* y

2 2y* x

T o n i b o u g h t n d o z e n c g g s f o r \$ l 2 a n dm half gallons of milt for \$6. 4. The pricc Toni paid for a dozen eggs The price Toni paid for a half gallon of milk

and the measureof

80"

5.

z+,fi

l+\fr
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

670

A if thc guantityin Column A is grsatlr; B if the quantityin Column B is greatcq c if tbc ttro quantitiesare equat D if the relationship cannot bc dctermincd from thc information given.
..,.r.f.,: --.-t ,.'' "',.:.

ColumnA

Column B

fn /r+rY _ l,-y\, '-'\-z w

lF-40

ft -----l

The diasreter of the rmicircle is 12 and the bcight of the triangle is 8. I l. The arca of the scmicircular rcgion The area of triangr'le; region PQR

Thc diagramrcprcsents gardcn. a rectangular Thc shadedregions are plantedin flowen, and the unshadcd regionis a walk 2 fcet widc. All angles arc right angles. 13. Thc sum ofthe areas of thc shadcdregions 14.
87

2,800square fcct

Fahrenheit temperaturesrecorded at location X at 4-hour intervalswere -8o, -5o, 7" , 5o, 3". lo.

86+2.86+4.84

x*0
15. 1920'

t2" The average

(arithmctic mean) of the temperaturls rccorded above

lo F

(t) ?s

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE"

671

Directions: Each of thc Questionsl6-30 has fivc answerchoiccs.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof thc given. ilsrililif,6ices

16. If a : 36 + c, whatis thevalueof 6 when a = 1 7 a n dc = 2 2 (A) 5

( B ) 6 I+ J
(c) t2 (D) r5 (E) 4s
I 3 t . T : ,,.

a
t 9 . In the squareabove, M, N, P, and Q are
If the areaof the square midpointsof the sides. region is A, what is the area of the shaded rcgion?

( ^ ) iI A
l l l l

(A)

2 ( B t i ( c ) i ( D l i ( E )l T

( B )i A ( C )i A ( D )i A
1 (E) f / 1

t 8 " If 4.x - 2y = 8, what is the value of 2x - y ?

(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6 informa(E) It' tcannpt be ionSve n .determinedfrom the .:

(2x+l)(x-2)=0t

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

672

2l-25 refer to thc followinggraphs. Questions FEDERAL BUDCET OUTLAYSOF THE UNITED STATES FOR MILITARY EXPENDTTURES, 19661979 Billionsof Dollan 120 ./ / 100 pcrcent

'1;;t,
, . .,,i.\$.ii'l ;, ,, ltt,

80 ,/ ffi

40

.r

(/,

,ta",td .t&,""t .\$" .\$t,{ft rdo,+nC 1 9 '

Ngg; Drawn to scale.

lv tuhm
30 20 l0
ab

ight scale

\g'

rS. r\$t

tm
75 50 25 t970
1912 ' 1974

t976

673

21" In 1968 thc military cxpcnditurcs of thc Unitd

States wcre approximatcly how many billion dollan?

fedcralbudgctoutlaysfor the United 24. ln 1977, how manybillion Statcstotaledapproximatcly dollan? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 200 300 400 500 600

22. For the ycar in which the Unitcd Stater bed

approximately 70 billion dotlars in miliury expcnditures, that amount was approxicatcly wliat perccnt sf total federal budget outlays?

6) 39q6
@) 40qo

(c)w

@) 6ayo (E) ftVo

23. In which of the following yearswas the amount
of United Statesmilitary expcndituresapproximately 80 percent of thc amount for 1978?

werecombined ' 25. In whichof theyeanshown for theNATO countries military expcnditures most.nearly equal othcr thanthe UnitcdStates to 50 billiondollan? (A) re68 (B) 1972 (C) le74 (D) le75 (E) te77

(A) re67 (B) re68 (C) re73 (D) 1975 (E) re76

GOON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

674

t.

F
i 9i

F
In a ccrtain ctub for mcn and tryomcn,40 perccnt of the mcmbersanermn. If 20 pcrcent of thc men snd l0 pcrccnt of tbc womcn membcrs went to a thcater performancc, what perccot of the total membershipvent to thc pcrformancc? (A) t2% (B) t4% (C) t5%

-.

,ii

5 ta

* [.

F
F :r a
1 tI ,I :! i9

(D) 16% (E) 3{&

:
tl.

l r

27. The figurc abovc shom the angles of interscction of thrsc atrcets.At what angle do Sccond Avenuc and Maia Strcct intcnca? (A) 50o (B) 55.

(c) 65.
(D) 70o (E) 75'

675

(A) t20

30. In the figure above, what is the perimererof

triangle OPQ?

(A) 4 + 2\E (B) S+4!a (C) 6 + 2rvE (D) 6 + 6\,E G) 6\E+ 2Jto

676

FOR GENERALTEST 17ONLY

YERSAL ASILTTY
Slbn I

ourilnTAnyE AJUTY
Srction 3 llurDber fuiswu P +
,I

AXttYTlClt ^8tt|TY Scrflon5

8rcllor t

Srstttn 2
l@?r ArsYlt iP+

Sactlon I llrrD&r
1 2
AO

fiumblr
,l

lrsrcr I P+ c 80
)l

Arrrlt

P+

|lurDlrr
1

A''rcr lP+ A A tr A 71 64 53 69 66
E

li6rl?|
1

Ar3rrr I P+
E

'I 2
J

c
n

9.1 66 72

95

c
B
o

o
B

4 3
D

B
tr

59 51 47 ?1 92 86

5 46 48 88 89 88 w
o

84 83 81
/b

4 5
o

U A

89 8s 82 82 s2 80 69
d \$

a 4

? 1

tr D

87 91 94 70

E
!

7 8
Y

7 9

7
o

6 7
8

A E
C

81 B D
f9

I 10 1! 1
1? 1 1
to

B A A 8
n 4 5 A D

10 '11

tr

9 '!0
t t

D B

63 74
il

t59

l8t lst

10
1r 12 13 14 15
16 17 18

|ut

I 45 E E ?1 17

12
J2

11 12 l3 15 16 17 't8
A

a tr B

12 39
ta

49 49 41 D
J I

s
3V

12
t? 14 15 16
It

B tr

s 41 46 a7

15 16 17 18 20 21 ?3 ?5
zd

15 27 16 17 18 19 70 ?1 ?3 24 25 ?5 ?7 28 29

42 a9
93

D A ED B

l*
130 133 1.2 I70 146

D n
d

43 5
Jb

c
E
D

51 36 64 69 72 4A 42 49

D n E E B E n D

95 90 80
A1 N

D 40
?i

17 18

E
b

c lor - t " "

^

D
59

18 19

c
tr
6

m n
21 25 D B

21 27
\$

o lzz o
?1

i4?

64 59 s 7A

?,,

n
b

21
49 47 48 45 47
JO l2

B
6

c
B 26 ?7
z6 t

?3 25 B 27 28

91 81 55 58 46 61
J/

19 51 49 44

o c c B
c

l3e

za

126 i37 ls5 141

t50

r
a

c
B

t t 2
I

27 28 a
s 31

/o

94

n
34 s

c
s w ,13 45 45

n
a ai U

86
n k

a
1n

73 46

34 s 36
a1

tr

34
E

D s
E \$ \$

tr n

J I

ZJ

38

20

'Estimatsd P+ tor the g/oup ot examioees who tek lhe GRE General Test in a recent thre+year period

689

SCORECOI{IERSIONS FOR GENERALTEST17 ONLY AND TEE PERCENTSBELOWI

Scaled Scores and percents Below V!\$ellQtEatttatiy!XAaeB;sal Scrlcd Scores end percents gelow I oBrlnrftr I lEMGrt Brb| S.or! B.br Srot 72A 39 38
aa

ory

93
tz 89 88 86

690 680 670

99 98 w

36 35 34 32
J I

650
64C 630 610 6@
J8

u
81 78 74 72 69 54 61 56 53 50 44 41 35 33 27 ?3 21 t6 13 11 9 5 3 2

95 94 93 91 89 88 86

i7 i? t<

w 59
\$

o)u 640
NU

430 120 410 4aa 390

2tn

2i 19 18 16 14

590 570 560 540 530 520 500 490 470 460 440 4m 410 390 370 30 340 3r0 ?90 270

56

u
82 80
t5

'11 10
6 6

J4U

10 9 8
b

7 73
71

B 1

s o5
1

5 { 3 3 2

780
I tt'

98
v6

? * 1 240 t 230 I 220 I ? s 0 0

7* 49
| +L

97
yf,

0 0 n 0

7vJ

9d

690

SECTION 3 Time-30 minutes 30 Questions Numbers: Figures: . All numbers used a r e r e a ln u m b e r s . Positionof points,angles, regions,etc. can be assumed to be in the order shown;and angJe measures can be assumed to be positive. l - i n e ss h o w na s s t r a i g h c t anbe assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwise indicated. Figuresthat accornpany questions are intendedto provideinformationuscfulin answering the quqsttons. However, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you shouldsolvetheseproblems NOT by estimating sizes by sight or by measurement, (see but by usingyour knowledge of mathematics Example 2 below). D i r e c t i o n sE : achofthe Questionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You are tc, cc'mparethe rwo qGiiili?3 aidThoose A B C D Note: Common fiGiilfiJon: i f t h e g u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ; i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ; if thc two quantitiesare equal; if the relationship cannot be determined from the informationgiven.

S i n c et h e r e a r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN , EVER MARK (E). ln a question, informationconcerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centered above the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents the same ttringin Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . C o l u m nA ColumnB Sample Answers {D@@ @ @

elss.Plel
f

2x6

2+6

Exampies2-4 refer.ioA PQR.

Example 2:

,\,Q

@@@(D

(since equalmeasurgs cannot be assumed, ven though P.lV and l{Q appearequal) Example 3:

@o@@b
(sinceff is betweenP and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :

wi z

t80

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

702

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grearer; the quantity in Colurnn B is grcater; the two quanrities arc equal; the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information riven.

C o l u m nA

C o i u m nB

Column A

Column B

l.

(40Vc of 50)+ 60

af t0) + 40 GAVa

2.

\$ofi;
x+y=-l

Sofr2

For eachhome in Town X, the amount of propeny tax is p percenrof the value of the home.The propeny tax on a home whoscvalue is \$45,000 is \$1,200. 7. The propertytax on a h o m ei n T o w n X whosevalue is \$54,000 SI ,300

3 4.

x 23(-tS4)
01r 1t 24{781)

The areaof squareregion S is 36 8. The perimeterof S A printcr numbered conscutively the pagesof a book, beginning with I on the first page.In numbering the pages, he pnnred a rotal of lg9 digits. 9. The numberofpages in the book 100

<
t

r
.

t0.
6 . x

r+y 2

35

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE

703

F
i
:l

I l-

A B C D

if if if if

t h t q u a n t i t yr n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r : the quantin' in Column B is greater: s r ee q u a l ; tle two quaniiriea t h e r e l a t r o n : t ' rc ,p a n n o l b e d e t e r m i n efrom d the information given.

C'olumnA
'l-2

ColurnnB

C o l u m nA

C o l u m nB x.

Triangularregions ?', and have e.itral areas a n d h a v eh e i g h t s /;, anci Az. rerpectjvclv

It.

1}re area of 7",

'lh:

t
area ot- f.,

l2

r l\r
l a i

A 8C D is a parallelogram

ABCD

24

The area of ghe crrctrlar region with ccnter is l6rr.

t3

G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .

7M

Directiols:. Eachof the Questions l6-30 has five answerchoices. For eachof these questions, select the bestof the answer choices given.

16. l#hen walking,a certainperson takes l6 complete stepsin l0 seconds. At this rate,how many complelesteps doesthe person take in 72 seconds? (A) 45 (B) 78 (c) 86 {D) 9e (E) il5

1 8 . 5 2 . 6x 8

#=
(C) 5.263 a n d a * c = 3 2 . t h e na * D = (C) 40 (D) 42 (E) 50

(A) 0.05268 (B) 0.5263 (D) 526.E (E) 52,680 1 9 .l f b - c = 3 , (A) 30

(B) 35

20. A rectangular floor l8 feerby I0 feet is to be completely covered with carpetingthaI cosrs x dollarsper squ4lgyalg. In rermsof x. how many dotiai witi ttrecarpering cosr? (l yard = 3 feet)

t 7 . In thefigure above, whatis thevalue of '* (A) 2 (B) 3 (c) 4 (D) 5 (E) 6

{=* 45

, ?

(A) 20x (B) 28x (C) 60x (D) l80x (E) 540x

GO O}- TO THE \EXT PAGE

705

Questions2l-25 referto the followinggraphs. C O L L E G E R : E N R O L L M E N T A N D CONTRIBUTIONS I 976-r 980 fotal Studenr Enrollmenr Allocation of All Contributions l--_-l Capital lmprovements V V Z s c h o l a r s h i p sa n d Operational Expenses

l--l 7m

Fullrime PartTime

\$500.

400.000

300.000 = I .r 40c ioo 200.000

r00.000

1976

t9't7

t978

19'79 1980
Note: Drawn to scale

t978

1979 1980 SchoolYear

2 l What wasthetotalnumber of students enrolled at Clollege R in thefall of 1979 ? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 200 250 500 650 ?00

22. By whatpercent did rhenumber of part-time students enrolled increase from thefall of I979 to thefall of 1980 ? (A) g) 17a

a2Vo ., -(c) 66j%o (D) 75Vo (E) 80To

706
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

2 1 . W h a t w a st h e i n c r e a s i f a n y , i n r h e n u m b e ro f .e full-time studenrs enrolledat College R from the fall of 1976to the fall of 1977'! (A) 0 (B) 50 (c) 100 (D) t50 (E) 200

24 In the 1978-1979 schoolyear. if I 2 percentof rhe

amounl ol'contributions allocatedto scholarshipsand operational was allocatedto e.\penses heating c o s r sa . p p r o x r m a t e lh yo*, muchwas NOT allocared io healine cosrsl \$2,000

28. In thc figureahrrve.if the areaof rhe inscribed rectangular regi()nis 32. rhen rhecircumference of thc circleis (A) 20r'. (B) .ln,e.3 (C) anrrT

(A)

(D) 2z-J5 \$,) zrJl

29. Which of the following equalsthe :.eciprocal of .-;, where r ,!*ol

(c) \$ 176,000 (D) 5205.000 (E) \$250,000

(B) s25,ooo

( A ) -I - u

25. Approximately wharwasthetotalamount of contributions ro College R from the l97g-1979 school year through the 1980-198 I school year, inclusive? (A) 5967,000 (B) St.000,000 (c) \$e.00c,000 ( D) se.667,00c (E) Sr0,000,000

(B)

x x - |

(c) -I,
(D) (E)

-r .tv- I

v
x-v- I

30 A certaininteger n is a multipieof borh 5 and 9.

Which of the following must be true? I. n is an odd inreger. I I . n i s e q u a lt o 4 5 " Ill. n isa mulriple of 15. (A) (8) (C) (D) (E) III only I andII only I and III only' II and Ill onlyI, II. andIll

26 I t x * 0 . t h e n x ( x z ) s -2

(A) .x2

(B) x3

(C) xa

(D)_rs

(E) x6

2 ' - "S e v e n i s e q u a it o h o w r n a n yt h i r d s o f s e v e n ?

ier i
{B)

(c ) 3
(D) 7 {E) 2l

707 .:
i

I a I 1

:
i i

SECTION 6 Time-3O minutes 30 Questions

Numbers:
Figures:

All numbersusedare real numbcrs. Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures can be assumcd to be positive. Lincs shownas straightcan bc assumed to be straight. Figurescan be assumed to lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated. Figures_that accompany questionsare intended to provide information usefulin answering the questions. However,unlessa note.statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these-probt.1n, NoT by estimating sizes by sightor by measurement, but by usingyour knowledge of matiremarics (see Example2 below).

Directions: Each of the Questions l-15 consists of two quantities, one in Column A and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quandties and choose A B C D Note: Common if if if if tbe quantityin Column A is greater; thc quantityin Column B is greater; the two quantities are equal; the reiationship cannot be determined ffom the informationgiven.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Ii?6iilfiion: In a question, informationconcerning one or both of the quantities to be comparedis centered above
the two columns. A symbolthat appears in both columnsi"pt.r.nr, the samettr;ng in Column A as it doesin Column B. Column A Exqmple l.
,!

ColumnB

2x6

2+6

E x a m p l e2 :

NQ

@ @ @ | D @ (sinceequal measures cannot be assumed,even rhough P.fy' and NQ appearequal)

E x a m p l e3 : .

E x a m p l e4 :

w+z

r80

724

A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcq B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr;

C if the two quantities are equal; D if thc relationship cannot bc determined from thc information givcn.

ColumnA k* n= 13 n*3=8

Column B 5.

ColumnA

ColumnB
ll*x

t.

k
Bctty spcnt \$?5 for a bicycle and she also spent \$27 repairing it. She then sold it for \$120.

i**
\$20

t+3 Tfi

2. Thc moncy Bctty rcceived in excessof thc total amount shespent

Squarcs PQRY and YRST have sidesof Icngth 5. 7. Thc area ofshadcd region PQS R, S, and I are 3 consecutive odd integerc and R<,S< f.

Q'll[, 8. R + . S +I

s+7-l

f I
t

4.

-2(-3) (-4)

0(4)(8)

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

721

if the quantit;,in Column A is greater. if the quantit.y in Column B is lreateri if rhe two quantiries are equal: t) if the rerationship cannot be determined from the informationsiven.

ts

,Lq!.rtlL 4

C o l u m nB t)

C o l u m nA ! p e r c e no 't 2 t f 1.120

ColumnB 2 2' 7

W o r k i n ga t c o n s t a n r tates, m a c h i n eR c o m _ pletelypresses x recorcis in 0.5 hour and m a c h i n eS c o r n p l e t e lp yr e s s e s x records in u ./ ) h o u r( x ) 0 ) . l - 1 . T h e n u m b e ro f records completely pressed by R in 3 hours The numberof recordscompletely pressedby .S in 4 hours

I.

:-:r') 0 ,r')r<0 t0" {

T h e c i r c l ew i t h c e n t e r O h a sa r a d i u so f 5 1 4 . T h e p e r i m e rreo f AABC .r, -1.,, and z are negative integers 15. The productof .r, ),. . and z Tlre ciianrcrer of rhecircleis 10.
t l I t -

at

The arra of rhs region enclosed b i ,q u a d r r laterai ABCD

4g

C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E 722

Dirccrio?r:. Ea.ch of thc Qucstions| 630 hasfivc aruscr choicer.For eachof thcscquationr, rclcct the bcst of the answ?rchoiccs given.

'6. Ji4t- 5xttTllt

(A) 6 (B) t8 (c) 36 (D) 120 (D 1,296 . 17. Tbc price pcrpeirof brand X cocks is 32and
thc priccpcr pEirofbrand f !ocl! is S3.If thcre is no relcr tu ad a custoncr chooscs only from riong tbcsetso bnndr, wbet ir thc numberofpairs of sockstbst hc can Sreatcst buy rith cxactlyt25 ?

tbn Y=

(A) e (B) t0

(A) 30 (E) 60 (c) 75 , (D)_ry (E) la

lI. y = 3.r and Z = 2!, thcn in tcrmr of .r, xl y* 7= , (A) lOx (B) 9x (D) 6r (E) 5r (C) 8x

(c) il (D) 12 (E) 20 18. What is th remainder when 6a is dividedby 8 ? (A) 5 (B) l (D) I (E) 0

(c) 2

{
l

: t

723

2l-25referro the followingdata. Ques_tions

EXPENDITURES ON FOOD AND SELECTED NONFOODITEMS. t973 Percenr of Average Annuar Income (before taxes) Spent by Families on
Food and Selected Nonfood ltems
A 1

l9 .16
J-t -1U

e p ing - Houseke ,- Supplies ....-PersonalCare Items,Nonprescnption Drugs Other Fuels \Gasoline Food Away from HomeFood at Home

27
1/
!

1 l
L I

,tl
I 6 - l

rsl r5i
el

1 t
Self-employed Workers Profession- Clerical a l sa n d and Sales lv{anagers Workers Craft Laborers Workers and and Service Machine Workers Operators Occuparional Category of Family Head Note: Drawn to scale. Retirees

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

1a A

Average Weekly Food and Houschold Expenditurcs of Food and Houschold Expenditures Perc.ent Food at Homc Occupational Category of Family Head Self*mploycd Workers Professionals and Managcn Clcrical and Sales Workers Craft Worken and Machine Operaton l-aborers and Service Workers Retirees

Meats, Poultry, Scafood

Bakery Ccrcals, and Dairy Other Fruits Food at Products. and Vegetables Home

Pcrsonal Care ltems, Nonprescription Drugs

Housckeeping Supplies

22

25

t4
tl

n
a a

to
ll

s35.88 \$3t.77 \$32.d7

l9

23
22

2l

tl

tl

23

25

r5

2l

'l

\$35.44

24 23

27

l4 l4

t9 t6

9 ll

7 7

\$28.86 \$r9.83

21. For which of the following categories was rhe perccnt of the averageannual income (before taxcs) spenton food at hoine the least? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Sclf*mployed worken Professionalsand managers Clcrical and salesworkers Craft workers and machine operators Laboren and rrvice workers

24. Approximately what percent of the total avengc annual income (before taxes) of rctireeswas spent on meats.poultry, and seafood(consumed at home)? {A) 7To @, tWo G) Wo (D\ 23Vo (E\ 3t%o
a

':

22. Approximately what averageamount per week did the families of professionalsand managers spcnd on food away from home? (A) \$2 (B} \$E (c) \$l I

25" Which of the following statementscan be inferred from the information given? I. Of the categoriesshown. retireeshad rhe greatest average annual incomes (bcfore taxes). For all the categoriesshown. the average amount spent per weck on housekeeping supplieswas the same. Of the categories shown. the average amount spent pr week on meats, poultry, and seafood(consumedat home) was greatestfor craft workers and machine operators.
! I l;

a ?
F

II.

(D) S2e (E) \$38

23" Approximately what percentof rhe average weekly food and householdexpenditures of clcrical and salesworkers was spcnt on fruits and vegeubles? (A) 4Va (B) 77o (C) 22Vo (D\ 25Vo

III.

* (A) I only (B) II only (C) tlt only (D) I and II (E) II and lll

725

28. How many positivcwhole numberslessthan 8l

arc NOT equal to squaresof whole numbers?

(A) e

(B) 70
(

(c) 7r

(D) 72 (E) 73

29. Of the following,which could be the graph of

A- 2 - S x S 2 -_;J

The rectangularrug shownin the figure above has a floral border I foot wide on all sides. What is the area,in squarefeet, of that portion the border? of the rug that cxcludes

(A)

(B)

( A ) 2E ( B ) 4A (c) 4 5 ( D ) 48 ( E ) 53
27. lf = l , w h i c h o ft h e f o l l o w i n g m u s t b e ffi betweend and n? true about the relationship

(c)
(D)

(E)
0

(A) n is 4 more than d. (B) d is 4 more than n. A= tdz x

(C) nisiof d.
"*l

( D ) d i s S t i m e sn .
.+:

( E ) d i s 2 t i m e sn .

30. If the formula above givesthe area A of a circularregionin terms of its diameter d, then x =

(A) i.

(B) i

(c) r

(D) 2

(E)4

726

FOR GENERAL TF,ST18 ONLY

Anewsr Key and Percnlags'ol EramlneeeAnswedng Eaerrouestlon correct{y
0urilmllrvE tilLfrY
tr{ills t |ho'f fs3fi{ IF+ A A
U

AXrttTCrtrts.'II
trctrr 2 P+
91 94 !B 87 86 8Si 75 7g
fllnLr tffi

E.[ilf Xu6!q tail.r

t.d|'t

?+

fhalt

lslti

?+

,
2 1 5 6 E 9 10 E A E B
U

E7 86 6E 61 52 4 1E 9r 76 50 51 38 41 38

tr

2 3
!l f

o
A I

88 0 79

2 3
4 5 6

ct 8? a
8

a
59 5l 41 91 E7 81 7Q 59 42
J'

B
E

1 2 3 4
t o

a
R

u
E2 72 74 5S 4
59 64 17 12 27 8g

t 2 3 1 5 6 7 E I 10 t1 12
ta

c
B

c
: A Ol .i,.., A'.

s l

E1 |

o
6 E. A B. 8'

2
3.

s
?!l 8{ 60 4t

sl . *l 5
82 I 181 7rl 71 | sdl 8sI 3el 651 s8l 71t
72| s5l s2[ ?41

8 0I

D B
c

o
A tr A

6 7 8 9 10

A
I

I 10 11 12
IJ

c o
A 8

7 8 I t0 't1 12 13 14
lq

di
B

I A B D A D

n 5r
53 59 6'l s 41 87 81 86 88 71 n<
\$ qo

c
A
E

6 | 8 e lo l'l 12 13 14 ts 15
1t 18 ls 20

s
A.

c
D B E A c E
D D c I

D
12 13 't4 15
A B
6

c
A

2, 30
F

14 l5 't6 17 16 19

t4 15 16 18 19

a
D D B A

83
/Y

o
E

54 55 78 60 52 76

16 17 18 19

B A

c
B
o A

u
87 79 42

m
1 l

50 54 71 40 s 4?
84 <1

n
21 2. z3 24
25

16 17 18 19 . 2 0

o
E

Pl

lr
rltt

78 52

B A

n
?'l 2.

A n

2. 23 24
IJ <o

E
d

E D ^ o
B

ls3 162 160 ls8

146 50

n
24 ?5 % 27 28

n
?1 25

c
o
E

A o
l

A 6
A D

lQ l 2 1 ln l 2 l6-/l a l 3el 21
21t 25

B A

1l

a l

x n
29 30

:rl
I
I
I

tr E E A
6

29 60
86 7A 81 77 66 51 42

26 a
8 30 B A

27 28

n D E

19 86

62 45
Q,

n
30 3t 32 33 34 35 36
a,

u
80

39 3 27

&
fl

32 v

o
44 10
\$

I I

D B A

u
c
A 'Estimeled

26 24

D n

n
28

3a

n
priod

P+ for the group ot eramines who took s! GRE GEneral Test in a recent threeyear

I J

727

SCORECONVERSIONS FOR GE|\'ER{LTEST 18 ONLY AND THE PERCEI{TS BELOWI

Rtr Scsn Ylrbl 800 790 780 770 750 740 730 720 7W 690 680 s70 560 650 640 620 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 548
<AA

AA

Brr Srqr

.D

Scaled Scores and Percenb Below X &rrnlthlh! I Anrtyflcrl

% 76 70 s
al w

a
ZJ

73 72 71 70
ov 68 & 65 64 v 61 ul 59 58 57 56

34 3? 31 m

20 18

500 440 470 40 440 430

s 31 ?a 24

@0 580 )/u 550 540 520 510 490 440 450 450 430 420 400 390 370 360 340 330 310

'& 340 330 3?0 310 300

io 14 12 11 10

n
15 13

y 51 4S 43 37 U n 26 21 19 15
1 t

?s
26 ?5 23 800 800 780 770 /w 740 730 710 700 690 680
@

400 390 380 370

m
280 ?80 ?70
zw

uo
7

330 5

w 9S 98 94 92 91 87
e(

z1

m
19 18 16 't5

2s0 24A ?n 720 210 200 200 200 200 200 200
1 1 0

290 2SO 260 250 240 210 200 2@ 200 ?40 200

)
1 1 1

I 6

54
q?

52 51 50 49 4a 15 45 43 1',| 40 38
JO

13 12 11 l0 v 0-8

520 510 :' 500 I 490. 480 474 450 450 4r0 d40 430 4?0 410 400

63 60 57 55 52 49 46 4i 43 40 37 35 32 a

81 77 73 67 64 6'1

650 640

99 w 99 98 97

4 300 2 8 o 3 270 2 ? * 1 1 240 220 210 2 o 0 0 0

6m
610 600 590 570 cw 550 520 510

750 730 724 700

ovu

v5 s4 91 88 86

51 45 4it

640
Aln

dJ

81 78

'Percent scoring below tlre given sted 1981.and Seglember 30. 1984.

examinees who took lhe Genef al Test between October 1 s@re, based on the pertormance ol !\e 765,276

':

728

SECTION2 Time-30 minutes 30Questions

Numbers: Figures: All numbersusedare real numbers. Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumed to be in tbe ordcr shown; and angle mcasures can be assumcdto be positivc. Lines shown as straigbt can bc assunrcdto bc straight Figurcs can bc assumedto lie in a phnc uulcs othcrwisc indicatcd. Figures-that accompany questions arc intended to provide informatioa useful in ansurcring tbc gucs!i-ons-However, unlessa notc.statcs that a figurc is-drawn to sale, you rbould rche thcscirobhms

sizcs by sigbior by mcasurement, but by using fOr uy estimating i"* r";Ldg. '
Example 2 below). r, ::

r:'..:::r:ii:i,:l.i:,' "ir"in.r"1*i*,

Dirgctions: F:choftheQu.eqtionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantitics,oneinColumnAeadoncinColumnB.you are to compare the two quantities andiboosc

A B C D if if if if the quantity in Column A is geater; thc quantity in Colr"nn B is grearer; the two quantitiesarc cqual; the relationship cannot be deteroined from tbe informtion

giwn.

Note: Since there are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E). Common ;'---.....'....Inlormatton: In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparcd is centered above the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columns i.prct"nts tbc samc'thing in Column A as it doesin Column B.

ColumnA
Example l:

Column B

2x6

2+6

Example 2:

NQ

@@@(D

E x a m p l e4 :

w* z

180

735

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

A B C D

if if if if

the quantity in Column A is grcater; the quantity in Column B is greater; are equal; the two quantities cannot be determinedfrom the information given the relationship

Column A

ColumnB

Column A

C o l u m nB

t +-3
A sprayingmachineuses6 full 5-gallonbucketsof fung:cideevery20 minutes. The number of gallons of fungicidethe machine usesduring 8 hours of spraying 720

2 x * v : 5 3x - y = I0

34 0J39

100

J l

- J/J. 140

IJ

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

"il
:i!

.t, .l

!:

if thc quantityin Column A is grearcr; if thequantityin Column B is greater c if therwoquanrities areequal D if therclationship cannotbedctermined from theinformationgiven.

A B

ColumnA

Column B

ColumnA

Column B

Q1 is not paraUelto Q2. x+y 180

A rectangilar label is attached to a right circtlar cylinder with radius r. The label, which encircles tbe cylinder without overlap, has width p and an area equal to the area of the base of the cylindcr.
W f

x and y are consccutiveodd integers

10.

3(, - yf

4E
& is a positive integer. l l l

Points P, R, and I lie on a straigbt line. The distance from P to R is 2l- and the distance from P to ?. is 9. I L The distancefrom Rtoln

F*F
yz>0 xy(0

t:
i &
b

l6

*
n :24.56 a. t
j

ii h f,

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

{ I
a

r
737

, t
E t.

I :

Direcrio{rs: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choices.For eachof thesequestions,seiect the best of the . glven, ans\r'er cnotces

l6 Whichof thefollo*'ing equations canbe usedto flncithclalueof ,r if 8 morethan 9x is 3 rimesihe sirmof 6 and x ? (A)9x*8=3x*6 ( B )n + 9 . x : 3 ( x - 6 ) (C)9x=8=3(x+6) (D) 3(8 "r-9x) = f;s (E)9;*8=3*6*x 17. 43is u'hat pe rcent of 70? 57o/b 60% 6i% i0% 161%

19.In thefigure above, if theareaof AXyZ is 60, then WY = (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 5 l0 l2 t3 18

r8 \vrrich orthe rorowing isequivaren, ,o\$ ?

I

ff:?lr'5:.J.ffiffiff. ilJ'H::;",:1iTiff.:,
bran are there in 15 tons of the mixiure?

F (A) 2o (B) 22

(A) rl tn)2i
(c) 3

(")+
rH*

(c) ;

(D) 4i
\E)

,.'

^l
t,

t?. ;& jrt"

:.i*

.:.:i

7.38

2l -25referto thefollowing graph. Questions OF PONDS THENUMBER AND THE POPULATIONS OF DUCKS(MALLARDSAND PTNTATLS) oFTWO SPECTES IN A REGION OF NORTHAMERICA: l9?0 - 1988 Mallards Pinails Ponds It l0
I

ll l0 9 8
1

v
N
I

9 8 7
\l

I
I

6
z.

6 5

) 4
J

L I
I I

U
.l

2 I

\t,

3 2
I

1910 1972 1974 1976 19'78 1980 1982 1984 1986 1938
Note: Drawn to scale.

739

21. By approxirrately how many million did the mallard

from 1970to 1988? popuiation decreasc (A) 0.6 (B) 2"8

/..r. During whicb of the following periods was the

percent decrease in the mallard population closest to 25 percent? (A) 1970 to (B) 1972 to 1974 to {q [D) !980 to (E) 1984to 1973 1973 1986 1984 1985

(c) 3.6 (D) 4.3 (E) 7.0 wasapproxi' 22 In 1984 thepopulation of pintails matelywhat fractionof themallardpopulation?

years between 1977 and 25.For any pair of successive in the 1982,inclusi"-e,the increascor decrease number of ponds was between (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 0.7 and 2.8 million 1.0and 3.0miilion 1.5 and 5.3 million 2.5 and 4.8 milljon 4.1 and 5.3 million

(A) i
(B)
( L l1

t2
I ;J t

(D) (E)

; 20 GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.'

in the percnt increase 13. What wasthe approximate number ofpondsfrom 1973 to 1974? (A) 80%

(ts)12s%F (c\ 175"h

(D) 204% (E) 375%

7N

!: 3 f t :

29. Of F po.itit" intqm that are multiphs of 30 and are kss than or eqrul to 360,what fraction are ' nultiphs of 12? (A) *

26. Tltc figurcabov:shows section a cross of a gradpcr 2 yardsof sla"t pcoplc 1,000 1q1f thatseats hcight. Whatis thetotaln'um'Uer of sears in tbc grands!asd? (A) (B) (c) (D) (E) 25,000 35,000 40,000 50,m0 100,000

c) 11

;, !;i;j+,
r ';q,+r..",

.,;-, r.
. .

1, _'jfl:- r ir, ii,: ri.;ilii:l,i:+

. .:, : ri:;. 'a :. ." ., a "^:

' .-,i:-.:

30. If x is an intcgeraad x2 ( 37, what is thc ereatest

posiblc yalueof x ninus thc leastpossr'Hc ialuc of x?

27. Wbichof thefollowing is equivalent to -x2< x ?

(A) ( B )(C) (D) (E) 0<x<l l<x<t x <o .r <,t r>t

Ia the figure above, if LCAB is a right aagle, then r :

(D) 45 (E) 48

(c) 42

(A) 38 (B) 40

74r

SECT1ON 5 Time-30 minures Questions Numbers: Figuresi All numbers usedare real numbers. Positionof points,angles, regions,etc.can be assumed to be in the order shown;and anglemeasures c a nb e a s s u m e t do b e p o s i t i v e . Linesshownas straightcan be assumed to be straight. Figures can be assumed to lie in a planeunress otherwise indicared. Figures that accompany questions are intended to provideinformationusefulin answeringthe guesttons' However'unless a note.states that a figureis'drawnro;;l;:;;; shouldsolverheseproblems Nor by estimating sizes by sight or by meaiurement, but by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics (see Example 2 below). Directions: fuch of the Questions I -J5.consists of two quantiries, onein ColumnA and one in Column B. you are to comparethe two quantities and choose A B C D Note;.
;--7-_

if the quantityin Column A is greater; if the quantiryin Column B is grearer; if the r!r'oquantities are equal; if the relationship cannot be derermined from the informationgiven.

Sincethereare only four choices, NEVER MARK (E).

Common the two columns. A svmbolthat appein in both columnsrepresents tbe samcthing in Column A as it d o e si n C o l u m nB . Column A C o l u m nB S a m p l eA n s w e r s

Example I: Examples2- referto L peR.

2x6

2+6

o @ @ @ @

E x a m p l e2 : .

@@@(D

(sinceequal measures cannot be assumed,eventhough py'f and NQ appear equal) E x a m p l e3 : @ (D @ @ @ (since.|y'is betwcenp and e) Example 4: w'r z

180

754

CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

if thequantityin Column A is greatcr; if the quantityin Column B is grcater; are equat c if the rwo quantities D if the rclationshipcannot be dctcrminedfrom the infornation girca. A B

Column A

ColumnB

ColumnA

Column B tr
3:

M '?dy
The circular board is divided into 8 sectorsof eaual area.
t t -

I 6 I

* :
J

x >0

t.

(x-a)(x+B
The number of the sector on which the pointer comes to rest afrer rorating 480' clockwisefrom the posirion shown 6

x2-m

o<x <./
4y

2.
2t
5 - J

J"

t2

t4 153.2

GO ON TO THE NEJff PAGE.

- !"x-.v 63.4

In the correctly performed subtraction shown above, x and y represcnrdigits between0 and 9, inclusive. 4.

x + y

t7

755

A if the quantity in Column A is greater; B if the quantity in Column B is greater; C if t}e two quantitiesare equal; cannotbe determinedfrom the information siven. D if the relationship

Column ---F-

Column B

Column A

Column B

per gallon A contractor can purchasepaint at \$19.50 or at the bulk rate of 20 galionsfor 5335.00. The amount savedper gallon by purchasing 20 gallonsof the paint at the bulk rate rather than by' the gallon 52.75 RectangleR Square S

f

Circie .F has circumference4.

The area of

l 0 The radius of F

- l

r * s r
The average(arithmetic mean) of a set of n test scoresis 80. Thc averagc(arithmetic mean) of these n scorestogether with a scoreof 85 is 81.

60' GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

x > 0 v > 0

t2

x + y

,ri :i
:l

i
il

756

* * i
Drectiol_ls: Each of thc Qucstions I 6,30 has five answer choiccs.For cach of thcsc qucstions, sclcct thc bcst of tbc rnswer choicesgiven. 16. Nine piccesof paper numbered consecutivelyfrom I to 9 areput into a hat. Ifone piecc ofpaper is drawn at random from the hat, what is the probability that it will have an even number?
l (A) o r

19. A school computers, district has 1,989 wbid is approximatelyonc computerfor every6E.6 sndcna. Of thefollowing,which is the closcst approximation, in thousands, of the numberof studensin tbe schooldistrict?

(")3
(q;

(A) 30 (B) 120 (c) 140 (D) 160 (E) 200

{qt
(E);

t7. I f 6 r - 4 : 5 x
(A) -7 (B) -i

*3, then,x:

(c) (D)
(E)

I 7
t2

In tbc figurc above,rf MO = OP, then y = (A) 4 5 - x (B) 9 0 - - x (c) x (D) 4 5 * x (E) 6 0 + x
a a-

r8 . If

(A) (B) (9 (D) (E)

8p 8p + l 8p 8p + 4 8p + 6

t *
757

EXPENDITURE OF DISPOSABLE PERSONAL INCOME:1986

tw"/o = )J.U/l Dllllon

Durabie Goods

Housing 14.87c

ndurables

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

758

?,

21" In 1986 approximately how manybilfiondollars werespnton durablcgoods? (A) (B) 9l 3e3

24. If thegrossnationa{ productia 19g6 wasS| ,2I 3 billion morethan disposable pcrsonal incomc, rhen savings lhat yearwereapproximatety what percnt ofthe grossnationalproduct? (A) r.5% (B) 2% (c) 25% (D) 3% (E) 6% 25. Which of the followiug statemnts can be inferrd from the graphs? I. In 1986 moretlan \$1,000 biilion of disposable personalincomewasspentfor services. . II. From 1955 to 1986, inclusive, savings asa prcentof disposable personalincomcwas nevergreilter than8.5percent. IIL The total dollaramountof savings rl?s greater in 1975 thanin 1980. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) I only II only III only I and III only r, II, and III

f t' *^

(c) 4s3 P) 504 tE) 1,007

22. ln 1986housing and nondurablestogether accounted for approximately what fraction of disposable personal income?

F
k

(A) (')*

(o+
o

(D) i
G)*
23. Savingsas a percentof disposable personalincome was approximately how many timesas grear in 1975 asin 1955 ?

(E) 1.7

(A) 0,6

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

\$ i

I
I

759

26.'The sum of 2 numbers, x and ;,, equalstwice their product. If x : 3, what is the valueof y ?

(A) i

{B) l) '

(c\ ;
(D)
5

;
J

29. In the figure above, RSTY is a squareinscribedin a circlewith radius r. In terms of r, what is the total area of the shaded reeions? (A) rL(n - Z) (B) 2r(2 - n) {C) {r2 - 2) (D) zr2 - 8r @) nrz - 4r 30. An emergency vehicletravelsl0 miles at a speedof 50 miles per hour. How fast must.the vehicli travel on the return trip if the round-trip travel time is to be 20 minutes? (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 55 mph 60 mph 65 mph 70 mph 75 mph

tr, 1

27. Among all isosceles triangJes R57" having the measureof angle S equal ro 40', what is tbe largest possiblemeasurefor angle R ? (A) (B) 400 70'

(c) e0'

(D) 100" (E) It cannot be determined from tle information given. 28. S is the sum of three consecutive integers,the greatest of which is x. In termsof S, which of the following is the sum of three consecutive integers, the leastof *'hich is x ? (A)S-6 ( B )S - 3

(C)s+3
{D).S+6 (Ei 2.t

7ffi

FOR GENERAL TEST 19 ONLY

lhnlrr

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 'r0

D 0 c A A D B 0 c

78 73 67 41 '87 70 55 56 4it 47 3S 34 39 65 87 79 54

9l 93

I 2 3 1

s
8 7 8 9 1 t 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 N 21 2 7 2 ? 6 2 7 A 0 . l 4 5 6 7 8

B A B 8

190 gl 93 8E 60 72 e1 95 75 6a |l5 B1 5l 51 38 a 75 85 36 a 76 60 53 70 73 a a c2 80 65 54 46 44 54 36 37 I 28 1 15 1
1 1 1 1 N

4 5

2 3

l8rat A

c
B A A

72 71 71 66 ,16 69 71 5 45 40 29 50

2 3 a 5 6 7 8 9

a A c D A c 0 C B A D 8 A B c D B C A

7t 75 75 78 67 6t 59 49 5l /tB 3a a, 17 38 87 E9 79 di 7ts c7 71 55 \$ 38 6l 4
31 l 25 I

1 2 3 1 5 6 7 8 I

0 D
A I

ct

T' 6A 5l

1 2 8 1

r't
1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 6 21 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 r 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9

E D E C 4 A 4 D D A
C C 8 E B C D D 8 C

6 7 E 9 10

8 A E E

c o c
6 7 8 9 B D B

A B D D

:
I 7 E

E A E D B A

5/ 63 :K! 17 *t 89 E5 E1 51 ,l{t 35 29 31 81 64 60 62
rto 69 78 75

0 t 2 3 5 6 7 E 9 )

lo

53 72 6a 4 54 8S 85 75

10

D D C B A

C 8 A E D

77 6l 61

n a, e,

! 1 1 11 t 1 r l 1 a

tl 12 t3 1f 't5 rE 17 rE 19

A E A A

& a

tt 12 13 11 15 16 17 t8 t9

D B E

6r

70

c c
E A I A E

A 2 2

,
4 5 6 7 0

B A E

85 42 6 24 86 66 s 49 55 51 41 14

sl

64

, 3 4 5

21 D 2 , 8 , | 3 8 2 4 0 E A 2 ? 2 N 3 6 7 8 0 D A C E D

s6 , 2 1 B 72 2 , E 66 ? . J o a, 21 D
38 55 12 55 39 30

n z1 2. a 21 25

E A

7A 58 g rK) 4 18 67 .A 21

c c
B D B E

B B

a
A 3

2 z

E E

21 2. z3 24 25

c n

B c

z3 93,

-A B E

N t 7 A a 3X)

B 0 D A E

31 B P D f , ] E 3 4 3 5 s 3 s S 6 7 C E A

31 p g 3 3 3 3 3

A E E 8 D A E D

a 21

'Egimated

P+ fo'r tre grr(xrpol oxarninesufio toor \$to GRE GerFrst T6t in a rcril thrselBargeriJd.

767

SCORE GONVERSIONS FOR GE}IERAL TEST 19 Ot{LY ANO THE PERCEIITS BELOW'
Vrftal Brr kaled % Store Scoil E?lor
7y76 72 71 7A

0urr0tr\$vr
\$ale{t ScG! 'l; Blhr

Ansly,llcal
o/o Scalod \$core Befos

Varbrl

ourdtrtiro

lnslytlcal

Rr* Scaled % Ss.t?d \ S\$led % Scs|r Score Eclor Smn Edor &orc Balor
1dt

8m
790

na
/N

99 99 9!l 99 s 9E 90 s 94 94
vl

38 37 36 31 1}
JI JI

tw

68 67 bo 64
N v ol

740

7m 710 700 690

b1u

30 a u3 27
800 800 800 790 780 780
ttv

430 420 120 410 400 390 390 380 370 360 360 3s0 340 340 330 320 300 790 290 280 274 260 250 240 230 220 200 200 200 200
240 2n 200 200 200

34 31 31 28 25 22 72 Z0 18 t5
15 13 11 11 9 8 5 4 4 3

620 610 600 580 570 560 550 540 530 5m

510 490 480 470 460 450 440 420 41t 400

50 s w 18 4E 43 41 39 36 g2 30 27 25 23 21 17 15 14

670 m 650 640 630 610 600 580 570 550 540 530 510 490 480 460 450 430 420 100

81.79

n
74 70
oo

61
Jd

52
49 47 41 36 33 28 26 22 19 16

6ec
b5{J

90 8E
6l

60 59
5d

610 620 610 600 590 580 570 560 550 540 530 5m 510 500 190 480 470 460 40 450 w

96
96 96 aq w s

8,1 E2 80 78
to 7,|

6 25 24 23

n
ta ta

54 53 52 51
){J

71
bY

66 63
60 5E 55 52 50 47 43 43 40 37

760 750 710 730

7N 710 700 690 680 670 660 650 640 630

c2 90
88
6T

1t

u
82 EO 78

800 800 800 790 770 760 750 730 710 700 680

s 98 98 98 96 95 93 90 89
6f,

49 48 47 16 15 44 (l 41 40

l6 15 11
1?

12 '10 a E 7
b d-(

1 1 1 1 1 1 ,l 1
'I I 1 1 1

,ao

1r I 8 6 4 3
t

270 254 249 230 214 2n 200 200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

?m 370 350 340 320 300 290 280 260 240 230 220 210 210 200

11 8 7

1 'I

t5

70 68 66 64

1 1 1 1 1

'Percent Koring below the raled score is based on the performance of 1,040,336 exahinees who tmx tne Ceneral TBt betweeo October l, 1988, and SeptemberlO.199t. This percent below iniormation is u*d for score report5during the I 992-93 testing yea..

768